diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'docs')
398 files changed, 10454 insertions, 3546 deletions
diff --git a/docs/Doxyfile b/docs/Doxyfile new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8ea8c64 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/Doxyfile @@ -0,0 +1,1510 @@ +# Doxyfile 1.5.8 + +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project +# +# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored +# The format is: +# TAG = value [value, ...] +# For lists items can also be appended using: +# TAG += value [value, ...] +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ") + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Project related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file +# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all +# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the +# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See +# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings. + +DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded +# by quotes) that should identify the project. + +PROJECT_NAME = BibleTime + +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. +# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or +# if some version control system is used. + +PROJECT_NUMBER = + +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) +# base path where the generated documentation will be put. +# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location +# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. + +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = doxygen + +# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create +# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output +# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. +# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of +# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would +# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system. + +CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES + +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. +# The default language is English, other supported languages are: +# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, +# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek, +# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), +# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish, +# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene, +# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian. + +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English + +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in +# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). +# Set to NO to disable this. + +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES + +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend +# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. +# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. + +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES + +# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator +# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string +# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be +# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is +# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. +# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically +# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" +# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" +# "represents" "a" "an" "the" + +ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = + +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then +# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief +# description. + +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = YES + +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all +# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those +# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment +# operators of the base classes will not be shown. + +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full +# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set +# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. + +FULL_PATH_NAMES = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag +# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is +# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of +# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. +# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the +# path to strip. + +STRIP_FROM_PATH = + +# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of +# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells +# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. +# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class +# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that +# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag. + +STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = + +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter +# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems +# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. + +SHORT_NAMES = NO + +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen +# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style +# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc +# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments +# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.) + +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will +# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style +# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments +# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring +# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) + +QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen +# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// +# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. +# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed +# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead. + +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO + +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented +# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it +# re-implements. + +INHERIT_DOCS = YES + +# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce +# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will +# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. + +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO + +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. +# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. + +TAB_SIZE = 4 + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts +# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". +# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to +# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which +# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". +# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. + +ALIASES = + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. +# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list +# of all members will be omitted, etc. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for +# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified +# scopes will look different, etc. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for +# Fortran. + +OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for +# VHDL. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO + +# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it parses. +# With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given extension. +# Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it using this tag. +# The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and language is one of +# the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, C#, C, C++, D, PHP, +# Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C, C++. For instance to make doxygen treat +# .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), and .f files as C (default is Fortran), +# use: inc=Fortran f=C + +EXTENSION_MAPPING = + +# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want +# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should +# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and +# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. +# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration +# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. + +BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO + +# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to +# enable parsing support. + +CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO + +# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. +# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public +# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. + +SIP_SUPPORT = NO + +# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter +# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) +# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the +# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or +# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the +# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO. + +IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES + +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC +# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. + +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO + +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of +# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a +# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to +# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using +# the \nosubgrouping command. + +SUBGROUPING = YES + +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum +# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically +# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. + +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO + +# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to +# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk. +# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk. +# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is +# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause +# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time +# causing a significant performance penality. +# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the +# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on +# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the +# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: +# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, +# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols + +SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Build related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. +# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless +# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES + +EXTRACT_ALL = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class +# will be included in the documentation. + +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file +# will be included in the documentation. + +EXTRACT_STATIC = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) +# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. +# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES + +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local +# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in +# the interface are included in the documentation. +# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = YES + +# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be +# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called +# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base +# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default +# anonymous namespace are hidden. + +EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = YES + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. +# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the +# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. +# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. + +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. +# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various +# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. + +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO + +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. +# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the +# documentation. + +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO + +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. +# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the +# function's detailed documentation block. + +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO + +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation +# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set +# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. +# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. + +INTERNAL_DOCS = YES + +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate +# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. + +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = YES + +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen +# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the +# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. + +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO + +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen +# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation +# of that file. + +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES + +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] +# is inserted in the documentation for inline members. + +INLINE_INFO = YES + +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen +# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members +# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in +# declaration order. + +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES + +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically +# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in +# declaration order. + +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = YES + +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) +# the group names will appear in their defined order. + +SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO + +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be +# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to +# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, +# not including the namespace part. +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the +# alphabetical list. + +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = YES + +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES + +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES + +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES + +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting +# \deprecated commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES + +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional +# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. + +ENABLED_SECTIONS = + +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines +# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in +# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified +# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. +# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the +# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer +# command in the documentation regardless of this setting. + +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 + +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated +# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. + +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES + +# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories +# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy +# in the documentation. The default is NO. + +SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. +# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the +# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. + +SHOW_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the +# Namespaces page. +# This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index +# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. + +SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES + +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via +# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of +# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file +# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output +# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples. + +FILE_VERSION_FILTER = + +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by +# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files +# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents +# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a +# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name +# of the layout file. + +LAYOUT_FILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to warning and progress messages +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated +# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. + +QUIET = YES + +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are +# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank +# NO is used. + +WARNINGS = YES + +# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings +# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will +# automatically be disabled. + +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES + +# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some +# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that +# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. + +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES + +# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for +# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters +# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about +# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of +# documentation. + +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES + +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that +# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text +# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the +# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain +# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could +# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER) + +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" + +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning +# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written +# to stderr. + +WARN_LOGFILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the input files +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain +# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or +# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories +# with spaces. + +INPUT = ../ + +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is +# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built +# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for +# the list of possible encodings. + +INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp +# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left +# blank the following patterns are tested: +# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx +# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90 + +FILE_PATTERNS = *.cpp *.h + +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories +# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. +# If left blank NO is used. + +RECURSIVE = YES + +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. + +EXCLUDE = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded +# from the input. + +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude +# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched +# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories +# for example use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test + +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = + +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or +# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see +# the \include command). + +EXAMPLE_PATH = + +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp +# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left +# blank all files are included. + +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = + +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude +# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. +# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. + +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO + +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or +# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see +# the \image command). + +IMAGE_PATH = + +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program +# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter> +# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an +# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes +# to standard output. +# If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be +# ignored. + +INPUT_FILTER = + +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern +# basis. +# Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the +# filter if there is a match. +# The filters are a list of the form: +# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further +# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER +# is applied to all files. + +FILTER_PATTERNS = + +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using +# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source +# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). + +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to source browsing +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will +# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also +# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. + +SOURCE_BROWSER = YES + +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body +# of functions and classes directly in the documentation. + +INLINE_SOURCES = NO + +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct +# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code +# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible. + +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = NO + +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES +# then for each documented function all documented +# functions referencing it will be listed. + +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES + +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES +# then for each documented function all documented entities +# called/used by that function will be listed. + +REFERENCES_RELATION = YES + +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default) +# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from +# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will +# link to the source code. +# Otherwise they will link to the documentation. + +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES + +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code +# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen +# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source +# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You +# will need version 4.8.6 or higher. + +USE_HTAGS = NO + +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen +# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for +# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. + +VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index +# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project +# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. + +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES + +# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then +# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns +# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) + +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 + +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all +# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. +# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that +# should be ignored while generating the index headers. + +IGNORE_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the HTML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate HTML output. + +GENERATE_HTML = YES + +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. + +HTML_OUTPUT = html + +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for +# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank +# doxygen will generate files with .html extension. + +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html + +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for +# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. + +HTML_HEADER = + +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for +# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard footer. + +HTML_FOOTER = + +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading +# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to +# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen +# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy +# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own +# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased! + +HTML_STYLESHEET = + +# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, +# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to +# NO a bullet list will be used. + +HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES + +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the +# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports +# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox +# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari). + +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = NO + +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files +# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 +# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). +# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the +# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that +# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find +# it at startup. +# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information. + +GENERATE_DOCSET = NO + +# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the +# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple +# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) +# can be grouped. + +DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" + +# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that +# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a +# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen +# will append .docset to the name. + +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files +# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the +# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) +# of the generated HTML documentation. + +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can +# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You +# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be +# written to the html output directory. + +CHM_FILE = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can +# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of +# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run +# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. + +HHC_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag +# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that +# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). + +GENERATE_CHI = NO + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING +# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file +# content. + +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag +# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a +# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. + +BINARY_TOC = NO + +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members +# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. + +TOC_EXPAND = NO + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER +# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for +# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated +# HTML documentation. + +GENERATE_QHP = NO + +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can +# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. +# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder. + +QCH_FILE = + +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating +# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace + +QHP_NAMESPACE = + +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating +# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders + +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc + +# If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to add. +# For more information please see +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = + +# The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the custom filter to add.For more information please see +# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters">Qt Help Project / Custom Filters</a>. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this project's +# filter section matches. +# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes">Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes</a>. + +QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can +# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. +# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated +# .qhp file. + +QHG_LOCATION = + +# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at +# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and +# the value YES disables it. + +DISABLE_INDEX = NO + +# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) +# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. + +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4 + +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. +# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated +# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that +# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports +# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, +# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are +# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values +# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories, +# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list; +# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which +# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous +# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE +# respectively. + +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NONE + +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be +# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree +# is shown. + +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 + +# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included +# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that +# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need +# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory +# to force them to be regenerated. + +FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the LaTeX output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate Latex output. + +GENERATE_LATEX = NO + +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. + +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex + +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be +# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. + +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex + +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to +# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the +# default command name. + +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex + +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact +# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to +# save some trees in general. + +COMPACT_LATEX = NO + +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used +# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and +# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. + +PAPER_TYPE = a4wide + +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX +# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. + +EXTRA_PACKAGES = + +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for +# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until +# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! + +LATEX_HEADER = + +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated +# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references +# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. + +PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES + +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of +# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a +# higher quality PDF documentation. + +USE_PDFLATEX = YES + +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep +# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. +# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. + +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO + +# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not +# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) +# in the output. + +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the RTF output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output +# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with +# other RTF readers or editors. + +GENERATE_RTF = NO + +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. + +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf + +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact +# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to +# save some trees in general. + +COMPACT_RTF = NO + +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated +# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. +# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other +# programs which support those fields. +# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. + +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's +# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide +# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. + +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = + +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. +# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. + +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the man page output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate man pages + +GENERATE_MAN = NO + +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. + +MAN_OUTPUT = man + +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to +# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) + +MAN_EXTENSION = .3 + +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, +# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity +# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files +# only source the real man page, but without them the man command +# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. + +MAN_LINKS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the XML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate an XML file that captures the structure of +# the code including all documentation. + +GENERATE_XML = NO + +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. + +XML_OUTPUT = xml + +# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, +# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the +# syntax of the XML files. + +XML_SCHEMA = + +# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, +# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the +# syntax of the XML files. + +XML_DTD = + +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting +# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that +# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output. + +XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file +# that captures the structure of the code including all +# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental +# and incomplete at the moment. + +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the Perl module output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of +# the code including all documentation. Note that this +# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the +# moment. + +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate +# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able +# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. + +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be +# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. +# This is useful +# if you want to understand what is going on. +# On the other hand, if this +# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller +# and Perl will parse it just the same. + +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES + +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file +# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. +# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same +# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. + +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include +# files. + +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro +# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional +# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled +# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. + +MACRO_EXPANSION = NO + +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES +# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the +# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. + +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = NO + +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files +# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found. + +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES + +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by +# the preprocessor. + +INCLUDE_PATH = + +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will +# be used. + +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that +# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name +# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are +# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being +# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator +# instead of the = operator. + +PREDEFINED = + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then +# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. +# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. +# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition. + +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = + +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then +# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone +# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such +# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse +# the parser if not removed. + +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration::additions related to external references +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. +# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation +# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without +# this location is as follows: +# +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: +# +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... +# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or +# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool +# does not have to be run to correct the links. +# Note that each tag file must have a unique name +# (where the name does NOT include the path) +# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen +# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. + +TAGFILES = + +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create +# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. + +GENERATE_TAGFILE = + +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed +# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes +# will be listed. + +ALLEXTERNALS = NO + +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will +# be listed. + +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES + +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script +# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). + +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the dot tool +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base +# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that +# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a +# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more +# powerful graphs. + +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = YES + +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the +# default search path. + +MSCGEN_PATH = + +# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide +# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented +# or is not a class. + +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = NO + +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization +# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section +# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) + +HAVE_DOT = YES + +# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output +# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This +# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need +# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name +# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font, +# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the +# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory +# containing the font. + +DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans + +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. +# The default size is 10pt. + +DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the +# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a +# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot +# can find it using this tag. + +DOT_FONTPATH = + +# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and +# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the +# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. + +CLASS_GRAPH = YES + +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and +# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and +# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. + +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies + +GROUP_GRAPHS = YES + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling +# Language. + +UML_LOOK = YES + +# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the +# relations between templates and their instances. + +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = YES + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT +# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented +# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with +# other documented files. + +INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and +# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each +# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or +# indirectly include this file. + +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES + +# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function +# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase +# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs +# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command. + +CALL_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function +# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase +# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller +# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command. + +CALLER_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. + +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = YES + +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES +# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories +# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include +# relations between the files in the directories. + +DIRECTORY_GRAPH = YES + +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images +# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif +# If left blank png will be used. + +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png + +# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. + +DOT_PATH = + +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the +# \dotfile command). + +DOTFILE_DIRS = + +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of +# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph +# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is +# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the +# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note +# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. + +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 50 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the +# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable +# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes +# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this +# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large +# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 0 + +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not +# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, +# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of +# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read). + +DOT_TRANSPARENT = NO + +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) +# support this, this feature is disabled by default. + +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO + +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and +# arrows in the dot generated graphs. + +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES + +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate +# the various graphs. + +DOT_CLEANUP = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Options related to the search engine +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be +# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored. + +SEARCHENGINE = NO diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index fefc5c8..1a98b24 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -155,13 +155,12 @@ a pÃsma Unicode, která je podporujÃ</ulink>).</para> <title> <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> </title> - <para>Mnoho vlastnostà poskytovaných backendem Sword můžou být v &bibletime; -uzpůsobeny. Tyto vlastnosti jsou zdokumentovány v dialogu vpravo. Máte -možnost vybrat výchozà dÃla, která majà být použita, když nenà žádné dÃlo -vybráno odkazem. NapÅ™Ãklad: výchozà Bible je použita k zobrazenà obsahu -"křÞových" biblických odkazů. Když najedete nad odkaz, Äasopis zobrazà -náhled obsahu veršů odkazujÃcÃch na toto mÃsto, ve výchozà Bibli kterou jste -zvolili.</para> + <para>Mnoho vlastnostà poskytovaných backendem Sword můžete nynà v &bibletime; +nastavit. Tyto vlastnosti jsou zdokumentovány v dialogu vpravo. Máte možnost +vybrat výchozà dÃla, která majà být použita, když nenà žádné dÃlo vybráno +odkazem. NapÅ™Ãklad: výchozà Bible je použita k zobrazenà obsahu "křÞových" +biblických odkazů. Když najedete nad odkaz, Äasopis zobrazà náhled obsahu +veršů odkazujÃcÃch na toto mÃsto, ve výchozà Bibli kterou jste zvolili.</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> <title> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index e55fb34..bbd762c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -11,12 +11,13 @@ <phrase>Okno aplikace &bibletime;</phrase> </textobject> </mediaobject> - Můžete si jednoduÅ¡e prohlédnout různé Äásti aplikace. Knihovna na levé -stranÄ› se použÃvá pro otevÃránà dÄ›l a správu vaÅ¡ich záložek. Malé okno -Äaopisu pod knihovnou se použÃvá pro zobrazenà dalÅ¡Ãch informacà vložených -do dokumentů. Když pÅ™emÃstÃte myÅ¡ napÅ™Ãklad nad znaÄku poznámky, Äasopis -zobrazà aktuálnà obsah poznámky. Panel nástrojů vám umožňuje rychlý pÅ™Ãstup -k důležitým funkcÃm, na ploÅ¡e vpravo skuteÄnÄ› pracujete.</para> + Můžete si jednoduÅ¡e prohlédnout různé Äásti aplikace. Okno vlevo nahoÅ™e se +použÃvá k otevÃránà instalovaných dÄ›l v kartÄ› knihovny, na kartÄ› záložek +můžete spravovat záložky. Malé okno "Äasopisu" pod knihovnou se použÃvá pro +zobrazenà dalÅ¡Ãch informacà vložených do dokumentů. Když pÅ™emÃstÃte myÅ¡ +napÅ™Ãklad nad znaÄku poznámky, Äasopis zobrazà aktuálnà obsah +poznámky. Panel nástrojů vám umožňuje rychlý pÅ™Ãstup k důležitým +funkcÃm. Plocha vpravo je mÃsto kde skuteÄnÄ› pracujete.</para> <para>Nynà se podÃvejme na vzhled různých Äástà aplikace individuálnÄ›.</para> </sect1> @@ -30,32 +31,32 @@ záložky a poté k nim pÅ™istupovat.</para> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"> <title>ÄŒtenà dÄ›l</title> - <para>Pro otevÅ™enà dÃla z knihovny jednoduÅ¡e kliknÄ›te <mousebutton>levým tlaÄÃtkem -myÅ¡i</mousebutton> na požadovanou kategorii (Bible, Komentáře, Lexikony, -Knihy, ZamyÅ¡lenà nebo Glosáře) pro zobrazenà jejÃho obsahu. Poté kliknÄ›te na -jedno z dÄ›l k jeho otevÅ™enà pro ÄtenÃ. Okno pro Ätenà dÃla se objevà na -ploÅ¡e.</para> + <para>Pro otevÅ™enà dÃla z knihovny jednoduÅ¡e kliknÄ›te +<mousebutton>levým</mousebutton> tlaÄÃtkem myÅ¡i na požadovanou kategorii +(Bible, Komentáře, Lexikony, Knihy, ZamyÅ¡lenà nebo Glosáře) pro zobrazenà +jejÃho obsahu. Poté kliknÄ›te na jedno z dÄ›l k jeho otevÅ™enà pro ÄtenÃ. Okno +pro Ätenà dÃla se objevà na ploÅ¡e.</para> <tip> <para>ChyÅ¥ & pust dÃlo</para> </tip> - <para>Pokud Ätete nÄ›jaké dÃlo a chcete otevÅ™Ãt jiné dÃlo ve stejné pasáži, můžete -použÃt zkratku. jednoduÅ¡e kliknÄ›te <mousebutton>levým tlaÄÃtkem -myÅ¡i</mousebutton> na odkaz verÅ¡e nebo kapitoly (kurzor se zmÄ›nà v ruku) a + <para>Pokud Ätete nÄ›jaké dÃlo a chcete otevÅ™Ãt stejnou pasáž v jiném dÃle, můžete +použÃt zkratku. jednoduÅ¡e kliknÄ›te <mousebutton>levým</mousebutton> +tlaÄÃtkem myÅ¡i na odkaz verÅ¡e nebo kapitoly (kurzor se zmÄ›nà v ruku) a pÅ™etáhnÄ›te ho do knihovny. UpusÅ¥te ho na dÃlo, které chcete otevÅ™Ãt ,a to -bude otevÅ™eno na požadovaném mÃstÄ›. Můžete také pÅ™etánout odkaz verÅ¡e na +bude otevÅ™eno na požadovaném mÃstÄ›. Můžete také pÅ™etáhnout odkaz verÅ¡e na existujÃcà okno, které se pÅ™esune na požadované umÃstÄ›nÃ.</para> </sect3> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"> <title>DalÅ¡Ã informace o dÃlech</title> - <para>Pokud kliknete <mousebutton>pravým tlaÄÃtkem myÅ¡i</mousebutton> na symbol + <para>Pokud kliknete <mousebutton>pravým</mousebutton> tlaÄÃtkem myÅ¡i na symbol dÃla, objevà se nabÃdka s dalÅ¡Ãmi možnostmi, které jsou relevantnà pro toto dÃlo. <guimenuitem>"O tomto dÃle"</guimenuitem>otevÅ™e okno s mnoha zajÃmavými informacemi o zvoleném dÃle. <guimenuitem>"Odemknout toto -dÃlo"</guimenuitem> otevÅ™e malý dialog pro zabezpeÄené dokumenty, kde můžete -vložit pÅ™Ãstupová kód k otevÅ™enà dÃla. Pro dalÅ¡Ã informace o zamÄených +dÃlo"</guimenuitem> otevÅ™e malý dialog pro zaÅ¡ifrované dokumenty, kde můžete +vložit pÅ™Ãstupový kód k otevÅ™enà dÃla. Pro dalÅ¡Ã informace o zamÄených dÃlech se podÃvejte na <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp"> tuto stránku</ulink> na webu Crosswire Bible Society.</para> @@ -63,8 +64,8 @@ stránku</ulink> na webu Crosswire Bible Society.</para> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"> <title>Vyhledávánà v dÃlech</title> - <para>Vyhledávat v dÃle můžete kliknutÃm <mousebutton>pravým tlaÄÃtkem -myÅ¡i</mousebutton> na jeho symbol a vybránÃm položky<guimenuitem>"Hledat v + <para>Vyhledávat v dÃle můžete kliknutÃm <mousebutton>pravým</mousebutton> +tlaÄÃtkem myÅ¡i na jeho symbol a vybránÃm položky<guimenuitem>"Hledat v dÃle(ch)"</guimenuitem>. Stiskem klávesy &Shift; a kliknutÃm na dalÅ¡Ã dÃla můžete vybrat vÃce než jedno. Poté následuje stejný proces s otevÅ™enÃm vyhledávacÃho dialogu. Budete vyhledávat ve vÅ¡ech tÄ›chto @@ -80,16 +81,16 @@ linkend="hdbk-op-search">zde</link>.</para> <para>ChyÅ¥ & pust dÃlo</para> </tip> - KliknÄ›te <mousebutton>pravým tlaÄÃtkem myÅ¡i</mousebutton> na kategorii + KliknÄ›te <mousebutton>pravým</mousebutton> tlaÄÃtkem myÅ¡i na kategorii záložek v knihovnÄ› a vyberte <guimenuitem>"VytvoÅ™it novou složku"</guimenuitem>, pokud chcete vytvoÅ™it novou podsložku záložek. Můžete použÃt běžnou funkci "drag & drop " k pÅ™etáhnutà odkazu verÅ¡e z -otevÅ™ených oken, nebo výsledků vyhledávánà do adresáře záložek, stejnÄ› jako +otevÅ™ených oken, nebo výsledků vyhledávánà do adresáře záložek, stejnÄ› tak pro pÅ™esouvánà záložek mezi složkami.</para> <para>Můžete také importovat záložky od ostatnÃch, nebo je exportovat a sdÃlet. K tomu otevÅ™ete <guimenu>kontextové menu</guimenu> adresáře záložek jak bylo popsáno pÅ™edtÃm a vyberte <guimenuitem>"Exportovat -záložky"</guimenuitem>. To otevÅ™e dialog pro uloženà vaÅ¡Ã kolekce +záložky"</guimenuitem>. Toto otevÅ™e dialog pro uloženà vaÅ¡Ã kolekce záložek. Stejným způsobem můžete záložky importovat.</para> <para>KliknÄ›te <mousebutton>pravým tlaÄÃtkem myÅ¡i</mousebutton> na adresáře a @@ -142,12 +143,12 @@ dÃlo z knihovny <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>, které se jmenuje "Personal commentary" ("Osobnà komentář").</para> <para>Pokud otevÅ™ete osobnà komentář kliknutÃm <mousebutton>levým</mousebutton> -tlaÄÃtkem myÅ¡i na jeho symbol v knihovnÄ›, otevÅ™e se pro ÄtenÃ. V tomto módu -nenà možné komentář editovat. Pokud si pÅ™ejete do nÄ›j zapsat poznámku, -musÃte ho otevÅ™Ãt pomocà <mousebutton>pravého</mousebutton> tlaÄÃtka myÅ¡i a -zvolit <guimenu>Editovat toto dÃlo</guimenu> a potom také +tlaÄÃtkem myÅ¡i na jeho symbol v knihovnÄ›, otevÅ™e se v módu pro ÄtenÃ. V +tomto módu nenà možné komentář editovat. Pokud si pÅ™ejete do nÄ›j zapsat +poznámku, musÃte ho otevÅ™Ãt pomocà <mousebutton>pravého</mousebutton> +tlaÄÃtka myÅ¡i a zvolit <guimenu>Editovat toto dÃlo</guimenu> a potom také <guimenuitem>Prostý text</guimenuitem> (editor zdrojového kódu) nebo -<guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(jednoduchý gui wysiwyg editor).</para> +<guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(jednoduchý GUI WYSIWYG editor).</para> <tip> <para>Pokud je položka <menuchoice> <guimenu>Upravit toto dÃlo</guimenu> @@ -169,8 +170,8 @@ text.</para> <title>Vyhledávánà textu v aktivnÃm oknÄ›</title> <para>Když chcete hledat slovo nebo frázi v otevÅ™eném aktivnÃm oknÄ› (napÅ™. kapitolu bible, kterou Ätete), je to stejné jako v jiných -programech. tuto funkci můžete vyvolat kliknutÃm -<mousebutton>pravým</mousebutton> tlaÄÃtkem myÅ¡i a vybránÃm +programech. Tuto funkci můžete vyvolat kliknutÃm +<mousebutton>pravým</mousebutton> tlaÄÃtkem myÅ¡i a zvolenÃm <guimenuitem>NajÃt...</guimenuitem>, nebo použitÃm horké klávesy <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. PÅ™eÄtÄ›te si jak hledat v celých dÃlech.</para> @@ -179,7 +180,7 @@ v celých dÃlech.</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-access"> <title>PÅ™Ãstup k dialogu vyhledávánÃ</title> <para>V dÃle můžete hledat kliknutÃm <mousebutton>pravým</mousebutton> tlaÄÃtkem -myÅ¡i na symbol v <guimenu>knihovnÄ›</guimenu> a vybránÃm <guimenuitem>Hledat +myÅ¡i na symbol v <guimenu>KnihovnÄ›</guimenu> a vybránÃm <guimenuitem>Hledat ve vybraných dÃlech</guimenuitem>. PÅ™idrženÃm &Shift; nebo &Ctrl; a kliknutÃm na jména dalÅ¡Ãch dÄ›l můžete vybrat vÃce než jedno dÃlo. Poté následuje stejný postup otevÅ™enà dialogu hledánÃ. Budete hledat ve vÅ¡ech @@ -271,8 +272,9 @@ http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink></para> <para>Zde vidÃte kolik pÅ™Ãpadů hledaného Å™etÄ›zce bylo nalezeno, setÅ™ÃdÄ›no podle dÄ›l. Kliknutà na dÃlo <mousebutton>pravým</mousebutton> tlaÄÃtkem myÅ¡i vám umožnà kopÃrovat, uložit, nebo tisknout vÅ¡echny verÅ¡e které byli v daném -dÃle nalezeny. To pÅ™i kliknutà na jeden nebo vÃce odkazů. Kliknutà na urÄitý -odkaz otevÅ™e verÅ¡ v jeho kontextu v oknÄ› náhledu.</para> +dÃle nalezeny. KliknutÃm na jeden nebo vÃce odkazů ke kopÃrovánÃ, uloženà +nebo tisku. Kliknutà na urÄitý odkaz otevÅ™e verÅ¡ v jeho kontextu v oknÄ› +náhledu.</para> <tip> <para>PÅ™etáhnÄ›te odkaz a upusÅ¥te ho na symbol dÃla v knihovnÄ› k otevÅ™enà dÃla na tomto verÅ¡i v novém oknÄ›.</para> @@ -361,7 +363,7 @@ je možné <guimenuitem>Vybrat</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Uložit</guimenuitem> nebo <guimenuitem>Tisknout</guimenuitem>. to funguje napÅ™. v aktivnÃm oknÄ› když kliknete na běžný text nebo na odkaz verÅ¡e, nebo na stránce výsledků hledánà -pÅ™i kliknutà na dÃlo nebo na jeden Äi vÃce odkazů veršů. Je to krásnÄ› +pÅ™i kliknutà na dÃlo nebo na jeden Äi vÃce odkazů veršů. Je to velmi pÅ™ÃmoÄaré, prostÄ› to vyzkouÅ¡ejte.</para> <para>Tisk z &bibletime; spÃÅ¡e základnà a je zamýšlen jako pomůcka. Pokud diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 0fbe260..58b1c79 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -104,6 +104,21 @@ potÅ™ebujete vÃce Äasu pro Äasopis.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Zapne zobrazenà knihovny.</action> Zvolte tuto možnost pro zapnutÃ, +nebo vypnutà zobrazenà knihovny vlevo. To může být praktické pokud +potÅ™ebujete vÃce mÃsta pro Äasopis.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <term> <menuchoice> @@ -143,7 +158,9 @@ nebo vypnutà zobrazenà Äasopisu na levé stranÄ›.</para> <listitem> <para> <action>OtevÃrá dialog vyhledávánà pouze pro vyhledávánà ve výchozà -Bibli</action>. Do vyhledávacÃho dialogu mohou být pÅ™Ãdána dalÅ¡Ã dÃla.</para> +Bibli</action>. Do vyhledávacÃho dialogu mohou být pÅ™Ãdána dalÅ¡Ã +dÃla. DetailnÄ›jÅ¡Ã popis vyhledávánà najdete <link +linkend="hdbk-op-search">zde</link>.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> @@ -165,7 +182,9 @@ Bibli</action>. Do vyhledávacÃho dialogu mohou být pÅ™Ãdána dalÅ¡Ã dÃla.< <listitem> <para> <action>OtevÃrá dialog vyhledávánà ve vÅ¡ech dÃlech</action>. Do -vyhledávacÃho dialogu mohou být pÅ™Ãdána dalÅ¡Ã dÃla.</para> +vyhledávacÃho dialogu mohou být pÅ™Ãdána, Äi z nÄ›j odebrána, dalÅ¡Ã +dÃla. DetailnÄ›jÅ¡Ã popis vyhledávánà naleznete <link +linkend="hdbk-op-search">zde</link>.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -485,6 +504,291 @@ informace o verzi &bibletime;, pÅ™ispÄ›vatelÃch projektu, verzi &sword;, verzi </sect2> </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-works"> + <title>Odkazy</title> + <para> + V této sekci najdete popis ikon pÅ™iÅ™azených k otevÅ™eným dÃlům. + </para> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-works-list"> + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_forward.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Posouvá vpÅ™ed historiÃ. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_back.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Posouvá zpÄ›t historiÃ. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_bible.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Vyberte nainstalovanou bibli. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_bible_add.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Vyberte dalÅ¡Ã bible. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Vyhledávánà ve vybraných dÃlech + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_displayconfig.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Nastavenà zobrazenà + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_commentary.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Vyberte nainstalované komentáře. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_commentary_add.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Vyberte dalÅ¡Ã komentáře. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sync.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Synchronizovat zobrazený údaj s aktivnÃm oknem Bible. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_book.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Vber knihu. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_lexicon.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Vyberte nainstalovaný glosář nebo modlitbu. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_lexicon_add.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Vyberte dalÅ¡Ã glosář nebo modlitbu. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"> <title>Seznam horkých kláves</title> <para>Toto je seznam vÅ¡ech horkých kláves a s nimi souvisejÃcÃho popisu v @@ -755,4 +1059,5 @@ knih</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>otevÅ™e správce knih.</entry> </tgroup> </informaltable> </sect1> + </chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook index c2b1d5d..ff627b9 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ <legalnotice> <para>PÅ™ÃruÄka &bibletime; je souÄástà &bibletime;.</para> </legalnotice> - <date>2009-04</date> - <releaseinfo>2.0</releaseinfo> + <date>2009-06</date> + <releaseinfo>2.2</releaseinfo> <abstract> <para>&bibletime; je nástroj pro studium Bible založený na frameworku Sword.</para> </abstract> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-config.html index 06e3133..560ad38 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Export a tisk"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitola 5. Odkazy"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime </th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Kapitola 4. Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog Nastavení BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> - Display +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Export a tisk"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitola 5. Odkazy"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 4. Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Kapitola 4. Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> - Languages + <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - Desk + <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> - HotKeys + <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> V této sekci najdete úvod k nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> které najdete pod volbou -<span class="guimenu">Nastavení</span> v hlavním menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Dialog Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p>Uživatelské rozhraní programu <span class="application">BibleTime</span> může být uzpůsobeno v mnoha +<span class="guimenu">Nastavení</span> v hlavním menu.</p><div class="sect1" title="Dialog Nastavení BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Dialog Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p>Uživatelské rozhraní programu <span class="application">BibleTime</span> může být uzpůsobeno v mnoha směrech, v závislosti na vašich potřebách. K dialogu nastavení můžete přistoupit výběrem <span class="guimenu">Nastavení</span> -<span class="guimenuitem">Natavit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> +<span class="guimenuitem">Natavit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" title="Display"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Můžete uzpůsobit chování po spuštění. Vyberte z následujících možností: - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Zobrazovat uvítací obrazovku</p></li></ul></div><p>Šablony zobrazení určují způsob zobrazení textu (barvu, velikost + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Zobrazovat uvítací obrazovku</p></li></ul></div><p>Šablony zobrazení určují způsob zobrazení textu (barvu, velikost atd.). Přímo dostupných je více šablon. Když jednu z nich zvolíte, objeví se -náhled v pravém poli.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> +náhled v pravém poli.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Languages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Zde můžete zvolit jazyk, který bude použit pro jména biblických knih. Pokud je dostupný, nastavte tuto možnost na váš jazyk, a budete se cítit doma.</p><p>V základním nastavení používá <span class="application">BibleTime</span> výchozí systémové písmo. Pokud je @@ -27,11 +27,11 @@ zobrazuje jen jako řetězec otazníků (?????) nebo prázdných č víte, že standardní písmo neobsahuje znaky užité v tomto díle. </p><p>K nápravě vyberte jazyk tohoto díla z rozbalovacího menu. Zaškrtněte použít vlastní písmo. Nyní vyberte písmo. Například, písmo podporující mnoho znaků je Code2000. Pokud žádné z nainstalovaných písem neumí zobrazit dílo o které -se zajímáte, zkuste nainstalovat lokalizační balíček pro tento jazyk.</p><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Instalace písem</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailní popis instalace písem přesahuje rozsah této příručky. Pro více +se zajímáte, zkuste nainstalovat lokalizační balíček pro tento jazyk.</p><div class="sect3" title="Instalace písem"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Instalace písem</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailní popis instalace písem přesahuje rozsah této příručky. Pro více informací můžete použít <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode -HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Pokud používáte malé písmo jako například Clearlyu (asi 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> -poběží rychleji nž s velkým písmem jako napriklad <span class="trademark">Bitstream Cyberbit</span>®(asi 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Získání písem</h4></div></div></div><p>Písma můžete získat z mnoha zdrojů:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Vaše *nixová distribuce.</p></li><li><p>Lokalizační balíčky vaší distribuce.</p></li><li><p>Existující instalace <span class="trademark">Microsoft -Windows</span>® na stejném počítači.</p></li><li><p>Kolekce písem, jako jsou dostupné od Adobe nebo Bitstream.</p></li><li><p>Online kolekce písem</p></li></ul></div><p>Písma Unicode podporují více znaků než ostatní písma, některá z nich jsou +HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Pokud používáte malé písmo jako například Clearlyu (asi 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> +poběží rychleji nž s velkým písmem jako napriklad <span class="trademark">Bitstream Cyberbit</span>®(asi 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" title="Získání písem"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Získání písem</h4></div></div></div><p>Písma můžete získat z mnoha zdrojů:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Vaše *nixová distribuce.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lokalizační balíčky vaší distribuce.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Existující instalace <span class="trademark">Microsoft +Windows</span>® na stejném počítači.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kolekce písem, jako jsou dostupné od Adobe nebo Bitstream.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Online kolekce písem</p></li></ul></div><p>Písma Unicode podporují více znaků než ostatní písma, některá z nich jsou dostupná zdarma. Žádné z dostupných písem neobsahuje všechny znaky definované standardem Unicode, takže budete možná chtít použít různá písma pro různé jazyky.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 4.1. Písma Unicode</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Písma Unicode" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> @@ -56,15 +56,14 @@ závislosti na jejich velikosti.</td></tr><tr><td>Clearlyu</td><td>Obsaženo </td><td>Částečně odpovídající, pro informace se podívejte na odkazovanou stránku.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Dobré seznamy písem Unicode na internetu, jako jedno od Christopha Singera( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Vícejazyčná Unicode TrueType Fonts na internetu</a>), nebo jedno od Alana Wooda ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> výběr znaků Unicode -a písma Unicode, která je podporují</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> +a písma Unicode, která je podporují</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Desk"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> - </h3></div></div></div><p>Mnoho vlastností poskytovaných backendem Sword můžou být v <span class="application">BibleTime</span> -uzpůsobeny. Tyto vlastnosti jsou zdokumentovány v dialogu vpravo. Máte -možnost vybrat výchozí díla, která mají být použita, když není žádné dílo -vybráno odkazem. Například: výchozí Bible je použita k zobrazení obsahu -"křížových" biblických odkazů. Když najedete nad odkaz, časopis zobrazí -náhled obsahu veršů odkazujících na toto místo, ve výchozí Bibli kterou jste -zvolili.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Mnoho vlastností poskytovaných backendem Sword můžete nyní v <span class="application">BibleTime</span> +nastavit. Tyto vlastnosti jsou zdokumentovány v dialogu vpravo. Máte možnost +vybrat výchozí díla, která mají být použita, když není žádné dílo vybráno +odkazem. Například: výchozí Bible je použita k zobrazení obsahu "křížových" +biblických odkazů. Když najedete nad odkaz, časopis zobrazí náhled obsahu +veršů odkazujících na toto místo, ve výchozí Bibli kterou jste zvolili.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="HotKeys"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Horké klávesy jsou speciální klávesové příkazy, které můžete použít namísto položek v menu, nebo ikon. Mnoho příkazů v <span class="application">BibleTime</span> má definovány horké diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-intro.html index d3862a7..29df043 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 1. Úvod</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 1. Úvod</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Kapitola 1. Úvod</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">O BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Dostupná díla</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivace</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>O <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je nástroj pro studium Bible s podporou pro různé texty a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 1. Úvod</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 1. Úvod</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitola 1. Úvod"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Kapitola 1. Úvod</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">O <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Dostupná díla</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivace</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="O BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>O <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je nástroj pro studium Bible s podporou pro různé texty a jazyky. Také velké množství modulů děl, které je snadné nainstalovat a spravovat. Je založen na knihovně <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a>, která poskytuje funkcionalitu pro <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, jako zobrazování biblických textů, @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ vyhledávání atd. Sword je vlajkovou lodí společnosti <a class="ulink" href= projektem Sword. Kompletní informace o podporovaných formátech dokumentů naleznete ve<a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> vývojářské sekci</a> na stránkách projektu Sword, Crosswire Bible -Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Dostupná díla</h3></div></div></div><p>Přes 200 dokumentů v 50 jazycích jsou dostupné ze stránek <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>. To zahrnuje: +Society.</p><div class="sect2" title="Dostupná díla"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Dostupná díla</h3></div></div></div><p>Přes 200 dokumentů v 50 jazycích jsou dostupné ze stránek <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>. To zahrnuje: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bible</span></dt><dd><p>Úplný text Bible, s volitelnými věcmi jako Strongova čísla, nadpisy, nebo poznámky v textu. Bible jsou dostupné v mnoha jazycích, nejen v moderních verzích, ale také ve starověkých jako Codex Leningradensis ( Kodex @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ biblických sekcí.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Denní zamyšlení</span></dt Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon a International Standard Bible Encyclopedia. Dostupné slovníky zahrnují: Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary of -the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivace</h3></div></div></div><p>Přejeme si sloužit Bohu a přispět svým dílem ostatním v růstu ve vztahu s +the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Motivace"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivace</h3></div></div></div><p>Přejeme si sloužit Bohu a přispět svým dílem ostatním v růstu ve vztahu s Ním. Chceme, aby byl tento výkonný a kvalitní program stále jednoduchý a intuitivní. Přejeme si chválit Boha, neboť on je zdroj všeho dobrého.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Každý dobrý dar a každé dokonalé obdarování je shůry, sestupuje od Otce -nebeských světel. U něho není proměny ani střídání světla a stínu.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakubův 1:17</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Bůh vám žehnej při používání tohoto programu.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Příručka BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +nebeských světel. U něho není proměny ani střídání světla a stínu.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakubův 1:17</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Bůh vám žehnej při používání tohoto programu.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 2. Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index e6e7c0f..613afe4 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Správa knih</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Export a tisk"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Správa knih</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span> je nástroj pro správu +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Správa knih</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Export a tisk"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Správa knih"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span> je nástroj pro správu knihovny. Můžete do vaší knihovny nainstalovat nová díla, nebo aktualizovat -či odstranit ty existující. Přístupná pod <span class="guimenu">Nastavení</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span> v hlavním menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Nastavení cesty ke knihám</h3></div></div></div><p>Zde lze nastavit, kam na disk má <span class="application">BibleTime</span> uložit knihovnu. Můžete použít -mnoho adresářů. Výchozí je "~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Pokud máte CD sword, ale nechcete všechna díla instalovat na disk, ale +či odstranit ty existující. Přístupná pod <span class="guimenu">Nastavení</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span> v hlavním menu.</p><div class="sect2" title="Nastavení cesty ke knihám"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Nastavení cesty ke knihám</h3></div></div></div><p>Zde lze nastavit, kam na disk má <span class="application">BibleTime</span> uložit knihovnu. Můžete použít +mnoho adresářů. Výchozí je "~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Pokud máte CD sword, ale nechcete všechna díla instalovat na disk, ale používat je přímo z CD, pak vložte cestu k CD jako jedno z umístění knihovny. Když zapnete <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, zobrazí se všechna díla, pokud je CD -vloženo v mechanice.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Instalace/aktualizace děl</h3></div></div></div><p>Tímto nástrojem se můžete připojit k repositáři děl (je zvaný "knihovna", +vloženo v mechanice.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Instalace/aktualizace děl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Instalace/aktualizace děl</h3></div></div></div><p>Tímto nástrojem se můžete připojit k repositáři děl (je zvaný "knihovna", "library") a nahrát jedno nebo více děl do své lokální knihovny. Tyto knihovny mohou být lokální (např. Sword CD) nebo vzdálené (např. Crosswireonline repositář modulů Sword nebo jiné stránky nabízející @@ -17,10 +17,10 @@ knihovny přidat, nebo děl, které jsou již nainstalované, ale jsou novější verzi, a tak mohou být aktualizovány. Poté můžete označit všechna díla, která chcete nainstalovat nebo aktualizovat a kliknout na <span class="guibutton">Instalovat díla</span>. Ty budou poté nahrány do vaší -knihovny.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Odebrání děl</h3></div></div></div><p>Tato možnost dovoluje smazat jedno nebo více děl z vaší knihovny, což uvolní +knihovny.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Odebrání děl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Odebrání děl</h3></div></div></div><p>Tato možnost dovoluje smazat jedno nebo více děl z vaší knihovny, což uvolní místo na disku. Jednoduše označte položky a klikněte na <span class="guibutton">Odstranit -díla</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Vyhledávací indexy</h3></div></div></div><p>Tyto možnosti vám umožní vytvářet nové vyhledávací indexy a vymazat opuštěné -indexy smazaných děl.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> +díla</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Vyhledávací indexy"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Vyhledávací indexy</h3></div></div></div><p>Tyto možnosti vám umožní vytvářet nové vyhledávací indexy a vymazat opuštěné +indexy smazaných děl.</p><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vyhledávání v dílech </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Export a tisk</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 22b9273..902f495 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Export a tisk</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Export a tisk</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Export a tisk</h2></div></div></div><p>Na mnoha místech můžete vyvolat kontextové menu kliknutím +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Export a tisk</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Export a tisk</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Export a tisk"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Export a tisk</h2></div></div></div><p>Na mnoha místech můžete vyvolat kontextové menu kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši. V závislosti na kontextu je možné <span class="guimenuitem">Vybrat</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Kopírovat</span> (do schránky), <span class="guimenuitem">Uložit</span> nebo <span class="guimenuitem">Tisknout</span>. to funguje např. v aktivním okně když kliknete na běžný text nebo na odkaz verše, nebo na stránce výsledků hledání -při kliknutí na dílo nebo na jeden či více odkazů veršů. Je to krásně +při kliknutí na dílo nebo na jeden či více odkazů veršů. Je to velmi přímočaré, prostě to vyzkoušejte.</p><p>Tisk z <span class="application">BibleTime</span> spíše základní a je zamýšlen jako pomůcka. Pokud vytváříte dokument nebo prezentaci obsahující text děl z <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, doporučujeme formátovat dokument za použití systémových nástrojů pro tvorbu -prezentací, nebo editaci textu, raději než tisknout přímo z <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Správa knih </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +prezentací, nebo editaci textu, raději než tisknout přímo z <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 4. Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index fb0ef30..827173b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,64 +1,64 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Části okna aplikace BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Části okna aplikace BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Části okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Knihovna</h3></div></div></div><p>Knihovna obsahuje všechna nainstalovaná díla, setříděná podle kategorií a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Části okna aplikace BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Části okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Části okna aplikace BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Části okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Knihovna"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Knihovna</h3></div></div></div><p>Knihovna obsahuje všechna nainstalovaná díla, setříděná podle kategorií a jazyků. Obsahuje také kategorii "Záložky" To je místo, kam můžete uložit své -záložky a poté k nim přistupovat.</p><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Čtení děl</h4></div></div></div><p>Pro otevření díla z knihovny jednoduše klikněte <span class="mousebutton">levým tlačítkem -myši</span> na požadovanou kategorii (Bible, Komentáře, Lexikony, -Knihy, Zamyšlení nebo Glosáře) pro zobrazení jejího obsahu. Poté klikněte na -jedno z děl k jeho otevření pro čtení. Okno pro čtení díla se objeví na -ploše.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Chyť & pust dílo</p></div><p>Pokud čtete nějaké dílo a chcete otevřít jiné dílo ve stejné pasáži, můžete -použít zkratku. jednoduše klikněte <span class="mousebutton">levým tlačítkem -myši</span> na odkaz verše nebo kapitoly (kurzor se změní v ruku) a +záložky a poté k nim přistupovat.</p><div class="sect3" title="Čtení děl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Čtení děl</h4></div></div></div><p>Pro otevření díla z knihovny jednoduše klikněte +<span class="mousebutton">levým</span> tlačítkem myši na požadovanou kategorii +(Bible, Komentáře, Lexikony, Knihy, Zamyšlení nebo Glosáře) pro zobrazení +jejího obsahu. Poté klikněte na jedno z děl k jeho otevření pro čtení. Okno +pro čtení díla se objeví na ploše.</p><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Chyť & pust dílo</p></div><p>Pokud čtete nějaké dílo a chcete otevřít stejnou pasáž v jiném díle, můžete +použít zkratku. jednoduše klikněte <span class="mousebutton">levým</span> +tlačítkem myši na odkaz verše nebo kapitoly (kurzor se změní v ruku) a přetáhněte ho do knihovny. Upusťte ho na dílo, které chcete otevřít ,a to -bude otevřeno na požadovaném místě. Můžete také přetánout odkaz verše na -existující okno, které se přesune na požadované umístění.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Další informace o dílech</h4></div></div></div><p>Pokud kliknete <span class="mousebutton">pravým tlačítkem myši</span> na symbol +bude otevřeno na požadovaném místě. Můžete také přetáhnout odkaz verše na +existující okno, které se přesune na požadované umístění.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Další informace o dílech"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Další informace o dílech</h4></div></div></div><p>Pokud kliknete <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši na symbol díla, objeví se nabídka s dalšími možnostmi, které jsou relevantní pro toto dílo. <span class="guimenuitem">"O tomto díle"</span>otevře okno s mnoha zajímavými informacemi o zvoleném díle. <span class="guimenuitem">"Odemknout toto -dílo"</span> otevře malý dialog pro zabezpečené dokumenty, kde můžete -vložit přístupová kód k otevření díla. Pro další informace o zamčených +dílo"</span> otevře malý dialog pro zašifrované dokumenty, kde můžete +vložit přístupový kód k otevření díla. Pro další informace o zamčených dílech se podívejte na <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> tuto -stránku</a> na webu Crosswire Bible Society.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Vyhledávání v dílech</h4></div></div></div><p>Vyhledávat v díle můžete kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">pravým tlačítkem -myši</span> na jeho symbol a vybráním položky<span class="guimenuitem">"Hledat v +stránku</a> na webu Crosswire Bible Society.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Vyhledávání v dílech"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Vyhledávání v dílech</h4></div></div></div><p>Vyhledávat v díle můžete kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> +tlačítkem myši na jeho symbol a vybráním položky<span class="guimenuitem">"Hledat v díle(ch)"</span>. Stiskem klávesy Shift a kliknutím na další díla můžete vybrat více než jedno. Poté následuje stejný proces s otevřením vyhledávacího dialogu. Budete vyhledávat ve všech těchto -dokumentech. Kompletní popis obsluhy vyhledávacích funkcí naleznete <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech">zde</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Práce se záložkami</h4></div></div></div><p> +dokumentech. Kompletní popis obsluhy vyhledávacích funkcí naleznete <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech">zde</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Práce se záložkami"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Práce se záložkami</h4></div></div></div><p> - </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Chyť & pust dílo</p></div><p> + </p><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Chyť & pust dílo</p></div><p> - Klikněte <span class="mousebutton">pravým tlačítkem myši</span> na kategorii + Klikněte <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši na kategorii záložek v knihovně a vyberte <span class="guimenuitem">"Vytvořit novou složku"</span>, pokud chcete vytvořit novou podsložku záložek. Můžete použít běžnou funkci "drag & drop " k přetáhnutí odkazu verše z -otevřených oken, nebo výsledků vyhledávání do adresáře záložek, stejně jako +otevřených oken, nebo výsledků vyhledávání do adresáře záložek, stejně tak pro přesouvání záložek mezi složkami.</p><p>Můžete také importovat záložky od ostatních, nebo je exportovat a sdílet. K tomu otevřete <span class="guimenu">kontextové menu</span> adresáře záložek jak bylo popsáno předtím a vyberte <span class="guimenuitem">"Exportovat -záložky"</span>. To otevře dialog pro uložení vaší kolekce +záložky"</span>. Toto otevře dialog pro uložení vaší kolekce záložek. Stejným způsobem můžete záložky importovat.</p><p>Klikněte <span class="mousebutton">pravým tlačítkem myši</span> na adresáře a -záložky, pokud chcete změnit jejich jméno nebo popis.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Časopis</h3></div></div></div><p>Toto malé okno v levém spodním rohu okna <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pasivní. Kdykoli je váš +záložky, pokud chcete změnit jejich jméno nebo popis.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Časopis"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Časopis</h3></div></div></div><p>Toto malé okno v levém spodním rohu okna <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pasivní. Kdykoli je váš kurzor umístěn nad nějakým textem s dalšími informacemi (např. Strongova čísla), potom budou tyto informace zobrazeny v okně časopisu, ne v textu -samotném. Prostě to vyzkoušejte.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Plocha</h3></div></div></div><p>Plocha je místo, kde probíhá skutečná práce s <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Zde můžete +samotném. Prostě to vyzkoušejte.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Plocha"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Plocha</h3></div></div></div><p>Plocha je místo, kde probíhá skutečná práce s <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Zde můžete otvírat díla z knihovny, číst je, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech">hledat</a> v nich a rovnou ukládat vaše poznámky -v modulu osobních komentářů (podívejte se <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů">dolů</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Čtení děl</h4></div></div></div><p>Jak <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Čtení děl">už jsme viděli</a>, +v modulu osobních komentářů (podívejte se <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů">dolů</a>).</p><div class="sect3" title="Čtení děl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Čtení děl</h4></div></div></div><p>Jak <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Čtení děl">už jsme viděli</a>, můžete jednoduše otevírat díla pro čtení kliknutím na jejich symbol v knihovně. Okno díla se otevře na ploše. Každé okno díla má nástrojovou lištu. Zde najdete nástroje k navigaci propojené s dílem, například tlačítka -historie jako ve vašem webovém prohlížeči.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Umístění aktivního okna</h4></div></div></div><p>Samozřejmě můžete mít otevřeno více děl ve stejné době. Máte několik +historie jako ve vašem webovém prohlížeči.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Umístění aktivního okna"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Umístění aktivního okna</h4></div></div></div><p>Samozřejmě můžete mít otevřeno více děl ve stejné době. Máte několik možností jak umístit okna na ploše. Prosím podívejte se na položku <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> v hlavním menu. Tam uvidíte, že umístění oken můžete ovládat buď osobně, nebo zvolit automatické umístění <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Toho docílíte volbou jednoho z automatických módů umístění, které jsou přístupné přes <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mód rozvržení</span>. Prostě to vyzkoušejte, je to snadné a -funguje to.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů</h4></div></div></div><p>Aby jste mohli ukládat vlastní komentáře částí Bible, musíte nainstalovat +funguje to.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů</h4></div></div></div><p>Aby jste mohli ukládat vlastní komentáře částí Bible, musíte nainstalovat dílo z knihovny <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>, které se jmenuje "Personal commentary" ("Osobní komentář").</p><p>Pokud otevřete osobní komentář kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">levým</span> -tlačítkem myši na jeho symbol v knihovně, otevře se pro čtení. V tomto módu -není možné komentář editovat. Pokud si přejete do něj zapsat poznámku, -musíte ho otevřít pomocí <span class="mousebutton">pravého</span> tlačítka myši a -zvolit <span class="guimenu">Editovat toto dílo</span> a potom také +tlačítkem myši na jeho symbol v knihovně, otevře se v módu pro čtení. V +tomto módu není možné komentář editovat. Pokud si přejete do něj zapsat +poznámku, musíte ho otevřít pomocí <span class="mousebutton">pravého</span> +tlačítka myši a zvolit <span class="guimenu">Editovat toto dílo</span> a potom také <span class="guimenuitem">Prostý text</span> (editor zdrojového kódu) nebo -<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(jednoduchý gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Pokud je položka <span class="guimenu">Upravit toto dílo</span> deaktivována, prosím zkontrolujte zda máte oprávnění k zápisu -do souborů osobních komentářů.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Přetáhněte & upusťte díla zde. Pusťte odkaz verše a bude vložen jeho +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(jednoduchý GUI WYSIWYG editor).</p><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Pokud je položka <span class="guimenu">Upravit toto dílo</span> deaktivována, prosím zkontrolujte zda máte oprávnění k zápisu +do souborů osobních komentářů.</p></div><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Přetáhněte & upusťte díla zde. Pusťte odkaz verše a bude vložen jeho text.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 3. Operace programu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vyhledávání v dílech</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-search.html index 5ffe0ab..3c21d6b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vyhledávání v dílech</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Části okna aplikace BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vyhledávání v dílech</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Vyhledávání v dílech</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</h3></div></div></div><p>Když chcete hledat slovo nebo frázi v otevřeném aktivním okně +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vyhledávání v dílech</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Části okna aplikace BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vyhledávání v dílech</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Vyhledávání v dílech"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Vyhledávání v dílech</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</h3></div></div></div><p>Když chcete hledat slovo nebo frázi v otevřeném aktivním okně (např. kapitolu bible, kterou čtete), je to stejné jako v jiných -programech. tuto funkci můžete vyvolat kliknutím -<span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši a vybráním +programech. Tuto funkci můžete vyvolat kliknutím +<span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši a zvolením <span class="guimenuitem">Najít...</span>, nebo použitím horké klávesy <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Přečtěte si jak hledat -v celých dílech.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</h3></div></div></div><p>V díle můžete hledat kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem -myši na symbol v <span class="guimenu">knihovně</span> a vybráním <span class="guimenuitem">Hledat +v celých dílech.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</h3></div></div></div><p>V díle můžete hledat kliknutím <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem +myši na symbol v <span class="guimenu">Knihovně</span> a vybráním <span class="guimenuitem">Hledat ve vybraných dílech</span>. Přidržením Shift nebo Ctrl a kliknutím na jména dalších děl můžete vybrat více než jedno dílo. Poté následuje stejný postup otevření dialogu hledání. Budete hledat ve všech těchto dílech najednou.</p><p>Vyhledávací dialog spustíte kliknutím na <span class="guimenu">Hledat</span> z hlavního menu a vybráním odpovídající položky.</p><p>Třetí možnost jak spustit vyhledávání je kliknutím na symbol hledání v -aktuálním okně.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Nastavení vyhledávání</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Výběr děl</h4></div></div></div><p>Nahoře v okně nastavení vyhledávání najdete tlačítko <span class="guibutton">Vybrat (nebo +aktuálním okně.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Nastavení vyhledávání"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Nastavení vyhledávání</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" title="Výběr děl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Výběr děl</h4></div></div></div><p>Nahoře v okně nastavení vyhledávání najdete tlačítko <span class="guibutton">Vybrat (nebo Choose)</span> (díla). Pokud chcete vyhledávat ve více dílech, klikněte na toto tlačítko, poté vám bude nabídnuto menu s možností výběru děl ve -kterých chcete vyhledávat.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Použití oblastí vyhledávání</h4></div></div></div><p>Můžete použít rozsah hledání zvolením určitých částí Bible pomocí jedné z +kterých chcete vyhledávat.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Použití oblastí vyhledávání"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Použití oblastí vyhledávání</h4></div></div></div><p>Můžete použít rozsah hledání zvolením určitých částí Bible pomocí jedné z definovaných oblastí v seznamu <span class="guimenu">Rozsah hledání</span> Můžete definovat vlastní vyhledávací rozsahy kliknutím na tlačítko -<span class="guibutton">Nastavit rozsah</span>.></p></div><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Úvod do jednoduché vyhledávací syntaxe</h4></div></div></div><p>Vložte výrazy a oddělte je mezerami. Při výchozím nastavení, vyhledávání +<span class="guibutton">Nastavit rozsah</span>.></p></div><div class="sect3" title="Úvod do jednoduché vyhledávací syntaxe"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Úvod do jednoduché vyhledávací syntaxe</h4></div></div></div><p>Vložte výrazy a oddělte je mezerami. Při výchozím nastavení, vyhledávání vrátí výsledky, které odpovídají libovolnému z vyhledávaných výrazů (logická spojka NEBO). pro vyhledání všech výrazů oddělte jednotlivá slova spojkou AND.</p><p>Můžete využít znaky: '*' odpovídající libovolné posloupnosti znaků, '?' @@ -27,12 +27,13 @@ následovanou'dvojtečkou ':' a hledaným výrazem. Například pro vyhledáv Strongova čísla H8077 použijte 'strong:H8077'</p><p>Dostupné předpony: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 3.1. Typy vyhledávání</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Typy vyhledávání" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Předpona</th><th>Význam</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>hledá hlavičky</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>hledá poznámky</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>hledání Strongových čísel</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>hledá morfologické kódy</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> používá pro hledání vyhledávací engine Lucene, který má mnoho pokročilých vlastností. Více si o něm můžete přečíst zde: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Výsledky hledání</h3></div></div></div><p>Zde vidíte kolik případů hledaného řetězce bylo nalezeno, setříděno podle +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Výsledky hledání"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Výsledky hledání</h3></div></div></div><p>Zde vidíte kolik případů hledaného řetězce bylo nalezeno, setříděno podle děl. Kliknutí na dílo <span class="mousebutton">pravým</span> tlačítkem myši vám umožní kopírovat, uložit, nebo tisknout všechny verše které byli v daném -díle nalezeny. To při kliknutí na jeden nebo více odkazů. Kliknutí na určitý -odkaz otevře verš v jeho kontextu v okně náhledu.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Přetáhněte odkaz a upusťte ho na symbol díla v knihovně k otevření díla na -tomto verši v novém okně.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Přetáhněte odkaz a upusťte ho na otevřené okno, které se přesune na -požadovanou pozici.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>K vytvoření záložek vyberte odkazy a přetáhněte je do knihovny.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analýza výsledků hledání</h4></div></div></div><p>Klikněte na <span class="guibutton">Analýza vahledávání</span> pro zobrazení analýzy +díle nalezeny. Kliknutím na jeden nebo více odkazů ke kopírování, uložení +nebo tisku. Kliknutí na určitý odkaz otevře verš v jeho kontextu v okně +náhledu.</p><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Přetáhněte odkaz a upusťte ho na symbol díla v knihovně k otevření díla na +tomto verši v novém okně.</p></div><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Přetáhněte odkaz a upusťte ho na otevřené okno, které se přesune na +požadovanou pozici.</p></div><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>K vytvoření záložek vyberte odkazy a přetáhněte je do knihovny.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Analýza výsledků hledání"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analýza výsledků hledání</h4></div></div></div><p>Klikněte na <span class="guibutton">Analýza vahledávání</span> pro zobrazení analýzy vyhledávání. Zobrazí jednoduchou grafickou analýzu množství nalezených -řetězců v každé knize Bible, analýzu můžete uložit.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Části okna aplikace BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Správa knih</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +řetězců v každé knize Bible, analýzu můžete uložit.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Části okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> <span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op.html index d6d0b3a..75f3424 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,8 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 3. Operace programu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Spouštěcí sekvence."><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Části okna aplikace BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Kapitola 3. Operace programu</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Náhled programu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Části okna aplikace BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knihovna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Časopis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Plocha</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vyhledávání v dílech</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Nastavení vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Výsledky hledání</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Správa knih</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Nastavení cesty ke knihám</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalace/aktualizace děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Odebrání děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Vyhledávací indexy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Export a tisk</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Náhled programu</h2></div></div></div><p>Takto vypadá typická relace <span class="application">BibleTime</span>: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 3. Operace programu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Spouštěcí sekvence."><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Části okna aplikace BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 3. Operace programu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Kapitola 3. Operace programu</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Náhled programu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Části okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knihovna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Časopis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Plocha</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vyhledávání v dílech</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Nastavení vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Výsledky hledání</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Nastavení cesty ke knihám</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalace/aktualizace děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Odebrání děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Vyhledávací indexy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Export a tisk</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Náhled programu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Náhled programu</h2></div></div></div><p>Takto vypadá typická relace <span class="application">BibleTime</span>: </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="Okno aplikace BibleTime"></div><p> - Můžete si jednoduše prohlédnout různé části aplikace. Knihovna na levé -straně se používá pro otevírání děl a správu vašich záložek. Malé okno -čaopisu pod knihovnou se používá pro zobrazení dalších informací vložených -do dokumentů. Když přemístíte myš například nad značku poznámky, časopis -zobrazí aktuální obsah poznámky. Panel nástrojů vám umožňuje rychlý přístup -k důležitým funkcím, na ploše vpravo skutečně pracujete.</p><p>Nyní se podívejme na vzhled různých částí aplikace individuálně.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Spouštěcí sekvence. </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Části okna aplikace BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + Můžete si jednoduše prohlédnout různé části aplikace. Okno vlevo nahoře se +používá k otevírání instalovaných děl v kartě knihovny, na kartě záložek +můžete spravovat záložky. Malé okno "časopisu" pod knihovnou se používá pro +zobrazení dalších informací vložených do dokumentů. Když přemístíte myš +například nad značku poznámky, časopis zobrazí aktuální obsah +poznámky. Panel nástrojů vám umožňuje rychlý přístup k důležitým +funkcím. Plocha vpravo je místo kde skutečně pracujete.</p><p>Nyní se podívejme na vzhled různých částí aplikace individuálně.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Spouštěcí sekvence. </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Části okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index 5fbdfff..ff02bfa 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Seznam horkých kláves</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitola 5. Odkazy"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitola 5. Odkazy"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Seznam horkých kláves</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 5. Odkazy</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Seznam horkých kláves</h2></div></div></div><p>Toto je seznam všech horkých kláves a s nimi souvisejícího popisu v +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Seznam horkých kláves</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitola 5. Odkazy"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Odkazy"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Seznam horkých kláves</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 5. Odkazy</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Seznam horkých kláves"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Seznam horkých kláves</h2></div></div></div><p>Toto je seznam všech horkých kláves a s nimi souvisejícího popisu v příručce. Horké klávesy jsou setříděny (přibližně) abecedně. Pokud chcete přesně vědět která z horkých kláves odpovídá té které položce menu, můžete se podívat přímo do nabídek <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (vždy se zde zobrazují horké @@ -90,4 +90,4 @@ knih</span> </a>otevře správce knih.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">Pohled</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Zobrazit knihovnu</span> </a>zapne zobrazení knihovny.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">Pohled</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Zobrazit časopis</span> </a>zapne zobrazení okna časopisu.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 5. Odkazy </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">Pohled</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Zobrazit časopis</span> </a>zapne zobrazení okna časopisu.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Odkazy </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c3d6f2a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Odkazy</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitola 5. Odkazy"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitola 5. Odkazy"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Seznam horkých kláves"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Odkazy</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 5. Odkazy</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Odkazy"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Odkazy</h2></div></div></div><p> + V této sekci najdete popis ikon přiřazených k otevřeným dílům. + </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_forward.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Posouvá vpřed historií. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_back.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Posouvá zpět historií. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Vyberte nainstalovanou bibli. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible_add.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Vyberte další bible. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Vyhledávání ve vybraných dílech + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_displayconfig.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Nastavení zobrazení + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Vyberte nainstalované komentáře. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary_add.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Vyberte další komentáře. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sync.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Synchronizovat zobrazený údaj s aktivním oknem Bible. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_book.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Vber knihu. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Vyberte nainstalovaný glosář nebo modlitbu. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon_add.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Vyberte další glosář nebo modlitbu. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 5. Odkazy </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Seznam horkých kláves</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference.html index 1c1918c..fd0dba1 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 5. Odkazy</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Seznam horkých kláves"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 5. Odkazy</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Kapitola 5. Odkazy</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Odkazy Hlavního menu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> - File +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 5. Odkazy</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Odkazy"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 5. Odkazy</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitola 5. Odkazy"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Kapitola 5. Odkazy</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Odkazy Hlavního menu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + <span class="guimenu">File</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> - View + <span class="guimenu">View</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> - Search + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> - Window + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> - Settings + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> - Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Seznam horkých kláves</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Odkazy Hlavního menu</h2></div></div></div><p>V této sekci najdete detailní popis všech položek základního menu + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Odkazy</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Seznam horkých kláves</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Odkazy Hlavního menu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Odkazy Hlavního menu</h2></div></div></div><p>V této sekci najdete detailní popis všech položek základního menu <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Jsou roztříděné stejně, jak se objevují v <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, včetně podřízených položek zaznamenaných pod hlavní položkou menu ke které náleží. Horké klávesy můžete vidět u každé položky; kompletní seznam všech horkých kláves naleznete v <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Seznam horkých kláves">této -sekci</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> +sekci</a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> <span class="guimenu">File</span> </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ sekci</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Zavře <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> se vás zeptá, jestli si přejete zapsat neuložené změny na disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p> - </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> + </p></div><div class="sect2" title="View"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> <span class="guimenu">View</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -40,23 +40,30 @@ přejete zapnout nebo vypnout Hlavní nástrojovou lištu.</p></dd><dt><a </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Zapne zobrazení knihovny.</span> Zvolte tuto možnost pro zapnutí, nebo vypnutí zobrazení knihovny vlevo. To může být praktické pokud -potřebujete více času pro časopis.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> +potřebujete více času pro časopis.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookmarks</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Zapne zobrazení knihovny.</span> Zvolte tuto možnost pro zapnutí, +nebo vypnutí zobrazení knihovny vlevo. To může být praktické pokud +potřebujete více místa pro časopis.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Zapne zobrazení časopisu.</span> Zvolte tuto možnost pro zapnutí -nebo vypnutí zobrazení časopisu na levé straně.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> +nebo vypnutí zobrazení časopisu na levé straně.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Search"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Otevírá dialog vyhledávání pouze pro vyhledávání ve výchozí -Bibli</span>. Do vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána další díla.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> +Bibli</span>. Do vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána další +díla. Detailnější popis vyhledávání najdete <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech">zde</a>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Otevírá dialog vyhledávání ve všech dílech</span>. Do -vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána další díla.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> +vyhledávacího dialogu mohou být přídána, či z něj odebrána, další +díla. Detailnější popis vyhledávání naleznete <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Vyhledávání v dílech">zde</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> @@ -100,7 +107,7 @@ tak je vyzkoušejte!)</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-casca <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Zavře všechna otevřená okna</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> + <span class="action">Zavře všechna otevřená okna</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Settings"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -113,7 +120,7 @@ nastavit všechny vlastnosti <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, kte <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Otevře dialog kde můžete změnit vaše nastavení Sword a spravovat -svou knihovnu</span>. Další inormace naleznete v <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih">této sekci</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> +svou knihovnu</span>. Další inormace naleznete v <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Správa knih">této sekci</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Help"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -133,4 +140,4 @@ Páně v srdci, On vás nezklame.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-he </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Otevře okno s informacemi o projektu <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> obsahuje informace o verzi <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, přispěvatelích projektu, verzi <span class="application">Sword</span>, verzi -<span class="application">Qt</span> a licenční ujednání.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 4. Nastavení BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Seznam horkých kláves</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="application">Qt</span> a licenční ujednání.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 4. Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Odkazy</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index 1f8911a..d985056 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Spouštěcí sekvence.</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Spouštěcí sekvence.</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Spouštěcí sekvence.</h2></div></div></div><p>Když se <span class="application">BibleTime</span> spouští, můžete vidět následující obrazovky předtím, než +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Spouštěcí sekvence.</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitola 3. Operace programu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Spouštěcí sekvence.</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Spouštěcí sekvence."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Spouštěcí sekvence.</h2></div></div></div><p>Když se <span class="application">BibleTime</span> spouští, můžete vidět následující obrazovky předtím, než se otevře hlavní okno <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> </span></dt><dd><p> @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ rychle seznámili se základními vlastnostmi <span class="application">BibleTime</ <span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Přizpůsobí <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span>Tento dialog vám dovolí přizpůsobit -<span class="application">BibleTime</span> vašim potřebám. Prosím podívejte se na <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Dialog Nastavení BibleTime">detailní popis</a> tohoto dialogu.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 3. Operace programu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> vašim potřebám. Prosím podívejte se na <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Dialog Nastavení BibleTime">detailní popis</a> tohoto dialogu.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 2. Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 3. Operace programu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-term.html index 55ae084..a1afb5a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitola 1. Úvod"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Spouštěcí sekvence."></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Kapitola 2. Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Jak spustit BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Spuštění BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Další správci oken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Nastavení spuštění</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Spouštěcí sekvence.</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Jak spustit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je spustitelný soubor integrovaný do pracovního +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitola 1. Úvod"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Spouštěcí sekvence."></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 2. Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitola 2. Spuštění BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Kapitola 2. Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Jak spustit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Další správci oken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Nastavení spuštění</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Spouštěcí sekvence.</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Jak spustit BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Jak spustit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Spuštění BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je spustitelný soubor integrovaný do pracovního prostředí. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> můžete spustit z menu Start touto ikonou: </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime spouštěcí ikona"></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> může být spuštěn také z příkazové řádky. Pro spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span> otevřete okno terminálu a napište: - </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Další správci oken</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> může být používán také s dalšími okenními správci jako Gnome, + </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" title="Další správci oken"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Další správci oken</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> může být používán také s dalšími okenními správci jako Gnome, BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox nebo Sawfish, pokud jsou požadované knihovny -nainstalovány na vašem počítači.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Nastavení spuštění</h3></div></div></div><p>Z terminálu můžete použít <span class="application">BibleTime</span> k otevření příslušného verše ve +nainstalovány na vašem počítači.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Nastavení spuštění"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Nastavení spuštění</h3></div></div></div><p>Z terminálu můžete použít <span class="application">BibleTime</span> k otevření příslušného verše ve výchozí bibli: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible</pre><p>Pro otevření v dané pasáži, jako například Jan 3:16, použijte: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "Jan 3:16"</pre><p>Můžete použít jména knih ve svém aktuálním jazyce pro pojmenování knih.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 1. Úvod </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Spouštěcí sekvence.</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html index 4f1c65c..084051b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příručka BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime je nástroj pro studium Bible založený na frameworku Sword."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitola 1. Úvod"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příručka BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 tým <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545563"></a><p>Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> je součástí <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakt</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je nástroj pro studium Bible založený na frameworku Sword.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Úvod</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">O BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Dostupná díla</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivace</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Spuštění BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Jak spustit BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Spuštění BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Další správci oken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Nastavení spuštění</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Spouštěcí sekvence.</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operace programu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Náhled programu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Části okna aplikace BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knihovna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Časopis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Plocha</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vyhledávání v dílech</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Nastavení vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Výsledky hledání</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Správa knih</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Nastavení cesty ke knihám</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalace/aktualizace děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Odebrání děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Vyhledávací indexy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Export a tisk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Nastavení BibleTime </a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog Nastavení BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> - Display +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příručka BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime je nástroj pro studium Bible založený na frameworku Sword."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitola 1. Úvod"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Příručka BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 tým <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Právní doložka"><a name="id14837328"></a><p>Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> je součástí <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstrakt"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakt</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je nástroj pro studium Bible založený na frameworku Sword.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Úvod</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">O <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Dostupná díla</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivace</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Jak spustit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Spuštění <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Další správci oken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Nastavení spuštění</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Spouštěcí sekvence.</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operace programu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Náhled programu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Části okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knihovna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Časopis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Plocha</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vyhledávání v dílech</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Přístup k dialogu vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Nastavení vyhledávání</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Výsledky hledání</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">Správa knih</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Nastavení cesty ke knihám</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalace/aktualizace děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Odebrání děl</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Vyhledávací indexy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Export a tisk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog Nastavení <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> - Languages + <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - Desk + <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> - HotKeys + <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-reference.html">5. Odkazy</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Odkazy Hlavního menu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> - File + <span class="guimenu">File</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> - View + <span class="guimenu">View</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> - Search + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> - Window + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> - Settings + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> - Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Seznam horkých kláves</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Seznam tabulek</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Typy vyhledávání</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Písma Unicode</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 1. Úvod</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Odkazy</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Seznam horkých kláves</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Seznam tabulek</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Typy vyhledávání</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Písma Unicode</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 1. Úvod</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index 48c7ce2..322e240 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -1,13 +1,14 @@ <chapter id="hdbk-config"> <title>&bibletime; einrichten</title> - <para>In this section you find an overview to configure &bibletime;, which can be -found under <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> in the main menu.</para> + <para>In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie eine Ãœbersicht, wie &bibletime; zu +konfigurieren ist. Sie können das Menü <guimenu>Einstellungen</guimenu> im +Hauptmenü finden.</para> <sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt"> - <title>Configure &bibletime; Dialog</title> - <para>The &bibletime; user interface can be customized in many ways depending on -your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting -<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> </menuchoice> -<guimenuitem>Configure &bibletime;</guimenuitem>.</para> + <title>Dialog &bibletime; konfigurieren</title> + <para>Die &bibletime; Benutzeroberfläche kann auf vielfältige Art ihren Ansprüchen +angepasst werden. Sie können auf den Konfigurationsdialog über die Auswahl +von <menuchoice><guimenu>Einstellungen</guimenu></menuchoice> +<guimenuitem>&bibletime; einrichten</guimenuitem>. gelangen.</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-display"> <title> <guimenu>Display</guimenu> @@ -19,9 +20,9 @@ Optionen aus: <para>Startlogo anzeigen</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist></para> - <para>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various -built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview -on the right pane.</para> + <para>Anzeigenvorlagen definieren das Aussehen des Textes (Farben, Größe, +usw.). Es sind mehrere eingebaute Vorlagen verfügbar. Nach Auswahl einer +Vorlage wird im rechten Abschnitt eine Vorschau angezeigt,</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-languages"> <title> @@ -31,42 +32,46 @@ on the right pane.</para> verwendet werden soll. Stellen Sie (falls verfügbar) ihre Muttersprache ein, und sie werden sich gleich zu Hause fühlen.</para> - <para>By default, &bibletime; uses the default system display font. You can -override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be -displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for -each language.</para> + <para>Standardmäßig verwendet &bibletime; die System-Standardschrift zur +Anzeige. Sie können diese Schrift bei Bedarf aufheben. Einige Sprachen +erfordern spezielle Schriftarten, um korrekt dargestellt werden zu können +und dieser Dialog erlaubt Ihnen, spezielle Schriftarten für jede Sprache zu +spezifizieren.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="ss_configfonts.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> <textobject> - <phrase>Options Dialog - fonts</phrase> + <phrase>Optionendialog - Schriften</phrase> </textobject> <caption> <para>Der Optionendialog - Schriften.</para> </caption> </mediaobject> - <para>&bibletime; can now use all supported fonts. As long as the works you are -interested in display correctly nothing needs to be done here. If a work -only displays as a series of question marks (??????) or empty boxes, then -you know that the standard display font does not contain the characters used -in this work.</para> + <para>&bibletime; kann nun alle unterstützten Schriftarten benutzen. Solange die +für sie relevanten Werke korrekt dargestellt werden, muss hier nichts +unternommen werden. Wenn ein Werk jedoch nur als Folge von Fragezeichen +(??????) oder leeren Kästchen dargestellt wird, dann erkennen Sie, dass die +Standard-Schriftart die in diesem Werk benutzten Zeichen nicht enthält.</para> - <para>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop down menu. Select -the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that -supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the -work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that -language.</para> + <para>Um dies zu korrigieren, wählen Sie bitte die Sprache dieses Werkes aus dem +Aufklappmenü aus. Wählen Sie das Kontrollkästchen "Benutzerdefinierte +Schrift verwenden" aus und wählen Sie anschließend eine Schriftart +aus. So ist zum Beispiel die Schriftart Code2000 eine, die viele +verschiedene Sprachen unterstützt. Wenn keiner der installierten +Schriftarten das für sie interessante Werk darstellen kann, so versuchen Sie +bitte, das entsprechende Lokalisierungspaket für diese Sprache zu +installieren.</para> <sect3 id="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"> <title>Schriftarten installieren</title> - <para>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this -handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <ulink -url="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html"> Unicode -HOWTO</ulink>.</para> + <para>Detaillierte Anweisungen zur Schriftarten-Installation gehen über den Umfang +dieses Handbuches hinaus. Für weitergehende Informationen können Sie auch +das <ulink url="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html"> +Unicode-HOWTO</ulink> lesen.</para> <tip> - <para>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), &bibletime; will run -faster than with a large font like <trademark class="registered">Bitstream -Cyberbit</trademark>(about 12Mb).</para> + <para>Wenn Sie eine kleine Schriftart wie Clearlyu (etwa 22kb) verwenden, wird +&bibletime; schneller laufen als mit einer großen Schriftart wie <trademark +class="registered">Bitstream Cyberbit</trademark> (etwa 12MB).</para> </tip> </sect3> <sect3 id="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"> @@ -74,14 +79,14 @@ Cyberbit</trademark>(about 12Mb).</para> <para>Schriftarten können von unterschiedlichen Quellen bezogen werden:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>Your *nix distribution.</para> + <para>Ihre *nix-Distribution.</para> </listitem> <listitem> <para>Die Sprachpakete ihrer Distribution.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>An existing <trademark class="registered">Microsoft -Windows</trademark>installation on the same computer.</para> + <para>Eine bestehende <trademark class="registered">Microsoft +Windows</trademark>-Installation auf dem gleichen Computer.</para> </listitem> <listitem> <para>Eine Sammlung von Schriftarten, wie sie z.B. von Adobe oder Bitstream @@ -91,10 +96,10 @@ erhältlich sind.</para> <para>Sammlungen von Schriftarten im Internet.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> - <para>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these -fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all -characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different -fonts for different languages.</para> + <para>Unicode Schriftarten unterstützen mehr Zeichen als andere, und einige dieser +Schriftarten sind kostenlos erhältlich. Keine der verfügbaren Schriftarten +enthält alle Zeichen des Unicode-Standards. Sie müssen also +evtl. verschiedene Schriftarten für verschiedene Sprachen benutzen.</para> <table id="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"> <title>Unicode Schriftarten</title> <tgroup cols="2"> @@ -112,14 +117,14 @@ Zeichenbereich ab.</entry> <ulink url="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads"> SIL unicode fonts</ulink> </entry> - <entry>Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer Institute of Linguistics.</entry> + <entry>Exzellente Unicode-Schriftarten des Summer Institute of Linguistics.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> <ulink url="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/"> FreeFont</ulink> </entry> - <entry>A new free Unicode font initiative.</entry> + <entry>Eine neue Initiative für freie Unicode-Schriftarten.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -151,9 +156,10 @@ Hebräisch, Thai.</entry> </tbody> </tgroup> </table> - <para>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer -( <ulink url="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm">Multilingual Unicode -TrueType Fonts in the Internet</ulink>), or the one by Alan Wood ( <ulink + <para>Es gibt gute Listen mit Unicode-Schriftarten im Netz, so z.B. eine von +Christoph Singer (<ulink +url="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm">Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts +in the Internet</ulink>), oder eine von Alan Wood (<ulink url="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html"> Unicode character ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</ulink>).</para> </sect3> @@ -162,13 +168,14 @@ ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</ulink>).</para> <title> <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> </title> - <para>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in -&bibletime;. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also -have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no -specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is -used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified.</para> + <para>Viele Funktionen, die vom Sword-Backend zur Verfügung gestellt werden, +können nun in &bibletime; konfiguriert werden. Diese Funktionseigenschaften +sind im rechten Dialog dokumentiert. Ihnen ist außerdem ermöglicht, +Standardwerke zu definieren, wenn kein bestimmtes Werk in der Referenz +spezifiziert ist. Zum Beispiel wird die Standard-Bibel zur Darstellung des +Inhalts von Kreuzverweisen in der Bibel herangezogen. Wenn Sie über sie +fahren, wird die Lupe den Versinhalt anzeigen, auf den Bezug genommen wird, +gemäß der Standard-Bibel, die Sie spezifiziert haben.</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> <title> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook index 5b7cf68..cee8f4c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook @@ -1,20 +1,21 @@ <chapter id="hdbk-intro"> <title>Einleitung</title> <sect1 id="hdbk-intro-about"> - <title>About &bibletime;</title> - <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts -and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and -manage. It is built on the <ulink -url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword">Sword</ulink> library, which provides -the back-end functionality for &bibletime;, such as viewing Bible text, -searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <ulink -url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>.</para> + <title>Ãœber &bibletime;</title> + <para>&bibletime; ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das verschiedene Textarten und +Sprachen unterstützt. Sogar große Anzahlen an Werk-Modulen können einfach +installiert und verwaltet werden. Es basiert auf der <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword">Sword</ulink>-Bibliothek, welche die +zugrundeliegende Backend-Funktionalität für &bibletime; zur Verfügung +stellt, so zum Beispiel um Bibeltexte anzuschauen, darin zu suchen, +usw. Sword ist das Hauptprodukt der <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft</ulink>.</para> - <para>&bibletime; is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats -supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported -document formats can be found in the <ulink -url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp"> developers -section</ulink> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.</para> + <para>&bibletime; wurde konzipiert, um mit Werken zu arbeiten, die in einem der +Formate vorliegen, die vom Sword-Projekt unterstützt werden. Vollständige +Informationen über die unterstützten Dokumentenformate sind auf den <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp">Entwicklerseiten</ulink> +des Sword-Projektes der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft zu finden.</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-intro-works"> <title>Vorhandene Werke</title> @@ -25,28 +26,29 @@ verfügbar. Dazu gehören: <varlistentry> <term>Bibeln</term> <listitem> - <para>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings -and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and -include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex -Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is -the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project.</para> + <para>Der vollständie Bibeltext mit optionalen Dingen wie Strong-Nummern, +Kopfzeilen und/oder Fußzeilen im Text. Bibeln sind in vielen verschiedenen +Sprachen verfügbar und nicht nur auf moderne Versionen beschränkt, sondern +umfassen auch altertümliche Texte wie den Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", +hebräisch), und die Septuaginta ("LXX", griechisch). Dies ist der +fortgeschrittenste Abschnitt in der Bibliothek des Sword-Projektes.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>Bücher</term> <listitem> - <para>Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: -The Complete Works"</para> + <para>Zu den verfügbaren Büchern gehören "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish" und +"Josephus: Die vollständigen Werke"</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>Kommentare</term> <listitem> - <para>Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the -Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." -With the <emphasis>Personal</emphasis> commentary you can <link -linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> record your own personal notes</link> to -sections of the Bible.</para> + <para>Zu den verfügbaren Kommentaren gehören Klassiker wie John Wesleys "Notes on +the Bible", Matthew Henrys Kommentar und Luthers "Kommentar über Galater". " +Mit dem <emphasis>Persönlichen</emphasis> Kommentar sind Sie in der Lage +<link linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write">Ihre eigenen Notizen</link> über +Bibelabschnitte zu erstellen.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -59,21 +61,23 @@ Wort. Die vorhandene Werke enthalten "Daily Light" und die "Losungen".</para> <varlistentry> <term>Lexika / Wörterbücher</term> <listitem> - <para>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, -Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible -Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible -Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged -Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</para> + <para>Zu den verfügbaren Wörterbüchern gehören: Robinsons "Morphological Analysis +Codes", Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebräisch-Lexikon und die Enzyklopädie der +International Standard Bible. Zu den erhältlichen Wörterbüchern gehören +u.a. Strongs "Hebrew Bible Dictionary", Strongs "Greek Bible Dictionary", +Websters "Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913" und +Naves "Topical Bible".</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist></para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-intro-motivation"> <title>Motivation</title> - <para>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their -relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality -program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire -that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things.</para> + <para>Unser Verlangen ist es, Gott zu dienen und unseren Teil dazu beizutragen, +dass andere in ihrer Beziehung mit IHM wachsen. Wir haben uns bemüht dies zu +einem mächtigen und hochwertigen Programm zu machen, das jedoch gleichzeitig +einfach und intuitiv zu bedienen ist. Es ist unser Bedürfnis, dass Gott +gepriesen wird, da Er die Quelle aller guten Dinge ist.</para> <blockquote> <attribution>Jakobus 1,17, Hoffnung für Alle</attribution> <para>Alles, was Gott uns gibt, ist gut und vollkommen. Er, der Vater des Lichts, diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index 4283ba3..6753bc6 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -2,22 +2,24 @@ <title>Programmbedienung</title> <sect1 id="hdbk-op-overview"> <title>Programmüberblick</title> - <para>This is what a typical &bibletime; session looks like: + <para>So sieht eine typische &bibletime;-Sitzung aus: <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="ss_mainterms.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> <textobject> - <phrase>The &bibletime; application window</phrase> + <phrase>Das &bibletime;-Applikations-Fenster</phrase> </textobject> </mediaobject> - You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on -the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little -"Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that -is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, -for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the -footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the -Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</para> + Sie können leicht die verschiedenen Abschnitte des Applikations-Fensters +erkennen. Das Fenster oben links erlaubt das Öffnen installierter Werke im +Bücherregal-Reiter. Mit dem Lesezeichen-Reiter können Sie Ihre Lesezeichen +verwalten. Das kleine "Lupen"-Fenster unterhalb des Bücherregals zeigt in +Dokumenten eingebettete Extra-Informationen an. Wenn Sie beispielsweise Ihre +Maus über Fußnoten-Markierungen bewegen, wird das Lupenfenster den +tatsächlichen Inhalt der Fußnote anzeigen. Die Werkzeugleiste erlaubt Ihnen +den schnellen Zugriff auf wichtige Funktionen und auf dem Pult auf der +rechten Seite verrichten Sie Ihre eigentliche Arbeit.</para> <para>Wir fahren fort, indem wir nun die verschiedenen Teile der Anwendung einzeln betrachten.</para> @@ -41,37 +43,39 @@ zu öffnen klicken Sie auf dessen Symbol.</para> <para>Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop</para> </tip> - <para>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the -passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the -<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton>on the verse/passage reference -(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work -you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified -location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, -then it will jump to the specified location.</para> + <para>Wenn Sie ein bestimmtes Werk lesen und ein anderes Werk bezüglich des +aktuellen Textabschnittes öffnen möchten, können Sie einen Kurzbefehl +verwenden. Klicken Sie einfach mit der <mousebutton>linken +Maustaste</mousebutton> auf den Vers-/Abschnitts-Verweis (der Zeiger wird +zur Hand) und ziehen Sie ihn zum Bücherregal. Lassen Sie auf dem zu +öffnenden Werk los und es wird zum Lesen an der spezifizierten Stelle +geöffnet. Außerdem können Sie einen Versverweis in ein bereits existierendes +Lesefenster ziehen, es wird dann zur gewünschten Stelle gesprungen.</para> </sect3> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"> <title>Weitere Informationen über Werke</title> - <para>If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the -symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are -relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>"About this work"</guimenuitem>opens a -window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. -<guimenuitem>"Unlock this work"</guimenuitem>opens a small dialog for -encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the -work. For additional information on locked works, please see <ulink -url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp"> this -page</ulink> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</para> + <para>Wenn Sie mit der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> auf das Symbol +eines Werkes klicken, öffnet sich Ihnen ein Menü mit weiteren für das Werk +relevanten Einträgen. <guimenuitem>"Ãœber..."</guimenuitem> öffnet ein +Fenster mit einer Vielzahl an interessanten Informationen über das gewählte +Werk. <guimenuitem>"Entschlüsseln..."</guimenuitem> öffnet ein kleines +Dialogfenster für verschlüsselte Dokumente, in dem Sie den +Entschlüsselungs-Schlüssel für den Zugriff eingeben können. Für weitere +Informationen über verschlüsselte Werke, lesen Sie bitte <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp">diese +Seite</ulink> auf der Website der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft.</para> </sect3> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"> <title>In Werken suchen</title> - <para>You can search in a work by clicking with the -<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol and selecting -<guimenuitem>"Search in work(s)"</guimenuitem>. By pressing &Shift; and -clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same -procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these -documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features -can be found <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">here</link>.</para> + <para>Sie können ein Werk durchsuchen, indem Sie mit der <mousebutton>rechten +Maustaste</mousebutton> auf sein Symbol klicken und <guimenuitem>"Suche +in..."</guimenuitem> auswählen. Indem Sie &Shift; und auf andere Werke +klicken, können Sie mehr als ein Werk auswählen. Dann folgen Sie demselben +Ablauf, um ein Such-Dialogfenster zu öffnen. Sie werden so in jedem dieser +Dokumente suchen. Eine vollständige Beschreibung der Sucheigenschaften +können Sie <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">hier</link> finden.</para> </sect3> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"> @@ -82,20 +86,22 @@ can be found <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">here</link>.</para> <para>Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop</para> </tip> - Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the bookmark -category of the bookshelf and select <guimenuitem>"Create new -folder"</guimenuitem> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal -drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or -search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between -folders.</para> - <para>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share -them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu>of the bookmark -folder as described above, and select <guimenuitem>"Export -bookmarks"</guimenuitem>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save -the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</para> + Klicken Sie mit der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> auf den +Lesezeichen-Reiter im Bücherregal und wählen Sie <guimenuitem>"Neuer +Ordner"</guimenuitem> aus, um ein neues Unterverzeichnis zu erstellen. Sie +können normale Drag&Drop-Funktionen nutzen, um Versverweise aus +Lesefenstern oder Suchergebnissen zum Lesezeichen-Ordner zu ziehen und um +Lesezeichen zwischen Verzeichnissen neu anzuordnen.</para> + <para>Außerdem ist es Ihnen möglich, Lesezeichen anderer Personen zu importieren +sowie eigene Lesezeichen zu exportieren, um sie mit anderen zu teilen. Um +dies zu tun, öffnen Sie das <guimenuitem>Kontextmenü</guimenuitem> des +Lesezeichen-Ordners wie oben beschrieben und wählen Sie <guimenuitem>"Aus +Verzeichnis exportieren..."</guimenuitem>. Dies wird ein Dialogfenster +öffnen, mit dem Sie die Lesezeichen-Sammlung abspeichern können. Das +Importieren von Lesezeichen funktioniert in der gleichen Weise.</para> - <para>You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>on folders and -bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</para> + <para>Auch können Sie mit der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> auf +Ordner und Lesezeichen klicken, um ihre Namen und Beschreibungen zu ändern.</para> </sect3> </sect2> @@ -111,59 +117,62 @@ es einfach aus.</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk"> <title>Die Arbeitsfläche</title> - <para>The Desk is where the real work with &bibletime; takes place. Here you can -open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <link -linkend="hdbk-op-search">search</link> in them, and even save your -annotations in the personal commentary module (see <link -linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write">below</link>).</para> + <para>Auf der Arbeitsfläche findet die eigentliche Arbeit mit &bibletime; +statt. Hier können Sie Werke aus dem Bücherregal öffnen, sie lesen, darin +<link linkend="hdbk-op-search">suchen</link> und sogar ihre persönlichen +Anmerkungen im persönlichen Kommentar speichern (siehe <link +linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write">unten</link>).</para> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"> <title>Werke lesen</title> - <para>As we have <link linkend="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open">already seen</link>, -you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in the -Bookshelf. A read window will open in the Desk's area. Every read window has -a toolbar. There you can find tools to navigate in the work that this read -window is connected to, as well as history buttons like the ones that you -know from your browser.</para> + <para>Wie wir <link linkend="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open">bereits gesehen</link> +haben, können Sie Werke zum Lesen leicht duch Klicken auf ihr Symbol im +Bücherregal öffnen. Ein Lesefenster wird sich auf der Arbeitsfläche +öffnen. Jedes Lesefenster hat seine eigene Werkzeugleiste. Dort finden Sie +Werkzeuge, um innerhalb des Werkes, auf das sich das Lesefenster bezieht, zu +navigieren. Außerdem finden sich dort Verlaufsknöpfe in der Art, wie Sie sie +von Ihrem Browser her gewohnt sind.</para> </sect3> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"> <title>Lese-Fenster Anordnung</title> - <para>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several -possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look -at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu>in the main menu. There you can see -that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely -yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve -this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at -<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement -mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</para> + <para>Selbstverständlich können Sie mehrere Werke gleichzeitig öffnen. Es gibt +verschiedene Möglichkeiten, die Lesefenster auf der Arbeitsfläche +anzuordnen. Schauen Sie sich ruhig mal das <guimenu>Fenster</guimenu>-Menü +im Hauptmenü an. Dort sehen Sie, dass Sie entweder die Fensteranordnung +vollständig selbst kontrollieren oder &bibletime; die automatische Anordnung +überlassen können. Um letzteres zu erreichen, wählen Sie eines der +verfügbaren automatischen Anordnungsarten in <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Anordnungs-Art</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> aus. Probieren Sie's einfach aus, es ist leicht und +funktioniert.</para> </sect3> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> <title>Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar</title> - <para>To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have -install a certain work from the library of the <ulink -url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>. This work is -called "Personal commentary".</para> + <para>Um Ihre eigenen Kommentare über Bibelabschnitte zu speichern, müssen Sie ein +bestimmtes Werk von der Bibliothek der <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft</ulink> +installieren. Dieses Werk heißt "Persönlicher Kommentar".</para> - <para>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the -Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton>mouse button, it opens in -read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to -write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the -<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit -this work</guimenu>and then either <guimenuitem>Plain -text</guimenuitem>(source code editor) or -<guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</para> + <para>Wenn Sie den persönlichen Kommentar durch Klicken auf sein Symbol im +Bücherregal mit der <mousebutton>linken Maustaste</mousebutton> öffnen, wird +dieser im Nur-Lese-Modus geöffnet. Es wird Ihnen nicht möglich sein, ihn in +diesem Modus zu editieren. Falls Sie Anmerkungen zu Ihrem persönlichen +Kommentar hinzufügen möchten, müssen Sie diesen mit der <mousebutton>rechten +Maustaste</mousebutton> öffnen und dann <guimenu>Bearbeiten</guimenu> und +dann entweder <guimenuitem>Reintext</guimenuitem> (Quellcode-Editor) oder +<guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem> (simpler WYSIWYG-GUI-Editor) auswählen.</para> <tip> - <para>If <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit this work</guimenu> </menuchoice> is -deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the -personal commentary.</para> + <para>Falls <menuchoice> <guimenu>Bearbeiten</guimenu> </menuchoice> deaktiviert +ist, überprüfen Sie, ob sie Schreibberechtigung für diese Dateien des +persönlichen Kommentars besitzen.</para> </tip> <tip> - <para>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse -will be inserted.</para> + <para>Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop. Lassen Sie hier einen Versverweis fallen, +um den Text des Verses einzufügen.</para> </tip> </sect3> </sect2> @@ -172,36 +181,37 @@ will be inserted.</para> <title>In Werken suchen</title> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-intext"> - <title>Searching text in an open read window</title> - <para>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter -of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other -programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the -<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting -<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo -action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how -you can search in entire works.</para> + <title>Nach Text in einem geöffneten Lesefenster suchen</title> + <para>Sie können nach einem Wort oder Ausdruck im offenen Lesefenster (z.B. in dem +Bibel-Kapitel, das Sie gerade lesen) suchen, ganz wie Sie es von anderen +Programmen her gewohnt sind. Diese Funktion kann entweder durch Klicken mit +der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> und Auswahl von +<guimenuitem>Finden...</guimenuitem>, oder durch Anwenden des Kurzbefehls +<keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo> erreicht +werden. Lesen Sie weiter, um zu erfahren, wie Sie in ganzen Werken suchen +können.</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-access"> <title>Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</title> - <para>You can search in a work by clicking with the -<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol in the -<guimenu>Bookshelf</guimenu>and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in -work(s)</guimenuitem>. By holding &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other -work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to -open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the -same time.</para> + <para>Sie können in einem Werk suchen, indem Sie mit der <mousebutton>rechten +Maustaste</mousebutton> auf das Symbol im <guimenu>Bücherregal</guimenu> +klicken und <guimenuitem>Suche in...</guimenuitem> auswählen. Indem Sie +&Shift; oder &Ctrl; gedrückt halten und auf Namen anderer Werke klicken, ist +eine Auswahl mehrerer Werke möglich. Befolgen Sie denselben Ablauf, um den +Suchdialog zu öffnen. Sie werden dann in jedem dieser Werke gleichzeitig +suchen.</para> - <para>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <menuchoice> -<guimenu>Search</guimenu> </menuchoice> from the main menu, and selecting -the appropriate entry.</para> + <para>Sie erreichen den Suchdialog außerdem, indem Sie auf <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Suche</guimenu> </menuchoice> im Hauptmenü klicken und den +entsprechenden Eintrag auswählen.</para> - <para>A third possibility to start searches is to click on the search symbol in an -open read window.</para> + <para>Eine dritte Möglichkeit, Suchen zu starten, ist, auf das Suchsymbol in einem +offenen Lesefenster zu klicken.</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-config"> - <title>Search configuration</title> + <title>Such-Konfiguration</title> <screenshot> <screeninfo>Suchtext Einstellungen </screeninfo> <mediaobject> @@ -211,91 +221,96 @@ open read window.</para> </mediaobject> </screenshot> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-search-config-works"> - <title>Selecting works</title> - <para>At the top of the options tab you will find -<guibutton>Choose</guibutton>(works). If you would like to search in -multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where -you can select the works you want to search in.</para> + <title>Werke auswählen</title> + <para>Oben im Optionen-Reiter finden Sie +<guibutton>Auswählen...</guibutton>. Falls Sie in mehreren Werken suchen +möchten, klicken Sie auf diesen Knopf und es wird sich Ihnen ein Menü +auftun, in dem Sie die zu durchsuchenden Werke wählen können.</para> </sect3> <sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-scope"> - <title>Using Search Scopes</title> - <para>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by -selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <guimenu>Search -scope</guimenu>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton>button.</para> + <title>Suchbereiche verwenden</title> + <para>Sie können nun den Suchbereich auf bestimmte Bibelabschnitte eingrenzen, +indem Sie einen der vordefinierten Suchbereiche aus der Liste +<guimenu>Bereich:</guimenu> auswählen. Desweiteren können Sie Ihre eigenen +Suchbereiche festlegen, indem Sie auf <guibutton>Einrichten...</guibutton> +klicken.</para> </sect3> <sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-syntax"> - <title>Basic Search Syntax Introduction</title> - <para>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will -return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all -the terms separate the terms by AND.</para> - <para>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' -matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your -search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</para> - <para>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by -':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's -number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</para> - <para>Available text types: + <title>Grundlegende Einführung in die Suchsyntax</title> + <para>Geben Sie Suchtermini getrennt von Leerzeichen ein. Standardmäßig wird die +Suchfunktion Ergebnisse zurückliefern, die auf jeden der Suchtermini +zutreffen (OR). Um nach allen Suchtermini zu suchen, trennen Sie sie mit +AND.</para> + <para>Sie können Platzhalter verwenden. '*' steht für jede Zeichensequenz, während +'?' auf jedes einzelne Zeichen zutrifft. Das Benutzen von Klammern erlaubt +Ihnen das Gruppieren der Suchbegriffe, z.B. '(Jesus OR Geist) AND Gott'.</para> + <para>Um Text außerhalb des Haupttextes zu finden, geben Sie die Textart gefolgt +von einem ':' und dem Suchbegriff ein. Wollen Sie zum Beispiel nach der +Strong-Nummer H8077 suchen, benutzen Sie 'strong:H8077'.</para> + <para>Verfügbare Textarten: <table id="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"> - <title>Search Types</title> + <title>Sucharten</title> <tgroup cols="2"> <thead> <row> - <entry>Prefix</entry> - <entry>Meaning</entry> + <entry>Präfix</entry> + <entry>Bedeutung</entry> </row> </thead> <tbody> <row> <entry>heading:</entry> - <entry>searches headings</entry> + <entry>durchsucht Kopfzeilen</entry> </row> <row> <entry>footnote:</entry> - <entry>searches footnotes</entry> + <entry>durchsucht Fußnoten</entry> </row> <row> <entry>strong:</entry> - <entry>searches Strong's Numbers</entry> + <entry>durchsucht Strong-Nummern</entry> </row> <row> <entry>morph:</entry> - <entry>searches morphology codes</entry> + <entry>durchsucht Morphologie-Codes</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </table></para> - <para>&bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has -many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <ulink + <para>&bibletime; benutzt die Lucene Suchmaschine, um Suchen auszuführen. Sie hat +viele erweiterte Funktionen, Sie können hier mehr über Sie lesen: <ulink url="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html"> http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink></para> </sect3> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-results"> - <title>Search results</title> - <para>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted -by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse -button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a -certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the -references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference -opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</para> + <title>Suchergebnisse</title> + <para>Hier können Sie erkennen, wieviele Instanzen des Suchstrings gefunden +wurden, nach Werken sortiert. Das Klicken mit der <mousebutton>rechten +Maustaste</mousebutton> erlaubt Ihnen alle in einem bestimmten Werk +gefundenen Verse auf einmal zu kopieren, zu speichern oder zu drucken. Dies +funktioniert auch, wenn Sie auf einen oder mehrere der Verweise klicken, um +sie zu kopieren, zu speichern oder zu drucken. Das Klicken auf einen +bestimmten Verweis öffnet ihn mit Kontext unterhalb im Vorschaufenster.</para> <tip> - <para>Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the Bookshelf to open the -work at that verse in a new read window.</para> + <para>Ziehen Sie einen Versverweis zum Bücherregal und lassen Sie ihn auf einem +Werkssymbol los, so öffnet sich das Werk an der Stelle in einem neuen +Lesefenster, auf die der Verweis zeigt.</para> </tip> <tip> - <para>Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and it will jump to -that verse.</para> + <para>Ziehen Sie einen Versverweis auf ein offenes Lesefenster und lassen Sie ihn +dann los, wird zu dieser Stelle gesprungen.</para> </tip> <tip> - <para>Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to create bookmarks.</para> + <para>Wählen Sie Verweise und ziehen Sie sie zum Bücherregal, um Lesezeichen zu +erstellen.</para> </tip> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-search-analysis"> - <title>Search result analysis</title> - <para>Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton>to open the search analysis -display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the -search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the -analysis.</para> + <title>Suchergebnisse analysieren</title> + <para>Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Ergebnisse analysieren...</guibutton>, um die +Anzeige der Suchergebnis-Analyse zu öffnen. Sie zeigt eine einfache +graphische Analyse des Auftretens in jedem Buch der Bibel. Auch können Sie +die Analyse abspeichern.</para> <screenshot> <screeninfo>Suchanalyse Dialogbox</screeninfo> <mediaobject> @@ -309,51 +324,58 @@ analysis.</para> </sect1> <sect1 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> <title>Der <guimenuitem>Bücherregal Verwalter</guimenuitem></title> - <para>The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> is a tool to manage your -Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove -existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <menuchoice> -<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> in the main menu.</para> + <para>Die <guimenuitem>Bücherregal-Verwaltung</guimenuitem> ist ein Werkzeug, das +Ihnen die Verwaltung des Bücherregals ermöglicht. Sie können neue Werke zu +Ihrem Bücherregal hinzufügen oder existierende Werke aktualisieren oder Sie +aus dem Bücherregal entfernen. Greifen Sie darauf zu, indem Sie auf +<menuchoice> <guimenu>Einstellungen</guimenu> +<guimenuitem>Bücherregal-Verwaltung</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> im Hauptmenü +klicken.</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"> - <title>Bookshelf path(s) setup</title> - <para>Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the hard -drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is -"~/.sword/".</para> + <title>Bücherregal-Pfade einrichten</title> + <para>Hier können Sie festlegen, wo &bibletime; Ihr Bücherregal auf der Festplatte +abspeichern soll. Sie können es sogar in verschiedenen Verzeichnissen +speichern. Die Voreinstellung ist "~/.sword/".</para> <tip> - <para>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard -disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD -as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start &bibletime;, it will show all -works on the CD if it is present.</para> + <para>Wenn Sie eine Sword-CD besitzen aber nicht alle Werke auf die Festplatte +installieren wollen und sie direkt von der CD nutzen wollen, so können Sie +den Pfad der CD als einen Ihrer Bücherregal-Pfade hinzufügen. Wenn Sie +&bibletime; starten, wird es alle Werke auf der CD anzeigen, wenn sie +eingelegt ist.</para> </tip> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"> - <title>Install/update work(s)</title> - <para>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called -"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These -libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online -repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You -can manage your libraries with <guibutton>Add library</guibutton> and -<guibutton>Delete library</guibutton>.</para> - <para>To begin the installation or update process, select a library you want to -connect to and a local Bookshelf path to install the work(s) to. Then click -on <guibutton>Connect to library</guibutton>. &bibletime; will scan the -contents of the library and present you with a list of works that you can -add to your Bookshelf, or that you already have installed but are available -in a new version in the library, and thus can be updated. Then you can mark -all works that you want to install or update, and click on -<guibutton>Install works</guibutton>. They will then be transferred to your -Bookshelf.</para> + <title>Werke installieren/updaten</title> + <para>Mit dieser Einrichtung können Sie sich mit einer Quelle von Werken (genannt +"Bibliothek") in Verbindung setzen und ein oder mehrere Werke zu Ihrem +lokalen Bücherregal übertragen. Diese Bibliotheken können lokal sein +(z.B. eine Sword-CD) oder entfernt-gelegen (z.B. Crosswires +Online-Repository der Sword-Module, oder eine andere Site, die Sword-Module +anbietet). Sie können Ihre Bibliotheken mit +<guibutton>Hinzufügen...</guibutton> und <guibutton>Löschen...</guibutton> +verwalten.</para> + <para>Um den Installations- oder Aktualisierungsvorgang zu starten, suchen Sie +eine Bibliothek aus, mit der Sie sich verbinden wollen und einen lokalen +Bücherregal-Pfad, wohin die Werke installiert werden sollen. Dann klicken +Sie auf <guibutton>Auffrischen...</guibutton>. &bibletime; wird den Inhalt +der Bibliothek scannen und Ihnen eine Liste mit Werken anzeigen, die Sie +Ihrem Bücherregal hinzufügen können oder die Sie schon installiert haben, +die aber in einer aktuelleren Version in der Bibliothek vorliegen und +aktualisiert werden können. Sie können dann alle Werke, die Sie installieren +oder aktualisieren wollen markieren und anschließend auf +<guibutton>Installieren...</guibutton> klicken. Sie werden dann zu Ihrem +Bücherregal übertragen.</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"> <title>Werk(e) entfernen</title> - <para>This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works from your -Bookshelf too free up disk space. Simply mark the items and click on -<guibutton>Remove works</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Diese Einrichtung erlaubt Ihnen, eines oder mehrere Werke aus Ihrem +Bücherregal zu entfernen, um Plattenspeicherplatz zu gewinnen. Markieren Sei +einfach die Posten und klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Entfernen...</guibutton>.</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"> - <title>Search Indexes</title> - <para>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned -index files for removed works.</para> + <title>Suchindizes</title> + <para>Diese Option erlaubt Ihnen, neue Suchindizes zu erstellen und verwaiste +Suchindizes entfernter Werke aufzuräumen.</para> <tip> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. @@ -362,20 +384,21 @@ index files for removed works.</para> </sect1> <sect1 id="hdbk-op-output"> <title>Exortieren und Drucken</title> - <para>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the -<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button. Depending on context, it will -allow you to <guimenuitem>Select</guimenuitem>, -<guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem> (to clipboard), -<guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem> -text. This works for example in the read windows, when you click on the -normal text or the verse reference, or in the search result page when you -click on a work or one or more verse references. It is pretty -straightforward, so just try it out.</para> + <para>An vielen Stellen können Sie ein Kontextmenü durch Klicken mit der +<mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> öffnen. Abhängig vom Kontext +wird es Ihnen ermöglichen, Text mit <guimenuitem>Auswählen</guimenuitem>, +<guimenuitem>Kopieren</guimenuitem> (zur Zwischenablage), +<guimenuitem>Speichern</guimenuitem> oder <guimenuitem>Drucken</guimenuitem> +zu verarbeiten. Dies funktioniert beispielsweise in den Lesefenstern, wenn +Sie auf normalen Text oder Versverweise klicken, oder auf der +Suchergebnis-Seite, wenn Sie auf ein Werk oder einen oder mehrere +Versreferenzen klicken. Es ist ziemlich unkompliziert, versuchen Sie's +einfach mal.</para> - <para>Printing from &bibletime; is rather basic and is intended as a utility. If -you are composing a document or presentation containing text from -&bibletime; works, we suggest that you use one of the presentation or -editing tools on your system to format your document, rather than printing -from &bibletime; directly.</para> + <para>Das Drucken in &bibletime; ist relativ primitiv und als Hilfsmittel +gedacht. Wenn Sie ein Dokument oder eine Präsentation erstellen, die Text +aus &bibletime;-Werken enthält, empfehlen wir Ihnen, eines der Programme für +Präsentationen oder zum Editieren auf Ihrem System zu verwenden, um Ihr +Dokument zu formatieren, anstatt von &bibletime; aus direkt zu drucken.</para> </sect1> </chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index f0c040f..353b56c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ <chapter id="hdbk-reference"> <title>Referenz</title> <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-menus"> - <title>Main menu reference</title> - <para>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the -main menu of &bibletime;. They are ordered in just the way they appear in -&bibletime;, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they -belong to. You can also see the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of -all hotkeys can be found in <link linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">this -section</link>.</para> + <title>Hauptmenü-Referenz</title> + <para>In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie detaillierte Beschreibungen aller Einträge im +&bibletime;-Hauptmenü. Sie sind in der Reihenfolge angeordnet, wie Sie auch +in &bibletime; auftauchen und zwar mit allen Untereinträgen unterhalb ihrer +jeweiligen Obermenüs. Sie können auch alle Kurzbefehle der Einträge +nachschauen, ein komplettes Verzeichnis der Kurzbefehle finden Sie in <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">diesem Abschnitt</link>.</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-file"> <title> <guimenu>File</guimenu> @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ section</link>.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Closes &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; will ask you if you want to -write unsaved changes to disk.</para> + <action>&bibletime; schließen.</action> &bibletime; wird Sie fragen, ob Sie +ungesicherte Änderungen abspeichern möchten.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ write unsaved changes to disk.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Toggles full screen display.</action> Toggle this setting to -maximize the &bibletime; window.</para> + <action>Auf Vollbild-Ansicht stellen.</action> Diese Einstellung maximiert +das &bibletime;-Fenster.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -84,8 +84,8 @@ maximize the &bibletime; window.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Toggles Toolbar display.</action> Toggle this setting to turn the -main toolbar on or off.</para> + <action>Werkzeugleiste anzeigen.</action> Diese Funktion stellt die Ansicht +der Haupt-Werkzeugleiste an oder aus.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -98,9 +98,24 @@ main toolbar on or off.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Toggles display of the Bookshelf.</action> Toggle this setting to -turn the Bookshelf on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need -more space for the Mag.</para> + <action>Bücherregal anzeigen.</action> Mit diesem Umschalter können Sie die +Ansicht des Bücherregals auf dem linken Abschnitt an- oder ausschalten. Dies +kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Lesezeichen anzeigen.</action> Mit diesem Umschalter schalten Sie +die Lesezeichen-Anzeige am linken Abschnitt an oder aus. Dies kann nützlich +sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -113,8 +128,8 @@ more space for the Mag.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Toggles display of the Mag(nifying glass).</action> Toggle this -setting to turn the Mag on the left pane on or off.</para> + <action>Lupenfenster anzeigen.</action> Dieser Umschalter zeigt das +Lupenfenster im linken Abschnitt oder verbirgt es.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -142,8 +157,9 @@ setting to turn the Mag on the left pane on or off.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible -only</action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> + <action>In der Standard-Bibel suchen...</action>. Es können mehr Werke zum +Suchdialog hinzugefügt werden. Eine ausführlichere Such-Beschreibung können +Sie <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">hier</link> finden.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> @@ -164,8 +180,9 @@ only</action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. More -works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> + <action>In offenen Werken suchen...</action>. Werke können im Suchdialog +hinzugefügt oder entfernt werden. Eine ausführlichere Such-Beschreibung +können Sie <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">hier</link> finden.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -187,10 +204,11 @@ works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> <listitem> <para> - <action>Directly saves the current session</action>. This will open a -context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be -overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a -new session.</para> + <action>Sitzung speichern</action>. Dies wird ein Kontextmenü öffnen, in dem +Sie eine bereits existierende Sitzung als Ziel zur Abspeicherung auswählen +können. Die aktuelle Sitzung wird diese überschreiben. Schauen Sie sich den +nächsten Abschnitt an, wie Sie eine neue Sitzung anlegen und abspeichern +können.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -208,8 +226,8 @@ new session.</para> <listitem> <para> - <action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask -for a new name to save the session to.</para> + <action>Als neue Sitzung speichern</action>. Diese Funktion wird Sie nach +einem neuen Namen für die zu speichernde Sitzung fragen.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -223,8 +241,8 @@ for a new name to save the session to.</para> <listitem> <para> - <action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu -where you can select an existing session to load.</para> + <action>Sitzung laden</action>. Hiermit wird ein Kontextmenü geöffnet, wo +Sie eine existierende Sitzung zum Laden auswählen können.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -238,8 +256,8 @@ where you can select an existing session to load.</para> <listitem> <para> - <action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu -where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</para> + <action>Sitzung löschen</action>. Hiermit öffnen Sie ein Kontextmenü, das +Ihnen erlaubt, eine existierende Sitzung zum Löschen auszuwählen.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -253,10 +271,10 @@ where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</para> <listitem> <para> - <action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the -opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of -the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it -for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</para> + <action>Anordnungs-Art</action>. Im sich öffnenden Kontextmenü können Sie +bestimmen, dass Sie entweder die Fensteranordnung selbst bestimmen möchten +(manueller Modus), oder dass &bibletime; sich um die Fensteranordnung +kümmern soll (automatische Modi, probieren Sie's einfach aus!).</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -280,7 +298,7 @@ for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</para> <listitem> <para> - <action>Cascades all open windows</action>. + <action>Geöffnete Fenster staffeln</action>. </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -304,7 +322,7 @@ for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</para> <listitem> <para> - <action>Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</action>. + <action>Vertikal kacheln</action>. </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -328,7 +346,7 @@ for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</para> <listitem> <para> - <action>Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</action>. + <action>Horizontal kacheln</action>. </para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -352,7 +370,7 @@ for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</para> <listitem> <para> - <action>Closes all open windows</action>.</para> + <action>Alle geöffneten Fenster schließen</action>.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -377,10 +395,11 @@ for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Opens &bibletime;'s main configuration dialog</action>. You can -configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt &bibletime; to your -needs. Please see <link linkend="hdbk-config-bt">this section</link> for -details.</para> + <action>&bibletime; konfigurieren</action>. Dies öffnet den +Hauptkonfigurations-Dialog von &bibletime;. Sie können hier alle möglichen +Einstellungen von &bibletime; an Ihre Bedürfnisse anpassen. Bitte schauen +Sie in <link linkend="hdbk-config-bt">diesem Abschnitt</link> für Details +nach.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> @@ -404,9 +423,10 @@ details.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and -manage your bookshelf</action>. Please see <link -linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">this section</link> for details.</para> + <action>Bücherregal-Verwaltung</action>. Hiermit wird ein Dialog zur +Konfiguration und Verwaltung Ihres Bücherregals aufgerufen. Schauen Sie +bitte in <link linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">diesem Abschnitt</link> +für Details nach.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -436,7 +456,8 @@ linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">this section</link> for details.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> You are reading it now.</para> + <action>Handbuch</action>. Dies öffnet das Handbuch von &bibletime;. Sie +lesen es gerade.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -460,13 +481,15 @@ linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">this section</link> for details.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</action> It is the hope of -the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the -scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen -as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We -expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If -you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in -your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> + <action>Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</action>. Dies öffnet eine Anleitung, wie +man die Bibel studieren sollte. Es ist die Hoffnung des &bibletime;-Teams, +dass dieses HowTo die Leser veranlasst, die Bibel zu lesen und +nachzuschauen, was sie aussagt. Dieser Studienführer wurde ausgewählt, weil +er sich davor hütet, eine bestimmte Lehrmeinung einer Denomination zu +fördern. Wir hoffen, dass Sie die Bibel lesen und studieren, um zu +verstehen, was sie aussagt. Wenn Sie mit der Einstellung herangehen, dass +Sie wünschen, der HERR möge Sein Wort in Ihr Herz säen, wird Er sie nicht +enttäuschen.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -479,31 +502,318 @@ your heart He will not disappoint you.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Opens a window about &bibletime; project information</action> -contains information about &bibletime; software version, project -contributors, &sword; software version, &qt; software version and the -license agreement.</para> + <action>Ãœber &bibletime;</action>. Dies öffnet ein Fenster mit +Projekt-Informationen über &bibletime; und enthält die &bibletime;-Version, +Projekt-Beitragende, &sword;-Version, &qt;-Version und das Lizenzabkommen.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> </sect2> </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-works"> + <title>Werksreferenz</title> + <para> + In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie Beschreibungen der mit geöffneten Werken +assoziierten Symbolzeichen. + </para> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-works-list"> + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_forward.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Blättert vorwärts im Verlauf. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_back.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Blättert rückwärts im Verlauf. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_bible.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Wählt eine installierte Bibel aus. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_bible_add.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Wählt eine zusätzliche Bibel aus. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + In ausgewählten Werken suchen. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_displayconfig.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Konfiguration anzeigen. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_commentary.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Wählt ein installiertes Kommentar aus. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_commentary_add.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Wählt ein zusätzliches Kommentar aus. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sync.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Synchronisiert angezeigten Eintrag mit aktivem Bibelfenster. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_book.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Wählt ein Buch aus. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_lexicon.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Wählt ein installiertes Glossar oder eine installierte Andacht aus. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_lexicon_add.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Wählt ein zusätzliches Glossar oder eine zusätzliche Andacht aus. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"> - <title>HotKeys index</title> - <para>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the -handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to -directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look -at the entry itself in &bibletime; (as it always shows the hotkey), or you -can look it up in <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus">this section</link>.</para> + <title>Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis</title> + <para>Dies ist ein Verzeichnis aller Tastenkürzel und ihrer korrespondierenden +Beschreibung im Handbuch. Die Tastenkürzel sind (grob) alphabetisch +sortiert. Wenn Sie unmittelbar nachschauen möchten, welches Tastenkürzel +eine bestimmte Menüfunktion hat, so können Sie entweder den Menüeintrag in +&bibletime; ansehen (da grundsätzlich auch das entsprechende Tastenkürzel +mit angezeigt wird) oder die Tastenkürzel in <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-menus">diesem Abschnitt</link> nachsehen.</para> <informaltable> <tgroup cols="2"> <colspec colname="hotkey" /> <colspec colname="desc" /> <thead> <row> - <entry>Hotkey</entry> - <entry>Description</entry> + <entry>Tastenkürzel</entry> + <entry>Beschreibung</entry> </row> </thead> <tbody> @@ -512,14 +822,14 @@ can look it up in <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus">this section</link>.</par <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Alt;Left</keycap></keycombo> </entry> - <entry>Moves back in the history of read windows.</entry> + <entry>Im Lesefenster-Verlauf zurückblättern.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Alt;Right</keycap></keycombo> </entry> - <entry>Bewegt in der Geschichte des Lese-Fensters weiter nach vorne.</entry> + <entry>Im Lesefenster-Verlauf vorwärtsblättern.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -528,9 +838,9 @@ can look it up in <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus">this section</link>.</par </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <menuchoice> -<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in default bible</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the -default bible.</entry> +<guimenu>Suche</guimenu> <guimenuitem>In Standardbibel +suchen...</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> öffnet den Suchdialog, um in +der Standardbibel zu suchen.</entry> </row> <row> @@ -540,9 +850,10 @@ default bible.</entry> </entry> <entry> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement -mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling. + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> +<guimenuitem>Anordnungs-Art</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Automatisches +Vertikal-Kacheln</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> schaltet die automatische +Fensteranordnung auf vertikalen Kachelmodus. </entry> </row> @@ -552,9 +863,10 @@ mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile vertically</guimenuitem> <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;H</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement -mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> +<guimenuitem>Anordnungs-Art</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Automatisches +Horizontal-Kacheln</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> schaltet die automatische +Fensteranordnung auf horizontalen Kachelmodus.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -562,9 +874,10 @@ mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;J</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement -mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> -equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> +<guimenuitem>Anordnungs-Art</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Automatisches +Staffeln</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> schaltet die Fensteranordnung auf +automatisches Staffeln.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -572,9 +885,9 @@ equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</entry> <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;M</keycap></keycombo> </entry> <entry> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement -mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> -equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> +<guimenuitem>Anordnungs-Art</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manuell</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> schaltet die Fensteranordnung auf den manuellen Modus.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -583,8 +896,9 @@ equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <menuchoice> -<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</entry> +<guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Als neue Sitzung +speichern</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> speichert die aktuelle Sitzung +als neue Sitzung ab.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -593,36 +907,36 @@ equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <menuchoice> -<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> -</link> equivalent; closes all open windows.</entry> +<guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Alle Fenster schließen</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> schließt alle geöffneten Fenster.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;-</keycap></keycombo> </entry> - <entry>Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows.</entry> + <entry>Verkleinern. Dies verkleinert die Schriftgröße von Lesefenstern.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+</keycap></keycombo> </entry> - <entry>Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows.</entry> + <entry>Vergrößern. Dies vergrößert die Schriftgröße von Lesefenstern.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;A</keycap></keycombo> </entry> - <entry>Select all. This selects all text in read windows.</entry> + <entry>Alles auswählen. Dies wählt den gesamten Text in Lesefenstern aus.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;C</keycap></keycombo> </entry> - <entry>Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard.</entry> + <entry>Kopieren. Dies kopiert ausgewählten Text in die Zwischenablage.</entry> </row> <row> @@ -630,7 +944,8 @@ equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo> </entry> - <entry>Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window.</entry> + <entry>Suchen. Diese Funktion erlaubt Ihnen innerhalb eines Lesefenster-Textes zu +suchen.</entry> </row> <row> @@ -641,8 +956,9 @@ equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <menuchoice> -<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> </link> equivalent. +<guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Vertikal kacheln</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> setzt die Anordnungs-Art der Fenster auf vertikales +Kacheln. </entry> </row> @@ -654,8 +970,9 @@ equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <menuchoice> -<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> </link> equivalent. +<guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Horizontal kacheln</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> setzt die Anordnungs-Art der Fenster auf horizontales +Kacheln. </entry> </row> @@ -667,8 +984,8 @@ equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <menuchoice> -<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> -</link> windows equivalent. +<guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Staffeln</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</link> setzt den Staffelmodus für die Fensteranordnung. </entry> </row> @@ -679,9 +996,9 @@ equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <menuchoice> -<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all -currently opened works.</entry> +<guimenu>Suche</guimenu> <guimenuitem>In offenen Werken +suchen...</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> öffnet den Suchdialog, um in +allen gegenwärtig geöffneten Werken zu suchen.</entry> </row> <row> @@ -691,15 +1008,15 @@ currently opened works.</entry> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <menuchoice> -<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> -</link> equivalent; closes &bibletime;.</entry> +<guimenu>Datei</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Beenden</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</link> schließt &bibletime;.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;W</keycap></keycombo> </entry> - <entry>Closes the current window.</entry> + <entry>Schließt das aktuelle Fenster.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -708,8 +1025,8 @@ currently opened works.</entry> </keycombo> </entry> <entry> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook.</entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Hilfe</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbuch</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> öffnet das Handbuch.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -718,8 +1035,8 @@ currently opened works.</entry> </keycombo> </entry> <entry> - <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy -Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Hilfe</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Anleitung zum +Bibelstudium</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> öffnet das Bibelstudium-HowTo.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -729,9 +1046,9 @@ Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</entry </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> -<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf -Manager</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf -Manager.</entry> +<menuchoice> <guimenu>Einstellungen</guimenu> +<guimenuitem>Bücherregal-Verwaltung</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> +öffnet die Bücherregal-Verwaltung.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -741,8 +1058,8 @@ Manager.</entry> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <menuchoice> -<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> </link> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</entry> +<guimenu>Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bücherregal anzeigen</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> aktiviert die Anzeige des Bücherregals.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -752,11 +1069,12 @@ Manager.</entry> </entry> <entry> <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <menuchoice> -<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> -</link> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</entry> +<guimenu>Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Lupenfenster anzeigen</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> aktiviert die Anzeige des Lupenfensters.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </informaltable> </sect1> + </chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook index 303e7a6..ab7e1f0 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook @@ -1,42 +1,44 @@ <chapter id="hdbk-term"> <title> &bibletime; starten</title> <sect1 id="hdbk-start"> - <title>How to start &bibletime;</title> + <title>Wie &bibletime; zu starten ist</title> <sect2 id="hdbk-start"> <title> &bibletime; starten</title> - <para>&bibletime; is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You -can launch &bibletime; from the Start Menu with this icon: + <para>&bibletime; ist eine ausführbare Datei, die in Ihrem Desktop integriert +ist. Sie können &bibletime; aus dem Startmenü mit folgendem Symbol starten: <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_bibletime.png" format="PNG" /> </imageobject> <textobject> - <phrase>&bibletime; start icon</phrase> + <phrase>&bibletime;-Start-Symbol</phrase> </textobject> </mediaobject></para> - <para>&bibletime; can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch -&bibletime;, open a terminal window and type: + <para>&bibletime; kann auch von der Kommandozeile eines Terminals aufgerufen +werden. Um &bibletime; zu starten, öffnen Sie ein Terminal-Fenster und geben +Sie folgendes ein: <screen>&bibletime;</screen></para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-start-otherwm"> - <title>Other window managers</title> - <para>&bibletime; can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, -Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are -already installed on your computer.</para> + <title>Andere Fenstermanager</title> + <para>&bibletime; kann mit anderen Fenstermanagern wie Gnome, BlackBox, FluxBox, +OpenBox oder Sawfish verwendet werden, vorausgesetzt, dass die +entsprechenden Basis-Bibliotheken bereits auf Ihrem Rechner installiert +sind.</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-start-custom"> - <title>Startup customization</title> - <para>From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a random verse in the -default bible: + <title>Konfiguration des Startverhaltens</title> + <para>Von einem Terminal aus können Sie &bibletime; folgendermaßen verwenden, um +einen Zufallsvers aus der Standardbibel anzeigen zu lassen: <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible - "<random>"</screen>To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: - <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</screen>You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.</para> + "<random>"</screen>Um einen bestimmten Vers wie z.B. Joh. 3,16 aufzuschlagen: + <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "Joh 3:16"</screen>Sie können auch Buchnamen in Ihrer gegenwärtigen Buchnamen-Sprache benutzen.</para> </sect2> </sect1> <sect1 id="hdbk-startsequence"> - <title>Startup sequence</title> - <para>As &bibletime; launches you may see the following screens before the main -&bibletime; window opens:</para> + <title>Start-Sequenz</title> + <para>Wenn &bibletime; startet, könnten Sie folgende Meldungen vor dem Erscheinen +des Hauptfensters sehen:</para> <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term> @@ -44,13 +46,15 @@ default bible: </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Modifies your Bookshelf.</action> This dialog lets you modify your -Bookshelf, add or delete works from your system. It will only be shown if -no default Bookshelf can be found. Please see <link -linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> this section</link> for further -details. If you start off with an empty Bookshelf, it will be helpful to -install at least one Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know -&bibletime;'s basic features quickly.</para> + <action>Ihr Bücherregal modifizieren.</action> Dieser Dialog erlaubt Ihnen, +Ihr Bücherregal zu modifizieren, Werke zu Ihrem System hinzuzufügen oder vom +System zu löschen. Er wird nur dann angezeigt, wenn kein +Standard-Bücherregal gefunden werden kann. Bitte sehen Sie in <link +linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">diesem Abschnitt</link> für weitere +Details nach. Falls Sie &bibletime; mit einem leeren Bücherregal starten, +ist es hilfreich, zumindest eine Bibel, ein Kommentar, ein Lexikon und ein +Buch zu installieren, um rasch die grundlegenden Funktionseigenschaften von +&bibletime; kennen zu lernen.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> @@ -59,9 +63,10 @@ install at least one Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Customizes &bibletime;.</action>This dialog lets you adapt -&bibletime; to your needs. Please see <link linkend="hdbk-config-bt">the -detailed description</link> of this dialog.</para> + <action>&bibletime; anpassen.</action>Dieser Dialog erlaubt Ihnen +&bibletime; an Ihre Bedürfnisse anzupassen. Bitte schlagen Sie <link +linkend="hdbk-config-bt">die detaillierte Beschreibung</link> dieses Dialogs +nach.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook index 458130a..1ea43a0 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ <!ENTITY kde '<application>KDE</application>'> <!ENTITY qt '<application>Qt</application>'> - <!ENTITY Shift 'Shift'> - <!ENTITY Ctrl 'Ctrl'> + <!ENTITY Shift 'Umschalt'> + <!ENTITY Ctrl 'Strg'> <!ENTITY Alt 'Alt'> <!ENTITY hdbkchap1 SYSTEM "hdbk-intro.docbook"> @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ ]> <book> <bookinfo> - <title>The &bibletime; handbook</title> + <title>Das &bibletime;-Handbuch</title> <authorgroup> <author> <firstname>Fred</firstname> @@ -42,15 +42,15 @@ <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> <copyright> <year>1999-2009</year> - <holder>the &bibletime; team</holder> + <holder>Das &bibletime;-Team</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> <para>Der &bibletime;-Hilfedialog ist ein Teil von &bibletime;.</para> </legalnotice> - <date>2009-04</date> - <releaseinfo>2.0</releaseinfo> + <date>2009-06</date> + <releaseinfo>2.2</releaseinfo> <abstract> - <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</para> + <para>&bibletime; ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das auf dem Sword-System basiert.</para> </abstract> <keywordset> <keyword>QT4</keyword> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-config.html index fdb4f65..d132ab2 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,56 +1,61 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exortieren und Drucken"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitel 5. Referenz"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Kapitel 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> einrichten</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> - Display +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exortieren und Drucken"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitel 5. Referenz"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> einrichten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Kapitel 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> einrichten</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> - Languages + <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - Desk + <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> - HotKeys - </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>In this section you find an overview to configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, which can be -found under <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on -your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting -<span class="guimenu">Settings</span> -<span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> + <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie eine Übersicht, wie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zu +konfigurieren ist. Sie können das Menü <span class="guimenu">Einstellungen</span> im +Hauptmenü finden.</p><div class="sect1" title="Dialog BibleTime konfigurieren"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Dialog <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren</h2></div></div></div><p>Die <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Benutzeroberfläche kann auf vielfältige Art ihren Ansprüchen +angepasst werden. Sie können auf den Konfigurationsdialog über die Auswahl +von <span class="guimenu">Einstellungen</span> +<span class="guimenuitem"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> einrichten</span>. gelangen.</p><div class="sect2" title="Display"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Das Startverhalten kann angepasst werden. Wählen Sie aus den folgenden Optionen aus: - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Startlogo anzeigen</p></li></ul></div><p>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various -built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview -on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Startlogo anzeigen</p></li></ul></div><p>Anzeigenvorlagen definieren das Aussehen des Textes (Farben, Größe, +usw.). Es sind mehrere eingebaute Vorlagen verfügbar. Nach Auswahl einer +Vorlage wird im rechten Abschnitt eine Vorschau angezeigt,</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Languages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Hier können Sie angeben, welche Sprache für die Buchnamen der Bibel verwendet werden soll. Stellen Sie (falls verfügbar) ihre Muttersprache ein, -und sie werden sich gleich zu Hause fühlen.</p><p>By default, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the default system display font. You can -override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be -displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for -each language.</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_configfonts.png" alt="Options Dialog - fonts"><div class="caption"><p>Der Optionendialog - Schriften.</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can now use all supported fonts. As long as the works you are -interested in display correctly nothing needs to be done here. If a work -only displays as a series of question marks (??????) or empty boxes, then -you know that the standard display font does not contain the characters used -in this work.</p><p>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop down menu. Select -the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that -supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the -work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that -language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Schriftarten installieren</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this -handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode -HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will run -faster than with a large font like <span class="trademark">Bitstream -Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Schriftarten beziehen</h4></div></div></div><p>Schriftarten können von unterschiedlichen Quellen bezogen werden:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>Die Sprachpakete ihrer Distribution.</p></li><li><p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft -Windows</span>®installation on the same computer.</p></li><li><p>Eine Sammlung von Schriftarten, wie sie z.B. von Adobe oder Bitstream -erhältlich sind.</p></li><li><p>Sammlungen von Schriftarten im Internet.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these -fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all -characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different -fonts for different languages.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 4.1. Unicode Schriftarten</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Unicode Schriftarten" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> +und sie werden sich gleich zu Hause fühlen.</p><p>Standardmäßig verwendet <span class="application">BibleTime</span> die System-Standardschrift zur +Anzeige. Sie können diese Schrift bei Bedarf aufheben. Einige Sprachen +erfordern spezielle Schriftarten, um korrekt dargestellt werden zu können +und dieser Dialog erlaubt Ihnen, spezielle Schriftarten für jede Sprache zu +spezifizieren.</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_configfonts.png" alt="Optionendialog - Schriften"><div class="caption"><p>Der Optionendialog - Schriften.</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kann nun alle unterstützten Schriftarten benutzen. Solange die +für sie relevanten Werke korrekt dargestellt werden, muss hier nichts +unternommen werden. Wenn ein Werk jedoch nur als Folge von Fragezeichen +(??????) oder leeren Kästchen dargestellt wird, dann erkennen Sie, dass die +Standard-Schriftart die in diesem Werk benutzten Zeichen nicht enthält.</p><p>Um dies zu korrigieren, wählen Sie bitte die Sprache dieses Werkes aus dem +Aufklappmenü aus. Wählen Sie das Kontrollkästchen "Benutzerdefinierte +Schrift verwenden" aus und wählen Sie anschließend eine Schriftart +aus. So ist zum Beispiel die Schriftart Code2000 eine, die viele +verschiedene Sprachen unterstützt. Wenn keiner der installierten +Schriftarten das für sie interessante Werk darstellen kann, so versuchen Sie +bitte, das entsprechende Lokalisierungspaket für diese Sprache zu +installieren.</p><div class="sect3" title="Schriftarten installieren"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Schriftarten installieren</h4></div></div></div><p>Detaillierte Anweisungen zur Schriftarten-Installation gehen über den Umfang +dieses Handbuches hinaus. Für weitergehende Informationen können Sie auch +das <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> +Unicode-HOWTO</a> lesen.</p><div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Wenn Sie eine kleine Schriftart wie Clearlyu (etwa 22kb) verwenden, wird +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> schneller laufen als mit einer großen Schriftart wie <span class="trademark">Bitstream Cyberbit</span>® (etwa 12MB).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" title="Schriftarten beziehen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Schriftarten beziehen</h4></div></div></div><p>Schriftarten können von unterschiedlichen Quellen bezogen werden:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Ihre *nix-Distribution.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Die Sprachpakete ihrer Distribution.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Eine bestehende <span class="trademark">Microsoft +Windows</span>®-Installation auf dem gleichen Computer.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Eine Sammlung von Schriftarten, wie sie z.B. von Adobe oder Bitstream +erhältlich sind.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Sammlungen von Schriftarten im Internet.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode Schriftarten unterstützen mehr Zeichen als andere, und einige dieser +Schriftarten sind kostenlos erhältlich. Keine der verfügbaren Schriftarten +enthält alle Zeichen des Unicode-Standards. Sie müssen also +evtl. verschiedene Schriftarten für verschiedene Sprachen benutzen.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 4.1. Unicode Schriftarten</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Unicode Schriftarten" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> Code2000</a> </td><td>Vielleicht die beste Unicode-Schriftart, sie deckt einen großen Zeichenbereich ab.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads" target="_top"> SIL unicode fonts</a> - </td><td>Excellent Unicode fonts from the Summer Institute of Linguistics.</td></tr><tr><td> + </td><td>Exzellente Unicode-Schriftarten des Summer Institute of Linguistics.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/" target="_top"> FreeFont</a> - </td><td>A new free Unicode font initiative.</td></tr><tr><td> + </td><td>Eine neue Initiative für freie Unicode-Schriftarten.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS" target="_top"> Crosswire's font directory</a> </td><td>Verschiedene Schriften sind auf der FTP-Seite von Crosswire verfügbar.</td></tr><tr><td> @@ -61,22 +66,23 @@ seine Größe verlangsamen.</td></tr><tr><td>Clearlyu</td><td>Ist in einigen Distr Hebräisch, Thai.</td></tr><tr><td> <a class="ulink" href="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/" target="_top"> Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</a> - </td><td>Teilweise Abdeckung, siehe die Information auf der angegebenen Seite.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer -( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Multilingual Unicode -TrueType Fonts in the Internet</a>), or the one by Alan Wood ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode character -ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> + </td><td>Teilweise Abdeckung, siehe die Information auf der angegebenen Seite.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Es gibt gute Listen mit Unicode-Schriftarten im Netz, so z.B. eine von +Christoph Singer (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts +in the Internet</a>), oder eine von Alan Wood (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode character +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Desk"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> - </h3></div></div></div><p>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in -<span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also -have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no -specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is -used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Viele Funktionen, die vom Sword-Backend zur Verfügung gestellt werden, +können nun in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfiguriert werden. Diese Funktionseigenschaften +sind im rechten Dialog dokumentiert. Ihnen ist außerdem ermöglicht, +Standardwerke zu definieren, wenn kein bestimmtes Werk in der Referenz +spezifiziert ist. Zum Beispiel wird die Standard-Bibel zur Darstellung des +Inhalts von Kreuzverweisen in der Bibel herangezogen. Wenn Sie über sie +fahren, wird die Lupe den Versinhalt anzeigen, auf den Bezug genommen wird, +gemäß der Standard-Bibel, die Sie spezifiziert haben.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="HotKeys"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Tastenkürzel sind spezielle Tastenbefehle, die an Stelle der Menüeinträge oder Symbole verwendet werden können. Eine Anzahl von <span class="application">BibleTime</span>s Befehlen -hat bereits vordefinierte Tastenkürzel (<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="HotKeys index">dieser Abschnitt</a> enthält eine +hat bereits vordefinierte Tastenkürzel (<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis">dieser Abschnitt</a> enthält eine komplette Auflistung. Den meisten Befehlen von <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kann hier ein Tastenkürzel zugewiesen werden. Dies ist sehr hilfreich, um die oftbenutzten Funktionen schnell zu erreichen.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exortieren und Drucken </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 5. Referenz</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-intro.html index 8aa66a0..f72957c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,27 +1,32 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 1. Einleitung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Einleitung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Kapitel 1. Einleitung</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Vorhandene Werke</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts -and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and -manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a> library, which provides -the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible text, -searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats -supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported -document formats can be found in the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> developers -section</a> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Vorhandene Werke</h3></div></div></div><p>Über 200 Dokumente in 50 Sprachen sind auf dem Webserver der <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft</a> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 1. Einleitung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Einleitung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 1. Einleitung"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Kapitel 1. Einleitung</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Über <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Vorhandene Werke</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Über BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Über <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das verschiedene Textarten und +Sprachen unterstützt. Sogar große Anzahlen an Werk-Modulen können einfach +installiert und verwaltet werden. Es basiert auf der <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a>-Bibliothek, welche die +zugrundeliegende Backend-Funktionalität für <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zur Verfügung +stellt, so zum Beispiel um Bibeltexte anzuschauen, darin zu suchen, +usw. Sword ist das Hauptprodukt der <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft</a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> wurde konzipiert, um mit Werken zu arbeiten, die in einem der +Formate vorliegen, die vom Sword-Projekt unterstützt werden. Vollständige +Informationen über die unterstützten Dokumentenformate sind auf den <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top">Entwicklerseiten</a> +des Sword-Projektes der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft zu finden.</p><div class="sect2" title="Vorhandene Werke"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Vorhandene Werke</h3></div></div></div><p>Über 200 Dokumente in 50 Sprachen sind auf dem Webserver der <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft</a> verfügbar. Dazu gehören: - </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bibeln</span></dt><dd><p>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings -and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and -include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex -Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is -the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Bücher</span></dt><dd><p>Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: -The Complete Works"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Kommentare</span></dt><dd><p>Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the -Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." -With the <span class="emphasis"><em>Personal</em></span> commentary you can <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar"> record your own personal notes</a> to -sections of the Bible.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Andachtsbücher</span></dt><dd><p>Viele Leute schätzen diese kleinen, täglichen Abschnitte aus Gottes -Wort. Die vorhandene Werke enthalten "Daily Light" und die "Losungen".</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lexika / Wörterbücher</span></dt><dd><p>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, -Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible -Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible -Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged -Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivation</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their -relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality -program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire -that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Alles, was Gott uns gibt, ist gut und vollkommen. Er, der Vater des Lichts, -ändert sich nicht; niemals wechseln bei ihm Licht und Finsternis.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakobus 1,17, Hoffnung für Alle</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Gott segne Sie durch Benutzung dieses Programms.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The BibleTime handbook </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bibeln</span></dt><dd><p>Der vollständie Bibeltext mit optionalen Dingen wie Strong-Nummern, +Kopfzeilen und/oder Fußzeilen im Text. Bibeln sind in vielen verschiedenen +Sprachen verfügbar und nicht nur auf moderne Versionen beschränkt, sondern +umfassen auch altertümliche Texte wie den Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", +hebräisch), und die Septuaginta ("LXX", griechisch). Dies ist der +fortgeschrittenste Abschnitt in der Bibliothek des Sword-Projektes.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Bücher</span></dt><dd><p>Zu den verfügbaren Büchern gehören "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish" und +"Josephus: Die vollständigen Werke"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Kommentare</span></dt><dd><p>Zu den verfügbaren Kommentaren gehören Klassiker wie John Wesleys "Notes on +the Bible", Matthew Henrys Kommentar und Luthers "Kommentar über Galater". " +Mit dem <span class="emphasis"><em>Persönlichen</em></span> Kommentar sind Sie in der Lage +<a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar">Ihre eigenen Notizen</a> über +Bibelabschnitte zu erstellen.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Andachtsbücher</span></dt><dd><p>Viele Leute schätzen diese kleinen, täglichen Abschnitte aus Gottes +Wort. Die vorhandene Werke enthalten "Daily Light" und die "Losungen".</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lexika / Wörterbücher</span></dt><dd><p>Zu den verfügbaren Wörterbüchern gehören: Robinsons "Morphological Analysis +Codes", Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebräisch-Lexikon und die Enzyklopädie der +International Standard Bible. Zu den erhältlichen Wörterbüchern gehören +u.a. Strongs "Hebrew Bible Dictionary", Strongs "Greek Bible Dictionary", +Websters "Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913" und +Naves "Topical Bible".</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Motivation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivation</h3></div></div></div><p>Unser Verlangen ist es, Gott zu dienen und unseren Teil dazu beizutragen, +dass andere in ihrer Beziehung mit IHM wachsen. Wir haben uns bemüht dies zu +einem mächtigen und hochwertigen Programm zu machen, das jedoch gleichzeitig +einfach und intuitiv zu bedienen ist. Es ist unser Bedürfnis, dass Gott +gepriesen wird, da Er die Quelle aller guten Dinge ist.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Alles, was Gott uns gibt, ist gut und vollkommen. Er, der Vater des Lichts, +ändert sich nicht; niemals wechseln bei ihm Licht und Finsternis.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakobus 1,17, Hoffnung für Alle</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Gott segne Sie durch Benutzung dieses Programms.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index c110d14..b5c6d13 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,27 +1,35 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Der Bücherregal Verwalter</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exortieren und Drucken"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Der Bücherregal Verwalter</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal Verwalter</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your -Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove -existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Bookshelf path(s) setup</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard -drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is -"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard -disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD -as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all -works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Install/update work(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called -"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These -libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online -repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You -can manage your libraries with <span class="guibutton">Add library</span> and -<span class="guibutton">Delete library</span>.</p><p>To begin the installation or update process, select a library you want to -connect to and a local Bookshelf path to install the work(s) to. Then click -on <span class="guibutton">Connect to library</span>. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will scan the -contents of the library and present you with a list of works that you can -add to your Bookshelf, or that you already have installed but are available -in a new version in the library, and thus can be updated. Then you can mark -all works that you want to install or update, and click on -<span class="guibutton">Install works</span>. They will then be transferred to your -Bookshelf.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Werk(e) entfernen</h3></div></div></div><p>This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works from your -Bookshelf too free up disk space. Simply mark the items and click on -<span class="guibutton">Remove works</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned -index files for removed works.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Der Bücherregal Verwalter</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exortieren und Drucken"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal Verwalter</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal Verwalter</span></h2></div></div></div><p>Die <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal-Verwaltung</span> ist ein Werkzeug, das +Ihnen die Verwaltung des Bücherregals ermöglicht. Sie können neue Werke zu +Ihrem Bücherregal hinzufügen oder existierende Werke aktualisieren oder Sie +aus dem Bücherregal entfernen. Greifen Sie darauf zu, indem Sie auf +<span class="guimenu">Einstellungen</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal-Verwaltung</span> im Hauptmenü +klicken.</p><div class="sect2" title="Bücherregal-Pfade einrichten"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Bücherregal-Pfade einrichten</h3></div></div></div><p>Hier können Sie festlegen, wo <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Ihr Bücherregal auf der Festplatte +abspeichern soll. Sie können es sogar in verschiedenen Verzeichnissen +speichern. Die Voreinstellung ist "~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Wenn Sie eine Sword-CD besitzen aber nicht alle Werke auf die Festplatte +installieren wollen und sie direkt von der CD nutzen wollen, so können Sie +den Pfad der CD als einen Ihrer Bücherregal-Pfade hinzufügen. Wenn Sie +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten, wird es alle Werke auf der CD anzeigen, wenn sie +eingelegt ist.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Werke installieren/updaten"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Werke installieren/updaten</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit dieser Einrichtung können Sie sich mit einer Quelle von Werken (genannt +"Bibliothek") in Verbindung setzen und ein oder mehrere Werke zu Ihrem +lokalen Bücherregal übertragen. Diese Bibliotheken können lokal sein +(z.B. eine Sword-CD) oder entfernt-gelegen (z.B. Crosswires +Online-Repository der Sword-Module, oder eine andere Site, die Sword-Module +anbietet). Sie können Ihre Bibliotheken mit +<span class="guibutton">Hinzufügen...</span> und <span class="guibutton">Löschen...</span> +verwalten.</p><p>Um den Installations- oder Aktualisierungsvorgang zu starten, suchen Sie +eine Bibliothek aus, mit der Sie sich verbinden wollen und einen lokalen +Bücherregal-Pfad, wohin die Werke installiert werden sollen. Dann klicken +Sie auf <span class="guibutton">Auffrischen...</span>. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> wird den Inhalt +der Bibliothek scannen und Ihnen eine Liste mit Werken anzeigen, die Sie +Ihrem Bücherregal hinzufügen können oder die Sie schon installiert haben, +die aber in einer aktuelleren Version in der Bibliothek vorliegen und +aktualisiert werden können. Sie können dann alle Werke, die Sie installieren +oder aktualisieren wollen markieren und anschließend auf +<span class="guibutton">Installieren...</span> klicken. Sie werden dann zu Ihrem +Bücherregal übertragen.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Werk(e) entfernen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Werk(e) entfernen</h3></div></div></div><p>Diese Einrichtung erlaubt Ihnen, eines oder mehrere Werke aus Ihrem +Bücherregal zu entfernen, um Plattenspeicherplatz zu gewinnen. Markieren Sei +einfach die Posten und klicken Sie auf <span class="guibutton">Entfernen...</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Suchindizes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Suchindizes</h3></div></div></div><p>Diese Option erlaubt Ihnen, neue Suchindizes zu erstellen und verwaiste +Suchindizes entfernter Werke aufzuräumen.</p><div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">In Werken suchen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exortieren und Drucken</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 7995aef..0435d3a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,13 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exortieren und Drucken</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exortieren und Drucken</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exortieren und Drucken</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the -<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button. Depending on context, it will -allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>, -<span class="guimenuitem">Copy</span> (to clipboard), -<span class="guimenuitem">Save</span> or <span class="guimenuitem">Print</span> -text. This works for example in the read windows, when you click on the -normal text or the verse reference, or in the search result page when you -click on a work or one or more verse references. It is pretty -straightforward, so just try it out.</p><p>Printing from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> is rather basic and is intended as a utility. If -you are composing a document or presentation containing text from -<span class="application">BibleTime</span> works, we suggest that you use one of the presentation or -editing tools on your system to format your document, rather than printing -from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> directly.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Der Bücherregal Verwalter </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exortieren und Drucken</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exortieren und Drucken</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exortieren und Drucken"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exortieren und Drucken</h2></div></div></div><p>An vielen Stellen können Sie ein Kontextmenü durch Klicken mit der +<span class="mousebutton">rechten Maustaste</span> öffnen. Abhängig vom Kontext +wird es Ihnen ermöglichen, Text mit <span class="guimenuitem">Auswählen</span>, +<span class="guimenuitem">Kopieren</span> (zur Zwischenablage), +<span class="guimenuitem">Speichern</span> oder <span class="guimenuitem">Drucken</span> +zu verarbeiten. Dies funktioniert beispielsweise in den Lesefenstern, wenn +Sie auf normalen Text oder Versverweise klicken, oder auf der +Suchergebnis-Seite, wenn Sie auf ein Werk oder einen oder mehrere +Versreferenzen klicken. Es ist ziemlich unkompliziert, versuchen Sie's +einfach mal.</p><p>Das Drucken in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist relativ primitiv und als Hilfsmittel +gedacht. Wenn Sie ein Dokument oder eine Präsentation erstellen, die Text +aus <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Werken enthält, empfehlen wir Ihnen, eines der Programme für +Präsentationen oder zum Editieren auf Ihrem System zu verwenden, um Ihr +Dokument zu formatieren, anstatt von <span class="application">BibleTime</span> aus direkt zu drucken.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal Verwalter</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> einrichten</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 72f318b..3ef4fe6 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,69 +1,75 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Das Bücherregal</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Bücherregal enthält alle installierten Werke, nach Kategorie und Sprache +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Elemente des BibleTime Fensters"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Das Bücherregal"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Das Bücherregal</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Bücherregal enthält alle installierten Werke, nach Kategorie und Sprache sortiert. Es enthält auch einen Abschnitt namens "Lesezeichen". Hier können -sie ihre eigenen Lesezeichen ablegen und darauf zugreifen.</p><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Werke lesen</h4></div></div></div><p>Wenn Sie Dokument auswählen wollen, klicken Sie einfach auf die gewünschte +sie ihre eigenen Lesezeichen ablegen und darauf zugreifen.</p><div class="sect3" title="Werke lesen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Werke lesen</h4></div></div></div><p>Wenn Sie Dokument auswählen wollen, klicken Sie einfach auf die gewünschte Dokumentengruppe (Bibeln, Kommentare, Lexika, Bücher, Andachten oder Wörterbücher) um den Inhalt der Dokumentengruppe anzuzeigen. Um ein Dokument -zu öffnen klicken Sie auf dessen Symbol.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the -passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the -<span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span>on the verse/passage reference -(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work -you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified -location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, -then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Weitere Informationen über Werke</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the -symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are -relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span>opens a -window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. -<span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span>opens a small dialog for -encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the -work. For additional information on locked works, please see <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> this -page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>In Werken suchen</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the -<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol and selecting -<span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing Shift and -clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same -procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these -documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features -can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Mit Lesezeichen arbeiten</h4></div></div></div><p> +zu öffnen klicken Sie auf dessen Symbol.</p><div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop</p></div><p>Wenn Sie ein bestimmtes Werk lesen und ein anderes Werk bezüglich des +aktuellen Textabschnittes öffnen möchten, können Sie einen Kurzbefehl +verwenden. Klicken Sie einfach mit der <span class="mousebutton">linken +Maustaste</span> auf den Vers-/Abschnitts-Verweis (der Zeiger wird +zur Hand) und ziehen Sie ihn zum Bücherregal. Lassen Sie auf dem zu +öffnenden Werk los und es wird zum Lesen an der spezifizierten Stelle +geöffnet. Außerdem können Sie einen Versverweis in ein bereits existierendes +Lesefenster ziehen, es wird dann zur gewünschten Stelle gesprungen.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Weitere Informationen über Werke"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Weitere Informationen über Werke</h4></div></div></div><p>Wenn Sie mit der <span class="mousebutton">rechten Maustaste</span> auf das Symbol +eines Werkes klicken, öffnet sich Ihnen ein Menü mit weiteren für das Werk +relevanten Einträgen. <span class="guimenuitem">"Über..."</span> öffnet ein +Fenster mit einer Vielzahl an interessanten Informationen über das gewählte +Werk. <span class="guimenuitem">"Entschlüsseln..."</span> öffnet ein kleines +Dialogfenster für verschlüsselte Dokumente, in dem Sie den +Entschlüsselungs-Schlüssel für den Zugriff eingeben können. Für weitere +Informationen über verschlüsselte Werke, lesen Sie bitte <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top">diese +Seite</a> auf der Website der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="In Werken suchen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>In Werken suchen</h4></div></div></div><p>Sie können ein Werk durchsuchen, indem Sie mit der <span class="mousebutton">rechten +Maustaste</span> auf sein Symbol klicken und <span class="guimenuitem">"Suche +in..."</span> auswählen. Indem Sie Umschalt und auf andere Werke +klicken, können Sie mehr als ein Werk auswählen. Dann folgen Sie demselben +Ablauf, um ein Such-Dialogfenster zu öffnen. Sie werden so in jedem dieser +Dokumente suchen. Eine vollständige Beschreibung der Sucheigenschaften +können Sie <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen">hier</a> finden.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Mit Lesezeichen arbeiten"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Mit Lesezeichen arbeiten</h4></div></div></div><p> - </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop</p></div><p> + </p><div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop</p></div><p> - Click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the bookmark -category of the bookshelf and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Create new -folder"</span> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal -drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or -search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between -folders.</p><p>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share -them. To do this, open the <span class="guimenu">context menu</span>of the bookmark -folder as described above, and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Export -bookmarks"</span>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save -the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>You can also click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>on folders and -bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Die Lupe</h3></div></div></div><p>Diese kleine Fenster in der linken unteren Ecke von <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist rein + Klicken Sie mit der <span class="mousebutton">rechten Maustaste</span> auf den +Lesezeichen-Reiter im Bücherregal und wählen Sie <span class="guimenuitem">"Neuer +Ordner"</span> aus, um ein neues Unterverzeichnis zu erstellen. Sie +können normale Drag&Drop-Funktionen nutzen, um Versverweise aus +Lesefenstern oder Suchergebnissen zum Lesezeichen-Ordner zu ziehen und um +Lesezeichen zwischen Verzeichnissen neu anzuordnen.</p><p>Außerdem ist es Ihnen möglich, Lesezeichen anderer Personen zu importieren +sowie eigene Lesezeichen zu exportieren, um sie mit anderen zu teilen. Um +dies zu tun, öffnen Sie das <span class="guimenuitem">Kontextmenü</span> des +Lesezeichen-Ordners wie oben beschrieben und wählen Sie <span class="guimenuitem">"Aus +Verzeichnis exportieren..."</span>. Dies wird ein Dialogfenster +öffnen, mit dem Sie die Lesezeichen-Sammlung abspeichern können. Das +Importieren von Lesezeichen funktioniert in der gleichen Weise.</p><p>Auch können Sie mit der <span class="mousebutton">rechten Maustaste</span> auf +Ordner und Lesezeichen klicken, um ihre Namen und Beschreibungen zu ändern.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Die Lupe"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Die Lupe</h3></div></div></div><p>Diese kleine Fenster in der linken unteren Ecke von <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist rein passiv. Wann immer der Mauspfeil über Text positioniert ist, welcher zusätzliche Informationen (z.B. Strongnummern) enthält, dann werden eben diese in der Lupe dargestellt, nicht jedoch der Text selbst. Probieren sie -es einfach aus.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Die Arbeitsfläche</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can -open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen">search</a> in them, and even save your -annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Werke lesen</h4></div></div></div><p>As we have <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Werke lesen">already seen</a>, -you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in the -Bookshelf. A read window will open in the Desk's area. Every read window has -a toolbar. There you can find tools to navigate in the work that this read -window is connected to, as well as history buttons like the ones that you -know from your browser.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Lese-Fenster Anordnung</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several -possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look -at the entry <span class="guimenu">Window</span>in the main menu. There you can see -that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely -yourself, or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle the placement automatically. To achieve -this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at -<span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar</h4></div></div></div><p>To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have -install a certain work from the library of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>. This work is -called "Personal commentary".</p><p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the -Bookshelf with a <span class="mousebutton">left</span>mouse button, it opens in -read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to -write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the -<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and then select <span class="guimenu">Edit -this work</span>and then either <span class="guimenuitem">Plain -text</span>(source code editor) or -<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is -deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the -personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse -will be inserted.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> In Werken suchen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +es einfach aus.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Die Arbeitsfläche"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Die Arbeitsfläche</h3></div></div></div><p>Auf der Arbeitsfläche findet die eigentliche Arbeit mit <span class="application">BibleTime</span> +statt. Hier können Sie Werke aus dem Bücherregal öffnen, sie lesen, darin +<a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen">suchen</a> und sogar ihre persönlichen +Anmerkungen im persönlichen Kommentar speichern (siehe <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar">unten</a>).</p><div class="sect3" title="Werke lesen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Werke lesen</h4></div></div></div><p>Wie wir <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Werke lesen">bereits gesehen</a> +haben, können Sie Werke zum Lesen leicht duch Klicken auf ihr Symbol im +Bücherregal öffnen. Ein Lesefenster wird sich auf der Arbeitsfläche +öffnen. Jedes Lesefenster hat seine eigene Werkzeugleiste. Dort finden Sie +Werkzeuge, um innerhalb des Werkes, auf das sich das Lesefenster bezieht, zu +navigieren. Außerdem finden sich dort Verlaufsknöpfe in der Art, wie Sie sie +von Ihrem Browser her gewohnt sind.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Lese-Fenster Anordnung"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Lese-Fenster Anordnung</h4></div></div></div><p>Selbstverständlich können Sie mehrere Werke gleichzeitig öffnen. Es gibt +verschiedene Möglichkeiten, die Lesefenster auf der Arbeitsfläche +anzuordnen. Schauen Sie sich ruhig mal das <span class="guimenu">Fenster</span>-Menü +im Hauptmenü an. Dort sehen Sie, dass Sie entweder die Fensteranordnung +vollständig selbst kontrollieren oder <span class="application">BibleTime</span> die automatische Anordnung +überlassen können. Um letzteres zu erreichen, wählen Sie eines der +verfügbaren automatischen Anordnungsarten in <span class="guimenu">Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Anordnungs-Art</span> aus. Probieren Sie's einfach aus, es ist leicht und +funktioniert.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar</h4></div></div></div><p>Um Ihre eigenen Kommentare über Bibelabschnitte zu speichern, müssen Sie ein +bestimmtes Werk von der Bibliothek der <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft</a> +installieren. Dieses Werk heißt "Persönlicher Kommentar".</p><p>Wenn Sie den persönlichen Kommentar durch Klicken auf sein Symbol im +Bücherregal mit der <span class="mousebutton">linken Maustaste</span> öffnen, wird +dieser im Nur-Lese-Modus geöffnet. Es wird Ihnen nicht möglich sein, ihn in +diesem Modus zu editieren. Falls Sie Anmerkungen zu Ihrem persönlichen +Kommentar hinzufügen möchten, müssen Sie diesen mit der <span class="mousebutton">rechten +Maustaste</span> öffnen und dann <span class="guimenu">Bearbeiten</span> und +dann entweder <span class="guimenuitem">Reintext</span> (Quellcode-Editor) oder +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span> (simpler WYSIWYG-GUI-Editor) auswählen.</p><div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Falls <span class="guimenu">Bearbeiten</span> deaktiviert +ist, überprüfen Sie, ob sie Schreibberechtigung für diese Dateien des +persönlichen Kommentars besitzen.</p></div><div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Hier funktioniert Drag&Drop. Lassen Sie hier einen Versverweis fallen, +um den Text des Verses einzufügen.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> In Werken suchen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-search.html index 3330c02..263e039 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,39 +1,46 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>In Werken suchen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Elemente des BibleTime Fensters"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">In Werken suchen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>In Werken suchen</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Searching text in an open read window</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter -of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other -programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the -<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and selecting -<span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Read on to learn how -you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the -<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol in the -<span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span>and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Search in -work(s)</span>. By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other -work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to -open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the -same time.</p><p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting -the appropriate entry.</p><p>A third possibility to start searches is to click on the search symbol in an -open read window.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Search configuration</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Selecting works</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find -<span class="guibutton">Choose</span>(works). If you would like to search in -multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where -you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Using Search Scopes</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by -selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <span class="guimenu">Search -scope</span>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Basic Search Syntax Introduction</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will -return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all -the terms separate the terms by AND.</p><p>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' -matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your -search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</p><p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by -':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's -number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</p><p>Available text types: - </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Prefix</th><th>Meaning</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>searches Strong's Numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>searches morphology codes</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has -many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Search results</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted -by works. Clicking on a work with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse -button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a -certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the -references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference -opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the Bookshelf to open the -work at that verse in a new read window.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and it will jump to -that verse.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to create bookmarks.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Search result analysis</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span>to open the search analysis -display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the -search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the -analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Elemente des BibleTime Fensters </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Der Bücherregal Verwalter</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>In Werken suchen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Elemente des BibleTime Fensters"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">In Werken suchen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="In Werken suchen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>In Werken suchen</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Nach Text in einem geöffneten Lesefenster suchen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Nach Text in einem geöffneten Lesefenster suchen</h3></div></div></div><p>Sie können nach einem Wort oder Ausdruck im offenen Lesefenster (z.B. in dem +Bibel-Kapitel, das Sie gerade lesen) suchen, ganz wie Sie es von anderen +Programmen her gewohnt sind. Diese Funktion kann entweder durch Klicken mit +der <span class="mousebutton">rechten Maustaste</span> und Auswahl von +<span class="guimenuitem">Finden...</span>, oder durch Anwenden des Kurzbefehls +<span class="keycap"><strong>StrgF</strong></span> erreicht +werden. Lesen Sie weiter, um zu erfahren, wie Sie in ganzen Werken suchen +können.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</h3></div></div></div><p>Sie können in einem Werk suchen, indem Sie mit der <span class="mousebutton">rechten +Maustaste</span> auf das Symbol im <span class="guimenu">Bücherregal</span> +klicken und <span class="guimenuitem">Suche in...</span> auswählen. Indem Sie +Umschalt oder Strg gedrückt halten und auf Namen anderer Werke klicken, ist +eine Auswahl mehrerer Werke möglich. Befolgen Sie denselben Ablauf, um den +Suchdialog zu öffnen. Sie werden dann in jedem dieser Werke gleichzeitig +suchen.</p><p>Sie erreichen den Suchdialog außerdem, indem Sie auf <span class="guimenu">Suche</span> im Hauptmenü klicken und den +entsprechenden Eintrag auswählen.</p><p>Eine dritte Möglichkeit, Suchen zu starten, ist, auf das Suchsymbol in einem +offenen Lesefenster zu klicken.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Such-Konfiguration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Such-Konfiguration</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" title="Werke auswählen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Werke auswählen</h4></div></div></div><p>Oben im Optionen-Reiter finden Sie +<span class="guibutton">Auswählen...</span>. Falls Sie in mehreren Werken suchen +möchten, klicken Sie auf diesen Knopf und es wird sich Ihnen ein Menü +auftun, in dem Sie die zu durchsuchenden Werke wählen können.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Suchbereiche verwenden"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Suchbereiche verwenden</h4></div></div></div><p>Sie können nun den Suchbereich auf bestimmte Bibelabschnitte eingrenzen, +indem Sie einen der vordefinierten Suchbereiche aus der Liste +<span class="guimenu">Bereich:</span> auswählen. Desweiteren können Sie Ihre eigenen +Suchbereiche festlegen, indem Sie auf <span class="guibutton">Einrichten...</span> +klicken.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Grundlegende Einführung in die Suchsyntax"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Grundlegende Einführung in die Suchsyntax</h4></div></div></div><p>Geben Sie Suchtermini getrennt von Leerzeichen ein. Standardmäßig wird die +Suchfunktion Ergebnisse zurückliefern, die auf jeden der Suchtermini +zutreffen (OR). Um nach allen Suchtermini zu suchen, trennen Sie sie mit +AND.</p><p>Sie können Platzhalter verwenden. '*' steht für jede Zeichensequenz, während +'?' auf jedes einzelne Zeichen zutrifft. Das Benutzen von Klammern erlaubt +Ihnen das Gruppieren der Suchbegriffe, z.B. '(Jesus OR Geist) AND Gott'.</p><p>Um Text außerhalb des Haupttextes zu finden, geben Sie die Textart gefolgt +von einem ':' und dem Suchbegriff ein. Wollen Sie zum Beispiel nach der +Strong-Nummer H8077 suchen, benutzen Sie 'strong:H8077'.</p><p>Verfügbare Textarten: + </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 3.1. Sucharten</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Sucharten" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Präfix</th><th>Bedeutung</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>durchsucht Kopfzeilen</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>durchsucht Fußnoten</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>durchsucht Strong-Nummern</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>durchsucht Morphologie-Codes</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> benutzt die Lucene Suchmaschine, um Suchen auszuführen. Sie hat +viele erweiterte Funktionen, Sie können hier mehr über Sie lesen: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Suchergebnisse"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Suchergebnisse</h3></div></div></div><p>Hier können Sie erkennen, wieviele Instanzen des Suchstrings gefunden +wurden, nach Werken sortiert. Das Klicken mit der <span class="mousebutton">rechten +Maustaste</span> erlaubt Ihnen alle in einem bestimmten Werk +gefundenen Verse auf einmal zu kopieren, zu speichern oder zu drucken. Dies +funktioniert auch, wenn Sie auf einen oder mehrere der Verweise klicken, um +sie zu kopieren, zu speichern oder zu drucken. Das Klicken auf einen +bestimmten Verweis öffnet ihn mit Kontext unterhalb im Vorschaufenster.</p><div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Ziehen Sie einen Versverweis zum Bücherregal und lassen Sie ihn auf einem +Werkssymbol los, so öffnet sich das Werk an der Stelle in einem neuen +Lesefenster, auf die der Verweis zeigt.</p></div><div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Ziehen Sie einen Versverweis auf ein offenes Lesefenster und lassen Sie ihn +dann los, wird zu dieser Stelle gesprungen.</p></div><div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Wählen Sie Verweise und ziehen Sie sie zum Bücherregal, um Lesezeichen zu +erstellen.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Suchergebnisse analysieren"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Suchergebnisse analysieren</h4></div></div></div><p>Klicken Sie auf <span class="guibutton">Ergebnisse analysieren...</span>, um die +Anzeige der Suchergebnis-Analyse zu öffnen. Sie zeigt eine einfache +graphische Analyse des Auftretens in jedem Buch der Bibel. Auch können Sie +die Analyse abspeichern.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal Verwalter</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op.html index 9852ab2..b9f92a9 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,10 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Startup sequence"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Elemente des BibleTime Fensters"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programmüberblick</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Das Bücherregal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Die Lupe</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Die Arbeitsfläche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">In Werken suchen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Der Bücherregal Verwalter</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Werk(e) entfernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exortieren und Drucken</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Programmüberblick</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: - </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="The BibleTime application window"></div><p> - You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on -the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little -"Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that -is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, -for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the -footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the -Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Wir fahren fort, indem wir nun die verschiedenen Teile der Anwendung einzeln -betrachten.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Startup sequence </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Start-Sequenz"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Elemente des BibleTime Fensters"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programmüberblick</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Das Bücherregal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Die Lupe</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Die Arbeitsfläche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">In Werken suchen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Nach Text in einem geöffneten Lesefenster suchen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Such-Konfiguration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Suchergebnisse</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal Verwalter</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bücherregal-Pfade einrichten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Werke installieren/updaten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Werk(e) entfernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Suchindizes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exortieren und Drucken</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Programmüberblick"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Programmüberblick</h2></div></div></div><p>So sieht eine typische <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Sitzung aus: + </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="Das BibleTime-Applikations-Fenster"></div><p> + Sie können leicht die verschiedenen Abschnitte des Applikations-Fensters +erkennen. Das Fenster oben links erlaubt das Öffnen installierter Werke im +Bücherregal-Reiter. Mit dem Lesezeichen-Reiter können Sie Ihre Lesezeichen +verwalten. Das kleine "Lupen"-Fenster unterhalb des Bücherregals zeigt in +Dokumenten eingebettete Extra-Informationen an. Wenn Sie beispielsweise Ihre +Maus über Fußnoten-Markierungen bewegen, wird das Lupenfenster den +tatsächlichen Inhalt der Fußnote anzeigen. Die Werkzeugleiste erlaubt Ihnen +den schnellen Zugriff auf wichtige Funktionen und auf dem Pult auf der +rechten Seite verrichten Sie Ihre eigentliche Arbeit.</p><p>Wir fahren fort, indem wir nun die verschiedenen Teile der Anwendung einzeln +betrachten.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Start-Sequenz </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index 8bd717d..0050266 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -1,92 +1,97 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>HotKeys index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitel 5. Referenz"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitel 5. Referenz"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">HotKeys index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 5. Referenz</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>HotKeys index</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the -handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to -directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look -at the entry itself in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the hotkey), or you -can look it up in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Main menu reference">this section</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Hotkey</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitel 5. Referenz"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Werksreferenz"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 5. Referenz</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis</h2></div></div></div><p>Dies ist ein Verzeichnis aller Tastenkürzel und ihrer korrespondierenden +Beschreibung im Handbuch. Die Tastenkürzel sind (grob) alphabetisch +sortiert. Wenn Sie unmittelbar nachschauen möchten, welches Tastenkürzel +eine bestimmte Menüfunktion hat, so können Sie entweder den Menüeintrag in +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> ansehen (da grundsätzlich auch das entsprechende Tastenkürzel +mit angezeigt wird) oder die Tastenkürzel in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Hauptmenü-Referenz">diesem Abschnitt</a> nachsehen.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Tastenkürzel</th><th>Beschreibung</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>AltLeft</strong></span> - </td><td>Moves back in the history of read windows.</td></tr><tr><td> + </td><td>Im Lesefenster-Verlauf zurückblättern.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>AltRight</strong></span> - </td><td>Bewegt in der Geschichte des Lese-Fensters weiter nach vorne.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span> + </td><td>Im Lesefenster-Verlauf vorwärtsblättern.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>StrgAltF</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in default bible</span> </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the -default bible.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltG</strong></span> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Suche</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">In Standardbibel +suchen...</span> </a> öffnet den Suchdialog, um in +der Standardbibel zu suchen.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>StrgAltG</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile vertically</span> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling. + <span class="guimenu">Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Anordnungs-Art</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Automatisches +Vertikal-Kacheln</span> schaltet die automatische +Fensteranordnung auf vertikalen Kachelmodus. </td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltH</strong></span> - </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile horizontally</span> equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltJ</strong></span> - </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-cascade</span> -equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltM</strong></span> - </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual mode</span> -equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span> - </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> </a> equivalent; saves current layout as new session.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span> - </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> -</a> equivalent; closes all open windows.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl-</strong></span> - </td><td>Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read windows.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+</strong></span> - </td><td>Zoom in. This increases the font size of read windows.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlA</strong></span> - </td><td>Select all. This selects all text in read windows.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlC</strong></span> - </td><td>Copy. This copies the selected text to the clipboard.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span> - </td><td>Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span> - </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> </a> equivalent. + <span class="keycap"><strong>StrgAltH</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Anordnungs-Art</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Automatisches +Horizontal-Kacheln</span> schaltet die automatische +Fensteranordnung auf horizontalen Kachelmodus.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>StrgAltJ</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Anordnungs-Art</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Automatisches +Staffeln</span> schaltet die Fensteranordnung auf +automatisches Staffeln.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>StrgAltM</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Anordnungs-Art</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manuell</span> schaltet die Fensteranordnung auf den manuellen Modus.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>StrgAltS</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Als neue Sitzung +speichern</span> </a> speichert die aktuelle Sitzung +als neue Sitzung ab.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>StrgAltW</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Alle Fenster schließen</span> </a> schließt alle geöffneten Fenster.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Strg-</strong></span> + </td><td>Verkleinern. Dies verkleinert die Schriftgröße von Lesefenstern.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Strg+</strong></span> + </td><td>Vergrößern. Dies vergrößert die Schriftgröße von Lesefenstern.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>StrgA</strong></span> + </td><td>Alles auswählen. Dies wählt den gesamten Text in Lesefenstern aus.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>StrgC</strong></span> + </td><td>Kopieren. Dies kopiert ausgewählten Text in die Zwischenablage.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>StrgF</strong></span> + </td><td>Suchen. Diese Funktion erlaubt Ihnen innerhalb eines Lesefenster-Textes zu +suchen.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>StrgG</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <span class="guimenu">Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Vertikal kacheln</span> </a> setzt die Anordnungs-Art der Fenster auf vertikales +Kacheln. </td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>StrgH</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> </a> equivalent. + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <span class="guimenu">Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Horizontal kacheln</span> </a> setzt die Anordnungs-Art der Fenster auf horizontales +Kacheln. </td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>StrgJ</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> -</a> windows equivalent. + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <span class="guimenu">Fenster</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Staffeln</span> +</a> setzt den Staffelmodus für die Fensteranordnung. </td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span> + <span class="keycap"><strong>StrgO</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all -currently opened works.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Suche</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">In offenen Werken +suchen...</span> </a> öffnet den Suchdialog, um in +allen gegenwärtig geöffneten Werken zu suchen.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>StrgQ</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <span class="guimenu">File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> -</a> equivalent; closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> - <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlW</strong></span> - </td><td>Closes the current window.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <span class="guimenu">Datei</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Beenden</span> +</a> schließt <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>StrgW</strong></span> + </td><td>Schließt das aktuelle Fenster.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> equivalent; opens the handbook.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="guimenu">Hilfe</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbuch</span> öffnet das Handbuch.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> </td><td> - <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy -Howto</span> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="guimenu">Hilfe</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Anleitung zum +Bibelstudium</span> öffnet das Bibelstudium-HowTo.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> -<span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf -Manager</span> </a> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf -Manager.</td></tr><tr><td> +<span class="guimenu">Einstellungen</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal-Verwaltung</span> </a> +öffnet die Bücherregal-Verwaltung.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F8</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> </a> equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal anzeigen</span> </a> aktiviert die Anzeige des Bücherregals.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> </td><td> - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show mag</span> -</a> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 5. Referenz </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Lupenfenster anzeigen</span> </a> aktiviert die Anzeige des Lupenfensters.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Werksreferenz </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f0edda3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Werksreferenz</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitel 5. Referenz"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Kapitel 5. Referenz"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Werksreferenz</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 5. Referenz</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Werksreferenz"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Werksreferenz</h2></div></div></div><p> + In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie Beschreibungen der mit geöffneten Werken +assoziierten Symbolzeichen. + </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_forward.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Blättert vorwärts im Verlauf. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_back.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Blättert rückwärts im Verlauf. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Wählt eine installierte Bibel aus. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible_add.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Wählt eine zusätzliche Bibel aus. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + In ausgewählten Werken suchen. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_displayconfig.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Konfiguration anzeigen. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Wählt ein installiertes Kommentar aus. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary_add.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Wählt ein zusätzliches Kommentar aus. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sync.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Synchronisiert angezeigten Eintrag mit aktivem Bibelfenster. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_book.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Wählt ein Buch aus. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Wählt ein installiertes Glossar oder eine installierte Andacht aus. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon_add.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Wählt ein zusätzliches Glossar oder eine zusätzliche Andacht aus. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 5. Referenz </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html index e3bd43a..d4a54bc 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,140 +1,152 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 5. Referenz</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="HotKeys index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 5. Referenz</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Kapitel 5. Referenz</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Main menu reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> - File +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 5. Referenz</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Werksreferenz"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 5. Referenz</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 5. Referenz"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Kapitel 5. Referenz</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Hauptmenü-Referenz</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + <span class="guimenu">File</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> - View + <span class="guimenu">View</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> - Search + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> - Window + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> - Settings + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> - Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">HotKeys index</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Main menu reference</h2></div></div></div><p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the -main menu of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. They are ordered in just the way they appear in -<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they -belong to. You can also see the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of -all hotkeys can be found in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="HotKeys index">this -section</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Werksreferenz</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Hauptmenü-Referenz"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Hauptmenü-Referenz</h2></div></div></div><p>In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie detaillierte Beschreibungen aller Einträge im +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Hauptmenü. Sie sind in der Reihenfolge angeordnet, wie Sie auch +in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> auftauchen und zwar mit allen Untereinträgen unterhalb ihrer +jeweiligen Obermenüs. Sie können auch alle Kurzbefehle der Einträge +nachschauen, ein komplettes Verzeichnis der Kurzbefehle finden Sie in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis">diesem Abschnitt</a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> <span class="guimenu">File</span> </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>StrgQ</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will ask you if you want to -write unsaved changes to disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p> - </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> + <span class="action"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> schließen.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> wird Sie fragen, ob Sie +ungesicherte Änderungen abspeichern möchten.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2" title="View"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> <span class="guimenu">View</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fullscreen mode</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Toggles full screen display.</span> Toggle this setting to -maximize the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="action">Auf Vollbild-Ansicht stellen.</span> Diese Einstellung maximiert +das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Fenster.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show toolbar</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Toggles Toolbar display.</span> Toggle this setting to turn the -main toolbar on or off.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="action">Werkzeugleiste anzeigen.</span> Diese Funktion stellt die Ansicht +der Haupt-Werkzeugleiste an oder aus.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Toggles display of the Bookshelf.</span> Toggle this setting to -turn the Bookshelf on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need -more space for the Mag.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="action">Bücherregal anzeigen.</span> Mit diesem Umschalter können Sie die +Ansicht des Bücherregals auf dem linken Abschnitt an- oder ausschalten. Dies +kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookmarks</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Lesezeichen anzeigen.</span> Mit diesem Umschalter schalten Sie +die Lesezeichen-Anzeige am linken Abschnitt an oder aus. Dies kann nützlich +sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Toggles display of the Mag(nifying glass).</span> Toggle this -setting to turn the Mag on the left pane on or off.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> + <span class="action">Lupenfenster anzeigen.</span> Dieser Umschalter zeigt das +Lupenfenster im linken Abschnitt oder verbirgt es.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Search"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>StrgAltF</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible -only</span>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="action">In der Standard-Bibel suchen...</span>. Es können mehr Werke zum +Suchdialog hinzugefügt werden. Eine ausführlichere Such-Beschreibung können +Sie <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen">hier</a> finden.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>StrgO</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</span>. More -works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> + <span class="action">In offenen Werken suchen...</span>. Werke können im Suchdialog +hinzugefügt oder entfernt werden. Eine ausführlichere Such-Beschreibung +können Sie <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="In Werken suchen">hier</a> finden.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Directly saves the current session</span>. This will open a -context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be -overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a -new session.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="action">Sitzung speichern</span>. Dies wird ein Kontextmenü öffnen, in dem +Sie eine bereits existierende Sitzung als Ziel zur Abspeicherung auswählen +können. Die aktuelle Sitzung wird diese überschreiben. Schauen Sie sich den +nächsten Abschnitt an, wie Sie eine neue Sitzung anlegen und abspeichern +können.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>StrgAltS</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Saves the current session under a new name</span>. This will ask -for a new name to save the session to.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="action">Als neue Sitzung speichern</span>. Diese Funktion wird Sie nach +einem neuen Namen für die zu speichernde Sitzung fragen.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Loads an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu -where you can select an existing session to load.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="action">Sitzung laden</span>. Hiermit wird ein Kontextmenü geöffnet, wo +Sie eine existierende Sitzung zum Laden auswählen können.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Deletes an existing session</span>. This will open a context menu -where you can select an existing session that should be deleted.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="action">Sitzung löschen</span>. Hiermit öffnen Sie ein Kontextmenü, das +Ihnen erlaubt, eine existierende Sitzung zum Löschen auszuwählen.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the -opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of -the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle it -for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="action">Anordnungs-Art</span>. Im sich öffnenden Kontextmenü können Sie +bestimmen, dass Sie entweder die Fensteranordnung selbst bestimmen möchten +(manueller Modus), oder dass <span class="application">BibleTime</span> sich um die Fensteranordnung +kümmern soll (automatische Modi, probieren Sie's einfach aus!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>StrgJ</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Cascades all open windows</span>. + <span class="action">Geöffnete Fenster staffeln</span>. </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>StrgG</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows vertically</span>. + <span class="action">Vertikal kacheln</span>. </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>StrgH</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Automatically tiles all open windows horizontally</span>. + <span class="action">Horizontal kacheln</span>. </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> - <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span></strong></span>) + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>StrgAltW</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Closes all open windows</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> + <span class="action">Alle geöffneten Fenster schließen</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Settings"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s main configuration dialog</span>. You can -configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your -needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">this section</a> for -details.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="action"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren</span>. Dies öffnet den +Hauptkonfigurations-Dialog von <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Sie können hier alle möglichen +Einstellungen von <span class="application">BibleTime</span> an Ihre Bedürfnisse anpassen. Bitte schauen +Sie in <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Dialog BibleTime konfigurieren">diesem Abschnitt</a> für Details +nach.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and -manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> + <span class="action">Bücherregal-Verwaltung</span>. Hiermit wird ein Dialog zur +Konfiguration und Verwaltung Ihres Bücherregals aufgerufen. Schauen Sie +bitte in <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter">diesem Abschnitt</a> +für Details nach.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Help"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Opens <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s user guide</span> You are reading it now.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="action">Handbuch</span>. Dies öffnet das Handbuch von <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Sie +lesen es gerade.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bible Study Howto</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Opens a guide on how to study the Bible</span> It is the hope of -the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the -scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen -as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We -expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If -you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in -your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="action">Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</span>. Dies öffnet eine Anleitung, wie +man die Bibel studieren sollte. Es ist die Hoffnung des <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Teams, +dass dieses HowTo die Leser veranlasst, die Bibel zu lesen und +nachzuschauen, was sie aussagt. Dieser Studienführer wurde ausgewählt, weil +er sich davor hütet, eine bestimmte Lehrmeinung einer Denomination zu +fördern. Wir hoffen, dass Sie die Bibel lesen und studieren, um zu +verstehen, was sie aussagt. Wenn Sie mit der Einstellung herangehen, dass +Sie wünschen, der HERR möge Sein Wort in Ihr Herz säen, wird Er sie nicht +enttäuschen.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">About</span> </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Opens a window about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> project information</span> -contains information about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> software version, project -contributors, <span class="application">Sword</span> software version, <span class="application">Qt</span> software version and the -license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> HotKeys index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + <span class="action">Über <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>. Dies öffnet ein Fenster mit +Projekt-Informationen über <span class="application">BibleTime</span> und enthält die <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Version, +Projekt-Beitragende, <span class="application">Sword</span>-Version, <span class="application">Qt</span>-Version und das Lizenzabkommen.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> einrichten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Werksreferenz</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index 67f834c..7fa538c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,15 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Startup sequence</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Startup sequence</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Startup sequence</h2></div></div></div><p>As <span class="application">BibleTime</span> launches you may see the following screens before the main -<span class="application">BibleTime</span> window opens:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Start-Sequenz</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Start-Sequenz</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Start-Sequenz"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Start-Sequenz</h2></div></div></div><p>Wenn <span class="application">BibleTime</span> startet, könnten Sie folgende Meldungen vor dem Erscheinen +des Hauptfensters sehen:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Modifies your Bookshelf.</span> This dialog lets you modify your -Bookshelf, add or delete works from your system. It will only be shown if -no default Bookshelf can be found. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter"> this section</a> for further -details. If you start off with an empty Bookshelf, it will be helpful to -install at least one Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know -<span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s basic features quickly.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="action">Ihr Bücherregal modifizieren.</span> Dieser Dialog erlaubt Ihnen, +Ihr Bücherregal zu modifizieren, Werke zu Ihrem System hinzuzufügen oder vom +System zu löschen. Er wird nur dann angezeigt, wenn kein +Standard-Bücherregal gefunden werden kann. Bitte sehen Sie in <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Der Bücherregal Verwalter">diesem Abschnitt</a> für weitere +Details nach. Falls Sie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> mit einem leeren Bücherregal starten, +ist es hilfreich, zumindest eine Bibel, ein Kommentar, ein Lexikon und ein +Buch zu installieren, um rasch die grundlegenden Funktionseigenschaften von +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> kennen zu lernen.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span> </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Customizes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span>This dialog lets you adapt -<span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">the -detailed description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + <span class="action"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> anpassen.</span>Dieser Dialog erlaubt Ihnen +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> an Ihre Bedürfnisse anzupassen. Bitte schlagen Sie <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Dialog BibleTime konfigurieren">die detaillierte Beschreibung</a> dieses Dialogs +nach.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-term.html index 9118571..00fcb7e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,11 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitel 1. Einleitung"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Startup sequence"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Kapitel 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"> BibleTime starten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Other window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Startup sequence</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>How to start <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You -can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon: - </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime start icon"></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch -<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window and type: - </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Other window managers</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, -Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are -already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Startup customization</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the -default bible: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitel 1. Einleitung"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Start-Sequenz"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Kapitel 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Wie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zu starten ist</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Andere Fenstermanager</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Konfiguration des Startverhaltens</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Start-Sequenz</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Wie BibleTime zu starten ist"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Wie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zu starten ist</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="BibleTime starten"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist eine ausführbare Datei, die in Ihrem Desktop integriert +ist. Sie können <span class="application">BibleTime</span> aus dem Startmenü mit folgendem Symbol starten: + </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime-Start-Symbol"></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kann auch von der Kommandozeile eines Terminals aufgerufen +werden. Um <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zu starten, öffnen Sie ein Terminal-Fenster und geben +Sie folgendes ein: + </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" title="Andere Fenstermanager"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Andere Fenstermanager</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kann mit anderen Fenstermanagern wie Gnome, BlackBox, FluxBox, +OpenBox oder Sawfish verwendet werden, vorausgesetzt, dass die +entsprechenden Basis-Bibliotheken bereits auf Ihrem Rechner installiert +sind.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Konfiguration des Startverhaltens"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Konfiguration des Startverhaltens</h3></div></div></div><p>Von einem Terminal aus können Sie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> folgendermaßen verwenden, um +einen Zufallsvers aus der Standardbibel anzeigen zu lassen: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible - "<random>"</pre><p>To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: - </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p>You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Einleitung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Startup sequence</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + "<random>"</pre><p>Um einen bestimmten Vers wie z.B. Joh. 3,16 aufzuschlagen: + </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "Joh 3:16"</pre><p>Sie können auch Buchnamen in Ihrer gegenwärtigen Buchnamen-Sprache benutzen.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Einleitung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Start-Sequenz</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html index 1db13f5..23c5261 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitel 1. Einleitung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The BibleTime handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545565"></a><p>Der <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Hilfedialog ist ein Teil von <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Einleitung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Vorhandene Werke</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. BibleTime starten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"> BibleTime starten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Other window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Startup sequence</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Programmbedienung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programmüberblick</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Elemente des BibleTime Fensters</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Das Bücherregal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Die Lupe</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Die Arbeitsfläche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">In Werken suchen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Der Bücherregal Verwalter</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Werk(e) entfernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exortieren und Drucken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. BibleTime einrichten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> - Display +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Das BibleTime-Handbuch</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das auf dem Sword-System basiert."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitel 1. Einleitung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Rechtlicher Hinweis"><a name="id14837330"></a><p>Der <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Hilfedialog ist ein Teil von <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Zusammenfassung"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das auf dem Sword-System basiert.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Einleitung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Über <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Vorhandene Werke</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Wie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zu starten ist</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Andere Fenstermanager</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Konfiguration des Startverhaltens</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Start-Sequenz</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Programmbedienung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programmüberblick</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Das Bücherregal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Die Lupe</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Die Arbeitsfläche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">In Werken suchen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Nach Text in einem geöffneten Lesefenster suchen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Such-Konfiguration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Suchergebnisse</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal Verwalter</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bücherregal-Pfade einrichten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Werke installieren/updaten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Werk(e) entfernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Suchindizes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exortieren und Drucken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> einrichten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> - Languages + <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - Desk + <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> - HotKeys - </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-reference.html">5. Referenz</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Main menu reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> - File + <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-reference.html">5. Referenz</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Hauptmenü-Referenz</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + <span class="guimenu">File</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> - View + <span class="guimenu">View</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> - Search + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> - Window + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> - Settings + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> - Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">HotKeys index</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Tabellenverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode Schriftarten</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 1. Einleitung</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Werksreferenz</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Tabellenverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Sucharten</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode Schriftarten</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 1. Einleitung</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index c30f0ac..81f9bed 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ <listitem> <para>An existing <trademark class="registered">Microsoft - Windows</trademark>installation on the same + Windows</trademark> installation on the same computer.</para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ standard works that should be used when no specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you - hover over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses + hover over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, according to the standard Bible you specified.</para> </sect2> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index 8e449bd..abf7062 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -12,8 +12,9 @@ </textobject> </mediaobject> You can easily see the different parts of the - application. The Bookshelf on the left side is used to open works - and to manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below the + application. The top left window is used to open installed works + in the Bookshelf tab, and with the Bookmarks tab you can + manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the @@ -49,7 +50,7 @@ <para>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the - <mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton>on the + <mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton> on the verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can @@ -60,12 +61,12 @@ <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"> <title>Additional information about works</title> <para>If you click with the - <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the symbol of a + <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are relevant for this work. - <guimenuitem>"About this work"</guimenuitem>opens a window with + <guimenuitem>"About this work"</guimenuitem> opens a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. - <guimenuitem>"Unlock this work"</guimenuitem>opens a small + <guimenuitem>"Unlock this work"</guimenuitem> opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see @@ -77,7 +78,7 @@ <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"> <title>Searching in works</title> <para>You can search in a work by clicking with the - <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol and + <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol and selecting <guimenuitem>"Search in work(s)"</guimenuitem>. By pressing &Shift; and clicking on other works you can select more @@ -97,7 +98,7 @@ </tip> Click with the - <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the bookmark + <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the bookmark category of the bookshelf and select <guimenuitem>"Create new folder"</guimenuitem> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag & drop @@ -106,14 +107,14 @@ between folders.</para> <para>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share them. To do this, open the - <guimenu>context menu</guimenu>of the bookmark folder as + <guimenu>context menu</guimenu> of the bookmark folder as described above, and select <guimenuitem>"Export bookmarks"</guimenuitem>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</para> <para>You can also click with the - <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>on folders and bookmarks to + <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> on folders and bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</para> </sect3> </sect2> @@ -154,7 +155,7 @@ <para>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look at the entry - <guimenu>Window</guimenu>in the main menu. There you can see + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> in the main menu. There you can see that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select @@ -175,12 +176,12 @@ <para>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the Bookshelf with a - <mousebutton>left</mousebutton>mouse button, it opens in read + <mousebutton>left</mousebutton> mouse button, it opens in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the - <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and then select - <guimenu>Edit this work</guimenu>and then either + <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and then select + <guimenu>Edit this work</guimenu> and then either <guimenuitem>Plain text</guimenuitem>(source code editor) or <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</para> @@ -209,7 +210,7 @@ (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the - <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting + <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and selecting <guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can @@ -219,9 +220,9 @@ <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-access"> <title>Accessing the search dialog</title> <para>You can search in a work by clicking with the - <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol in the + <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol in the - <guimenu>Bookshelf</guimenu>and selecting + <guimenu>Bookshelf</guimenu> and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in work(s)</guimenuitem>. By holding &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open @@ -263,7 +264,7 @@ list in <guimenu>Search scope</guimenu>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the - <guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton>button.</para> + <guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton> button.</para> </sect3> <sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-syntax"> <title>Basic Search Syntax Introduction</title> @@ -320,7 +321,7 @@ <title>Search results</title> <para>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted by works. Clicking on a work with the - <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button allows you to copy, + <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular @@ -342,7 +343,7 @@ <sect3 id="hdbk-op-search-analysis"> <title>Search result analysis</title> <para>Click on - <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton>to open the search + <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton> to open the search analysis display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the analysis.</para> @@ -425,7 +426,7 @@ <title>Exporting and Printing</title> <para>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the - <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button. Depending on context, + <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to <guimenuitem>Select</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem> (to clipboard), diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 028bd49..73d6064 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -106,6 +106,22 @@ </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Toggles display of the Bookmarks.</action> Toggle + this setting to turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or + off. This can be handy if you need more space for the + Mag.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <term> <menuchoice> @@ -147,7 +163,8 @@ <para> <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible only</action>. More works can be added in the Search - Dialog.</para> + Dialog. A more detailed search description can be found + <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">here</link>.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> @@ -169,8 +186,9 @@ <listitem> <para> <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open - works</action>. More works can be added in the Search - Dialog.</para> + works</action>. Works can be added or removed in the Search + Dialog. A more detailed search description can be found + <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">here</link>.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -507,6 +525,292 @@ </sect2> </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-works"> + <title>Works reference</title> + <para> + In this section you can find descriptions of the icons + associated with open works. + </para> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-works-list"> + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_forward.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Scrolls forward through history. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_back.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Scrolls back through history. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_bible.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an installed bible. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_bible_add.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an additional bible. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Search in selected works. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_displayconfig.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Display configuration. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_commentary.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an installed commentary. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_commentary_add.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select additional commentary. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sync.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_book.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select a book. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_lexicon.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an installed glossary or devotional. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_lexicon_add.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an additional glossary or devotional. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"> <title>HotKeys index</title> <para>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding @@ -837,4 +1141,5 @@ </tgroup> </informaltable> </sect1> + </chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook index 944a217..2bce422 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ <para>The &bibletime; handbook is part of &bibletime;.</para> </legalnotice> - <date>2009-04</date> - <releaseinfo>2.0</releaseinfo> + <date>2009-06</date> + <releaseinfo>2.2</releaseinfo> <abstract> <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</para> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-config.html index e4552ff..ccf8aa1 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,24 +1,24 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporting and Printing"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. Configuring <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> - Display +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporting and Printing"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 4. Configuring <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapter 4. Configuring <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> - Languages + <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - Desk + <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> - HotKeys + <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>In this section you find an overview to configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, which can be found under - <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> - <span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> + <span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" title="Display"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>The startup behavior can be customized. Select from the following options: - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Show startup logo</p></li></ul></div><p>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Show startup logo</p></li></ul></div><p>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various built-in templates are available. If you - select one, you will see a preview on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> + select one, you will see a preview on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Languages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify which language should be used for the biblical booknames. Set this to your native language, if it is @@ -36,18 +36,18 @@ font. For example, a font that supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the work you are interested in, try installing the localization package - for that language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Installing fonts</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the + for that language.</p><div class="sect3" title="Installing fonts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Installing fonts</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> - Unicode HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), + Unicode HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will run faster than with a large font like <span class="trademark">Bitstream - Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Obtaining Fonts</h4></div></div></div><p>Fonts can be obtained from a number of sources:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>Your distribution's localization packages.</p></li><li><p>An existing + Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" title="Obtaining Fonts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Obtaining Fonts</h4></div></div></div><p>Fonts can be obtained from a number of sources:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Your distribution's localization packages.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft - Windows</span>®installation on the same - computer.</p></li><li><p>A font collection, such as are available from Adobe - or Bitstream.</p></li><li><p>Online font collections.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, + Windows</span>® installation on the same + computer.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A font collection, such as are available from Adobe + or Bitstream.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Online font collections.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different fonts for different @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Alan Wood ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode character ranges and the Unicode fonts that support - them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> + them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Desk"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented @@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ standard works that should be used when no specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you - hover over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses + hover over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, according to the standard Bible you - specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> + specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="HotKeys"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>HotKeys are special key commands that can be used in the place of the menu items and icons. A number of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-intro.html index 448c381..dc03919 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Introduction</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Introduction</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapter 1. Introduction</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Available works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Introduction</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Introduction</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 1. Introduction"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapter 1. Introduction</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Available works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="About BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a> library, @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ information on the supported document formats can be found in the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> developers section</a> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible - Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Available works</h3></div></div></div><p>Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the + Society.</p><div class="sect2" title="Available works"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Available works</h3></div></div></div><p>Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>. These include: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bibles</span></dt><dd><p>The full Bible text, with optional things like @@ -33,10 +33,10 @@ available include Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's - Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivation</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help + Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Motivation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivation</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Every good thing given and every perfect gift is from above, coming down from the Father of lights, with whom there - is no variation or shifting shadow.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">James 1:17, NASB</span></td></tr></table></div><p>God bless you as you use this program.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The BibleTime handbook </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + is no variation or shifting shadow.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">James 1:17, NASB</span></td></tr></table></div><p>God bless you as you use this program.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index 2758c71..2e6357b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Bookshelf Manager</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Searching in works"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporting and Printing"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The - Bookshelf Manager</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Program operation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>The +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Bookshelf Manager</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Searching in works"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporting and Printing"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The + <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Program operation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="The Bookshelf Manager"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking - <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Bookshelf path(s) setup</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" title="Bookshelf path(s) setup"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Bookshelf path(s) setup</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard drive. You can even store it in multiple - directories. Default is "~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all + directories. Default is "~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all works - on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Install/update work(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of + on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Install/update work(s)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Install/update work(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online repository of Sword modules, @@ -28,11 +28,11 @@ and thus can be updated. Then you can mark all works that you want to install or update, and click on <span class="guibutton">Install works</span>. They will then be - transferred to your Bookshelf.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Remove work(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works + transferred to your Bookshelf.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Remove work(s)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Remove work(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works from your Bookshelf too free up disk space. Simply mark the items and click on - <span class="guibutton">Remove works</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and - cleanup orphaned index files for removed works.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> + <span class="guibutton">Remove works</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Search Indexes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and + cleanup orphaned index files for removed works.</p><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Searching in works </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exporting and Printing</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-output.html index dbc3a32..7e6b9c8 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exporting and Printing</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="The Bookshelf Manager"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exporting and Printing</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Program operation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exporting and Printing</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exporting and Printing</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="The Bookshelf Manager"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exporting and Printing</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Program operation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exporting and Printing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exporting and Printing</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the - <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button. Depending on context, + <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Copy</span> (to clipboard), @@ -15,4 +15,4 @@ one of the presentation or editing tools on your system to format your document, rather than printing from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> directly.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The - Bookshelf Manager </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 4. Configuring <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 018fb11..1ec0a2b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,33 +1,33 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Parts of the BibleTime application window</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Searching in works"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Parts of the BibleTime application window</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Program operation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Parts of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> application window</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>The Bookshelf</h3></div></div></div><p>The Bookshelf lists all installed works, sorted by category +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Parts of the BibleTime application window</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Searching in works"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Parts of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> application window</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Program operation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Parts of the BibleTime application window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Parts of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> application window</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="The Bookshelf"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>The Bookshelf</h3></div></div></div><p>The Bookshelf lists all installed works, sorted by category and language. It also has a category called "Bookmarks". This is - where you can store and access your own bookmarks.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Reading works</h4></div></div></div><p>To open a work from the bookshelf for reading, simply + where you can store and access your own bookmarks.</p><div class="sect3" title="Reading works"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Reading works</h4></div></div></div><p>To open a work from the bookshelf for reading, simply click with the <span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span> on the desired category (Bibles, Commentaries, Lexicons, Books, Devotionals or Glossaries) to display its contents. Then just click on one of the works to open it for reading. A read window will appear in - the Desk area.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & Drop Works Here</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open + the Desk area.</p><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & Drop Works Here</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the - <span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span>on the + <span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span> on the verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, then - it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Additional information about works</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the - <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the symbol of a + it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Additional information about works"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Additional information about works</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the + <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are relevant for this work. - <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span>opens a window with + <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span> opens a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. - <span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span>opens a small + <span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span> opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> this page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web - site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Searching in works</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the - <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol and + site.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Searching in works"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Searching in works</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the + <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on its symbol and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing Shift and clicking on other works you can select more @@ -35,12 +35,12 @@ dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features can be found - <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Searching in works">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Working with bookmarks</h4></div></div></div><p> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Searching in works">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Working with bookmarks"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Working with bookmarks</h4></div></div></div><p> - </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & Drop Works Here</p></div><p> + </p><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & Drop Works Here</p></div><p> Click with the - <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the bookmark + <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the bookmark category of the bookshelf and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Create new folder"</span> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag & drop @@ -48,51 +48,51 @@ results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between folders.</p><p>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share them. To do this, open the - <span class="guimenu">context menu</span>of the bookmark folder as + <span class="guimenu">context menu</span> of the bookmark folder as described above, and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Export bookmarks"</span>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>You can also click with the - <span class="mousebutton">right</span>on folders and bookmarks to - change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>The Mag(nifying glass)</h3></div></div></div><p>This little window in the lower left corner of the + <span class="mousebutton">right</span> on folders and bookmarks to + change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="The Mag(nifying glass)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>The Mag(nifying glass)</h3></div></div></div><p>This little window in the lower left corner of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window is purely passive. Whenever your mouse cursor is located over some text with additional information (e.g., Strong's numbers), then this additional information will be displayed in the Mag, and not in the text itself. Just try it - out.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>The Desk</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes + out.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="The Desk"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>The Desk</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Searching in works">search</a> in them, and even save your annotations in the personal commentary module (see - <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Editing your own commentary">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Reading works</h4></div></div></div><p>As we have + <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Editing your own commentary">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" title="Reading works"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Reading works</h4></div></div></div><p>As we have <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Reading works">already seen</a>, you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in the Bookshelf. A read window will open in the Desk's area. Every read window has a toolbar. There you can find tools to navigate in the work that this read window is connected to, as well as history buttons like the ones that you - know from your browser.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Read window placement</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. + know from your browser.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Read window placement"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Read window placement</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look at the entry - <span class="guimenu">Window</span>in the main menu. There you can see + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> in the main menu. There you can see that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at - <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Editing your own commentary</h4></div></div></div><p>To be able to store your own comments about parts of the + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Editing your own commentary"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Editing your own commentary</h4></div></div></div><p>To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have install a certain work from the library of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>. This work is called "Personal commentary".</p><p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the Bookshelf with a - <span class="mousebutton">left</span>mouse button, it opens in read + <span class="mousebutton">left</span> mouse button, it opens in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the - <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and then select - <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span>and then either + <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button and then select + <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> and then either <span class="guimenuitem">Plain text</span>(source code editor) or <span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg - editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If + editor).</p><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is deactivated, please check if you have write - permission for the files of the personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and + permission for the files of the personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse will be inserted.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Program operation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Searching in works</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-search.html index a5c8dbd..07ec0af 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Searching in works</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Parts of the BibleTime application window"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="The Bookshelf Manager"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Searching in works</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Program operation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Searching in works</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Searching text in an open read window</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Searching in works</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Parts of the BibleTime application window"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="The Bookshelf Manager"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Searching in works</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Program operation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Searching in works"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Searching in works</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Searching text in an open read window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Searching text in an open read window</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the - <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and selecting + <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Read on to learn how you can - search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Accessing the search dialog</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the - <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol in the + search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Accessing the search dialog"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Accessing the search dialog</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the + <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on its symbol in the - <span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span>and selecting + <span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span> and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Search in work(s)</span>. By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open @@ -16,16 +16,16 @@ the same time.</p><p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting the appropriate entry.</p><p>A third possibility to start searches is to click on the - search symbol in an open read window.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Search configuration</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Selecting works</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find + search symbol in an open read window.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Search configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Search configuration</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" title="Selecting works"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Selecting works</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find <span class="guibutton">Choose</span>(works). If you would like to search in multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where you can select the works you want to - search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Using Search Scopes</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts + search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Using Search Scopes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Using Search Scopes</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <span class="guimenu">Search scope</span>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the - <span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Basic Search Syntax Introduction</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the + <span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span> button.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Basic Search Syntax Introduction"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Basic Search Syntax Introduction</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all the terms separate the terms by AND.</p><p>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of @@ -39,20 +39,20 @@ searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> - http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Search results</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string + http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Search results"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Search results</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted by works. Clicking on a work with the - <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button allows you to copy, + <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference opens that verse up in context in the preview window - below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the + below.</p><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the Bookshelf to open the work at that verse in a new read - window.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and - it will jump to that verse.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to - create bookmarks.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Search result analysis</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on - <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span>to open the search + window.</p></div><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and + it will jump to that verse.</p></div><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to + create bookmarks.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Search result analysis"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Search result analysis</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on + <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span> to open the search analysis display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the search string was found in each book of - the Bible, and you can also save the analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Parts of the BibleTime application window </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> The - Bookshelf Manager</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + the Bible, and you can also save the analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Parts of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> application window </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> The + <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op.html index 542e16e..b3d1694 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,13 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Program operation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Startup sequence"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Parts of the BibleTime application window"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Program operation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapter 3. Program operation</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Program overview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Parts of the BibleTime application window</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">The Bookshelf</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">The Mag(nifying glass)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">The Desk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Searching in works</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accessing the search dialog</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">The - Bookshelf Manager</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remove work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporting and Printing</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Program overview</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Program operation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Startup sequence"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Parts of the BibleTime application window"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Program operation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapter 3. Program operation</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Program overview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Parts of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> application window</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">The Bookshelf</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">The Mag(nifying glass)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">The Desk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Searching in works</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accessing the search dialog</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">The + <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remove work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporting and Printing</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Program overview"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Program overview</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="The BibleTime application window"></div><p> You can easily see the different parts of the - application. The Bookshelf on the left side is used to open works - and to manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below the + application. The top left window is used to open installed works + in the Bookshelf tab, and with the Bookmarks tab you can + manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Let us now proceed by looking at the different parts of the - application individually.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Startup sequence </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Parts of the BibleTime application window</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + application individually.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Startup sequence </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Parts of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> application window</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index 9636237..0f6c289 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>HotKeys index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Reference"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">HotKeys index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Reference</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>HotKeys index</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>HotKeys index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Reference"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">HotKeys index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Reference</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="HotKeys index"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>HotKeys index</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look at the entry itself in @@ -113,4 +113,4 @@ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show mag</span> </a> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying - glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Reference </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> + glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Works reference </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f9e0613 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Works reference</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Reference"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapter 5. Reference"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="HotKeys index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Works reference</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 5. Reference</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Works reference"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Works reference</h2></div></div></div><p> + In this section you can find descriptions of the icons + associated with open works. + </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_forward.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Scrolls forward through history. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_back.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Scrolls back through history. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an installed bible. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible_add.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an additional bible. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Search in selected works. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_displayconfig.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Display configuration. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an installed commentary. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary_add.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select additional commentary. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sync.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_book.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select a book. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an installed glossary or devotional. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon_add.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an additional glossary or devotional. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Reference </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> HotKeys index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference.html index 25de9fc..2e896d0 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 5. Reference</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="HotKeys index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Reference</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapter 5. Reference</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Main menu reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> - File +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 5. Reference</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Reference</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 5. Reference"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapter 5. Reference</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Main menu reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + <span class="guimenu">File</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> - View + <span class="guimenu">View</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> - Search + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> - Window + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> - Settings + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> - Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">HotKeys index</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Main menu reference</h2></div></div></div><p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">HotKeys index</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Main menu reference"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Main menu reference</h2></div></div></div><p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the main menu of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. They are ordered in just the way they appear in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they belong to. You can also see the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of all hotkeys can be found in - <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="HotKeys index">this section</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="HotKeys index">this section</a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> <span class="guimenu">File</span> </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will ask you if you want to write unsaved changes to disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p> - </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> + </p></div><div class="sect2" title="View"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> <span class="guimenu">View</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -42,12 +42,18 @@ <span class="action">Toggles display of the Bookshelf.</span> Toggle this setting to turn the Bookshelf on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need more space for the + Mag.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookmarks</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Toggles display of the Bookmarks.</span> Toggle + this setting to turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or + off. This can be handy if you need more space for the Mag.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Toggles display of the Mag(nifying glass).</span> Toggle this setting to turn the Mag on the - left pane on or off.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> + left pane on or off.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Search"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -55,13 +61,15 @@ </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible only</span>. More works can be added in the Search - Dialog.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> + Dialog. A more detailed search description can be found + <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Searching in works">here</a>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open - works</span>. More works can be added in the Search - Dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> + works</span>. Works can be added or removed in the Search + Dialog. A more detailed search description can be found + <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Searching in works">here</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> @@ -113,7 +121,7 @@ <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Closes all open windows</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> + <span class="action">Closes all open windows</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Settings"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -131,7 +139,7 @@ <span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="The Bookshelf Manager">this - section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> + section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Help"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -157,4 +165,4 @@ information</span> contains information about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> software version, project contributors, <span class="application">Sword</span> software version, <span class="application">Qt</span> software - version and the license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 4. Configuring BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> HotKeys index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + version and the license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 4. Configuring <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Works reference</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index e1328f7..c437f1a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Startup sequence</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Startup sequence</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Startup sequence</h2></div></div></div><p>As <span class="application">BibleTime</span> launches you may see the following screens +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Startup sequence</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapter 3. Program operation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Startup sequence</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Startup sequence"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Startup sequence</h2></div></div></div><p>As <span class="application">BibleTime</span> launches you may see the following screens before the main <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window opens:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> </span></dt><dd><p> @@ -16,4 +16,4 @@ <span class="action">Customizes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span>This dialog lets you adapt <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">the detailed - description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Program operation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Program operation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-term.html index bb6be76..c0a959f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Startup sequence"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapter 2. Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Starting BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Other window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Startup sequence</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>How to start <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Startup sequence"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 2. Starting BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapter 2. Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Other window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Startup sequence</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="How to start BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>How to start <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Starting BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon: </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime start icon"></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window and type: - </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Other window managers</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such + </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" title="Other window managers"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Other window managers</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are already - installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Startup customization</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a + installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Startup customization"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Startup customization</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the default bible: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p>To open at a given passage like John diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_back.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_back.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c20edfa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_back.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_bible.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_bible.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..caba77b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_bible.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_bible_add.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_bible_add.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..57b4381 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_bible_add.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_book.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_book.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..25cbd5d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_book.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_book_add.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_book_add.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..215883d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_book_add.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_commentary.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_commentary.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e069a60 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_commentary.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_commentary_add.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_commentary_add.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..91f0b37 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_commentary_add.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_displayconfig.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_displayconfig.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d98873 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_displayconfig.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_forward.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_forward.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..88f2cb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_forward.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_lexicon.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_lexicon.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..14abcd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_lexicon.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_lexicon_add.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_lexicon_add.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..99e47f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_lexicon_add.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/i_sync.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_sync.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea7f9a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/i_sync.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html index 642d7b7..26c45b2 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html @@ -1,24 +1,24 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The BibleTime handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545565"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook is part of - <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword - framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Available works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Starting BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Starting BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Other window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Startup sequence</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Program operation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Program overview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Parts of the BibleTime application window</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">The Bookshelf</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">The Mag(nifying glass)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">The Desk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Searching in works</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accessing the search dialog</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">The - Bookshelf Manager</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remove work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporting and Printing</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configuring BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> - Display +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Legal Notice"><a name="id14837330"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook is part of + <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword + framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Available works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Other window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Startup sequence</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Program operation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Program overview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Parts of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> application window</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">The Bookshelf</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">The Mag(nifying glass)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">The Desk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Searching in works</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accessing the search dialog</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">The + <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remove work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporting and Printing</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configuring <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> - Languages + <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - Desk + <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> - HotKeys + <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-reference.html">5. Reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Main menu reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> - File + <span class="guimenu">File</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> - View + <span class="guimenu">View</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> - Search + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> - Window + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> - Settings + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> - Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">HotKeys index</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode Fonts</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Introduction</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">HotKeys index</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode Fonts</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Introduction</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.png Binary files differindex 7d0ed9e..e88be81 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.png +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.png diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index 9e7cdea..f51c7ce 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -79,8 +79,8 @@ Bitstream Cyberbit</trademark> (noin 12Mb).</para> <para>Distribuutiosi lokalisointipaketit.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Olemassaoleva <trademark class="registered">Microsoft Windows</trademark> -asennus samalla tietokoneella.</para> + <para>An existing <trademark class="registered">Microsoft Windows</trademark> +installation on the same computer.</para> </listitem> <listitem> <para>Kirjasinkokoelma, sellainen kuin on saatavilla Adobella tai Bitstreamilla.</para> @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</ulink>).</para> have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, according to the standard Bible you specified.</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index 1abd686..443d0ef 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -11,14 +11,14 @@ <phrase>The &bibletime;-sovelluksen ikkuna</phrase> </textobject> </mediaobject> - Voit nähdä helposti sovelluksen eri osat. Vasemmalla puolella olevaa -kirjahyllyä käytetään avoimille teoksille ja kirjanmerkkien -hallintaan. Pieni "Suurennuslasi" -ikkuna kirjahyllyn alla käytetään -näyttämään teoksiin sisällytettyjä lisätietoja. Kun viet hiiren esimerkiksi -alaviite-merkin ylle, suurennuslasi näyttää viitteen varsinaisen -sisällön. Työkalupalkki antaa sinulle toiminnot nopeasti -käytettäväksi. Työpäytä oikealla puolella on paikka, jossa teet varsinaisen -työn.</para> + You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left +window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the +Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below +the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in +documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, +then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar +gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right +side is where you do your real work.</para> <para>Jatkakaamme katsomalla sovelluksen eri osia erikseen.</para> </sect1> @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ teosta avataksesi sen lukemista varten. Lukuikkuna ilmestyy työpöydälle.</par <para>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the -<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton>on the verse/passage reference +<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton> on the verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, @@ -53,11 +53,11 @@ then it will jump to the specified location.</para> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"> <title>Tehtävien lisätiedot</title> - <para>If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the + <para>If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are -relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>"About this work"</guimenuitem>opens a -window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. -<guimenuitem>"Unlock this work"</guimenuitem>opens a small dialog for +relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>"About this work"</guimenuitem> opens +a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +<guimenuitem>"Unlock this work"</guimenuitem> opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp"> this @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ page</ulink> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</para> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"> <title>Etsintä teoksista</title> <para>You can search in a work by clicking with the -<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol and selecting +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol and selecting <guimenuitem>"Search in work(s)"</guimenuitem>. By pressing &Shift; and clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these @@ -83,20 +83,20 @@ can be found <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">here</link>.</para> <para>Raahaa & pudota tehtävä tähän</para> </tip> - Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the bookmark + Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the bookmark category of the bookshelf and select <guimenuitem>"Create new folder"</guimenuitem> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between folders.</para> <para>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share -them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu>of the bookmark +them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu> of the bookmark folder as described above, and select <guimenuitem>"Export bookmarks"</guimenuitem>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</para> - <para>Voit napsauttaa hiiren <mousebutton>oikealla</mousebutton> painikkeella -kansioiden päällä ja kirjanmerkit muuttavat niiden nimiä ja kuvauksia.</para> + <para>You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> on folders and +bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</para> </sect3> </sect2> @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ know from your browser.</para> <title>Lukuikkunan sijoitus</title> <para>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look -at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu>in the main menu. There you can see +at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu> in the main menu. There you can see that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at @@ -147,11 +147,11 @@ tietty teos <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible Societyn</ulink> sivuilta. Tämä teos on nimeltään "Personal commentary".</para> <para>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the -Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton>mouse button, it opens in +Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton> mouse button, it opens in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the -<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit -this work</guimenu>and then either <guimenuitem>Plain +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit +this work</guimenu> and then either <guimenuitem>Plain text</guimenuitem>(source code editor) or <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</para> @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ personal commentary.</para> <para>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the -<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and selecting <guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can search in entire works.</para> @@ -184,8 +184,8 @@ you can search in entire works.</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-access"> <title>Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</title> <para>You can search in a work by clicking with the -<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol in the -<guimenu>Bookshelf</guimenu>and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol in the +<guimenu>Bookshelf</guimenu> and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in work(s)</guimenuitem>. By holding &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ you can select the works you want to search in.</para> <para>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <guimenu>Search scope</guimenu>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton>button.</para> +<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton> button.</para> </sect3> <sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-syntax"> <title>Perushaun syntaksiohje</title> @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink></para> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-results"> <title>Etsinnän tulokset</title> <para>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted -by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse +by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference @@ -291,10 +291,10 @@ kohdalle.</para> </tip> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-search-analysis"> <title>Etsintätulosten analysointi</title> - <para>Napsauta <guibutton>Hakuanalyysi</guibutton>avataksesi -hakuanalyysinäytön. Tämä antaa yksinkertaisen graafisen analyysin kuinka -monta kertaa hakusana löytyi kustakin kustakin Raamatun kirjasta ja voit -tallettaa analyysin.</para> + <para>Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton> to open the search analysis +display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the +search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the +analysis.</para> <screenshot> <screeninfo>Hakuanalyysi-ikkuna</screeninfo> <mediaobject> @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ orvoiksi tulleet indeksitiedostostojen siivoamisen.</para> <sect1 id="hdbk-op-output"> <title>Vienti ja tulostus</title> <para>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the -<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button. Depending on context, it will +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to <guimenuitem>Select</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem> (to clipboard), <guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index fde9e2a..d87c444 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -104,6 +104,21 @@ haluat lisää tilaa suurennuslasille.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Toggles display of the Bookmarks.</action> Toggle this setting to +turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need +more space for the Mag.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <term> <menuchoice> @@ -143,8 +158,9 @@ piilotetuksi.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Avaa hakuikkunan vain oletusraamatusta hakemiseen</action>. Lisää -teoksia voidaan lisätä hakuikkunassa.</para> + <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible +only</action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed +search description can be found <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">here</link>.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> @@ -165,8 +181,9 @@ teoksia voidaan lisätä hakuikkunassa.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Avaa hakuikkunan kaikista avoinnaolevista teoksista</action>. Lisää -teoksia voidaan lisätä hakuikkunassa.</para> + <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. Works +can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search +description can be found <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">here</link>.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -490,6 +507,292 @@ license agreement.</para> </sect2> </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-works"> + <title>Works reference</title> + <para> + In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open +works. + </para> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-works-list"> + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_forward.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Scrolls forward through history. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_back.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Scrolls back through history. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_bible.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an installed bible. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_bible_add.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an additional bible. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Search in selected works. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_displayconfig.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Display configuration. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_commentary.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an installed commentary. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_commentary_add.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select additional commentary. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sync.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_book.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select a book. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_lexicon.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an installed glossary or devotional. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_lexicon_add.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an additional glossary or devotional. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"> <title>Pikanäppäinten luettelo</title> <para>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the @@ -760,4 +1063,5 @@ Manager.</entry> </tgroup> </informaltable> </sect1> + </chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook index 7fe8356..16e885d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ <legalnotice> <para>&bibletime;-käsikirja on osa &bibletime;-ohjelmaa.</para> </legalnotice> - <date>2009-04</date> - <releaseinfo>2.0</releaseinfo> + <date>2009-06</date> + <releaseinfo>2.2</releaseinfo> <abstract> <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</para> </abstract> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-config.html index f3812c6..2580f60 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Vienti ja tulostus"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Luku 5. Viittaus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Luku 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetukset</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> - Display +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Vienti ja tulostus"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Luku 5. Viittaus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetukset</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Luku 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetukset</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> - Languages + <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - Desk + <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> - HotKeys + <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Tässä osiossa on yleiskuvaus, kuinka <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetuksia asetetaan. Ohjelmassa tämä löytyy päävalikon <span class="guimenu">Asetukset</span> --kohdasta.</p><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> käyttöliittymä voidaan muokata monella tavalla tarpeittesi +-kohdasta.</p><div class="sect1" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> käyttöliittymä voidaan muokata monella tavalla tarpeittesi mukaan. Pääset asetusikkunaan valitsemalla <span class="guimenu">Asetukset</span> <span class="guimenuitem">Aseta -<span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> +<span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" title="Display"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Käynnistyskäyttäytymistä voidaan säätää. Valitse seuraavista valinnoista: - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Näytä aloituskuva</p></li></ul></div><p>Näyttömallit määrittelevät tekstin renderöinnin (värit, koko + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Näytä aloituskuva</p></li></ul></div><p>Näyttömallit määrittelevät tekstin renderöinnin (värit, koko jne.). Saatavana on erilaisia sisäänrakennettuja mallipohjia. Jos valitset -yhden sellaisen, näet esikatselukuvan oikealla paneelissa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> +yhden sellaisen, näet esikatselukuvan oikealla paneelissa.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Languages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Tässä voit määritellä, mitä kieltä käytetään kirjojen nimissä. Aseta tämä äidinkieleksesi, jos se on saatavilla. Silloin tunnet olosi kotoisaksi.</p><p>By default, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the default system display font. You can @@ -30,12 +30,12 @@ in this work.</p><p>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop d the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that -language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Kirjasimien asennus</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this +language.</p><div class="sect3" title="Kirjasimien asennus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Kirjasimien asennus</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode -HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Jos käytät pientä kirjasinta kuten Clearlyu (noin 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> on +HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" title="Vihje" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Jos käytät pientä kirjasinta kuten Clearlyu (noin 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> on nopeampi kuin suurilla kirjasimilla kuten <span class="trademark"> -Bitstream Cyberbit</span>® (noin 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Kirjasimien hankinta</h4></div></div></div><p>Kirjasimia voi hankkia lukuisasta joukosta lähteitä:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>Distribuutiosi lokalisointipaketit.</p></li><li><p>Olemassaoleva <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>® -asennus samalla tietokoneella.</p></li><li><p>Kirjasinkokoelma, sellainen kuin on saatavilla Adobella tai Bitstreamilla.</p></li><li><p>Online kirjasinkokoelmat.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode-kirjasimet tarjoavat enemmän merkkejä kuin muut kirjasimet, ja osa +Bitstream Cyberbit</span>® (noin 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" title="Kirjasimien hankinta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Kirjasimien hankinta</h4></div></div></div><p>Kirjasimia voi hankkia lukuisasta joukosta lähteitä:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Distribuutiosi lokalisointipaketit.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>® +installation on the same computer.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kirjasinkokoelma, sellainen kuin on saatavilla Adobella tai Bitstreamilla.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Online kirjasinkokoelmat.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode-kirjasimet tarjoavat enemmän merkkejä kuin muut kirjasimet, ja osa niistä kirjasimista on saatavilla ilmaiseksi. Mikään saatavillaoleva kirjasin ei sisällä kaikkia Unicode-standardin määrittelemiä merkkejä. Sinun tulee siis käyttää eri kirjasimia eri kielille.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 4.1. Unicode-kirjasimet</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Unicode-kirjasimet" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> @@ -61,15 +61,15 @@ heprean ja Thai-kielen.</td></tr><tr><td> </td><td>Osittainen peittävyys, katso tietoja linkitetyltä sivulta.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Netissä on hyviä Unicode-kirjasinluetteloja, kuten Christoph Singerin ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts in the Internet</a>), tai Alan Woodin (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode character -ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Desk"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> +over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="HotKeys"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>HotKeys are special key commands that can be used in the place of the menu items and icons. A number of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s commands have predefined HotKeys diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-intro.html index e1108f3..210ea7a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 1. Johdanto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 1. Johdanto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Luku 1. Johdanto</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Tietoja BibleTime:stä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Saatavana olevat tehtävät</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivaatiota</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Tietoja <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:stä</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 1. Johdanto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 1. Johdanto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Luku 1. Johdanto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Luku 1. Johdanto</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Tietoja <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:stä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Saatavana olevat tehtävät</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivaatiota</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Tietoja BibleTime:stä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Tietoja <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:stä</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a> library, which provides the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible text, searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> on suunniteltu käyttämään Sword-projektin mallien mukaisia teoksia. Tuettujen asiakirjamuotojen täydelliset tiedot löytyvät osoitteesta Crosswire Bible Societyn Sword-projektin <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top">kehittäjien -osio</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Saatavana olevat tehtävät</h3></div></div></div><p>Yli 200 asiakirjaa 50 kielellä ovat saatavana <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Societyn</a> +osio</a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="Saatavana olevat tehtävät"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Saatavana olevat tehtävät</h3></div></div></div><p>Yli 200 asiakirjaa 50 kielellä ovat saatavana <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Societyn</a> sivuilta. Nämä sisältävät: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Raamattuja</span></dt><dd><p>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and @@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ sisältävät Daily Light Daily Pathilla, ja Losungenin.</p></dd><dt><span class="t Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged -Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivaatiota</h3></div></div></div><p>Halumme on palvella Jumalaa ja teemme osamme auttaaksemme muita +Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Motivaatiota"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivaatiota</h3></div></div></div><p>Halumme on palvella Jumalaa ja teemme osamme auttaaksemme muita Jumalasuhteen kasvussa. Yritämme päästä siihen tehokkaalla, laadukkaalla ohjelmalla, ja vielä tehdä siitä yksinkertainen ja opastava käytössä. Meidän halumme on, että Jumalaa ylistettäisiin, sillä hän on kaikkien hyvien asioiden lähde.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Jokainen hyvä anti ja jokainen täydellinen lahja tulee ylhäältä, taivaan -tähtien Isältä, jonka luona ei mikään muutu, ei valo vaihdu varjoksi.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jaak 1:17, NASB</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Jumala siunatkoon sinua käyttäessäsi tätä ohjelmaa.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">BibleTime-käsikirja </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +tähtien Isältä, jonka luona ei mikään muutu, ei valo vaihdu varjoksi.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jaak 1:17, NASB</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Jumala siunatkoon sinua käyttäessäsi tätä ohjelmaa.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-käsikirja </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index ef7a876..c61ed1e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirjahyllyn hallinta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Vienti ja tulostus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a><span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirjahyllyn hallinta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Vienti ja tulostus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a><span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove -existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard +existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" title="Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is -"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard +"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" title="Vihje" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all -works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You @@ -18,10 +18,10 @@ add to your Bookshelf, or that you already have installed but are available in a new version in the library, and thus can be updated. Then you can mark all works that you want to install or update, and click on <span class="guibutton">Install works</span>. They will then be transferred to your -Bookshelf.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Poista teos/teoksia</h3></div></div></div><p>Tämä valmius mahdollistaa yhden tai useamman teoksen poiston kirjahyllystä +Bookshelf.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Poista teos/teoksia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Poista teos/teoksia</h3></div></div></div><p>Tämä valmius mahdollistaa yhden tai useamman teoksen poiston kirjahyllystä lisätäksesi vapaata levytilan määrää. Yksinkertaisesti merkitse teokset ja -napsauta <span class="guibutton">Poista teokset</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Etsii indeksejä</h3></div></div></div><p>Tämä mahdollistaa uusien hakuindeksien luonnin ja poistettujen teosten -orvoiksi tulleet indeksitiedostostojen siivoamisen.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3> +napsauta <span class="guibutton">Poista teokset</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Etsii indeksejä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Etsii indeksejä</h3></div></div></div><p>Tämä mahdollistaa uusien hakuindeksien luonnin ja poistettujen teosten +orvoiksi tulleet indeksitiedostostojen siivoamisen.</p><div class="tip" title="Vihje" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Etsintä teoksista </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vienti ja tulostus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 551a715..6734586 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vienti ja tulostus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vienti ja tulostus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Vienti ja tulostus</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the -<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button. Depending on context, it will +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vienti ja tulostus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vienti ja tulostus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Vienti ja tulostus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Vienti ja tulostus</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Copy</span> (to clipboard), <span class="guimenuitem">Save</span> or <span class="guimenuitem">Print</span> @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ straightforward, so just try it out.</p><p>Printing from <span class="applicatio you are composing a document or presentation containing text from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> works, we suggest that you use one of the presentation or editing tools on your system to format your document, rather than printing -from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> directly.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirjahyllyn hallinta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +from <span class="application">BibleTime</span> directly.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"><span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetukset</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 4f898f4..c362a25 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,69 +1,69 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Kirjahylly</h3></div></div></div><p>Kirjahyllyn kaikkien asennettujen teosten luettelo, lajiteltu +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Kirjahylly"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>Kirjahylly</h3></div></div></div><p>Kirjahyllyn kaikkien asennettujen teosten luettelo, lajiteltu kategorioittain ja kielien mukaan. Se sisältää kategorian -"Kirjanmerkit". Sinne voit tallentaa ja hakea omia kirjanmerkkejäsi.</p><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lukutehtäviä</h4></div></div></div><p>Avataksesi teoksen kirjahyllystä lukemista varten, napsauta +"Kirjanmerkit". Sinne voit tallentaa ja hakea omia kirjanmerkkejäsi.</p><div class="sect3" title="Lukutehtäviä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lukutehtäviä</h4></div></div></div><p>Avataksesi teoksen kirjahyllystä lukemista varten, napsauta yksinkertaisesti<span class="mousebutton">vasenta hiiren nappia</span> halutussa kategoriassa (Raamatut, kommentaarit, sanakirjat, kirjat, hartauskirjat tai sanastot) näyttääksesi sen sisällön. Sitten napsauta yksinkertaisesti yhtä -teosta avataksesi sen lukemista varten. Lukuikkuna ilmestyy työpöydälle.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Raahaa & pudota tehtävä tähän</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the +teosta avataksesi sen lukemista varten. Lukuikkuna ilmestyy työpöydälle.</p><div class="tip" title="Vihje" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Raahaa & pudota tehtävä tähän</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the -<span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span>on the verse/passage reference +<span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span> on the verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, -then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Tehtävien lisätiedot</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the +then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Tehtävien lisätiedot"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Tehtävien lisätiedot</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are -relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span>opens a -window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. -<span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span>opens a small dialog for +relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span> opens +a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +<span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span> opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> this -page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Etsintä teoksista</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the -<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol and selecting +page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Etsintä teoksista"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Etsintä teoksista</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on its symbol and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing Shift and clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features -can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Kirjanmerkkityöskentely</h4></div></div></div><p> +can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Kirjanmerkkityöskentely"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Kirjanmerkkityöskentely</h4></div></div></div><p> - </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Raahaa & pudota tehtävä tähän</p></div><p> + </p><div class="tip" title="Vihje" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Raahaa & pudota tehtävä tähän</p></div><p> - Click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the bookmark + Click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the bookmark category of the bookshelf and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Create new folder"</span> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between folders.</p><p>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share -them. To do this, open the <span class="guimenu">context menu</span>of the bookmark +them. To do this, open the <span class="guimenu">context menu</span> of the bookmark folder as described above, and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Export bookmarks"</span>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save -the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>Voit napsauttaa hiiren <span class="mousebutton">oikealla</span> painikkeella -kansioiden päällä ja kirjanmerkit muuttavat niiden nimiä ja kuvauksia.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Suurennuslasi</h3></div></div></div><p>This little window in the lower left corner of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window is +the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>You can also click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> on folders and +bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Suurennuslasi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Suurennuslasi</h3></div></div></div><p>This little window in the lower left corner of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> window is purely passive. Whenever your mouse cursor is located over some text with additional information (e.g., Strong's numbers), then this additional information will be displayed in the Mag, and not in the text itself. Just -try it out.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Työpöytä</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can +try it out.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Työpöytä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Työpöytä</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista">search</a> in them, and even save your -annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Lukutehtäviä</h4></div></div></div><p>As we have <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Lukutehtäviä">already seen</a>, +annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" title="Lukutehtäviä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Lukutehtäviä</h4></div></div></div><p>As we have <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Lukutehtäviä">already seen</a>, you can open works for reading simply by clicking on their symbol in the Bookshelf. A read window will open in the Desk's area. Every read window has a toolbar. There you can find tools to navigate in the work that this read window is connected to, as well as history buttons like the ones that you -know from your browser.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Lukuikkunan sijoitus</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +know from your browser.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Lukuikkunan sijoitus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Lukuikkunan sijoitus</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look -at the entry <span class="guimenu">Window</span>in the main menu. There you can see +at the entry <span class="guimenu">Window</span> in the main menu. There you can see that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi</h4></div></div></div><p>Voidaksesi tallentaa omia komenttejasi Ramaatun osiin, sinun tulee asentaa +mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi</h4></div></div></div><p>Voidaksesi tallentaa omia komenttejasi Ramaatun osiin, sinun tulee asentaa tietty teos <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Societyn</a> sivuilta. Tämä teos on nimeltään "Personal commentary".</p><p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the -Bookshelf with a <span class="mousebutton">left</span>mouse button, it opens in +Bookshelf with a <span class="mousebutton">left</span> mouse button, it opens in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the -<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and then select <span class="guimenu">Edit -this work</span>and then either <span class="guimenuitem">Plain +<span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button and then select <span class="guimenu">Edit +this work</span> and then either <span class="guimenuitem">Plain text</span>(source code editor) or -<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" title="Vihje" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the -personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Vedä ja pudota toimii tässä. Pudota jakeen viite ja jakeen teksti lisätään.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Etsintä teoksista</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" title="Vihje" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Vedä ja pudota toimii tässä. Pudota jakeen viite ja jakeen teksti lisätään.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Etsintä teoksista</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-search.html index 12b1fe7..f79199a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,23 +1,23 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Etsintä teoksista</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Etsintä teoksista</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Etsintä teoksista</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Etsintä teoksista</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Etsintä teoksista</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Etsintä teoksista"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Etsintä teoksista</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the -<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and selecting +<span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Read on to learn how -you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the -<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol in the -<span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span>and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Search in +you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on its symbol in the +<span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span> and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Search in work(s)</span>. By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the same time.</p><p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting the appropriate entry.</p><p>Kolmas mahdollisuus aloittaa hakuja on napsauttaa hiirellä hakusymbolia -avoimessa lukuikkunassa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Etsinnän asetukset</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Tehtävien valinta</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find +avoimessa lukuikkunassa.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Etsinnän asetukset"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Etsinnän asetukset</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" title="Tehtävien valinta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Tehtävien valinta</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find <span class="guibutton">Choose</span>(works). If you would like to search in multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where -you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Hakualueiden käyttäminen</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Hakualueiden käyttäminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Hakualueiden käyttäminen</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <span class="guimenu">Search scope</span>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Perushaun syntaksiohje</h4></div></div></div><p>Lisää hakusanat sananvälein eroteltuna. Oletuksena hakutoiminto palauttaa +<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span> button.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Perushaun syntaksiohje"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Perushaun syntaksiohje</h4></div></div></div><p>Lisää hakusanat sananvälein eroteltuna. Oletuksena hakutoiminto palauttaa tuloksen, joka täsmää mihin tahansa sanaan (TAI). Etsiäksesi kaikkia hakusanoja, erottele hakusanat AND.</p><p>Voit käyttää jokerimerkkejä: '*' täsmää mihin tahansa merkkijonoon kun taas '?' täsmää mihin tahansa yksittäiseen merkkiin. Sulkumerkit mahdollistavat @@ -26,14 +26,14 @@ hakusanojen ryhmittelyn. Esim. '(Jeesus OR henki) AND Jumala'.</p><p>To search t number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</p><p>Saatavana olevat tekstityypit: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Etuliite</th><th>Merkitys</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>otsikko:</td><td>etsii otsikoita</td></tr><tr><td>alaviite:</td><td>etsii alaviitteitä</td></tr><tr><td>vahvennos:</td><td>etsii Strongin numeroita</td></tr><tr><td>muoto:</td><td>etsii mofologisia koodeja</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Etsinnän tulokset</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted -by works. Clicking on a work with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Etsinnän tulokset"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Etsinnän tulokset</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +by works. Clicking on a work with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference -opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Vedä viite ja pudota se teoksen symboliin kirjahyllyssä avataksesi teoksen -lukuikkunaan sen jakeen kohdalta.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Vedä viite ja pudota se avoimeen lukuikkunaan ja lukukohta hyppää sen jakeen -kohdalle.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Valitse viitteet ja vedä ne kirjahyllyyn luodaksesi kirjanmerkkejä.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Etsintätulosten analysointi</h4></div></div></div><p>Napsauta <span class="guibutton">Hakuanalyysi</span>avataksesi -hakuanalyysinäytön. Tämä antaa yksinkertaisen graafisen analyysin kuinka -monta kertaa hakusana löytyi kustakin kustakin Raamatun kirjasta ja voit -tallettaa analyysin.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirjahyllyn hallinta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" title="Vihje" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Vedä viite ja pudota se teoksen symboliin kirjahyllyssä avataksesi teoksen +lukuikkunaan sen jakeen kohdalta.</p></div><div class="tip" title="Vihje" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Vedä viite ja pudota se avoimeen lukuikkunaan ja lukukohta hyppää sen jakeen +kohdalle.</p></div><div class="tip" title="Vihje" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Vihje</h3><p>Valitse viitteet ja vedä ne kirjahyllyyn luodaksesi kirjanmerkkejä.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Etsintätulosten analysointi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Etsintätulosten analysointi</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span> to open the search analysis +display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the +search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the +analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> <span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op.html index f62f370..117df0c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Käynnistyssarja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Kirjahylly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Suurennuslasi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Työpöytä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Etsintä teoksista</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Etsinnän asetukset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Etsinnän tulokset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Poista teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Etsii indeksejä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vienti ja tulostus</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Tyypillinen <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-istunto näyttää tällaiselta: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Käynnistyssarja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Kirjahylly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Suurennuslasi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Työpöytä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Etsintä teoksista</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Etsinnän asetukset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Etsinnän tulokset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Poista teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Etsii indeksejä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vienti ja tulostus</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Tyypillinen <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-istunto näyttää tällaiselta: </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="The BibleTime-sovelluksen ikkuna"></div><p> - Voit nähdä helposti sovelluksen eri osat. Vasemmalla puolella olevaa -kirjahyllyä käytetään avoimille teoksille ja kirjanmerkkien -hallintaan. Pieni "Suurennuslasi" -ikkuna kirjahyllyn alla käytetään -näyttämään teoksiin sisällytettyjä lisätietoja. Kun viet hiiren esimerkiksi -alaviite-merkin ylle, suurennuslasi näyttää viitteen varsinaisen -sisällön. Työkalupalkki antaa sinulle toiminnot nopeasti -käytettäväksi. Työpäytä oikealla puolella on paikka, jossa teet varsinaisen -työn.</p><p>Jatkakaamme katsomalla sovelluksen eri osia erikseen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Käynnistyssarja </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left +window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the +Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below +the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in +documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, +then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar +gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right +side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Jatkakaamme katsomalla sovelluksen eri osia erikseen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Käynnistyssarja </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index a57bee6..6c70cbe 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pikanäppäinten luettelo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Luku 5. Viittaus"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Luku 5. Viittaus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pikanäppäinten luettelo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 5. Viittaus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Pikanäppäinten luettelo</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pikanäppäinten luettelo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Luku 5. Viittaus"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pikanäppäinten luettelo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 5. Viittaus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Pikanäppäinten luettelo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Pikanäppäinten luettelo</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look at the entry itself in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the hotkey), or you @@ -89,4 +89,4 @@ Manager.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show mag</span> -</a> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 5. Viittaus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</a> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Works reference </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e5c70d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Works reference</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Luku 5. Viittaus"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Luku 5. Viittaus"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Pikanäppäinten luettelo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Works reference</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 5. Viittaus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Works reference"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Works reference</h2></div></div></div><p> + In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open +works. + </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_forward.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Scrolls forward through history. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_back.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Scrolls back through history. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an installed bible. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible_add.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an additional bible. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Search in selected works. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_displayconfig.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Display configuration. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an installed commentary. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary_add.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select additional commentary. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sync.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_book.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select a book. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an installed glossary or devotional. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon_add.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an additional glossary or devotional. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 5. Viittaus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pikanäppäinten luettelo</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference.html index a94375d..5a15821 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 5. Viittaus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Pikanäppäinten luettelo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 5. Viittaus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Luku 5. Viittaus</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Päävalikon käyttöopas</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> - File +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 5. Viittaus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 5. Viittaus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Luku 5. Viittaus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Luku 5. Viittaus</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Päävalikon käyttöopas</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + <span class="guimenu">File</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> - View + <span class="guimenu">View</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> - Search + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> - Window + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> - Settings + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> - Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Pikanäppäinten luettelo</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Päävalikon käyttöopas</h2></div></div></div><p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Pikanäppäinten luettelo</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Päävalikon käyttöopas"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Päävalikon käyttöopas</h2></div></div></div><p>In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the main menu of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. They are ordered in just the way they appear in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they belong to. You can also see the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of all hotkeys can be found in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Pikanäppäinten luettelo">this -section</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> +section</a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> <span class="guimenu">File</span> </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ section</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will ask you if you want to write unsaved changes to disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p> - </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> + </p></div><div class="sect2" title="View"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> <span class="guimenu">View</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -40,24 +40,31 @@ asettaaksesi päätyökalupalkin näkyviin tai piilotetuksi.</p></dd><dt><a name="hd </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Vaihtaa kirjahyllyn näkymisen.</span> Vaihda tätä asetusta asettaaksesi kirjahyllyn näkyviin tai piilotetuksi. Tämä on kätevää, jos -haluat lisää tilaa suurennuslasille.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> +haluat lisää tilaa suurennuslasille.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookmarks</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Toggles display of the Bookmarks.</span> Toggle this setting to +turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need +more space for the Mag.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Vaihtaa suurennuslasin näkymisen.</span> Vaihda tätä asetusta asettaaksesi suurennuslasin vasemmassa paneelissa näkyväksi tai -piilotetuksi.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> +piilotetuksi.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Search"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Avaa hakuikkunan vain oletusraamatusta hakemiseen</span>. Lisää -teoksia voidaan lisätä hakuikkunassa.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible +only</span>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed +search description can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista">here</a>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Avaa hakuikkunan kaikista avoinnaolevista teoksista</span>. Lisää -teoksia voidaan lisätä hakuikkunassa.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> + <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</span>. Works +can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search +description can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Etsintä teoksista">here</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> @@ -102,7 +109,7 @@ for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-referen <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> + <span class="action">Sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Settings"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -116,7 +123,7 @@ details.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager">< <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and -manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> +manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Kirjahyllyn hallinta">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Help"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -138,4 +145,4 @@ your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus <span class="action">Opens a window about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> project information</span> contains information about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> software version, project contributors, <span class="application">Sword</span> software version, <span class="application">Qt</span> software version and the -license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pikanäppäinten luettelo</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetukset </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Works reference</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index e5ae099..5cbb330 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Käynnistyssarja</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Käynnistyssarja</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Käynnistyssarja</h2></div></div></div><p>Kun <span class="application">BibleTime</span> käynnistyy, näet seuraavat ikkunat ennenkuin <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Käynnistyssarja</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Käynnistyssarja</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Käynnistyssarja"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Käynnistyssarja</h2></div></div></div><p>Kun <span class="application">BibleTime</span> käynnistyy, näet seuraavat ikkunat ennenkuin <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n pääikkuna avautuu:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> </span></dt><dd><p> @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ saadakseen selville <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n perusominaisuude </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Räätälöi <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n.</span>Tässä ikkunassa voit tehdä <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:stä sellaisen kuin haluat. Katso linkistä <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">yksityiskohtainen kuvaus</a> lisää tietoa tästä -ikkunasta.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +ikkunasta.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-term.html index 3f499a5..3aedddd 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Luku 1. Johdanto"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Käynnistyssarja"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Luku 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kuinka BibleTime käynnistetään</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTimen käynnistys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Muut ikkunamanagerit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Käynnistyksen säätäminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Käynnistyssarja</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Kuinka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> käynnistetään</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Luku 1. Johdanto"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Käynnistyssarja"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Luku 2. BibleTimen käynnistys"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Luku 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kuinka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> käynnistetään</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Muut ikkunamanagerit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Käynnistyksen säätäminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Käynnistyssarja</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Kuinka BibleTime käynnistetään"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Kuinka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> käynnistetään</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="BibleTimen käynnistys"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon: </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime käynnistyskuvake"></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ohjelman voi käynnistää terminaali-ikkunan komentoriviltä. Käynnistääksesi <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ohjelman, avaa terminaali-ikkuna ja kirjoita: - </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Muut ikkunamanagerit</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, + </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" title="Muut ikkunamanagerit"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Muut ikkunamanagerit</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are -already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Käynnistyksen säätäminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Voit avata (oletus)Raamatun satunnaisen jakeen kohdalta konsolissa +already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Käynnistyksen säätäminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Käynnistyksen säätäminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Voit avata (oletus)Raamatun satunnaisen jakeen kohdalta konsolissa <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n komennolla: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p>Avataksesi Raamatun annetusta tekstikohdasta kuten Joh 3:16 käytä: diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html index e093a59..3c2dffe 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime-käsikirja</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Luku 1. Johdanto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">BibleTime-käsikirja</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-käsikirja</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-työryhmä</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545563"></a><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-käsikirja on osa <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ohjelmaa.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Tiivistelmä</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Johdanto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Tietoja BibleTime:stä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Saatavana olevat tehtävät</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivaatiota</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. BibleTimen käynnistys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kuinka BibleTime käynnistetään</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTimen käynnistys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Muut ikkunamanagerit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Käynnistyksen säätäminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Käynnistyssarja</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Ohjelman toiminto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Kirjahylly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Suurennuslasi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Työpöytä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Etsintä teoksista</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Etsinnän asetukset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Etsinnän tulokset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Poista teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Etsii indeksejä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vienti ja tulostus</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. BibleTime:n asetukset</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> - Display +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime-käsikirja</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Luku 1. Johdanto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-käsikirja</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="BibleTime-käsikirja"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-käsikirja</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-työryhmä</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Oikeudellinen ilmoitus"><a name="id14837328"></a><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-käsikirja on osa <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ohjelmaa.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Tiivistelmä"><p class="title"><b>Tiivistelmä</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Johdanto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Tietoja <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:stä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Saatavana olevat tehtävät</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivaatiota</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kuinka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> käynnistetään</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n käynnistys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Muut ikkunamanagerit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Käynnistyksen säätäminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Käynnistyssarja</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Ohjelman toiminto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Kirjahylly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Suurennuslasi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Työpöytä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Etsintä teoksista</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Etsi-ikkunaan pääsy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Etsinnän asetukset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Etsinnän tulokset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Poista teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Etsii indeksejä</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vienti ja tulostus</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetukset</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> - Languages + <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - Desk + <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> - HotKeys + <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-reference.html">5. Viittaus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Päävalikon käyttöopas</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> - File + <span class="guimenu">File</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> - View + <span class="guimenu">View</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> - Search + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> - Window + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> - Settings + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> - Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Pikanäppäinten luettelo</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Luettelo tauluista</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode-kirjasimet</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 1. Johdanto</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Pikanäppäinten luettelo</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Luettelo tauluista</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode-kirjasimet</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 1. Johdanto</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index 31f296e..7edeb82 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -79,8 +79,8 @@ Cyberbit</trademark>(about 12Mb).</para> <para>Les paquetages de localisation de votre distribution</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>An existing <trademark class="registered">Microsoft -Windows</trademark>installation on the same computer.</para> + <para>An existing <trademark class="registered">Microsoft Windows</trademark> +installation on the same computer.</para> </listitem> <listitem> <para>Une collection de polices, comme celles disponibles chez Adobe ou Bitstream.</para> @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</ulink>).</para> have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, according to the standard Bible you specified.</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index 37e9c4b..2e10377 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -11,13 +11,14 @@ <phrase>The &bibletime; application window</phrase> </textobject> </mediaobject> - You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on -the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little -"Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that -is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, -for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the -footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the -Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</para> + You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left +window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the +Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below +the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in +documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, +then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar +gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right +side is where you do your real work.</para> <para>Examinons chacune des parties de l'application.</para> </sect1> @@ -43,7 +44,7 @@ lecture apparaîtra dans l'espace de bureau.</para> <para>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the -<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton>on the verse/passage reference +<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton> on the verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, @@ -52,11 +53,11 @@ then it will jump to the specified location.</para> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"> <title>Informations supplémentaires à propos des modules</title> - <para>If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the + <para>If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are -relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>"About this work"</guimenuitem>opens a -window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. -<guimenuitem>"Unlock this work"</guimenuitem>opens a small dialog for +relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>"About this work"</guimenuitem> opens +a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +<guimenuitem>"Unlock this work"</guimenuitem> opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp"> this @@ -66,7 +67,7 @@ page</ulink> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</para> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"> <title>Rechercher dans des modules</title> <para>You can search in a work by clicking with the -<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol and selecting +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol and selecting <guimenuitem>"Search in work(s)"</guimenuitem>. By pressing &Shift; and clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these @@ -82,19 +83,19 @@ can be found <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">here</link>.</para> <para>Le glisser-déplacer fonctionne ici</para> </tip> - Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the bookmark + Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the bookmark category of the bookshelf and select <guimenuitem>"Create new folder"</guimenuitem> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between folders.</para> <para>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share -them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu>of the bookmark +them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu> of the bookmark folder as described above, and select <guimenuitem>"Export bookmarks"</guimenuitem>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</para> - <para>You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>on folders and + <para>You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> on folders and bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</para> </sect3> </sect2> @@ -131,7 +132,7 @@ que des boutons d'historique semblables à ceux de votre navigateur web.</para> <title>Le positionnement de la fenêtre de lecture</title> <para>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look -at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu>in the main menu. There you can see +at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu> in the main menu. There you can see that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at @@ -147,11 +148,11 @@ url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>, appelé "Commentaire personnel" ("Personal commentary").</para> <para>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the -Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton>mouse button, it opens in +Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton> mouse button, it opens in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the -<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit -this work</guimenu>and then either <guimenuitem>Plain +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit +this work</guimenu> and then either <guimenuitem>Plain text</guimenuitem>(source code editor) or <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</para> @@ -176,7 +177,7 @@ will be inserted.</para> <para>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the -<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and selecting <guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can search in entire works.</para> @@ -185,8 +186,8 @@ you can search in entire works.</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-access"> <title>Accéder au dialogue de recherche</title> <para>You can search in a work by clicking with the -<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol in the -<guimenu>Bookshelf</guimenu>and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol in the +<guimenu>Bookshelf</guimenu> and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in work(s)</guimenuitem>. By holding &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the @@ -222,7 +223,7 @@ you can select the works you want to search in.</para> <para>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <guimenu>Search scope</guimenu>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton>button.</para> +<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton> button.</para> </sect3> <sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-syntax"> <title>Basic Search Syntax Introduction</title> @@ -274,7 +275,7 @@ http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink></para> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-results"> <title>Résultats de recherche</title> <para>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted -by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse +by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference @@ -294,7 +295,7 @@ bibliothèque et le verset s'ajoutera aux signets.</para> </tip> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-search-analysis"> <title>Analyse de la recherche</title> - <para>Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton>to open the search analysis + <para>Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton> to open the search analysis display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the analysis.</para> @@ -365,7 +366,7 @@ index files for removed works.</para> <sect1 id="hdbk-op-output"> <title>Exporter et imprimer</title> <para>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the -<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button. Depending on context, it will +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to <guimenuitem>Select</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem> (to clipboard), <guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 5b82b10..eb45f30 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -105,6 +105,21 @@ zoom.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Toggles display of the Bookmarks.</action> Toggle this setting to +turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need +more space for the Mag.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <term> <menuchoice> @@ -144,7 +159,8 @@ de faire apparaître ou disparaître le zoom dans le panneau de gauche. </para> <listitem> <para> <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible -only</action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> +only</action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed +search description can be found <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">here</link>.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> @@ -165,8 +181,9 @@ only</action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. More -works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> + <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. Works +can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search +description can be found <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">here</link>.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -490,6 +507,292 @@ license agreement.</para> </sect2> </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-works"> + <title>Works reference</title> + <para> + In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open +works. + </para> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-works-list"> + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_forward.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Scrolls forward through history. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_back.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Scrolls back through history. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_bible.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an installed bible. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_bible_add.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an additional bible. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Search in selected works. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_displayconfig.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Display configuration. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_commentary.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an installed commentary. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_commentary_add.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select additional commentary. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sync.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_book.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select a book. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_lexicon.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an installed glossary or devotional. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_lexicon_add.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an additional glossary or devotional. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"> <title>Index des raccourcis</title> <para>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the @@ -761,4 +1064,5 @@ Manager.</entry> </tgroup> </informaltable> </sect1> + </chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook index bb622b7..af6af41 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ <legalnotice> <para>Le manuel &bibletime; fait partie de &bibletime;.</para> </legalnotice> - <date>2009-04</date> - <releaseinfo>2.0</releaseinfo> + <date>2009-06</date> + <releaseinfo>2.2</releaseinfo> <abstract> <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</para> </abstract> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-config.html index 95c4d5d..6970d4e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporter et imprimer"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapitre 5. Référence"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapitre 4. Configurer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> - Display +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporter et imprimer"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapitre 5. Référence"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 4. Configurer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Chapitre 4. Configurer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> - Languages + <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - Desk + <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> - HotKeys + <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>In this section you find an overview to configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, which can be -found under <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on +found under <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> -<span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> +<span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" title="Display"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Choisissez pour le comportement au démarrage parmi les options suivantes : - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Afficher le logo de démarrage</p></li></ul></div><p>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Afficher le logo de démarrage</p></li></ul></div><p>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview -on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> +on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Languages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Vous pouvez choisir ici la langue utilisée pour afficher les noms de livres. Choisissez votre langue maternelle. Si elle est disponible vous vous @@ -30,12 +30,12 @@ in this work.</p><p>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop d the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that -language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Installer des polices</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this +language.</p><div class="sect3" title="Installer des polices"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Installer des polices</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode -HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will run +HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" title="Astuce" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will run faster than with a large font like <span class="trademark">Bitstream -Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Obtenir des polices</h4></div></div></div><p>Des polices peuvent être obtenues de plusieurs sources</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>Les paquetages de localisation de votre distribution</p></li><li><p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft -Windows</span>®installation on the same computer.</p></li><li><p>Une collection de polices, comme celles disponibles chez Adobe ou Bitstream.</p></li><li><p>Des collections de polices disponibles en ligne.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these +Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" title="Obtenir des polices"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Obtenir des polices</h4></div></div></div><p>Des polices peuvent être obtenues de plusieurs sources</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Les paquetages de localisation de votre distribution</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>® +installation on the same computer.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Une collection de polices, comme celles disponibles chez Adobe ou Bitstream.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Des collections de polices disponibles en ligne.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different fonts for different languages.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 4.1. Polices Unicode </b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Polices Unicode " border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> @@ -63,15 +63,15 @@ cyrilliques, grec, hébreu et thaï.</td></tr><tr><td> </td><td>Couverture partielle, voir les informations sur le site en lien.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts in the Internet</a>), or the one by Alan Wood ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode character -ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Desk"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> +over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="HotKeys"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Les Racourcis sont des commandes au clavier qui peuvent être utilisée à la place des menus et des icônes. Plusieurs commandes <span class="application">BibleTime</span> onts des diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-intro.html index 2113b48..0926317 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 1. Introduction</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 1. Introduction</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapitre 1. Introduction</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Œuvres disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 1. Introduction</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 1. Introduction</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapitre 1. Introduction"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Chapitre 1. Introduction</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Œuvres disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="About BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a> library, which provides the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible text, searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported document formats can be found in the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> developers -section</a> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Œuvres disponibles</h3></div></div></div><p>Plus de deux cents documents dans cinquante langues sont disponibles auprès +section</a> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" title="Œuvres disponibles"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Œuvres disponibles</h3></div></div></div><p>Plus de deux cents documents dans cinquante langues sont disponibles auprès de la <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>. Parmi ceux-ci: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bibles</span></dt><dd><p>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ Losungen.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lexiques et dictionnaires</span></dt><d Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged -Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivation</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their +Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Motivation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivation</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Tout don de valeur et tout cadeau parfait descendent d'en haut, du Père des -lumières chez lequel il n'y a ni balancement ni ombre due au mouvement.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jacques 1:17, TOB</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Dieu vous bénisse dans l'utilisation de ce programma</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le manuel de BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +lumières chez lequel il n'y a ni balancement ni ombre due au mouvement.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jacques 1:17, TOB</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Dieu vous bénisse dans l'utilisation de ce programma</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le manuel de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index 13f315b..19da332 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporter et imprimer"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporter et imprimer"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove -existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard +existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" title="Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is -"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard +"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" title="Astuce" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all -works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Installer/mettre à jour module</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Installer/mettre à jour module"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Installer/mettre à jour module</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You @@ -18,10 +18,10 @@ bibliothèque et vous proposera une liste d'modules que vous pouvez ajouter à votre bibliothèque; ou que vous avez déjà installés mais dont une nouvelle version est disponible. Marquez ensuite toutes les modules à installer ou à mettre à jour et cliquez sur <span class="guibutton">Installer modules</span>. Elles -seront alors transférées dans votre bibliothèque.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Enlever des modules</h3></div></div></div><p>Vous pouvez enlever une ou plusieurs modules de votre bibliothèque pour +seront alors transférées dans votre bibliothèque.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Enlever des modules"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Enlever des modules</h3></div></div></div><p>Vous pouvez enlever une ou plusieurs modules de votre bibliothèque pour libérer de l'espace disque. Marquer les modules à effacer et cliquez -sur<span class="guibutton">Enlever modules</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned -index files for removed works.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3> +sur<span class="guibutton">Enlever modules</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Search Indexes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned +index files for removed works.</p><div class="tip" title="Astuce" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rechercher dans des modules </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exporter et imprimer</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 6aa8c79..f31d205 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exporter et imprimer</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exporter et imprimer</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exporter et imprimer</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the -<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button. Depending on context, it will +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exporter et imprimer</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exporter et imprimer</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exporter et imprimer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exporter et imprimer</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Copy</span> (to clipboard), <span class="guimenuitem">Save</span> or <span class="guimenuitem">Print</span> @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ straightforward, so just try it out.</p><p>L'imprimer à partir de <span class="a rendre des services simples. Si vous rédigez un document ou une présentation contenant du texte d'modules de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, nous vous invitons à utiliser un outil d'édition ou de présentation sur votre système pour mettre en forme -votre document plutôt que d'imprimer directement à partir de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +votre document plutôt que d'imprimer directement à partir de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 4. Configurer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 66f33de..e8ec360 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,70 +1,70 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>La bibliothèque</h3></div></div></div><p>La bibliothèque donne la liste les modules installées, classées par +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="La bibliothèque"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>La bibliothèque</h3></div></div></div><p>La bibliothèque donne la liste les modules installées, classées par catégories et par langues. La catégorie "Signets" permet de conserver vos -signets et d'y accéder.</p><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lire des modules</h4></div></div></div><p>Pour ouvrir une module, cliquez avec le <span class="mousebutton">bouton gauche de la +signets et d'y accéder.</p><div class="sect3" title="Lire des modules"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lire des modules</h4></div></div></div><p>Pour ouvrir une module, cliquez avec le <span class="mousebutton">bouton gauche de la souris</span> sur la catégorie souhaitée. (Bibles, Commentaires, Lexiques, Livres, Devotionals ou Glossaires) pour en afficher le contenu. Cliquez ensuite sur une module pour l'ouvrir. Une fenêtre de -lecture apparaîtra dans l'espace de bureau.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>Le glisser-déplacer fonctionne ici</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the +lecture apparaîtra dans l'espace de bureau.</p><div class="tip" title="Astuce" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>Le glisser-déplacer fonctionne ici</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the -<span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span>on the verse/passage reference +<span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span> on the verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, -then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Informations supplémentaires à propos des modules</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the +then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Informations supplémentaires à propos des modules"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Informations supplémentaires à propos des modules</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are -relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span>opens a -window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. -<span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span>opens a small dialog for +relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span> opens +a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +<span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span> opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> this -page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Rechercher dans des modules</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the -<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol and selecting +page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Rechercher dans des modules"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Rechercher dans des modules</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on its symbol and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing Shift and clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features -can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Utilisez les signets</h4></div></div></div><p> +can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Utilisez les signets"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Utilisez les signets</h4></div></div></div><p> - </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>Le glisser-déplacer fonctionne ici</p></div><p> + </p><div class="tip" title="Astuce" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>Le glisser-déplacer fonctionne ici</p></div><p> - Click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the bookmark + Click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the bookmark category of the bookshelf and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Create new folder"</span> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between folders.</p><p>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share -them. To do this, open the <span class="guimenu">context menu</span>of the bookmark +them. To do this, open the <span class="guimenu">context menu</span> of the bookmark folder as described above, and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Export bookmarks"</span>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save -the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>You can also click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>on folders and -bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Le zoom</h3></div></div></div><p>Cette petite fenêtre dans le coin inférieur gauche de la fenêtre de +the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>You can also click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> on folders and +bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Le zoom"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Le zoom</h3></div></div></div><p>Cette petite fenêtre dans le coin inférieur gauche de la fenêtre de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> est complètement passive. Quand le pointeur de la souris est au-dessus d'un passage avec une information complémentaire (les uméros Strong par exemple), cette information est affichée dans le zoom, et pas -dans le texte-même. Essayez.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Le bureau</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can +dans le texte-même. Essayez.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Le bureau"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Le bureau</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules">search</a> in them, and even save your -annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Éditer votre propre commentaire">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Lire des modules</h4></div></div></div><p><a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Lire des modules">Comme nous l'avons déjà +annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Éditer votre propre commentaire">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" title="Lire des modules"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Lire des modules</h4></div></div></div><p><a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Lire des modules">Comme nous l'avons déjà vu</a>, vous pouvez ouvrir des modules pour les lire en cliquant simplement sur leur icône dans la bibliothèque. Une fenêtre de lecture s'ouvre alors dans le bureau. Chaque fenêtre de lecture a sa propre barre d'outils, avec des outils pour naviguer au sein de l'module affichée ainsi -que des boutons d'historique semblables à ceux de votre navigateur web.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Le positionnement de la fenêtre de lecture</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +que des boutons d'historique semblables à ceux de votre navigateur web.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Le positionnement de la fenêtre de lecture"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Le positionnement de la fenêtre de lecture</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look -at the entry <span class="guimenu">Window</span>in the main menu. There you can see +at the entry <span class="guimenu">Window</span> in the main menu. There you can see that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Éditer votre propre commentaire</h4></div></div></div><p>Pour conserver vos commentaires à propos de passage de la Bible, vous devez +mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Éditer votre propre commentaire"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Éditer votre propre commentaire</h4></div></div></div><p>Pour conserver vos commentaires à propos de passage de la Bible, vous devez au préalable installer une module spécifique de la <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>, appelé "Commentaire personnel" ("Personal commentary").</p><p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the -Bookshelf with a <span class="mousebutton">left</span>mouse button, it opens in +Bookshelf with a <span class="mousebutton">left</span> mouse button, it opens in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the -<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and then select <span class="guimenu">Edit -this work</span>and then either <span class="guimenuitem">Plain +<span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button and then select <span class="guimenu">Edit +this work</span> and then either <span class="guimenuitem">Plain text</span>(source code editor) or -<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" title="Astuce" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the -personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse +personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" title="Astuce" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse will be inserted.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rechercher dans des modules</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-search.html index 99e467e..9abbf09 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,23 +1,23 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rechercher dans des modules</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une."><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rechercher dans des modules</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Rechercher dans des modules</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Searching text in an open read window</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rechercher dans des modules</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une."><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rechercher dans des modules</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Rechercher dans des modules"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Rechercher dans des modules</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Searching text in an open read window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Searching text in an open read window</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the -<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and selecting +<span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Read on to learn how -you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Accéder au dialogue de recherche</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the -<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol in the -<span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span>and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Search in +you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Accéder au dialogue de recherche"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Accéder au dialogue de recherche</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on its symbol in the +<span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span> and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Search in work(s)</span>. By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the same time.</p><p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting the appropriate entry.</p><p>Une troisième manière de lancer une recherche consiste à cliquer sur l'icône -de recherche dans une fenêtre de lecture ouverte.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Configuration de la recherche</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Sélectionner les modules</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find +de recherche dans une fenêtre de lecture ouverte.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Configuration de la recherche"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Configuration de la recherche</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" title="Sélectionner les modules"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Sélectionner les modules</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find <span class="guibutton">Choose</span>(works). If you would like to search in multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where -you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Limiter l'étendue de la recherche</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Limiter l'étendue de la recherche"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Limiter l'étendue de la recherche</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <span class="guimenu">Search scope</span>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Basic Search Syntax Introduction</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will +<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span> button.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Basic Search Syntax Introduction"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Basic Search Syntax Introduction</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all the terms separate the terms by AND.</p><p>You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your @@ -26,16 +26,16 @@ search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.</p><p>To search text other than number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</p><p>Available text types: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Prefix</th><th>Meaning</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>searches headings</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>searches footnotes</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>searches Strong's Numbers</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>searches morphology codes</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Résultats de recherche</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted -by works. Clicking on a work with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Résultats de recherche"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Résultats de recherche</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +by works. Clicking on a work with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference -opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la sur l'icône d'une module dans la +opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" title="Astuce" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la sur l'icône d'une module dans la bibliothèque pour ouvrir cette module à ce verset dans une nouvelle fenêtre -de lecture.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la sur une fenêtre de lecture -ouverte, et elle ira automatiquement à ce verset.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la dans un dossier de signets de la -bibliothèque et le verset s'ajoutera aux signets.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analyse de la recherche</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span>to open the search analysis +de lecture.</p></div><div class="tip" title="Astuce" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la sur une fenêtre de lecture +ouverte, et elle ira automatiquement à ce verset.</p></div><div class="tip" title="Astuce" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Astuce</h3><p>Faites glisser une référence et déposez-la dans un dossier de signets de la +bibliothèque et le verset s'ajoutera aux signets.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Analyse de la recherche"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analyse de la recherche</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span> to open the search analysis display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the -analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une. </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une. </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op.html index ae041a7..5d56368 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,9 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Séquence de démarrage"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une."></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Vue d'ensemble du programme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La bibliothèque</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Le zoom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Le bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Rechercher dans des modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accéder au dialogue de recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuration de la recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Résultats de recherche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installer/mettre à jour module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Enlever des modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporter et imprimer</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Vue d'ensemble du programme</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Séquence de démarrage"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une."></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Vue d'ensemble du programme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La bibliothèque</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Le zoom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Le bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Rechercher dans des modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accéder au dialogue de recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuration de la recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Résultats de recherche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installer/mettre à jour module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Enlever des modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporter et imprimer</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Vue d'ensemble du programme"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Vue d'ensemble du programme</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="The BibleTime application window"></div><p> - You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on -the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little -"Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that -is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, -for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the -footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the -Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Examinons chacune des parties de l'application.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Séquence de démarrage </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left +window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the +Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below +the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in +documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, +then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar +gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right +side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Examinons chacune des parties de l'application.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Séquence de démarrage </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index 1e8f8e4..d8ebc04 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Index des raccourcis</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapitre 5. Référence"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapitre 5. Référence"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Index des raccourcis</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 5. Référence</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Index des raccourcis</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Index des raccourcis</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapitre 5. Référence"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Index des raccourcis</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 5. Référence</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Index des raccourcis"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Index des raccourcis</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look at the entry itself in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the hotkey), or you @@ -90,4 +90,4 @@ Manager.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show mag</span> -</a> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 5. Référence </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</a> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Works reference </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0002a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Works reference</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapitre 5. Référence"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Chapitre 5. Référence"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Index des raccourcis"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Works reference</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 5. Référence</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Works reference"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Works reference</h2></div></div></div><p> + In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open +works. + </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_forward.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Scrolls forward through history. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_back.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Scrolls back through history. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an installed bible. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible_add.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an additional bible. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Search in selected works. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_displayconfig.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Display configuration. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an installed commentary. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary_add.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select additional commentary. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sync.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_book.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select a book. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an installed glossary or devotional. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon_add.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an additional glossary or devotional. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 5. Référence </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Index des raccourcis</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference.html index 25bd0a4..38ed0fa 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 5. Référence</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Index des raccourcis"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 5. Référence</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapitre 5. Référence</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Référence du menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> - File +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 5. Référence</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 5. Référence</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapitre 5. Référence"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Chapitre 5. Référence</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Référence du menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + <span class="guimenu">File</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> - View + <span class="guimenu">View</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> - Search + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> - Window + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> - Settings + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> - Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Index des raccourcis</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Référence du menu principal</h2></div></div></div><p>Dans cette section vous trouverez des descriptions détaillées de toutes les + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Index des raccourcis</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Référence du menu principal"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Référence du menu principal</h2></div></div></div><p>Dans cette section vous trouverez des descriptions détaillées de toutes les entrées du menu principal de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Ils sont classé dans l'ordre où ils apparaissent dans<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, avec les éléments de sous-menu juste en-dessous des du menu principal auxquels ils appartiennent. Vous pouvez -aussi voir le raccourci de chaque élément. Vous pouvez aussi consulter <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Index des raccourcis">la liste complète des raccourcis</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> +aussi voir le raccourci de chaque élément. Vous pouvez aussi consulter <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Index des raccourcis">la liste complète des raccourcis</a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> <span class="guimenu">File</span> </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ aussi voir le raccourci de chaque élément. Vous pouvez aussi consulter <a class= </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will ask you if you want to write unsaved changes to disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p> - </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> + </p></div><div class="sect2" title="View"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> <span class="guimenu">View</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -40,23 +40,30 @@ de faire apparaître ou disparaître la barre d'outil.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-r <span class="action">Active/désactive l'affichage de la barre d'outils.</span> Permet de faire apparaître ou disparaître la bibliothèque dans le panneau de gauche. Cela peut être utile si vous avez besoin de plus de place pour le -zoom.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> +zoom.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookmarks</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Toggles display of the Bookmarks.</span> Toggle this setting to +turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need +more space for the Mag.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Active/désactive l'affichage de la barre d'outils.</span> Permet -de faire apparaître ou disparaître le zoom dans le panneau de gauche. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> +de faire apparaître ou disparaître le zoom dans le panneau de gauche. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Search"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible -only</span>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> +only</span>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed +search description can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules">here</a>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</span>. More -works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> + <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</span>. Works +can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search +description can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Rechercher dans des modules">here</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> @@ -101,7 +108,7 @@ for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-referen <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Ferme toutes les fenêtres ouvertes</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> + <span class="action">Ferme toutes les fenêtres ouvertes</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Settings"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -115,7 +122,7 @@ details.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager">< <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and -manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> +manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Help"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -137,4 +144,4 @@ your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus <span class="action">Opens a window about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> project information</span> contains information about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> software version, project contributors, <span class="application">Sword</span> software version, <span class="application">Qt</span> software version and the -license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 4. Configurer BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Index des raccourcis</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 4. Configurer <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Works reference</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index f60735a..090591d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Séquence de démarrage</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Séquence de démarrage</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Séquence de démarrage</h2></div></div></div><p>Au démarrage de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, vous pouvez voir les écrans suivant avant que +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Séquence de démarrage</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Séquence de démarrage</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Séquence de démarrage"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Séquence de démarrage</h2></div></div></div><p>Au démarrage de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, vous pouvez voir les écrans suivant avant que la fenêtre principale de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ne s'ouvre:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> </span></dt><dd><p> @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ install at least one Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Customizes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span>This dialog lets you adapt <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">the -detailed description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +detailed description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 3. Utilisation du programme</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-term.html index b94244d..eabca86 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapitre 1. Introduction"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Séquence de démarrage"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapitre 2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Comment lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Autres gestionnaires de fenêtres</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Configuration du démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Séquence de démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Comment lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapitre 1. Introduction"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Séquence de démarrage"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapitre 2. Lancer BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Chapitre 2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Comment lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Autres gestionnaires de fenêtres</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Configuration du démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Séquence de démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Comment lancer BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Comment lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Lancer BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon: </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime start icon"></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window and type: - </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Autres gestionnaires de fenêtres</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, + </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" title="Autres gestionnaires de fenêtres"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Autres gestionnaires de fenêtres</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are -already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Configuration du démarrage</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the +already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Configuration du démarrage"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Configuration du démarrage</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the default bible: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p>To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html index 53395bc..f067960 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le manuel de BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapitre 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le manuel de BibleTime</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Le manuel de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 l'équipe <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545563"></a><p>Le manuel <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fait partie de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Résumé</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Œuvres disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Comment lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Lancer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Autres gestionnaires de fenêtres</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Configuration du démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Séquence de démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Utilisation du programme</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Vue d'ensemble du programme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La bibliothèque</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Le zoom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Le bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Rechercher dans des modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accéder au dialogue de recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuration de la recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Résultats de recherche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installer/mettre à jour module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Enlever des modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporter et imprimer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurer BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> - Display +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le manuel de BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapitre 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le manuel de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Le manuel de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 l'équipe <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Note légale"><a name="id14837328"></a><p>Le manuel <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fait partie de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Résumé"><p class="title"><b>Résumé</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Œuvres disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Comment lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Autres gestionnaires de fenêtres</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Configuration du démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Séquence de démarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Utilisation du programme</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Vue d'ensemble du programme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Regardons les différentes parties de l'application une par une.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La bibliothèque</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Le zoom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Le bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Rechercher dans des modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accéder au dialogue de recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuration de la recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Résultats de recherche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothèque</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothèques</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installer/mettre à jour module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Enlever des modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporter et imprimer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> - Languages + <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - Desk + <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> - HotKeys + <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-reference.html">5. Référence</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Référence du menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> - File + <span class="guimenu">File</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> - View + <span class="guimenu">View</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> - Search + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> - Window + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> - Settings + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> - Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Index des raccourcis</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Liste des tableaux</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Polices Unicode </a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 1. Introduction</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Index des raccourcis</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Liste des tableaux</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Polices Unicode </a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 1. Introduction</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index c1ae9f3..21c01e5 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ Cyberbit</trademark>(kb. 12MB).</para> <para>Az ön disztribúciójának nyelvi fájljai.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>MeglévÅ‘ <trademark class="registered">Microsoft Windows</trademark>telepÃtés -ugyanazon a számÃtógépen.</para> + <para>An existing <trademark class="registered">Microsoft Windows</trademark> +installation on the same computer.</para> </listitem> <listitem> <para>Betűkészlet-gyűjtemény, például Adobe vagy Bitstream.</para> @@ -166,14 +166,13 @@ url="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html"> Unicode karakter <title> <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> </title> - <para>Sok lehetÅ‘séget, melyet a Sword keretprogram biztosÃt, testre lehet szabni a -&bibletime; futtatása közben. Ezek a lehetÅ‘ségek jelezve vannak a -párbeszédablakban. LehetÅ‘ség van továbbá az alapértelmezett dokumentumok -meghatározására, melyeket akkor használunk, ha nem egy konkrét dokumentum -van meghatározva egy hivatkozásban. Például: ha a Károli fordÃtású Biblia -van megadva alapértelmezett Bibliának, ebbÅ‘l fog megjelenni a hivatkozott -vers a "NagyÃtó" ablakban, ha ez egeret egy kereszthivatkozás fölé viszi -például egy King James fordÃtású Bibliában.</para> + <para>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in +&bibletime;. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also +have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no +specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is +used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover +over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified.</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> <title> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index ab29d93..1cb5aaf 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -11,13 +11,14 @@ <phrase>A &bibletime; alkalmazás ablak</phrase> </textobject> </mediaobject> - Könnyen felismerheti az alkalmazás különbözÅ‘ részeit. A Könyvespolc a bal -oldalon a dokumentumok és a könyvjelzÅ‘k kezelésére használható. A kisebb -"NagyÃtó" ablak alatta a dokumentumokba ágyazott extra információt -mutatja. Amikor azt egérmutatót egy lábjegyzet jelzés fölé viszi, a -"NagyÃtó" megmutatja az aktuális lábjegyzet tartalmát. Az eszköztár gyors -elérést biztosÃt a különbözÅ‘ funkciókhoz, mÃg a jobb oldalon a munkaasztal a -megnyitott dokumentum helye.</para> + You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left +window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the +Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below +the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in +documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, +then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar +gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right +side is where you do your real work.</para> <para>Most tekintsük át a részeket egyesével.</para> </sect1> @@ -41,36 +42,37 @@ látható.</para> <para>A Fogd & Vidd működése</para> </tip> - <para>Amikor olvas egy dokumentumot, és meg szeretne nyitni egy másik munkát -ugyanannál a résznél, ahol éppen tart, egyszerűen megteheti. Csak kattintson -a <mousebutton>bal egérgombbal</mousebutton> a versre, hivatkozásra (a -mutató kéz alakúra vált) és húzza a könyvespolcra. Vigye a kÃvánt -dokumentumra, az a kÃvánt helyen fog megnyÃlni. UgyanÃgy húzhat egy -hivatkozást a nyitott dokumentum ablakra, és az a kÃvánt hivatkozásra fog -ugrani.</para> + <para>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the +passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the +<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton> on the verse/passage reference +(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work +you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified +location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, +then it will jump to the specified location.</para> </sect3> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"> <title>KiegészÃtÅ‘ információk egy adott dokumentumról</title> - <para>Amikor <mousebutton>jobb</mousebutton> egérgombbal rákattint egy dokumentum -szimbólumára, egy helyi menüt láthat olyan bejegyzésekkel, ami az adott -munkára érvényes. Az <guimenuitem>"Ãltalános információk"</guimenuitem> egy -új ablakot nyit meg, a dokumentumra vonatkozó információkkal. A -<guimenuitem>"Feloldás"</guimenuitem> egy kis párbeszédablakot nyit meg, -ahol megadhatja a zárolt dokumentumok feloldó kulcsát. A zárolt -dokumentumokról kiegészÃtÅ‘ információt olvashat <ulink -url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp"> ezen az -oldalon</ulink>, a Crosswire Biblia Társaság honlapján. </para> + <para>If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the +symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are +relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>"About this work"</guimenuitem> opens +a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +<guimenuitem>"Unlock this work"</guimenuitem> opens a small dialog for +encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the +work. For additional information on locked works, please see <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp"> this +page</ulink> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</para> </sect3> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"> <title>Keresés a dokumentumokban</title> - <para>Kereshet a dokumentumokban, ha a <mousebutton>jobb</mousebutton> egérgombbal -kattint a dokumentum ikonjára, és kiválasztja a <guimenuitem>"Keresés -itt:"</guimenuitem> menüpontot. A &Shift; segÃtségével másik ikonokra -kattintva hozzáadhat még dokumentumokat a kereséshez, ekkor az összes -kiválasztott munkában fog keresni. A keresés teljes leÃrását <link -linkend="hdbk-op-search">itt</link> találhatja.</para> + <para>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol and selecting +<guimenuitem>"Search in work(s)"</guimenuitem>. By pressing &Shift; and +clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same +procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these +documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features +can be found <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">here</link>.</para> </sect3> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"> @@ -81,22 +83,20 @@ linkend="hdbk-op-search">itt</link> találhatja.</para> <para>A Fogd & Vidd működése</para> </tip> - Kattintson a <mousebutton>jobb</mousebutton> egérgombbal a könyvjelzÅ‘k -kategóriára, majd válassza az <guimenuitem>"Új mappa -létrehozása"</guimenuitem> menüelemet egy új könyvjelzÅ‘ mappa -létrehozásához. Használhatja egyszerűen a Fogd & vidd technikát is, hogy -verset húzzon a munkaasztalról, vagy a kereséséi eredményeket áthúzza a -könyvjelzÅ‘khöz, illetve, hogy újrarendezze a meglévÅ‘ könyvjelzÅ‘it.</para> - <para>LehetÅ‘sége van könyvjelzÅ‘k importálására és exportálására is. Ennek -érdekében nyissa meg a <guimenu>helyi menüt</guimenu> a könyvjelzÅ‘ mappában, -ahogyan az az elÅ‘zÅ‘ekben le lett Ãrva, majd válassza a -<guimenuitem>"KönyvjelzÅ‘k exportálása"</guimenuitem> menüpontot. Ekkor -elÅ‘jön egy párbeszédablak, mely segÃtségével mentheti a könyvjelzÅ‘it. Az -importálás hasonlóképpen történik.</para> + Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the bookmark +category of the bookshelf and select <guimenuitem>"Create new +folder"</guimenuitem> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal +drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or +search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between +folders.</para> + <para>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share +them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu> of the bookmark +folder as described above, and select <guimenuitem>"Export +bookmarks"</guimenuitem>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save +the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</para> - <para>A <mousebutton>jobb</mousebutton> egérgombbal kattintás természetesen -alkalmazható a mappák és a könyvjelzÅ‘k neveinek és leÃrásainak -megváltoztatására is.</para> + <para>You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> on folders and +bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</para> </sect3> </sect2> @@ -129,13 +129,14 @@ munkában.</para> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"> <title>Megnyitott ablakok elhelyezése</title> - <para>Természetesen egyszerre több dokumentum lehet megnyitva a munkaasztalon, -ahol több lehetÅ‘sége van azokat elrendezni. Vessen egy pillantást az -<guimenu>Ablak</guimenu> menüre a fÅ‘menüben. Látható, hogy az ablakok -elhelyezkedését ön kézzel is és a &bibletime; automatikusan is -szabályozhatja. Ez utóbbi eléréséhez válassza az <menuchoice> <guimenu>Ablak -menü</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ablakok automatikus elrendezése</guimenuitem> -</menuchoice> menüpontot.</para> + <para>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look +at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu> in the main menu. There you can see +that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely +yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve +this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at +<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement +mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</para> </sect3> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> @@ -144,13 +145,14 @@ menü</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Ablakok automatikus elrendezése</guimenuitem> telepÃteni a <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Biblia Társaság</ulink> egyik modulját, a "Személyes kommentárt".</para> - <para>Amikor megnyitja a saját kommentárját az ikonjára -<mousebutton>kattintva</mousebutton> a könyvespolcon, olvasási üzemmódban -nyÃlik meg, ekkor nem tudja szerkeszteni. Szerkeszteni akkor tudja, ha -<mousebutton>jobb</mousebutton> egérgombbal kattint, és kiválasztja a -<guimenu>Dokumentum szerkesztése </guimenu>pontot és az -<guimenuitem>Egyszerű szöveg </guimenuitem>(forráskód szerkesztÅ‘) vagy -<guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(alap wysiwyg szerkesztÅ‘).</para> + <para>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the +Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton> mouse button, it opens in +read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to +write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit +this work</guimenu> and then either <guimenuitem>Plain +text</guimenuitem>(source code editor) or +<guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</para> <tip> <para>Ha a <menuchoice> <guimenu>Dokumentum szerkesztése</guimenu> </menuchoice> @@ -169,24 +171,24 @@ dokumentumra, és a vers szövege beszúrásra kerül. </para> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-intext"> <title>Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </title> - <para>Kereshet kifejezést vagy szót a megnyitott ablak(ok)ban, például az éppen -olvasott fejezetben, úgy, ahogy bármely más programban is. Csak kattintson a -<mousebutton>jobb</mousebutton> egérgombbal, és válassza a -<guimenuitem>Keresés...</guimenuitem> opciót, vagy használhatja a <keycombo -action="simul">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> billentyű -kombinációt. Olvasson tovább, hogy megtudja, hogyan kereshet a teljes -dokumentumokban is. </para> + <para>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other +programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and selecting +<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo +action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how +you can search in entire works.</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-access"> <title>Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </title> - <para>Keresést kezdeményezhet egy dokumentumban, hogy -<mousebutton>jobb</mousebutton>egérgombbal rákattint az ikonjára a -<guimenu>Könyvespolcon</guimenu>, és kiválasztja a <guimenuitem>Keresés a -dokumentum(ok)ban</guimenuitem> lehetÅ‘séget. A &Shift; vagy a &Ctrl; nyomva -tartásával egyszerre több dokumentumot is hozzáadhat a kereséshez, hasonló -módon, mint ha csak egy dokumentumban keresne. Ekkor az összes kiválasztott -munkában fog keresni egyszerre.</para> + <para>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol in the +<guimenu>Bookshelf</guimenu> and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in +work(s)</guimenuitem>. By holding &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other +work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to +open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the +same time.</para> <para>Szintén elérhetÅ‘ a keresési funkció a fÅ‘menü <menuchoice> <guimenu>Keresés</guimenu> </menuchoice> almenüjébÅ‘l, ahol kiválaszthatja a @@ -219,13 +221,10 @@ lehetÅ‘ségekbÅ‘l kiválaszthatja a keresésbe bevonandó munkákat.</para> </sect3> <sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-scope"> <title>Keresési hatókörök használata</title> - <para>SzűkÃtheti a keresés hatókörét a Biblia egyes részeire, amennyiben választ -egyet a <guimenu>Hatósugár</guimenu> által felajánlott listából. Ön is -meghatározhat hatókört a <guibutton>TelepÃtés</guibutton> gombra -kattintva.SzűkÃtheti a keresés hatókörét a Biblia egyes részeire, amennyiben -választ egyet a <guimenu>Hatósugár</guimenu> által felajánlott listából. Ön -is meghatározhat hatókört a <guibutton>TelepÃtés</guibutton> gombra -kattintva.</para> + <para>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <guimenu>Search +scope</guimenu>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the +<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton> button.</para> </sect3> <sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-syntax"> <title> Az alapvetÅ‘ keresési kifejezések bemutatása</title> @@ -291,19 +290,12 @@ http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink> webcÃmen.</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-results"> <title>Keresési találatok</title> - <para>Bemutatunk néhány példát a keresésre, munkánként -csoportosÃtva. <mousebutton>Jobb </mousebutton>egérgombbal a munkára -kattintva lehetÅ‘sége nyÃlik menteni, másolni vagy kinyomtatni az összes -verset, amelyet talált a munkában akár egyszerre is. UgyanÃgy működik az is, -ha csak egy, vagy több hivatkozást jelöl ki mentésre, másolásra, vagy -nyomtatásra. Egy hivatkozásra kattintva az elÅ‘nézeti ablakban láthatóvá -válik a vers a szövegkörnyezetében.Bemutatunk néhány példát a keresésre, -munkánként csoportosÃtva. <mousebutton>Jobb </mousebutton>egérgombbal a -munkára kattintva lehetÅ‘sége nyÃlik menteni, másolni vagy kinyomtatni az -összes verset, amelyet talált a munkában akár egyszerre is. UgyanÃgy működik -az is, ha csak egy, vagy több hivatkozást jelöl ki mentésre, másolásra, vagy -nyomtatásra. Egy hivatkozásra kattintva az elÅ‘nézeti ablakban láthatóvá -válik a vers a szövegkörnyezetében.</para> + <para>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse +button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a +certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the +references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference +opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</para> <tip> <para>Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse a Könyvespolcon egy dokumentum ikonjára, és a dokumentum megnyÃlik a hivatkozott versnél.Ragadjon meg egy @@ -322,13 +314,10 @@ könyvjelzÅ‘k készÃtéséhez.</para> </tip> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-search-analysis"> <title>Keresési találatok elemzése</title> - <para>Kattintson a <guibutton>Találatok elemzése</guibutton> gombra, hogy -megnyissa a találatokat elemzÅ‘ ablakot. Itt egy egyszerű grafikus elemzést -láthat a találatokról, találatok száma szerint a Biblia könyvei szerint. Ezt -az elemzést is el tudja menteni.Kattintson a <guibutton>Találatok -elemzése</guibutton> gombra, hogy megnyissa a találatokat elemzÅ‘ -ablakot. Itt egy egyszerű grafikus elemzést láthat a találatokról, találatok -száma szerint a Biblia könyvei szerint. Ezt az elemzést is el tudja menteni.</para> + <para>Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton> to open the search analysis +display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the +search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the +analysis.</para> <screenshot> <screeninfo>Találatok elemzése ablak</screeninfo> <mediaobject> @@ -411,20 +400,15 @@ indexeit.</para> </sect1> <sect1 id="hdbk-op-output"> <title>Exportálás és Nyomtatás</title> - <para>Több helyen van lehetÅ‘sége helyi menüt nyitni a -<mousebutton>jobb</mousebutton> egérgombbal. HelyzettÅ‘l függÅ‘en lehetÅ‘sége -van <guimenuitem>Kijelölni</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Másolni</guimenuitem> -(a vágólapra), <guimenuitem>Menteni</guimenuitem> vagy -<guimenuitem>Nyomtatni</guimenuitem>. Ilyen menü nyÃlik meg például az -olvasási ablakban, vagy a keresési ablakban, mikor egy találatra -kattint. Tényleg ilyen egyszerű, csak próbálja ki.Több helyen van lehetÅ‘sége -helyi menüt nyitni a <mousebutton>jobb</mousebutton> egérgombbal. HelyzettÅ‘l -függÅ‘en lehetÅ‘sége van <guimenuitem>Kijelölni</guimenuitem>, -<guimenuitem>Másolni</guimenuitem> (a vágólapra), -<guimenuitem>Menteni</guimenuitem> vagy -<guimenuitem>Nyomtatni</guimenuitem>. Ilyen menü nyÃlik meg például az -olvasási ablakban, vagy a keresési ablakban, mikor egy találatra -kattint. Tényleg ilyen egyszerű, csak próbálja ki.</para> + <para>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button. Depending on context, it will +allow you to <guimenuitem>Select</guimenuitem>, +<guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem> (to clipboard), +<guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem> +text. This works for example in the read windows, when you click on the +normal text or the verse reference, or in the search result page when you +click on a work or one or more verse references. It is pretty +straightforward, so just try it out.</para> <para>A &bibletime; nyomtatási képességei csak a legalapvetÅ‘bbek, és csak segédeszköz jellegűek. Amennyiben ön szöveget szerkeszt, vagy prezentációt diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 8fb42fb..d22f0bb 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -109,6 +109,21 @@ kapcsolhatja ki/be a Könyvespolc megjelenÃtését.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Toggles display of the Bookmarks.</action> Toggle this setting to +turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need +more space for the Mag.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <term> <menuchoice> @@ -149,10 +164,9 @@ megjelenÃtését.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Keresés megnyitása az alapértelmezett Bibliában</action>. További -bibliák adhatók hozzá a párbeszédablakban.<action>Keresés megnyitása az -alapértelmezett Bibliában</action>. További bibliák adhatók hozzá a -párbeszédablakban.</para> + <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible +only</action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed +search description can be found <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">here</link>.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> @@ -173,10 +187,9 @@ párbeszédablakban.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Az összes megnyitott dokumentumban keresÅ‘ ablakot nyit -meg</action>. További munkák adhatók a kereséshez a -párbeszédablakban.<action>Az összes megnyitott dokumentumban keresÅ‘ ablakot -nyit meg</action>. További munkák adhatók a kereséshez a párbeszédablakban.</para> + <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. Works +can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search +description can be found <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">here</link>.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -524,6 +537,292 @@ a felhasználási feltételekrÅ‘l.</para> </sect2> </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-works"> + <title>Works reference</title> + <para> + In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open +works. + </para> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-works-list"> + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_forward.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Scrolls forward through history. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_back.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Scrolls back through history. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_bible.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an installed bible. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_bible_add.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an additional bible. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Search in selected works. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_displayconfig.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Display configuration. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_commentary.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an installed commentary. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_commentary_add.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select additional commentary. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sync.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_book.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select a book. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_lexicon.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an installed glossary or devotional. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_lexicon_add.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an additional glossary or devotional. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"> <title>Gyorsbillentyűk</title> <para>Ez az összes gyorsbillentyű leÃrásukkal együttes listája. A felsorolás @@ -818,4 +1117,5 @@ nagyÃtó (információs) ablakot.</entry> </tgroup> </informaltable> </sect1> + </chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook index 4b7dda0..710083e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ <legalnotice> <para>A &bibletime; kézikönyv a &bibletime; része</para> </legalnotice> - <date>2009-04</date> - <releaseinfo>2.0</releaseinfo> + <date>2009-06</date> + <releaseinfo>2.2</releaseinfo> <abstract> <para>&bibletime; egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmányozó szoftver.</para> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-config.html index 6d584bc..dd84000 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportálás és Nyomtatás"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>4. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> beállítása</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> - Display +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportálás és Nyomtatás"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> beállítása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>4. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> beállítása</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Beállítása párbeszédablak</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> - Languages + <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - Desk + <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> - HotKeys + <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Ebben a részben áttekintjük a bibletime; beállítását, amit a főmenü -<span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> menüjében talál.</p><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Beállítása párbeszédablak</h2></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> felhasználói felülete szükség szerint többféleképpen is +<span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> menüjében talál.</p><div class="sect1" title="A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Beállítása párbeszédablak</h2></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> felhasználói felülete szükség szerint többféleképpen is módosítható. A beállítási párbeszédablakot elérheti a <span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> <span class="guimenuitem"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> -beállítása</span> menüpont kiválasztásával.</p><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> +beállítása</span> menüpont kiválasztásával.</p><div class="sect2" title="Display"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>A kezdeti megjelenés is beállítható, választhat az alábbi lehetőségek közül: - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Indítási logó mutatása</p></li></ul></div><p>A sablonok határozzák meg a szövegek megjelenítését (színek, méretek + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Indítási logó mutatása</p></li></ul></div><p>A sablonok határozzák meg a szövegek megjelenítését (színek, méretek stb.). Többféle beépített sablon áll rendelkezésre. Amennyiben kiválaszt -egyet, láthatja az előnézeti képét a jobb oldalon.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> +egyet, láthatja az előnézeti képét a jobb oldalon.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Languages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Itt állíthatja be a Biblia könyvcímeinek a nyelvét. Válassza a saját nyelvét, ha lehetséges, és otthonosabban fogja érezni magát.</p><p>Alapértelmezetten a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> az alapértelmezett rendszer szerinti @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@ menüből. Kattintsa be az egyedi betűkészlet használata jelölőnégyzetet. Például a Code2000 betűkészlet olyan karaktereket tartalmaz, amit sok nyelv használ. Ha egyetlen telepített betűkészlet sem képes helyesen megjeleníteni a kívánt dokumentumot, akkor próbálja meg -telepíteni a kívánt nyelv nyelvi fájljait.</p><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Betűkészlet telepítése</h4></div></div></div><p>A kívánt betűkészlet telepítése túlmutat ezen kézikönyvnek a +telepíteni a kívánt nyelv nyelvi fájljait.</p><div class="sect3" title="Betűkészlet telepítése"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Betűkészlet telepítése</h4></div></div></div><p>A kívánt betűkészlet telepítése túlmutat ezen kézikönyvnek a hatáskörén. További információkért keresse fel a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> UNICODE -HOWTO</a> weboldalt.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Ha egy egyszerűbb, kisebb betűkészletet használ, mint a Clearlyu (kb. 22kb), +HOWTO</a> weboldalt.</p><div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Ha egy egyszerűbb, kisebb betűkészletet használ, mint a Clearlyu (kb. 22kb), a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> gyorsabban fut, mint egy nagyobb, összetettebb betűkészletnél, mint a <span class="trademark">Bitstream -Cyberbit</span>®(kb. 12MB).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Elérhető betűkészletek</h4></div></div></div><p>A betűkészletek különféle forrásokból érhetőek el:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Az ön *nix disztribúciója.</p></li><li><p>Az ön disztribúciójának nyelvi fájljai.</p></li><li><p>Meglévő <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>®telepítés -ugyanazon a számítógépen.</p></li><li><p>Betűkészlet-gyűjtemény, például Adobe vagy Bitstream.</p></li><li><p>Online betűkészlet-gyűjtemények.</p></li></ul></div><p>Az UNICODE betűkészletek többféle karaktert tartalmaznak, mint az egyéb +Cyberbit</span>®(kb. 12MB).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" title="Elérhető betűkészletek"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Elérhető betűkészletek</h4></div></div></div><p>A betűkészletek különféle forrásokból érhetőek el:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Az ön *nix disztribúciója.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Az ön disztribúciójának nyelvi fájljai.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>® +installation on the same computer.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Betűkészlet-gyűjtemény, például Adobe vagy Bitstream.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Online betűkészlet-gyűjtemények.</p></li></ul></div><p>Az UNICODE betűkészletek többféle karaktert tartalmaznak, mint az egyéb készletek, és néhány ilyen betűkészlet ingyenesen is elérhető. Egy betűkészlet sem tartalmazza az összes karaktert, amit az UNICODE szabvány meghatároz, ezért lehetséges, hogy nyelvenként különböző betűkészleteket @@ -66,16 +66,15 @@ héber és thai karaktereket.</td></tr><tr><td> </td><td>Részletes tartalmakért tekintse meg az információkat a hivatkozott honlapon.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Jó UNICODE betűkészlet listákat találhat a neten, például egyet Christoph Singer összeállításában ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Többnyelvű Unicode TrueType betűkészletek az Interneten</a>), vagy egy másik Alan Woodtól ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode karakter -összetevők és az Unicode készletek, amelyek tartalmazzák</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> +összetevők és az Unicode készletek, amelyek tartalmazzák</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Desk"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> - </h3></div></div></div><p>Sok lehetőséget, melyet a Sword keretprogram biztosít, testre lehet szabni a -<span class="application">BibleTime</span> futtatása közben. Ezek a lehetőségek jelezve vannak a -párbeszédablakban. Lehetőség van továbbá az alapértelmezett dokumentumok -meghatározására, melyeket akkor használunk, ha nem egy konkrét dokumentum -van meghatározva egy hivatkozásban. Például: ha a Károli fordítású Biblia -van megadva alapértelmezett Bibliának, ebből fog megjelenni a hivatkozott -vers a "Nagyító" ablakban, ha ez egeret egy kereszthivatkozás fölé viszi -például egy King James fordítású Bibliában.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also +have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no +specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is +used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover +over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="HotKeys"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>A gyorsbillentyűk speciális billentyűparancsok, melyeket a különböző menüelemeknél és ikonoknál alkalmazhatunk. Számos <span class="application">BibleTime</span> parancshoz diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-intro.html index a080c97..38b41e3 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>1. fejezet - Bevezetés</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1. fejezet - Bevezetés</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>1. fejezet - Bevezetés</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Mi a BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Elérhető dokumentumok</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivációnk</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Mi a <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy könnyen telepíthető és kezelhető Biblia tanulmányozó +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>1. fejezet - Bevezetés</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1. fejezet - Bevezetés</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="1. fejezet - Bevezetés"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>1. fejezet - Bevezetés</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Mi a <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Elérhető dokumentumok</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivációnk</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Mi a BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Mi a <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy könnyen telepíthető és kezelhető Biblia tanulmányozó eszköz, különféle szövegtípussal, nyelvvel, továbbá rengeteg dokumentummal, modullal. Ez a program a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a> keretrendszerre épül, mely lehetővé teszi a szövegek megjelenítését, keresését stb. A Sword a @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ mely lehetővé teszi a szövegek megjelenítését, keresését stb. A Sword a zászlóshajója.</p><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> arra lett tervezve, hogy a Sword projekt által értelmezhető formátumú dokumentumokat alkalmazza. Teljeskörű információt a támogatott formátumokról a Sword projekt <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> fejlesztői -szekciójában</a> találhat.</p><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Elérhető dokumentumok</h3></div></div></div><p>Több, mint 200 dokumentum 50 nyelven érhető el a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Biblia Társaság</a> +szekciójában</a> találhat.</p><div class="sect2" title="Elérhető dokumentumok"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Elérhető dokumentumok</h3></div></div></div><p>Több, mint 200 dokumentum 50 nyelven érhető el a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Biblia Társaság</a> honlapján. Itt találhat: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bibliákat</span></dt><dd><p>A teljes Biblia szövegét, lehetséges kiegészítésekkel, mint Strong's számok, fejlécek, lábjegyzetek a szövegekben. A Bibliák különféle nyelveken @@ -20,10 +20,10 @@ the Bible", Matthew Henry'kommentárja és Luther "Commentary on Galatians." A Biblia fejezeteihez.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Napi áhítatok</span></dt><dd><p>Sok ember hálás ezekért a napi adagokért Isten igéjéből.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lexikonok/szótárak</span></dt><dd><p>Itt találhatja például: Robinson Morfológiai Elemzési Kódokat, Brown-Driver-Briggs Héber Lexikonát és a Nemzetközi Standard Biblia Enciklopédiát. Szótárak közül: Strong's Héber Bibliai Szótár, Strong's Görög -Bibliai Szótár elérhető...</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivációnk</h3></div></div></div><p>Elhatározásunk, hogy szolgáljuk Istent, és megtegyünk mindent a részünkről, +Bibliai Szótár elérhető...</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Motivációnk"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivációnk</h3></div></div></div><p>Elhatározásunk, hogy szolgáljuk Istent, és megtegyünk mindent a részünkről, hogy segítsünk másoknak növelni a kapcsolatukat Vele. Igyekszünk, hogy egy minőségi, erőteljes programot készítsünk, ami egyszerű és kézenfekvően használható. Vágyunk, hogy az Úr dicsőítve legyen, ahogyan Tőle származik minden jó.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Minden jó adomány és minden tökéletes ajándék felülről való, és a világosságok Atyjától száll alá, a kinél nincs változás, vagy változásnak -árnyéka.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakab 1:17, Károli</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Az Úr áldja önt, miközben a programot használja.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">BibleTime kézikönyv </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +árnyéka.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakab 1:17, Károli</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Az Úr áldja önt, miközben a programot használja.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index 3e5fb40..184dd95 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Könyvespolc menedzser</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportálás és Nyomtatás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Könyvespolc menedzser</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></h2></div></div></div><p>A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span> egy segédeszköz a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Könyvespolc menedzser</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportálás és Nyomtatás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></h2></div></div></div><p>A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span> egy segédeszköz a könyvespolcunk kezeléséhez. Ennek segítségével tud új dokumentumokat telepíteni a könyvespolcra, frissíteni vagy akár törölni azokat. Megtalálja -a főmenü <span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span> almenüjében.</p><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</h3></div></div></div><p>Itt adható meg, hogy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> hol tárolhatja a "Könyvespolcát" a +a főmenü <span class="guimenu">Beállítások</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span> almenüjében.</p><div class="sect2" title="Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</h3></div></div></div><p>Itt adható meg, hogy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> hol tárolhatja a "Könyvespolcát" a merevlemezen. Megadhat egyszerre több könyvtárat is, de az alapértelmezett a ".sword" mappa a saját mappájában.Itt adható meg, hogy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> hol tárolhatja a "Könyvespolcát" a merevlemezen. Megadhat egyszerre több -könyvtárat is, de az alapértelmezett a ".sword" mappa a saját mappájában.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Ha rendelkezésére áll egy Sword CD, és nem akarja azt feltelepíteni, +könyvtárat is, de az alapértelmezett a ".sword" mappa a saját mappájában.</p><div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Ha rendelkezésére áll egy Sword CD, és nem akarja azt feltelepíteni, lehetősége van a CD elérési útját megadni, mintha "könyvespolc" lenne, ebben az esetben a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indításakor az összes dokumentum látható lesz, ha a CD a gépben van.Ha rendelkezésére áll egy Sword CD, és nem akarja azt feltelepíteni, lehetősége van a CD elérési útját megadni, mintha "könyvespolc" lenne, ebben az esetben a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indításakor az összes -dokumentum látható lesz, ha a CD a gépben van.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</h3></div></div></div><p>Evvel a lehetőséggel élve csatlakozhat egy dokumentum tárolóhelyhez +dokumentum látható lesz, ha a CD a gépben van.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</h3></div></div></div><p>Evvel a lehetőséggel élve csatlakozhat egy dokumentum tárolóhelyhez ("könyvtárhoz"), és letölthet egy, vagy akár több munkát a saját helyi könyvespolcára. Ezek a könyvtárak lehetnek helyiek is (pl. Sword CD), vagy távoliak is, mint a Crosswire online tárolóhelye. Egyszerűen kezelheti @@ -29,16 +29,16 @@ helyi könyvespolcot, ahova telepíteni szeretne. Ezek után kattintson a tároló tartalmát, és elkészít egy listát a telepíthető, vagy a meglévő de frissíthető dokumentumokról. Már csak ki kell jelölnie a telepítendőeket, majd <span class="guibutton">Telepítés...</span> és a kívánt munkák a könyvespolcára -kerülnek.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Dokumentum(ok) törlése</h3></div></div></div><p>Ez a lehetőség biztosítja önnek, hogy a nem kívánt munkákat eltávolítsa, +kerülnek.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Dokumentum(ok) törlése"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Dokumentum(ok) törlése</h3></div></div></div><p>Ez a lehetőség biztosítja önnek, hogy a nem kívánt munkákat eltávolítsa, lemezterületet szabadítson fel. Egyszerűen jelölje meg a törölni kívánt eleme(ke)t a könyvespolcon, majd kattintson a <span class="guibutton">Törlés...</span> gombra.Ez a lehetőség biztosítja önnek, hogy a nem kívánt munkákat eltávolítsa, lemezterületet szabadítson fel. Egyszerűen jelölje meg a törölni kívánt eleme(ke)t a könyvespolcon, -majd kattintson a <span class="guibutton">Törlés...</span> gombra.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Keresési indexek</h3></div></div></div><p>Ez az opció teszi lehetővé, hogy új indexeket készítsen, vagy kitakarítsa a +majd kattintson a <span class="guibutton">Törlés...</span> gombra.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Keresési indexek"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Keresési indexek</h3></div></div></div><p>Ez az opció teszi lehetővé, hogy új indexeket készítsen, vagy kitakarítsa a törölt dokumentumok elárvult indexeit.Ez az opció teszi lehetővé, hogy új indexeket készítsen, vagy kitakarítsa a törölt dokumentumok elárvult -indexeit.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> +indexeit.</p><div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Keresés a dokumentumokban </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exportálás és Nyomtatás</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 02fc817..a1fbd81 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,17 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exportálás és Nyomtatás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exportálás és Nyomtatás</h2></div></div></div><p>Több helyen van lehetősége helyi menüt nyitni a -<span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal. Helyzettől függően lehetősége -van <span class="guimenuitem">Kijelölni</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Másolni</span> -(a vágólapra), <span class="guimenuitem">Menteni</span> vagy -<span class="guimenuitem">Nyomtatni</span>. Ilyen menü nyílik meg például az -olvasási ablakban, vagy a keresési ablakban, mikor egy találatra -kattint. Tényleg ilyen egyszerű, csak próbálja ki.Több helyen van lehetősége -helyi menüt nyitni a <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal. Helyzettől -függően lehetősége van <span class="guimenuitem">Kijelölni</span>, -<span class="guimenuitem">Másolni</span> (a vágólapra), -<span class="guimenuitem">Menteni</span> vagy -<span class="guimenuitem">Nyomtatni</span>. Ilyen menü nyílik meg például az -olvasási ablakban, vagy a keresési ablakban, mikor egy találatra -kattint. Tényleg ilyen egyszerű, csak próbálja ki.</p><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> nyomtatási képességei csak a legalapvetőbbek, és csak +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exportálás és Nyomtatás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exportálás és Nyomtatás"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exportálás és Nyomtatás</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button. Depending on context, it will +allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>, +<span class="guimenuitem">Copy</span> (to clipboard), +<span class="guimenuitem">Save</span> or <span class="guimenuitem">Print</span> +text. This works for example in the read windows, when you click on the +normal text or the verse reference, or in the search result page when you +click on a work or one or more verse references. It is pretty +straightforward, so just try it out.</p><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> nyomtatási képességei csak a legalapvetőbbek, és csak segédeszköz jellegűek. Amennyiben ön szöveget szerkeszt, vagy prezentációt készít, melyben <span class="application">BibleTime</span> szöveget szeretne elhelyezni, javasoljuk, hogy erre külső, önnek megfelelő eszközt használjon, minthogy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> @@ -20,4 +15,4 @@ képességei csak a legalapvetőbbek, és csak segédeszköz jellegűek. Amen ön szöveget szerkeszt, vagy prezentációt készít, melyben <span class="application">BibleTime</span> szöveget szeretne elhelyezni, javasoljuk, hogy erre külső, önnek megfelelő eszközt használjon, minthogy a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> nyomtatási képességeire -támaszkodjon közvetlenül.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Könyvespolc menedzser </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +támaszkodjon közvetlenül.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 4. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> beállítása</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index f66af76..8240aad 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,64 +1,67 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A BibleTime ablak részei</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A BibleTime ablak részei</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak részei</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>A Könyvespolc</h3></div></div></div><p>A Könyvespolc felsorolja a telepített dokumentumokat kategóriánként és +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A BibleTime ablak részei</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak részei</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A BibleTime ablak részei"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak részei</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="A Könyvespolc"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>A Könyvespolc</h3></div></div></div><p>A Könyvespolc felsorolja a telepített dokumentumokat kategóriánként és nyelvenként. Itt található a "Könyvjelzők" kategória is, ahol tárolhatja és -elérheti a saját könyvjelzőit.</p><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Dokumentumok olvasása</h4></div></div></div><p>Dokumentum olvasásra megnyitásához egyszerűen kattintson a <span class="mousebutton">bal +elérheti a saját könyvjelzőit.</p><div class="sect3" title="Dokumentumok olvasása"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Dokumentumok olvasása</h4></div></div></div><p>Dokumentum olvasásra megnyitásához egyszerűen kattintson a <span class="mousebutton">bal egérgombbal</span> a kívánt kategóriára (Bibliák, Kommentárok, Lexikonok...) a tartalmuk kijelzéséhez, majd kattintson a kiválasztott munkára a megnyitásához. A kívánt dokumentum a Munkaasztal részen lesz -látható.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>A Fogd & Vidd működése</p></div><p>Amikor olvas egy dokumentumot, és meg szeretne nyitni egy másik munkát -ugyanannál a résznél, ahol éppen tart, egyszerűen megteheti. Csak kattintson -a <span class="mousebutton">bal egérgombbal</span> a versre, hivatkozásra (a -mutató kéz alakúra vált) és húzza a könyvespolcra. Vigye a kívánt -dokumentumra, az a kívánt helyen fog megnyílni. Ugyanígy húzhat egy -hivatkozást a nyitott dokumentum ablakra, és az a kívánt hivatkozásra fog -ugrani.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Kiegészítő információk egy adott dokumentumról</h4></div></div></div><p>Amikor <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal rákattint egy dokumentum -szimbólumára, egy helyi menüt láthat olyan bejegyzésekkel, ami az adott -munkára érvényes. Az <span class="guimenuitem">"Általános információk"</span> egy -új ablakot nyit meg, a dokumentumra vonatkozó információkkal. A -<span class="guimenuitem">"Feloldás"</span> egy kis párbeszédablakot nyit meg, -ahol megadhatja a zárolt dokumentumok feloldó kulcsát. A zárolt -dokumentumokról kiegészítő információt olvashat <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> ezen az -oldalon</a>, a Crosswire Biblia Társaság honlapján. </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Keresés a dokumentumokban</h4></div></div></div><p>Kereshet a dokumentumokban, ha a <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal -kattint a dokumentum ikonjára, és kiválasztja a <span class="guimenuitem">"Keresés -itt:"</span> menüpontot. A Shift segítségével másik ikonokra -kattintva hozzáadhat még dokumentumokat a kereséshez, ekkor az összes -kiválasztott munkában fog keresni. A keresés teljes leírását <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban">itt</a> találhatja.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Munka a könyvjelzőkkel</h4></div></div></div><p> +látható.</p><div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>A Fogd & Vidd működése</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the +passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the +<span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span> on the verse/passage reference +(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work +you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified +location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, +then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Kiegészítő információk egy adott dokumentumról"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Kiegészítő információk egy adott dokumentumról</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the +symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are +relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span> opens +a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +<span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span> opens a small dialog for +encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the +work. For additional information on locked works, please see <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> this +page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Keresés a dokumentumokban</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on its symbol and selecting +<span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing Shift and +clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same +procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these +documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features +can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Munka a könyvjelzőkkel"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Munka a könyvjelzőkkel</h4></div></div></div><p> - </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>A Fogd & Vidd működése</p></div><p> + </p><div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>A Fogd & Vidd működése</p></div><p> - Kattintson a <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal a könyvjelzők -kategóriára, majd válassza az <span class="guimenuitem">"Új mappa -létrehozása"</span> menüelemet egy új könyvjelző mappa -létrehozásához. Használhatja egyszerűen a Fogd & vidd technikát is, hogy -verset húzzon a munkaasztalról, vagy a kereséséi eredményeket áthúzza a -könyvjelzőkhöz, illetve, hogy újrarendezze a meglévő könyvjelzőit.</p><p>Lehetősége van könyvjelzők importálására és exportálására is. Ennek -érdekében nyissa meg a <span class="guimenu">helyi menüt</span> a könyvjelző mappában, -ahogyan az az előzőekben le lett írva, majd válassza a -<span class="guimenuitem">"Könyvjelzők exportálása"</span> menüpontot. Ekkor -előjön egy párbeszédablak, mely segítségével mentheti a könyvjelzőit. Az -importálás hasonlóképpen történik.</p><p>A <span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal kattintás természetesen -alkalmazható a mappák és a könyvjelzők neveinek és leírásainak -megváltoztatására is.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>A Nagyító</h3></div></div></div><p>Ez a kis ablak a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> bal alsó részén alaphelyzetben passzív. Amikor + Click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the bookmark +category of the bookshelf and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Create new +folder"</span> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal +drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or +search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between +folders.</p><p>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share +them. To do this, open the <span class="guimenu">context menu</span> of the bookmark +folder as described above, and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Export +bookmarks"</span>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save +the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>You can also click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> on folders and +bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="A Nagyító"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>A Nagyító</h3></div></div></div><p>Ez a kis ablak a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> bal alsó részén alaphelyzetben passzív. Amikor az egérrel egy olyan szövegrész fölé megy, ami kiegészítő információ (például Strong's számok, hivatkozások) tartozik a szöveghez az ebben a -részben látható. Tegyen egy próbát...</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>A Munkaasztal</h3></div></div></div><p>A munkaasztal a igazi munkaterülete a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> szoftvernek. Ide nyílnak +részben látható. Tegyen egy próbát...</p></div><div class="sect2" title="A Munkaasztal"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>A Munkaasztal</h3></div></div></div><p>A munkaasztal a igazi munkaterülete a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> szoftvernek. Ide nyílnak meg a dokumentumok a könyvespolcról, olvashatja azokat, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban">kereshet</a> bennük, és saját megjegyzéseket -fűzhet és elmentheti azokat ( <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Saját kommentár szerkesztése">ahogyan az itt látható</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Dokumentumok olvasása</h4></div></div></div><p>Ahogyan azt már <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Dokumentumok olvasása">láthattuk</a>, a dokumentumokat +fűzhet és elmentheti azokat ( <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Saját kommentár szerkesztése">ahogyan az itt látható</a>).</p><div class="sect3" title="Dokumentumok olvasása"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Dokumentumok olvasása</h4></div></div></div><p>Ahogyan azt már <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Dokumentumok olvasása">láthattuk</a>, a dokumentumokat egyszerűen megnyithatjuk a Könyvespolcról, az ikonjukra kattintva. A megnyitási terület a munkaasztalon van. Minden ablak rendelkezik eszköztárral, amelyen segédeszközöket találhat a navigáláshoz a megnyitott -munkában.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Megnyitott ablakok elhelyezése</h4></div></div></div><p>Természetesen egyszerre több dokumentum lehet megnyitva a munkaasztalon, -ahol több lehetősége van azokat elrendezni. Vessen egy pillantást az -<span class="guimenu">Ablak</span> menüre a főmenüben. Látható, hogy az ablakok -elhelyezkedését ön kézzel is és a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> automatikusan is -szabályozhatja. Ez utóbbi eléréséhez válassza az <span class="guimenu">Ablak -menü</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Ablakok automatikus elrendezése</span> menüpontot.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Saját kommentár szerkesztése</h4></div></div></div><p>Ahhoz, hogy a saját kommentárját a Biblia részeként tárolja, szükséges +munkában.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Megnyitott ablakok elhelyezése"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Megnyitott ablakok elhelyezése</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look +at the entry <span class="guimenu">Window</span> in the main menu. There you can see +that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely +yourself, or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle the placement automatically. To achieve +this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at +<span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement +mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Saját kommentár szerkesztése"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Saját kommentár szerkesztése</h4></div></div></div><p>Ahhoz, hogy a saját kommentárját a Biblia részeként tárolja, szükséges telepíteni a <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Biblia -Társaság</a> egyik modulját, a "Személyes kommentárt".</p><p>Amikor megnyitja a saját kommentárját az ikonjára -<span class="mousebutton">kattintva</span> a könyvespolcon, olvasási üzemmódban -nyílik meg, ekkor nem tudja szerkeszteni. Szerkeszteni akkor tudja, ha -<span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal kattint, és kiválasztja a -<span class="guimenu">Dokumentum szerkesztése </span>pontot és az -<span class="guimenuitem">Egyszerű szöveg </span>(forráskód szerkesztő) vagy -<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(alap wysiwyg szerkesztő).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Ha a <span class="guimenu">Dokumentum szerkesztése</span> -inaktív, lehetséges, hogy nincs írási joga a személyes kommentárhoz.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>A fogd & vidd működik itt is, csak ejtse egy vers hivatkozását a +Társaság</a> egyik modulját, a "Személyes kommentárt".</p><p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the +Bookshelf with a <span class="mousebutton">left</span> mouse button, it opens in +read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to +write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button and then select <span class="guimenu">Edit +this work</span> and then either <span class="guimenuitem">Plain +text</span>(source code editor) or +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Ha a <span class="guimenu">Dokumentum szerkesztése</span> +inaktív, lehetséges, hogy nincs írási joga a személyes kommentárhoz.</p></div><div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>A fogd & vidd működik itt is, csak ejtse egy vers hivatkozását a dokumentumra, és a vers szövege beszúrásra kerül. </p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3. fejezet - A program működése </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Keresés a dokumentumokban</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-search.html index e4825a0..23c943b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,30 +1,27 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Keresés a dokumentumokban</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="A BibleTime ablak részei"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Keresés a dokumentumokban</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Keresés a dokumentumokban</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </h3></div></div></div><p>Kereshet kifejezést vagy szót a megnyitott ablak(ok)ban, például az éppen -olvasott fejezetben, úgy, ahogy bármely más programban is. Csak kattintson a -<span class="mousebutton">jobb</span> egérgombbal, és válassza a -<span class="guimenuitem">Keresés...</span> opciót, vagy használhatja a <span class="keycap"><strong>F</strong></span> billentyű -kombinációt. Olvasson tovább, hogy megtudja, hogyan kereshet a teljes -dokumentumokban is. </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </h3></div></div></div><p>Keresést kezdeményezhet egy dokumentumban, hogy -<span class="mousebutton">jobb</span>egérgombbal rákattint az ikonjára a -<span class="guimenu">Könyvespolcon</span>, és kiválasztja a <span class="guimenuitem">Keresés a -dokumentum(ok)ban</span> lehetőséget. A Shift vagy a Ctrl nyomva -tartásával egyszerre több dokumentumot is hozzáadhat a kereséshez, hasonló -módon, mint ha csak egy dokumentumban keresne. Ekkor az összes kiválasztott -munkában fog keresni egyszerre.</p><p>Szintén elérhető a keresési funkció a főmenü <span class="guimenu">Keresés</span> almenüjéből, ahol kiválaszthatja a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Keresés a dokumentumokban</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="A BibleTime ablak részei"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Keresés a dokumentumokban</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Keresés a dokumentumokban</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other +programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button and selecting +<span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Read on to learn how +you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Keresési párbeszédablak elérése"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on its symbol in the +<span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span> and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Search in +work(s)</span>. By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other +work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to +open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the +same time.</p><p>Szintén elérhető a keresési funkció a főmenü <span class="guimenu">Keresés</span> almenüjéből, ahol kiválaszthatja a megfelelő bejegyzést.</p><p>A harmadik lehetőség a kereséshez a keresés ikonra kattintással érhető el egy megnyitott olvasási ablakban.A harmadik lehetőség a kereséshez a keresés -ikonra kattintással érhető el egy megnyitott olvasási ablakban.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>A keresés testreszabása </h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Dokumentumok kiválasztása</h4></div></div></div><p>A párbeszédablak felső részében található egy +ikonra kattintással érhető el egy megnyitott olvasási ablakban.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="A keresés testreszabása"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>A keresés testreszabása </h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" title="Dokumentumok kiválasztása"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Dokumentumok kiválasztása</h4></div></div></div><p>A párbeszédablak felső részében található egy <span class="guibutton">Választás</span> feliratú gomb. Ha egyszerre több dokumentumban kíván keresni, kattintson erre a gombra, és a lehetőségekből kiválaszthatja a keresésbe bevonandó munkákat.A párbeszédablak felső részében található egy <span class="guibutton">Választás</span> feliratú gomb. Ha egyszerre több dokumentumban kíván keresni, kattintson erre a gombra, és a -lehetőségekből kiválaszthatja a keresésbe bevonandó munkákat.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Keresési hatókörök használata</h4></div></div></div><p>Szűkítheti a keresés hatókörét a Biblia egyes részeire, amennyiben választ -egyet a <span class="guimenu">Hatósugár</span> által felajánlott listából. Ön is -meghatározhat hatókört a <span class="guibutton">Telepítés</span> gombra -kattintva.Szűkítheti a keresés hatókörét a Biblia egyes részeire, amennyiben -választ egyet a <span class="guimenu">Hatósugár</span> által felajánlott listából. Ön -is meghatározhat hatókört a <span class="guibutton">Telepítés</span> gombra -kattintva.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a> Az alapvető keresési kifejezések bemutatása</h4></div></div></div><p>Gépelje be a keresett kifejezéseket szóközökkel +lehetőségekből kiválaszthatja a keresésbe bevonandó munkákat.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Keresési hatókörök használata"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Keresési hatókörök használata</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <span class="guimenu">Search +scope</span>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the +<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span> button.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Az alapvető keresési kifejezések bemutatása"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a> Az alapvető keresési kifejezések bemutatása</h4></div></div></div><p>Gépelje be a keresett kifejezéseket szóközökkel elválasztva. Alapértelmezetten a keresés eredményeként azok lesznek felsorolva, amelyekben bármelyik kifejezés előfordul (OR - angolul a VAGY kifejezés). Ha azokra a találatokra kíváncsi csak, melyben az összes @@ -48,29 +45,19 @@ szövegtől eltérő szövegrészt keres, akkor a szövegtípus megadása után előfordulását keresi, így kell megadni: 'strong:H8077'. </p><p>Lehetséges szövegtípusok: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>3.1. táblázat - Keresési típusok</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Keresési típusok" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Előtag</th><th>Jelentés</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading: (fejléc)</td><td>A fejlécekben keres</td></tr><tr><td>footnote: (lábjegyzet)</td><td>a lábjegyzetekben keres</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>a Strong's számok előfordulásait keresi</td></tr><tr><td>morph: (alak)</td><td>alaktani kódokra keres</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> a Lucene keresőmotorját alkalmazza, mely további fejlettebb keresési lehetőséget ajánl. Többet megtudhat erről a <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a> webcímen.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Keresési találatok</h3></div></div></div><p>Bemutatunk néhány példát a keresésre, munkánként -csoportosítva. <span class="mousebutton">Jobb </span>egérgombbal a munkára -kattintva lehetősége nyílik menteni, másolni vagy kinyomtatni az összes -verset, amelyet talált a munkában akár egyszerre is. Ugyanígy működik az is, -ha csak egy, vagy több hivatkozást jelöl ki mentésre, másolásra, vagy -nyomtatásra. Egy hivatkozásra kattintva az előnézeti ablakban láthatóvá -válik a vers a szövegkörnyezetében.Bemutatunk néhány példát a keresésre, -munkánként csoportosítva. <span class="mousebutton">Jobb </span>egérgombbal a -munkára kattintva lehetősége nyílik menteni, másolni vagy kinyomtatni az -összes verset, amelyet talált a munkában akár egyszerre is. Ugyanígy működik -az is, ha csak egy, vagy több hivatkozást jelöl ki mentésre, másolásra, vagy -nyomtatásra. Egy hivatkozásra kattintva az előnézeti ablakban láthatóvá -válik a vers a szövegkörnyezetében.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse a Könyvespolcon egy dokumentum +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a> webcímen.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Keresési találatok"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Keresési találatok</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +by works. Clicking on a work with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse +button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a +certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the +references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference +opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse a Könyvespolcon egy dokumentum ikonjára, és a dokumentum megnyílik a hivatkozott versnél.Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse a Könyvespolcon egy dokumentum ikonjára, és a -dokumentum megnyílik a hivatkozott versnél.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse egy megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum +dokumentum megnyílik a hivatkozott versnél.</p></div><div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse egy megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum a hivatkozott helyre ugrik.Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse egy -megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum a hivatkozott helyre ugrik.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Válasszon ki hivatkozásokat, és húzza a könyvespolcra könyvjelzők +megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum a hivatkozott helyre ugrik.</p></div><div class="tip" title="Tipp" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tipp</h3><p>Válasszon ki hivatkozásokat, és húzza a könyvespolcra könyvjelzők készítéséhez.Válasszon ki hivatkozásokat, és húzza a könyvespolcra -könyvjelzők készítéséhez.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Keresési találatok elemzése</h4></div></div></div><p>Kattintson a <span class="guibutton">Találatok elemzése</span> gombra, hogy -megnyissa a találatokat elemző ablakot. Itt egy egyszerű grafikus elemzést -láthat a találatokról, találatok száma szerint a Biblia könyvei szerint. Ezt -az elemzést is el tudja menteni.Kattintson a <span class="guibutton">Találatok -elemzése</span> gombra, hogy megnyissa a találatokat elemző -ablakot. Itt egy egyszerű grafikus elemzést láthat a találatokról, találatok -száma szerint a Biblia könyvei szerint. Ezt az elemzést is el tudja menteni.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A BibleTime ablak részei </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Könyvespolc menedzser</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +könyvjelzők készítéséhez.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Keresési találatok elemzése"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Keresési találatok elemzése</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span> to open the search analysis +display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the +search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the +analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak részei </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op.html index 5852a6c..69077eb 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,9 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3. fejezet - A program működése</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Indítási folyamat"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="A BibleTime ablak részei"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>3. fejezet - A program működése</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">A program áttekintése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">A BibleTime ablak részei</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Könyvespolc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Nagyító</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Munkaasztal</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Keresés a dokumentumokban</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">A keresés testreszabása </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Keresési találatok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">A Könyvespolc menedzser</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Dokumentum(ok) törlése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Keresési indexek</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>A program áttekintése</h2></div></div></div><p>Így néz ki egy tipikus <span class="application">BibleTime</span> munkafolyamat: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3. fejezet - A program működése</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Indítási folyamat"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="A BibleTime ablak részei"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. fejezet - A program működése</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>3. fejezet - A program működése</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">A program áttekintése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak részei</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Könyvespolc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Nagyító</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Munkaasztal</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Keresés a dokumentumokban</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">A keresés testreszabása </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Keresési találatok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Dokumentum(ok) törlése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Keresési indexek</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="A program áttekintése"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>A program áttekintése</h2></div></div></div><p>Így néz ki egy tipikus <span class="application">BibleTime</span> munkafolyamat: </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="A BibleTime alkalmazás ablak"></div><p> - Könnyen felismerheti az alkalmazás különböző részeit. A Könyvespolc a bal -oldalon a dokumentumok és a könyvjelzők kezelésére használható. A kisebb -"Nagyító" ablak alatta a dokumentumokba ágyazott extra információt -mutatja. Amikor azt egérmutatót egy lábjegyzet jelzés fölé viszi, a -"Nagyító" megmutatja az aktuális lábjegyzet tartalmát. Az eszköztár gyors -elérést biztosít a különböző funkciókhoz, míg a jobb oldalon a munkaasztal a -megnyitott dokumentum helye.</p><p>Most tekintsük át a részeket egyesével.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Indítási folyamat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A BibleTime ablak részei</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left +window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the +Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below +the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in +documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, +then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar +gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right +side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Most tekintsük át a részeket egyesével.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Indítási folyamat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak részei</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index c335e58..8b3a65a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Gyorsbillentyűk</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Gyorsbillentyűk</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Gyorsbillentyűk</h2></div></div></div><p>Ez az összes gyorsbillentyű leírásukkal együttes listája. A felsorolás +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Gyorsbillentyűk</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Gyorsbillentyűk</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Gyorsbillentyűk"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Gyorsbillentyűk</h2></div></div></div><p>Ez az összes gyorsbillentyű leírásukkal együttes listája. A felsorolás (többnyire) ABC sorrendnek megfelelő. Ha közvetlenül szeretné megtudni, melyik kombináció tartozik egyes menükhöz, tekintse meg közvetlenül a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> menüiben, (ahol jelezve vannak), vagy megkeresheti <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Főmenü referenciája">ebben a részben</a>. Ne feledje, hogy a @@ -117,4 +117,4 @@ láthatóvá teszi a "könyvespolcot".</td></tr><tr><td> </td><td> Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"><span class="guimenu">Nézet</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Nagyító mutatása</span></a> menüponttal, láthatóvá teszi a -nagyító (információs) ablakot.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +nagyító (információs) ablakot.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Works reference </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..12c990d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Works reference</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Gyorsbillentyűk"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Works reference</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Works reference"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Works reference</h2></div></div></div><p> + In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open +works. + </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_forward.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Scrolls forward through history. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_back.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Scrolls back through history. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an installed bible. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible_add.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an additional bible. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Search in selected works. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_displayconfig.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Display configuration. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an installed commentary. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary_add.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select additional commentary. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sync.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_book.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select a book. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an installed glossary or devotional. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon_add.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an additional glossary or devotional. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Gyorsbillentyűk</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference.html index 9cb8af2..745f1f1 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,23 +1,23 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Gyorsbillentyűk"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Főmenü referenciája</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> - File +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>5. fejezet - Tájékoztatás</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Főmenü referenciája</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + <span class="guimenu">File</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> - View + <span class="guimenu">View</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> - Search + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> - Window + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> - Settings + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> - Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Gyorsbillentyűk</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Főmenü referenciája</h2></div></div></div><p>Ebben a részben részletes leírást találhat a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fő menüjének összes + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Gyorsbillentyűk</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Főmenü referenciája"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Főmenü referenciája</h2></div></div></div><p>Ebben a részben részletes leírást találhat a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fő menüjének összes bejegyzéséről, elérésük szerint csoportosítva, az összes albejegyzéseikkel. Szintén ismertetjük a gyorsbillentyűket, melyek hozzájuk tartoznak. Az elérhető gyorsbillentyűk teljes listáját <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Gyorsbillentyűk">ebben a részben</a> találja.Ebben a részben részletes leírást találhat a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fő menüjének összes bejegyzéséről, elérésük szerint csoportosítva, az összes albejegyzéseikkel. Szintén ismertetjük a gyorsbillentyűket, melyek hozzájuk -tartoznak. Az elérhető gyorsbillentyűk teljes listáját <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Gyorsbillentyűk">ebben a részben</a> találja.</p><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> +tartoznak. Az elérhető gyorsbillentyűk teljes listáját <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Gyorsbillentyűk">ebben a részben</a> találja.</p><div class="sect2" title="File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> <span class="guimenu">File</span> </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ tartoznak. Az elérhető gyorsbillentyűk teljes listáját <a class="link" </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> bezárása</span>. A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> meg fogja kérdezni, hogy elmentse -e a változtatásokat a lemezre.</p></dd></dl></div><p> - </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> + </p></div><div class="sect2" title="View"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> <span class="guimenu">View</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -43,29 +43,32 @@ kapcsolhatja ki/be a fő eszköztár megjelenítését.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Könyvespolc megjelenítése.</span> Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a Könyvespolc megjelenítését.<span class="action">Könyvespolc megjelenítése.</span> Itt -kapcsolhatja ki/be a Könyvespolc megjelenítését.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> +kapcsolhatja ki/be a Könyvespolc megjelenítését.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookmarks</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Toggles display of the Bookmarks.</span> Toggle this setting to +turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need +more space for the Mag.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Nagyító megjelenítése</span>. Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a nagyító (információs ablak) megjelenítését.<span class="action">Nagyító megjelenítése</span>. Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a nagyító (információs ablak) -megjelenítését.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> +megjelenítését.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Search"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Keresés megnyitása az alapértelmezett Bibliában</span>. További -bibliák adhatók hozzá a párbeszédablakban.<span class="action">Keresés megnyitása az -alapértelmezett Bibliában</span>. További bibliák adhatók hozzá a -párbeszédablakban.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible +only</span>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed +search description can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban">here</a>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Az összes megnyitott dokumentumban kereső ablakot nyit -meg</span>. További munkák adhatók a kereséshez a -párbeszédablakban.<span class="action">Az összes megnyitott dokumentumban kereső ablakot -nyit meg</span>. További munkák adhatók a kereséshez a párbeszédablakban.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> + <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</span>. Works +can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search +description can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Keresés a dokumentumokban">here</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> @@ -116,7 +119,7 @@ segítségével eldöntheti, hogy az ablakokat ön rendezze, vagy a <span class="appl <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Az összes ablakot bezárja</span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> + <span class="action">Az összes ablakot bezárja</span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Settings"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -134,7 +137,7 @@ ablakát</span>. Itt megtalál mindent, amire szüksége lehet, hogy a <span class="action">Nyit egy ablakot, ahol megváltoztathatja a Sword beállításait, és kezelheti a könyvespolcát</span>. Bővebb információért tekintse meg <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser">ezt a fejezetet</a>.<span class="action">Nyit egy ablakot, ahol megváltoztathatja a Sword beállításait, és kezelheti a -könyvespolcát</span>. Bővebb információért tekintse meg <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser">ezt a fejezetet</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> +könyvespolcát</span>. Bővebb információért tekintse meg <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="A Könyvespolc menedzser">ezt a fejezetet</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Help"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -168,4 +171,4 @@ benne a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> verziójáról és a fejleszt! <span class="application">Qt</span> verziójáról és a felhasználási feltételekről.<span class="action">Információs ablakot nyit meg a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> projektről</span>, benne a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> verziójáról és a fejlesztőkről, a <span class="application">Sword</span> verziójáról, a <span class="application">Qt</span> verziójáról és -a felhasználási feltételekről.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">4. fejezet - BibleTime beállítása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Gyorsbillentyűk</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +a felhasználási feltételekről.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">4. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> beállítása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Works reference</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index 752de20..b7527b9 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Indítási folyamat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Indítási folyamat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Indítási folyamat</h2></div></div></div><p>Mikor a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indul, a következő képet láthatja a fő <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Indítási folyamat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="3. fejezet - A program működése"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Indítási folyamat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Indítási folyamat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Indítási folyamat</h2></div></div></div><p>Mikor a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indul, a következő képet láthatja a fő <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak betöltése előtt:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> </span></dt><dd><p> @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ megismerje a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> alap lehetőségeit.< <span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> testreszabása</span> Ez az ablak teszi lehetővé, hogy -a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> a szükségeinek megfelelő legyen. Tekintse meg a <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak">lehetőségek</a> részletes leírását.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. fejezet - A program működése</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> a szükségeinek megfelelő legyen. Tekintse meg a <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak">lehetőségek</a> részletes leírását.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. fejezet - A program működése</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-term.html index 4fb9d15..cfcb71c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="1. fejezet - Bevezetés"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Indítási folyamat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>2. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hogyan indítsuk a BibleTime programot</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTime indítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Egyéni indítások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Indítási folyamat</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Hogyan indítsuk a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programot</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</h3></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy végrehajtható fájl, amit a Start menüből indíthat, evvel +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="1. fejezet - Bevezetés"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Indítási folyamat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="2. fejezet - BibleTime indítása"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>2. fejezet - <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hogyan indítsuk a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programot</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Egyéni indítások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Indítási folyamat</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Hogyan indítsuk a BibleTime programot"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Hogyan indítsuk a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programot</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="BibleTime indítása"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</h3></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy végrehajtható fájl, amit a Start menüből indíthat, evvel az ikonnal: </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime indítóikon"></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> természetesen indítható parancssorból is. Indításhoz írja be egy terminál ablakba ezt: - </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)</h3></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> természetesen használható más ablakkezelőkkel is, mint Gnome, + </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" title="Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)</h3></div></div></div><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> természetesen használható más ablakkezelőkkel is, mint Gnome, BlackBox, XFce stb. alatt is, amennyiben a szükséges összetevőket telepíti -hozzá. (A legtöbb rendszer csomagkezelője automatikusan megteszi.)</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Egyéni indítások</h3></div></div></div><p>Terminálból véletlenszerű verssel így indítható a <span class="application">BibleTime</span>: +hozzá. (A legtöbb rendszer csomagkezelője automatikusan megteszi.)</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Egyéni indítások"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Egyéni indítások</h3></div></div></div><p>Terminálból véletlenszerű verssel így indítható a <span class="application">BibleTime</span>: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "random"</pre><p>Egy meghatározott verssel induláshoz, mint például a János 3:16 így: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"</pre><p>Használhatja a könyvek neveit saját nyelvén is.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">1. fejezet - Bevezetés </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Indítási folyamat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html index 4d3a2aa..b19c6d3 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime kézikönyv</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmányozó szoftver."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="1. fejezet - Bevezetés"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">BibleTime kézikönyv</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Saalbach</span>, <span class="firstname">Fred</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Hoyt</span>, <span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Gruner</span>, <span class="firstname">Martin</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Abthorpe</span>, <span class="firstname">Thomas</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> csapat</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545564"></a><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> része</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Kivonat</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmányozó -szoftver.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Bevezetés</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Mi a BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Elérhető dokumentumok</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivációnk</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. BibleTime indítása</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hogyan indítsuk a BibleTime programot</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTime indítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Egyéni indítások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Indítási folyamat</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. A program működése</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">A program áttekintése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">A BibleTime ablak részei</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Könyvespolc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Nagyító</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Munkaasztal</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Keresés a dokumentumokban</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">A keresés testreszabása </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Keresési találatok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">A Könyvespolc menedzser</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Dokumentum(ok) törlése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Keresési indexek</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. BibleTime beállítása</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">A BibleTime Beállítása párbeszédablak</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> - Display +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime kézikönyv</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmányozó szoftver."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="1. fejezet - Bevezetés"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Saalbach</span>, <span class="firstname">Fred</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Hoyt</span>, <span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Gruner</span>, <span class="firstname">Martin</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Abthorpe</span>, <span class="firstname">Thomas</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> csapat</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Jogi közlemény"><a name="id14837329"></a><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> része</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Kivonat"><p class="title"><b>Kivonat</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmányozó +szoftver.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Bevezetés</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Mi a <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Elérhető dokumentumok</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivációnk</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hogyan indítsuk a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programot</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> indítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Egyéni indítások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Indítási folyamat</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. A program működése</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">A program áttekintése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak részei</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Könyvespolc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Nagyító</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Munkaasztal</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Keresés a dokumentumokban</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Keresési párbeszédablak elérése </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">A keresés testreszabása </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Keresési találatok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">A <span class="guimenuitem">Könyvespolc menedzser</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Telepítési útvonal(ak) beállítása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Dokumentum(ok) törlése</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Keresési indexek</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportálás és Nyomtatás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> beállítása</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Beállítása párbeszédablak</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> - Languages + <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - Desk + <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> - HotKeys + <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-reference.html">5. Tájékoztatás</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Főmenü referenciája</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> - File + <span class="guimenu">File</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> - View + <span class="guimenu">View</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> - Search + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> - Window + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> - Settings + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> - Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Gyorsbillentyűk</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>A táblázatok listája</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Keresési típusok</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">UNICODE betűkészletek</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 1. fejezet - Bevezetés</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Gyorsbillentyűk</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>A táblázatok listája</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Keresési típusok</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">UNICODE betűkészletek</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 1. fejezet - Bevezetés</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index 2b48a91..8fa6d3f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -80,8 +80,8 @@ Cyberbit</trademark>(about 12Mb).</para> <para>De lokalisatiepakketten (localization packages) in uw distributie.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>An existing <trademark class="registered">Microsoft -Windows</trademark>installation on the same computer.</para> + <para>An existing <trademark class="registered">Microsoft Windows</trademark> +installation on the same computer.</para> </listitem> <listitem> <para>Een verzameling lettertypen, zoals beschikbaar is van Adobe of Bitstream.</para> @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</ulink>).</para> have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, according to the standard Bible you specified.</para> </sect2> <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index b260712..3dcfd32 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -11,13 +11,14 @@ <phrase>The &bibletime; application window</phrase> </textobject> </mediaobject> - You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on -the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little -"Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that -is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, -for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the -footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the -Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</para> + You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left +window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the +Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below +the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in +documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, +then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar +gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right +side is where you do your real work.</para> <para>Laten we nu doorgaan en één voor één de verschillende onderdelen van de toepassing bekijken.</para> @@ -45,7 +46,7 @@ Bureaugebied.</para> <para>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the -<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton>on the verse/passage reference +<mousebutton>left mouse button</mousebutton> on the verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, @@ -54,11 +55,11 @@ then it will jump to the specified location.</para> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"> <title>Additionele informatie over modules</title> - <para>If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the + <para>If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are -relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>"About this work"</guimenuitem>opens a -window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. -<guimenuitem>"Unlock this work"</guimenuitem>opens a small dialog for +relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>"About this work"</guimenuitem> opens +a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +<guimenuitem>"Unlock this work"</guimenuitem> opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp"> this @@ -68,7 +69,7 @@ page</ulink> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</para> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"> <title>Zoeken in modules</title> <para>You can search in a work by clicking with the -<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol and selecting +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol and selecting <guimenuitem>"Search in work(s)"</guimenuitem>. By pressing &Shift; and clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these @@ -84,19 +85,19 @@ can be found <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">here</link>.</para> <para>Drag & Drop Werkt Hier</para> </tip> - Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on the bookmark + Click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the bookmark category of the bookshelf and select <guimenuitem>"Create new folder"</guimenuitem> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between folders.</para> <para>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share -them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu>of the bookmark +them. To do this, open the <guimenu>context menu</guimenu> of the bookmark folder as described above, and select <guimenuitem>"Export bookmarks"</guimenuitem>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</para> - <para>You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>on folders and + <para>You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> on folders and bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</para> </sect3> </sect2> @@ -133,7 +134,7 @@ alsmede history knoppen zoals u die kent vanuit uw internet browser.</para> <title>Plaatsing van leesvensters</title> <para>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look -at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu>in the main menu. There you can see +at the entry <guimenu>Window</guimenu> in the main menu. There you can see that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at @@ -150,11 +151,11 @@ installeren. Deze module heet "Personal commentary" (Persoonlijk bijbelcommentaar).</para> <para>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the -Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton>mouse button, it opens in +Bookshelf with a <mousebutton>left</mousebutton> mouse button, it opens in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the -<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit -this work</guimenu>and then either <guimenuitem>Plain +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and then select <guimenu>Edit +this work</guimenu> and then either <guimenuitem>Plain text</guimenuitem>(source code editor) or <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</para> @@ -179,7 +180,7 @@ will be inserted.</para> <para>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the -<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button and selecting +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button and selecting <guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can search in entire works.</para> @@ -188,8 +189,8 @@ you can search in entire works.</para> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-access"> <title>De zoekdialoog benaderen</title> <para>You can search in a work by clicking with the -<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button on its symbol in the -<guimenu>Bookshelf</guimenu>and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol in the +<guimenu>Bookshelf</guimenu> and selecting <guimenuitem>Search in work(s)</guimenuitem>. By holding &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the @@ -225,7 +226,7 @@ you can select the works you want to search in.</para> <para>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <guimenu>Search scope</guimenu>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton>button.</para> +<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton> button.</para> </sect3> <sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-syntax"> <title>Introductie op de syntaxis van een eenvoudige zoekopdracht</title> @@ -278,7 +279,7 @@ http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink></para> <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-results"> <title>Zoekresultaten</title> <para>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted -by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse +by works. Clicking on a work with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference @@ -297,7 +298,7 @@ te maken.</para> </tip> <sect3 id="hdbk-op-search-analysis"> <title>Analyse van zoekresultaten</title> - <para>Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton>to open the search analysis + <para>Click on <guibutton>Search analysis</guibutton> to open the search analysis display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the analysis.</para> @@ -370,7 +371,7 @@ index files for removed works.</para> <sect1 id="hdbk-op-output"> <title>Exporteren en Printen</title> <para>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the -<mousebutton>right</mousebutton>mouse button. Depending on context, it will +<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to <guimenuitem>Select</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem> (to clipboard), <guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 556c4b5..bc0f2d3 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -105,6 +105,21 @@ vergrootglas.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Toggles display of the Bookmarks.</action> Toggle this setting to +turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need +more space for the Mag.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <term> <menuchoice> @@ -145,7 +160,8 @@ zetten.</para> <listitem> <para> <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible -only</action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> +only</action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed +search description can be found <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">here</link>.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> @@ -166,8 +182,9 @@ only</action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. More -works can be added in the Search Dialog.</para> + <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. Works +can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search +description can be found <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">here</link>.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -492,6 +509,292 @@ license agreement.</para> </sect2> </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-works"> + <title>Works reference</title> + <para> + In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open +works. + </para> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-works-list"> + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_forward.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Scrolls forward through history. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_back.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Scrolls back through history. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_bible.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an installed bible. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_bible_add.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an additional bible. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Search in selected works. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_displayconfig.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Display configuration. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_commentary.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an installed commentary. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_commentary_add.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select additional commentary. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sync.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_book.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select a book. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_lexicon.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an installed glossary or devotional. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_lexicon_add.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an additional glossary or devotional. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"> <title>Sneltoetsen index</title> <para>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the @@ -762,4 +1065,5 @@ Manager.</entry> </tgroup> </informaltable> </sect1> + </chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook index 122a7ea..c460b90 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ <legalnotice> <para>Het &bibletime; handboek is onderdeel van &bibletime;</para> </legalnotice> - <date>2009-04</date> - <releaseinfo>2.0</releaseinfo> + <date>2009-06</date> + <releaseinfo>2.2</releaseinfo> <abstract> <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</para> </abstract> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-config.html index b29ab47..48e6f3b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporteren en Printen"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Hoofdstuk 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> configureren</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> - Display +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporteren en Printen"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> configureren</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Hoofdstuk 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> configureren</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> - Languages + <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - Desk + <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> - HotKeys + <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>In this section you find an overview to configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, which can be -found under <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on +found under <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect1" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> user interface can be customized in many ways depending on your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> -<span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> +<span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" title="Display"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Het gedrag bij het opstarten kan aangepast worden aan de gebruiker. Maak een keuze uit de volgende opties: - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Toon opstartlogo</p></li></ul></div><p>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Toon opstartlogo</p></li></ul></div><p>Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview -on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> +on the right pane.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Languages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Hier kunt u specificeren welke talen gebruikt moeten worden voor de bijbelboeknamen. Stel dit op uw moedertaal als deze beschikbaar is en u @@ -31,12 +31,12 @@ in this work.</p><p>To correct this, choose this work's language from the drop d the use custom font checkbox. Now select a font. For example, a font that supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that -language.</p><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Lettertypen installeren</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this +language.</p><div class="sect3" title="Lettertypen installeren"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Lettertypen installeren</h4></div></div></div><p>Detailed font installation instructions are outside the scope of this handbook. For further information you might want to refer to the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode -HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will run +HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you use a small font like Clearlyu (about 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will run faster than with a large font like <span class="trademark">Bitstream -Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Lettertypen verkrijgen</h4></div></div></div><p>Lettertypen kunnen worden verkregen uit een aantal bronnen:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li><p>De lokalisatiepakketten (localization packages) in uw distributie.</p></li><li><p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft -Windows</span>®installation on the same computer.</p></li><li><p>Een verzameling lettertypen, zoals beschikbaar is van Adobe of Bitstream.</p></li><li><p>Online verzamelingen van lettertypen.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these +Cyberbit</span>®(about 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" title="Lettertypen verkrijgen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Lettertypen verkrijgen</h4></div></div></div><p>Lettertypen kunnen worden verkregen uit een aantal bronnen:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Your *nix distribution.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>De lokalisatiepakketten (localization packages) in uw distributie.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>An existing <span class="trademark">Microsoft Windows</span>® +installation on the same computer.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Een verzameling lettertypen, zoals beschikbaar is van Adobe of Bitstream.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Online verzamelingen van lettertypen.</p></li></ul></div><p>Unicode fonts support more characters than other fonts, and some of these fonts are available at no charge. None of available fonts includes all characters defined in the Unicode standard, so you may want to use different fonts for different languages.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 4.1. Unicode lettertypen</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Unicode lettertypen" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> @@ -65,15 +65,15 @@ en Thaise karakters.</td></tr><tr><td> bijbehorende website.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts in the Internet</a>), or the one by Alan Wood ( <a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top"> Unicode character -ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> +ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Desk"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over then, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> +over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="HotKeys"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> </h3></div></div></div><p>Sneltoetsen zijn speciale toetsencombinaties die gebruikt kunnen worden in plaats van menu items en iconen. Een aantal van <span class="application">BibleTime</span>'s commando's diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-intro.html index 4d4b17d..d78f74e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Beschikbare modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivatie</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Beschikbare modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivatie</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="About BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a> library, which provides the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible text, searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported document formats can be found in the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> developers -section</a> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Beschikbare modules</h3></div></div></div><p>Meer dan 200 documenten in 50 talen zijn beschikbaar bij de <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>. Hierin zijn +section</a> of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" title="Beschikbare modules"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Beschikbare modules</h3></div></div></div><p>Meer dan 200 documenten in 50 talen zijn beschikbaar bij de <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>. Hierin zijn opgenomen: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bijbels</span></dt><dd><p>The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and @@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ Licht op het Dagelijkse Pad) en de Losungen.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lexi Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebrew Lexicon and the International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged -Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivatie</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their +Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Motivatie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivatie</h3></div></div></div><p>Our desire is to serve God, and to do our part to help others grow in their relationship with Him. We have striven to make this a powerful, quality program, and still make it simple and intuitive to operate. It is our desire that God be praised, as He is the source of all good things.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Iedere gave, die goed, en elk geschenk, dat volmaakt is, daalt van boven neder, van de Vader der lichten, bij wie geen verandering is of zweem van -ommekeer.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakobus 1:17, NBG51</span></td></tr></table></div><p>God zegene u wanneer u dit programma gebruikt.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Het BibleTime handboek </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +ommekeer.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jakobus 1:17, NBG51</span></td></tr></table></div><p>God zegene u wanneer u dit programma gebruikt.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index aa67ef4..eb227bd 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>De Boekenplank Manager</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporteren en Printen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">De Boekenplank Manager</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>De Boekenplank Manager</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exporteren en Printen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="De Boekenplank Manager"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span></h2></div></div></div><p>The <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> is a tool to manage your Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove -existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard +existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> in the main menu.</p><div class="sect2" title="Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is -"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard +"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If you have a sword CD, but do not want to install all the works on the hard disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, it will show all -works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Modules installeren/bijwerken</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +works on the CD if it is present.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Modules installeren/bijwerken"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Modules installeren/bijwerken</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You @@ -19,11 +19,11 @@ Boekenplank kunt toevoegen of die reeds geïnstalleerd zijn, maar bijgewerkt kunnen worden omdat er een nieuwe versie beschikbaar is in de bibliotheek. U kunt dan alle modules aanvinken die u wilt installeren of bijwerken en dan klikken op <span class="guibutton">Installeer modules</span>. Ze -zullen dan overgeheveld worden naar uw Boekenplank.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Module(s) verwijderen</h3></div></div></div><p>Deze voorziening stelt u in staat om één of meerdere modules +zullen dan overgeheveld worden naar uw Boekenplank.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Module(s) verwijderen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Module(s) verwijderen</h3></div></div></div><p>Deze voorziening stelt u in staat om één of meerdere modules van uw Boekenplank te verwijderen om schijfruimte vrij te maken. Vink simpelweg de items aan die u wilt verwijderen en klik op -<span class="guibutton">Verwijder modules</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned -index files for removed works.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> +<span class="guibutton">Verwijder modules</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Search Indexes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>Search Indexes</h3></div></div></div><p>This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned +index files for removed works.</p><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3> If you are having problems with your search function, visit this feature. </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Zoeken in modules </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exporteren en Printen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 242b3ea..b9ad447 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exporteren en Printen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exporteren en Printen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exporteren en Printen</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the -<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button. Depending on context, it will +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exporteren en Printen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exporteren en Printen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exporteren en Printen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exporteren en Printen</h2></div></div></div><p>In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to <span class="guimenuitem">Select</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Copy</span> (to clipboard), <span class="guimenuitem">Save</span> or <span class="guimenuitem">Print</span> @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ straightforward, so just try it out.</p><p>Afdrukken vanuit <span class="applica hulpfunctie. Als u een document of presentatie samenstelt die tekst bevat uit <span class="application">BibleTime</span> modules, dan raden we u aan om een programma voor presentaties of tekstbewerkingen te gebruiken om uw document op te maken en -niet om direct vanuit <span class="application">BibleTime</span> af te drukken.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">De Boekenplank Manager </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +niet om direct vanuit <span class="application">BibleTime</span> af te drukken.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> configureren</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 4f0341b..930b2dd 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,72 +1,72 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>De Boekenplank</h3></div></div></div><p>De Boekenplank laat alle geïnstalleerde modules zien, gesorteerd per +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="De Boekenplank"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>De Boekenplank</h3></div></div></div><p>De Boekenplank laat alle geïnstalleerde modules zien, gesorteerd per categorie en taal. Het heeft ook een categorie genaamd "Bladwijzers". Dit is -de plaats waar u uw eigen bladwijzers kunt opslaan en openen.</p><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Modules lezen</h4></div></div></div><p>Om een module uit de boekenplank te openen om te lezen, kunt u simpelweg met +de plaats waar u uw eigen bladwijzers kunt opslaan en openen.</p><div class="sect3" title="Modules lezen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Modules lezen</h4></div></div></div><p>Om een module uit de boekenplank te openen om te lezen, kunt u simpelweg met de <span class="mousebutton">linker muisknop</span> klikken op de gewenste categorie (Bijbels, Bijbelcommentaren, Lexicons, Boeken, Overdenkingen of Woordenlijsten) om de inhoud te laten zien. Klik dan op één van de modules om die te openen. Er verschijnt dan een leesvenster in het -Bureaugebied.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & Drop Werkt Hier</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the +Bureaugebied.</p><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & Drop Werkt Hier</p></div><p>If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the -<span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span>on the verse/passage reference +<span class="mousebutton">left mouse button</span> on the verse/passage reference (pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, -then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Additionele informatie over modules</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the +then it will jump to the specified location.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Additionele informatie over modules"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Additionele informatie over modules</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are -relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span>opens a -window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. -<span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span>opens a small dialog for +relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span> opens +a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +<span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span> opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> this -page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Zoeken in modules</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the -<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol and selecting +page</a> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Zoeken in modules"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Zoeken in modules</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on its symbol and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing Shift and clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features -can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Werken met bladwijzers</h4></div></div></div><p> +can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules">here</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Werken met bladwijzers"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Werken met bladwijzers</h4></div></div></div><p> - </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & Drop Werkt Hier</p></div><p> + </p><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & Drop Werkt Hier</p></div><p> - Click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on the bookmark + Click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the bookmark category of the bookshelf and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Create new folder"</span> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between folders.</p><p>You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share -them. To do this, open the <span class="guimenu">context menu</span>of the bookmark +them. To do this, open the <span class="guimenu">context menu</span> of the bookmark folder as described above, and select <span class="guimenuitem">"Export bookmarks"</span>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save -the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>You can also click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>on folders and -bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Het Vergrootglas</h3></div></div></div><p>Dit kleine venster in de linkeronderhoek van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> venster is +the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.</p><p>You can also click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> on folders and +bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Het Vergrootglas"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>Het Vergrootglas</h3></div></div></div><p>Dit kleine venster in de linkeronderhoek van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> venster is volledig passief. Telkens wanneer uw muisaanwijzer over een stukje tekst met extra informatie gaat (bijv. Strong-nummers), dan wordt deze extra informatie weergegeven in het Vergrootglas en niet in de tekst zelf. Probeer -het maar eens uit.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Het Bureau</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can +het maar eens uit.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Het Bureau"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>Het Bureau</h3></div></div></div><p>The Desk is where the real work with <span class="application">BibleTime</span> takes place. Here you can open works from the Bookshelf, read them, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules">search</a> in them, and even save your -annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Modules lezen</h4></div></div></div><p>Zoals we al <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Modules lezen">gezien</a> +annotations in the personal commentary module (see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken">below</a>).</p><div class="sect3" title="Modules lezen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Modules lezen</h4></div></div></div><p>Zoals we al <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Modules lezen">gezien</a> hebben, kunt u de te lezen modules simpelweg openen door te klikken op hun symbool in de Boekenplank. Een leesvenster zal worden geopend in het Bureau gebied. Ieder leesvenster heeft een werkbalk. Hier kunt u gereedschappen vinden om te navigeren in de module waarin dit leesvenster is verbonden, -alsmede history knoppen zoals u die kent vanuit uw internet browser.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Plaatsing van leesvensters</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several +alsmede history knoppen zoals u die kent vanuit uw internet browser.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Plaatsing van leesvensters"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Plaatsing van leesvensters</h4></div></div></div><p>Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look -at the entry <span class="guimenu">Window</span>in the main menu. There you can see +at the entry <span class="guimenu">Window</span> in the main menu. There you can see that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement -mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken</h4></div></div></div><p>Om uw eigen commentaar over delen van de bijbel op te kunnen slaan, moet u +mode</span>. Just try it out, it's simple and works.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken</h4></div></div></div><p>Om uw eigen commentaar over delen van de bijbel op te kunnen slaan, moet u een bepaalde module uit de bibliotheek van de <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a> installeren. Deze module heet "Personal commentary" (Persoonlijk bijbelcommentaar).</p><p>If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the -Bookshelf with a <span class="mousebutton">left</span>mouse button, it opens in +Bookshelf with a <span class="mousebutton">left</span> mouse button, it opens in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the -<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and then select <span class="guimenu">Edit -this work</span>and then either <span class="guimenuitem">Plain +<span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button and then select <span class="guimenu">Edit +this work</span> and then either <span class="guimenuitem">Plain text</span>(source code editor) or -<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span>(basic gui wysiwyg editor).</p><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>If <span class="guimenu">Edit this work</span> is deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the -personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse +personal commentary.</p></div><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Drag & drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse will be inserted.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Zoeken in modules</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-search.html index f157306..f4f9806 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,23 +1,23 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Zoeken in modules</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Zoeken in modules</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Zoeken in modules</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Zoeken in modules</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Zoeken in modules</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Zoeken in modules"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Zoeken in modules</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</h3></div></div></div><p>You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the -<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button and selecting +<span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Find...</span>, or by using the hotkey <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Read on to learn how -you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>De zoekdialoog benaderen</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the -<span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse button on its symbol in the -<span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span>and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Search in +you can search in entire works.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="De zoekdialoog benaderen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>De zoekdialoog benaderen</h3></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the +<span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on its symbol in the +<span class="guimenu">Bookshelf</span> and selecting <span class="guimenuitem">Search in work(s)</span>. By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the same time.</p><p>You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <span class="guimenu">Search</span> from the main menu, and selecting the appropriate entry.</p><p>Een derde mogelijkheid om zoekopdrachten te starten is door op het -zoeksymbool in een geopend leesvenster te klikken.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Modules selecteren</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find +zoeksymbool in een geopend leesvenster te klikken.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Configuratie van de zoekopdracht"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" title="Modules selecteren"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Modules selecteren</h4></div></div></div><p>At the top of the options tab you will find <span class="guibutton">Choose</span>(works). If you would like to search in multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where -you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Zoekbereiken gebruiken</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by +you can select the works you want to search in.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Zoekbereiken gebruiken"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Zoekbereiken gebruiken</h4></div></div></div><p>You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <span class="guimenu">Search scope</span>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span>button.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Introductie op de syntaxis van een eenvoudige zoekopdracht</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will +<span class="guibutton">Setup ranges</span> button.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Introductie op de syntaxis van een eenvoudige zoekopdracht"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Introductie op de syntaxis van een eenvoudige zoekopdracht</h4></div></div></div><p>Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all the terms separate the terms by AND.</p><p>U kunt jokers gebruiken: '*' komt overeen met elke willekeurige reeks van karakters, terwijl '?' overeenkomt met één willekeurig karakter. Het gebruik @@ -27,15 +27,15 @@ AND God'.</p><p>To search text other than the main text, enter the text type fol number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</p><p>Beschikbare typen tekst: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 3.1. Search Types</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Search Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Voorvoegsel</th><th>Betekenis</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Koptekst:</td><td>doorzoekt kopteksten</td></tr><tr><td>voetnoot:</td><td>doorzoekt voetnoten</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>doorzoekt Strong-nummering</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>doorzoekt morfologische codes</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top"> -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Zoekresultaten</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted -by works. Clicking on a work with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span>mouse +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Zoekresultaten"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Zoekresultaten</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +by works. Clicking on a work with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference -opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Sleep een bijbelverwijzing en laat die los op een symbool van een module op -de Boekenplank om de module op dat vers in een nieuw leesvenster te openen.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Sleep een bijbelverwijzing en laat die vallen op een geopend leesvenster en -die zal verspringen naar dat vers.</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Selecteer bijbelverwijzingen en sleep ze naar de Boekenplank om bladwijzers -te maken.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analyse van zoekresultaten</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span>to open the search analysis +opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.</p><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Sleep een bijbelverwijzing en laat die los op een symbool van een module op +de Boekenplank om de module op dat vers in een nieuw leesvenster te openen.</p></div><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Sleep een bijbelverwijzing en laat die vallen op een geopend leesvenster en +die zal verspringen naar dat vers.</p></div><div class="tip" title="Tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Selecteer bijbelverwijzingen en sleep ze naar de Boekenplank om bladwijzers +te maken.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Analyse van zoekresultaten"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Analyse van zoekresultaten</h4></div></div></div><p>Click on <span class="guibutton">Search analysis</span> to open the search analysis display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the -analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> De Boekenplank Manager</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +analysis.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op.html index 22fa4e6..9736267 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,10 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Volgorde van opstartschermen"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programma overzicht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">De Boekenplank</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Het Vergrootglas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Het Bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zoeken in modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">De zoekdialoog benaderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Zoekresultaten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">De Boekenplank Manager</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Modules installeren/bijwerken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Module(s) verwijderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporteren en Printen</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Programma overzicht</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Volgorde van opstartschermen"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programma overzicht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">De Boekenplank</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Het Vergrootglas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Het Bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zoeken in modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">De zoekdialoog benaderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Zoekresultaten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Modules installeren/bijwerken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Module(s) verwijderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporteren en Printen</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Programma overzicht"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Programma overzicht</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="The BibleTime application window"></div><p> - You can easily see the different parts of the application. The Bookshelf on -the left side is used to open works and to manage your bookmarks. The little -"Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that -is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, -for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the -footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the -Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Laten we nu doorgaan en één voor één de -verschillende onderdelen van de toepassing bekijken.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Volgorde van opstartschermen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left +window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the +Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below +the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in +documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, +then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar +gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right +side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Laten we nu doorgaan en één voor één de +verschillende onderdelen van de toepassing bekijken.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Volgorde van opstartschermen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html index a0705de..192fcff 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sneltoetsen index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sneltoetsen index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Sneltoetsen index</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sneltoetsen index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sneltoetsen index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Sneltoetsen index"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>Sneltoetsen index</h2></div></div></div><p>This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look at the entry itself in <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (as it always shows the hotkey), or you @@ -89,4 +89,4 @@ Manager.</td></tr><tr><td> <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> </td><td> <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show mag</span> -</a> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</a> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Works reference </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9363a0f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Works reference</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Sneltoetsen index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Works reference</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Works reference"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Works reference</h2></div></div></div><p> + In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open +works. + </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_forward.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Scrolls forward through history. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_back.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Scrolls back through history. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an installed bible. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible_add.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an additional bible. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Search in selected works. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_displayconfig.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Display configuration. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an installed commentary. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary_add.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select additional commentary. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sync.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_book.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select a book. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an installed glossary or devotional. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon_add.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an additional glossary or devotional. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sneltoetsen index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference.html index d00dede..9d881ce 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Sneltoetsen index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Hoofdmenu verwijzing</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> - File +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Hoofdmenu verwijzing</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + <span class="guimenu">File</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> - View + <span class="guimenu">View</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> - Search + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> - Window + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> - Settings + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> - Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Sneltoetsen index</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Hoofdmenu verwijzing</h2></div></div></div><p>In deze sectie kunt u gedetailleerde beschrijvingen vinden van alle items in + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Sneltoetsen index</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Hoofdmenu verwijzing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Hoofdmenu verwijzing</h2></div></div></div><p>In deze sectie kunt u gedetailleerde beschrijvingen vinden van alle items in het hoofdmenu van <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Ze zijn in precies dezelfde volgorde gerangschikt als ze voorkomen in <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, met alle sub-items genoemd onder het hoofd-item waartoe ze behoren. U kunt ook de sneltoets voor elk -item zien; een complete lijst van alle sneltoetsen kunt u vinden in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Sneltoetsen index">deze sectie</a>.</p><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> +item zien; een complete lijst van alle sneltoetsen kunt u vinden in <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="Sneltoetsen index">deze sectie</a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> <span class="guimenu">File</span> </h3></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ item zien; een complete lijst van alle sneltoetsen kunt u vinden in <a class="li </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Closes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> will ask you if you want to write unsaved changes to disk.</p></dd></dl></div><p> - </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> + </p></div><div class="sect2" title="View"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> <span class="guimenu">View</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -40,24 +40,31 @@ instelling in/uit om de hoofdwerkbalk wel/niet weer te geven.</p></dd><dt><a nam <span class="action">Schakelt de weergave van de Boekenplank in/uit.</span> Schakel deze instelling in/uit om de Boekenplank in het linkerpaneel wel/niet weer te geven. Dit kan handig zijn als u meer ruimte nodig heeft voor het -vergrootglas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> +vergrootglas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookmarks</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Toggles display of the Bookmarks.</span> Toggle this setting to +turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need +more space for the Mag.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Schakelt de weergave van het Vergrootglas in/uit.</span> Schakel deze instelling in/uit om het Vergrootglas in het linkerpaneel aan/uit te -zetten.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> +zetten.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Search"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible -only</span>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> +only</span>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed +search description can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules">here</a>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</span>. More -works can be added in the Search Dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> + <span class="action">Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</span>. Works +can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search +description can be found <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Zoeken in modules">here</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> @@ -103,7 +110,7 @@ elkaar)</span> <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> - <span class="action">Sluit alle geopende vensters</span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> + <span class="action">Sluit alle geopende vensters</span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Settings"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -117,7 +124,7 @@ details.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager">< <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and -manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> +manage your bookshelf</span>. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="De Boekenplank Manager">this section</a> for details.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Help"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> <span class="guimenu">Help</span> </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> <span class="guimenu"> @@ -139,4 +146,4 @@ your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus <span class="action">Opens a window about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> project information</span> contains information about <span class="application">BibleTime</span> software version, project contributors, <span class="application">Sword</span> software version, <span class="application">Qt</span> software version and the -license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sneltoetsen index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +license agreement.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> configureren </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Works reference</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index 4879ab3..eeb3d27 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Volgorde van opstartschermen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Volgorde van opstartschermen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Volgorde van opstartschermen</h2></div></div></div><p>Wanneer <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart kun je de volgende schermen zien, voordat het +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Volgorde van opstartschermen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Volgorde van opstartschermen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Volgorde van opstartschermen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Volgorde van opstartschermen</h2></div></div></div><p>Wanneer <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart kun je de volgende schermen zien, voordat het hoofdvenster van <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opent:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> </span></dt><dd><p> @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ install at least one Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know </span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Customizes <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span>This dialog lets you adapt <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to your needs. Please see <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Configure BibleTime Dialog">the -detailed description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +detailed description</a> of this dialog.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-term.html index 1ca26f2..a3c19ed 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Volgorde van opstartschermen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Hoofdstuk 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hoe u BibleTime opstart</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTime opstarten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Andere window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Aanpassing van het opstarten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Volgorde van opstartschermen</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Hoe u <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Volgorde van opstartschermen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Hoofdstuk 2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hoe u <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Andere window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Aanpassing van het opstarten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Volgorde van opstartschermen</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Hoe u BibleTime opstart"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Hoe u <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="BibleTime opstarten"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon: </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="BibleTime start icon"></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window and type: - </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Andere window managers</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, + </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" title="Andere window managers"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Andere window managers</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are -already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Aanpassing van het opstarten</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the +already installed on your computer.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Aanpassing van het opstarten"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Aanpassing van het opstarten</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the default bible: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p>To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html index 34ba647..83be3d2 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Het BibleTime handboek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Het BibleTime handboek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.0</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545565"></a><p>Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek is onderdeel van <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Samenvatting</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introductie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About BibleTime</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Beschikbare modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivatie</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. BibleTime opstarten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hoe u BibleTime opstart</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">BibleTime opstarten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Andere window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Aanpassing van het opstarten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Volgorde van opstartschermen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Werking van het programma</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programma overzicht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">De Boekenplank</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Het Vergrootglas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Het Bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zoeken in modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">De zoekdialoog benaderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Zoekresultaten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">De Boekenplank Manager</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Modules installeren/bijwerken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Module(s) verwijderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporteren en Printen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. BibleTime configureren</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure BibleTime Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> - Display +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Het BibleTime handboek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Bericht"><a name="id14837330"></a><p>Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek is onderdeel van <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Samenvatting"><p class="title"><b>Samenvatting</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introductie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Beschikbare modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivatie</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hoe u <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Andere window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Aanpassing van het opstarten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Volgorde van opstartschermen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Werking van het programma</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programma overzicht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">De Boekenplank</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Het Vergrootglas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Het Bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zoeken in modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">De zoekdialoog benaderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Zoekresultaten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Modules installeren/bijwerken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Module(s) verwijderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporteren en Printen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> configureren</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <span class="guimenu">Display</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> - Languages + <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - Desk + <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> - HotKeys + <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-reference.html">5. Verwijzing</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Hoofdmenu verwijzing</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> - File + <span class="guimenu">File</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> - View + <span class="guimenu">View</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> - Search + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> - Window + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> - Settings + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> - Help - </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Sneltoetsen index</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lijst van tabellen</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode lettertypen</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Sneltoetsen index</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lijst van tabellen</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Search Types</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Unicode lettertypen</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8392637 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-config"> + <title>Configurando &bibletime;</title> + <para>Nessa seo voc vai encontrar uma viso geral de como configurar o &bibletime;, +que pode ser encontrado em <guimenu>Configuraes</guimenu> no menu principal.</para> + <sect1 id="hdbk-config-bt"> + <title>Dilogo de configurao do &bibletime;</title> + <para>A interface de usurio do &bibletime; pode ser personalizada de vrias +maneiras, dependendo das suas necessidades. Voc pode acessar o dilogo de +configurao selecionando <menuchoice><guimenu>Configuraes</guimenu> +</menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Configurar &bibletime;</guimenuitem>.</para> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <title> + <guimenu>Display</guimenu> + </title> + <para>O comportamento de inicializao pode ser personalizado. Selecione uma dessas +opes: + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Mostrar logo de inicializao</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist></para> + <para>Modelos de exibio definem o estilo do texto (cores, tamanho, etc.). H vrios +modelos internos disponveis. Se voc escolher um, ir ver uma pr-visualizao no +painel direito.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-languages"> + <title> + <guimenu>Languages</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Aqui voc pode especificar que idioma deve ser usado para os livros +bblicos. Deixe-o no seu idioma nativo, se disponvel, e voc se sentir em +casa.</para> + + <para>Por padro, &bibletime; usa a fonte padro do sistema. Voc pode sobrescrever +essa fonte se necessrio. Alguns idiomas requerem fontes especiais para serem +exibidos corretamente, e esse dilogo permite a voc especificar uma fonte +personalizada para cada idioma.</para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_configfonts.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>Dilogo de Opes - fontes</phrase> + </textobject> + <caption> + <para>O dilogo de Opes - Fontes.</para> + </caption> + </mediaobject> + <para>&bibletime; pode agora usar todas as fontes suportadas. Se as obras que voc +deseja ver forem exibidas corretamente, nada precisa ser feito aqui. Se uma +obra somente mostra uma srie de pontos de interrogao (??????) or caixas +vazias, ento a fonte de exibio padro no contm os caracteres usados nessa +obra.</para> + + <para>Para corrigir isso, escolha o idioma dessa obra no menu de seleo. Marque a +caixa Usar fonte personalizada. Ento selecione uma fonte. Por exemplo, uma +fonte que suporta muitos idiomas Code2000. Se nenhuma fonte instalada pode +exibir a obra em que voc est interessado, tente instalar o pacote de +localizao para esse idioma.</para> + <sect3 id="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"> + <title>Instalando fontes</title> + <para>Instrues detalhadas de instalao de fontes esto fora do escopo desse livro de +mo. Para mais informaes, por favor verifique em <ulink +url="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html"> Unicode +HOWTO</ulink>.</para> + <tip> + <para>Se voc usar uma fonte pequena como Clearlyu (em torno de 22kb), &bibletime; +ir rodar mais rpido do que com uma fonte como <trademark +class="registered">Bitstream Cyberbit</trademark> (em torno de 12Mb).</para> + </tip> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"> + <title>Obtendo fontes</title> + <para>Fontes podem ser obtidas de vrios lugares:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Sua distribuio *nix.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Pacotes de localizao da sua distribuio.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Uma instalao existente do <trademark class="registered">Microsoft +Windows</trademark> no mesmo computador.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Uma coleo de fontes, tais como as disponveis da Adobe ou Bitstream.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Colees de fontes online.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>Fontes Unicode suportam mais caracteres que outras fontes, e algumas dessas +fontes esto disponveis gratuitamente. Nenhuma da fontes disponveis incluem +todos os caracteres definidos no padro Unicode, ento voc pode querer usar +diferentes fontes para diferentes idiomas.</para> + <table id="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"> + <title>Fontes Unicode</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP"> + Code2000</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Talvez a melhor fonte Unicode gratuita, cobrindo uma vasta gama de +caracteres.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads"> + SIL unicode fonts</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Excelentes fontes Unicode do Instituto de Lingustica Summer.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/"> + FreeFont</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Uma nova iniciativa de fonte Unicode gratuita.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS"> + Crosswire's font directory</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Vrias fontes disponveis do site Ftp da Crosswire Bible Society.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="ftp://ftp.netscape.com/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/"> + Bitstream CyberBit</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Cobre quase toda a gama do Unicode, mas pode fazer o &bibletime; ficar lento +por causa do seu tamanho.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>Clearlyu</entry> + <entry>Includa em algumas distribuies. Contm Europeu, Grego, Hebreu e Tailands.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <ulink url="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/"> + Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</ulink> + </entry> + <entry>Cobertura parcial, ver informaes no site linkado.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <para>Existem boas listas de fontes Unicode na net, como a feita por Christoph +Singer (<ulink url="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm">Fontes TrueType +UnicodeMulti-idiomas na Internet</ulink>), ou a por Alan Wood (<ulink +url="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html">Faixas de caracteres +Unicode e fontes Unicodes que as suportam</ulink>).</para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + <title> + <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Muitos recursos providos pelo backend do Sword podem agora ser +personalizados no &bibletime;. Esses recursos esto documentados no prprio +dilogo. Voc tambm tem a possibilidade de especificar obras padres que devem +ser usadas quando nenhuma obra em particular especificada numa +referncia. Um exemplo: a Bblia padro usada para mostrar o contedo de +referncias cruzadas na Bblia. Quando voc passar por cima delas, a lupa vai +mostrar o contedo dos vesculos referidos, de acordo com a Bblia padro que +voc especificou.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> + <title> + <guimenu>HotKeys</guimenu> + </title> + <para>Teclas de atalho so comandos de tecla especiais que podem ser usados no +lugar de itens de menu e cones. Vrios comandos do &bibletime; tm teclas de +atalho pr-definidas (veja <link linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">esta +seo</link> para uma listagem completa). A maior parte dos comandos do +&bibletime; pode ser associado a teclas de atalho aqui. Isso muito til para +acessar rapidamente as funes que voc mais usa.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bfd36f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-intro"> + <title>Introduo</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-intro-about"> + <title>Sobre &bibletime;</title> + <para>&bibletime; uma ferramenta de estudo bblico com suporte para diferentes +tipos de textos e idiomas. Mesmo grandes quantidades de obras so simples de +instalar e gerenciar. Ele foi feito sobre a biblioteca <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword">Sword</ulink>, que prov a +funcionalidade de back-end para o &bibletime;, tal como visualizar texto +bblico, pesquisar, etc. Sword o carro-chefe da <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>.</para> + + <para>&bibletime; foi desenhado para ser usado com obras codificadas em um dos +formatos suportados pelo projeto Sword. Informaes completas sobre os +formatos de documentos suportados podem ser encontradas na <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp"> seo +dedesenvolvimento</ulink> do Projeto Sword, Crosswire Bible Society.</para> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-intro-works"> + <title>Obras disponveis</title> + <para>Mais de 200 documentos em 50 idiomas esto disponveis da <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>. Esto +inclusos: + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>Bblias</term> + <listitem> + <para>O texto completo da Bblia, com itens opcionais como os nmeros Strong, +cabealhos e/ou rodaps no texto. Bblias esto disponveis em muitos idiomas, e +incluem no somente verses modernas, mas tambm textos antigos como o Codex +Leningradensis ("WLC", hebraico), e a Septuaginta ("LXX", grego). Essa a +seo mais avanada na biblioteca do projeto Sword.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Livros</term> + <listitem> + <para>Livros disponveis incluindo "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", e +"Josephus: The Complete Works" (em ingls)</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Comentrios</term> + <listitem> + <para>Comentrios disponveis incluindo clssicos como "Notas sobre a Bblia" de John +Wesley, o comentrio de Matthew Henry e o "Comentrio sobre Glatas" de +Lutero. Com o comentrio <emphasis>pessoal</emphasis> voc pode <link +linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> gravar suas prprias notas pessoas</link> +nas sees da Bblia.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Devocionais dirios</term> + <listitem> + <para>Muitas pessoas apreciam essas pores dirias da palavra de Deus. Obras +disponveis incluem Daily Light on the Daily Path, e o Losungen (ingls).</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>Lxicos/Dicionrios</term> + <listitem> + <para>Lxicos disponveis incluem: Cdigos de Anlise Morfolgicos de Robinson, Lxico +Hebraico de Brown-Driver-Briggs e a Enciclopdia da International Standard +Bible. Dicionrios disponveis incluem o Dicionrio Bblico Hebraico de Strong, +o Dicionrio Bblico Grego de Strong, Dicionrio Revisado da lngua Inglesa de +Webster 1913, Bblia em Tpicos de Nave.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-intro-motivation"> + <title>Motivao</title> + <para>Nosso desejo servir a Deus, e fazer nossa parte em ajudar outros a crescer +no seu relacionamento com Ele. Ns batalhamos para tornar isso um programa +poderoso e de qualidade, e ainda assim faz-lo simples e de operao +intuitiva. nosso desejo que Deus seja louvado, pois ele a origem de todas +as coisas boas.</para> + <blockquote> + <attribution>Tiago 1:17, ACF</attribution> + <para>Toda a boa ddiva e todo o dom perfeito vem do alto, descendo do Pai das +luzes, em quem no h mudana nem sombra de variao.</para> + </blockquote> + <para>Deus o abenoe enquanto usa esse programa.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e04036 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,382 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-op"> + <title>Operao do programa</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-overview"> + <title>Viso geral do programa</title> + <para> assim que parece uma tpica sesso do &bibletime;: + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_mainterms.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>A janela de aplicao do &bibletime;</phrase> + </textobject> + </mediaobject> + Voc pode facilmente ver diferentes partes da aplicao. A janela superior +esquerda usada para abrir obras instaladas na aba Estante de Livros, e com +a aba Marcadores, voc pode gerenciar seus marcadores. A pequena janela +"Lupa" embaixo da Estante de Livros usada para mostrar informaes extras que +esto incorporadas nos documentos. Quando voc move o cursor sobre um marcador +de rodap, por exemplo, a Lupa vai mostrar o contedo real da nota de rodap. A +barra de ferramentas lhe d acesso rpido a importantes funes, e a mesa no +lado direito onde voc faz seu trabalho de verdade.</para> + + <para>Vamos agora proceder olhando diferentes partes da aplicao individualmente.</para> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-parts"> + <title>Partes da janela de aplicao do &bibletime;</title> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"> + <title>A Estante de Livros</title> + <para>A Estante de Livros lista todas as obras instaladas, classificadas por +categoria e idioma. Ela tambm tem uma categoria chamada "Marcadores". Aqui +onde voc pode armazenar e acessar seus prprios marcadores.</para> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"> + <title>Lendo obras</title> + <para>Para abrir uma obra da estante para leitura, simplesmente clique com o +<mousebutton>boto esquerdo do mouse</mousebutton> na categoria desejada +(Bblias, Comentrios, Lxicos, Livros, Devocionais ou Glossrios) para mostrar +seu contedo. Ento clique em uma das obras para abri-la para leitura. Uma +janela de leitura ir aparecer na rea da Mesa.</para> + + <tip> + <para>Arraste e solte obras aqui</para> + </tip> + + <para>Se voc est lendo uma certa obra, e quer abrir outra obra na passagem que est +lendo, voc pode usar um atalho. Simplesmente clique com o <mousebutton>boto +esquerdo do mouse</mousebutton> na referncia do versculo/passagem (o cursor +muda para uma mo) e arraste-o para a Estante. Solte-o na obra que voc quer +abrir, e ele ser aberto pra leitura no local especificado. Voc tambm pode +arrastar uma referncia de versculo para uma janela de leitura j existente, e +ele vai para o local desejado.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"> + <title>Informao adicional sobre obras</title> + <para>Se voc clicar com o boto <mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> do mouse +nosmbolo de uma obra, voc ver um menu com opes adicionais relevantes para +essa obra. <guimenuitem>"Sobre essa obra"</guimenuitem> abre uma janela com +vrias informaes interessantes sobre a obra +selecionada. <guimenuitem>"Destravar essa obra"</guimenuitem> abre um +pequeno dilogo para documentos criptografados, onde voc pode colocar a chave +de liberao para acessar a obra. Para mais informaes sobre obras travadas, +veja <ulink url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp"> +essa pgina</ulink> no site da Crosswire Bible Society.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"> + <title>Buscando em obras</title> + <para>Voc pode buscar numa obra clicando com o boto +<mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> do mouse no seu smbolo e selecionando +<guimenuitem>"Buscar em obra(s)"</guimenuitem>. Pressionando &Shift; +eclicando em outras obras, voc pode selecionar mais de uma. Ento siga o +mesmo procedimento para abrir o dilogo de busca. Voc estar buscando em todos +esses documentos. Uma descrio completa da operao e dos recursos de busca +podem ser encontrados <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">aqui</link>.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"> + <title>Trabalhando com marcadores</title> + <para> + + <tip> + <para>Arraste e solte obras aqui</para> + </tip> + + Clique com o boto <mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> do mouse na categoria +de marcadores da estante e selecione <guimenuitem>"Criar nova +pasta"</guimenuitem> para criar uma nova subpasta de marcadores. Voc pode +usar funes "arrastar e soltar" para arrastar referncias de versculos de +janelas de leitura ou de resultados de buscas, e para rearranjar os +marcadores entre pginas.</para> + <para>Voc tambm pode importar marcadores de outras pessoas ou exportar marcadores +para compartilh-los. Para fazer isso, abra o <guimenu>menu de +contexto</guimenu> da pasta do marcador como descrito acima, e selecione +<guimenuitem>"Exportar marcadores"</guimenuitem>. Isso ir trazer uma caixa +de dilogo para voc salvar a coleo de marcadores. Voc pode importar +marcadores de uma maneira similar.</para> + + <para>Voc tambm pode clicar com o boto <mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> em +pastas e marcadores para mudar seus nomes e descries.</para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-mag"> + <title>A Lupa</title> + + <para>Essa pequena janela no canto inferior esquerdo do &bibletime; puramente +passiva. Quando seu cursor do mouse est localizado sobre algum texto com +informaes adicionais (ex. nmeros Strong), ento essa informao adicional +exibida na lupa, e no no texto em si. Experimente.</para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk"> + <title>A Mesa</title> + <para>A Mesa onde o trabalho real com &bibletime; acontece. Aqui voc pode abrir +obras da Estante, l-las, <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">procurar</link> +nelas, e at salvar suas anotaes no mdulo de comentrios pessoais (veja <link +linkend="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write">abaixo</link>).</para> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"> + <title>Lendo obras</title> + <para>Como ns <link linkend="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open">j vimos</link>, voc +pode abrir obras para simples leitura clicando sobre seu smbolo na Estante. +Uma janela de leitura ir abrir na rea da Mesa. Cada janela de leitura tem +uma barra de ferramentas. Ali voc pode encontrar ferramentas para navegar na +obra em que essa janela de leitura est conectada, assim como botes de +histrico como os que voc conhece no seu navegador.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"> + <title>Posicionamento da janela de leitura</title> + <para> claro, voc pode abrir vrias obras ao mesmo tempo. H muitas possibilidades +de posicionar as janelas de leitura na mesa. Por favor, veja o item +<guimenu>Janela</guimenu> no menu principal. Ali voc pode ver que voc pode +tanto controlar o posicionamento das janelas de leitura voc mesmo, ou fazer +com que o &bibletime; faa isso por voc. Para fazer isso, voc deve selecionar +um dos modos de posicionamento automtico disponveis em<menuchoice> +<guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de posicionamento</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice>. Experimente, simples e funciona.</para> + </sect3> + + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"> + <title>Editando seu prprio comentrio</title> + <para>Para poder armazenar seus prprios comentrios sobre partes da Bblia, voc +precisa instalar uma certa obra da biblioteca da <ulink +url="http://www.crosswire.org">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>. Essa obra +chama-se "Comentrio pessoal".</para> + + <para>Se voc abrir o comentrio pessoal clicando no seu smbolo na Estante com o +boto <mousebutton>esquerdo</mousebutton> do mouse, ele abre em modo de +leitura. Voc no poder edit-lo nesse modo. Se deseja escrever anotaes no +comentrio pessoal, voc deve abri-lo com o boto +<mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> do mouse e ento selecionar +<guimenu>Editar essa obra</guimenu> e ento ou <guimenuitem>Texto +simples</guimenuitem> (editor de cdigo fonte) ou +<guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem> (editor gui wysiwyg bsico).</para> + + <tip> + <para>Se <menuchoice> <guimenu>Editar essa obra</guimenu> </menuchoice> est +desativado, por favor, verifique se voc tem permisses de escrita para os +arquivos do comentrio pessoal.</para> + </tip> + + <tip> + <para>Arraste e solte obras aqui. Solte uma referncia de versculo e o texto do +versculo ser inserido.</para> + </tip> + </sect3> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-search"> + <title>Buscando em obras</title> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-intext"> + <title>Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</title> + <para>Voc pode procurar uma palavra ou frase na janela de leitura aberta (ex. o +captulo da bblia que estiver lendo) da mesma maneira que est acostumado em +outros programas. Isso pode ser feito clicando com o boto +<mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> do mouse e selecionando +<guimenuitem>Procurar...</guimenuitem>, ou usando a tecla de atalho<keycombo +action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Continue lendo para +aprender como voc pode procura em obras inteiras.</para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-access"> + <title>Acessando o dilogo de busca</title> + <para>Voc pode buscar numa obra clicando com o boto +<mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> do mouse em seu smbolo na +<guimenu>Estante</guimenu> e selecionando <guimenuitem>Buscar +na(s)obra(s)</guimenuitem>. Segurando &Shift; ou &Ctrl; e clicando em outros +nomes de obra, voc pode selecionar mais de uma. Ento siga os mesmos +procedimentos para abrir o dilogo de busca. Voc estar buscando em todas +essas obras ao mesmo tempo.</para> + + <para>Voc tambm pode acessar o dilogo de busca clicando em <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Procurar</guimenu> </menuchoice> no menu principal, e selecionando +a entrada apropriada.</para> + + <para>Uma terceira possibilidade para comear buscar clicar no smbolo de busca +numa janela de leitura aberta.</para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-config"> + <title>Configurao de pesquisa</title> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Aba de Opes do dilogo de busca de texto</screeninfo> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_searchopts.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </screenshot> + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-search-config-works"> + <title>Selecionando obras</title> + <para>No topo da aba de opes voc vai encontrar <guibutton>Escolher</guibutton> +(obras). Se voc gostaria de buscar em vrias obras, clique nesse boto e ser +oferecido um menu onde voc pode selecionar as obras nas quais deseja +procurar.</para> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-scope"> + <title>Usando Escopos de Busca</title> + <para>Voc pode restringir o escopo da sua busca a certas partes da Bblia +selecionando um dos escopos pr-definidos da lista em <guimenu>Escopo de +busca</guimenu>. Voc pode definir suas prprias faixas de busca clicando no +boto <guibutton>Configurar faixas</guibutton>.</para> + </sect3> + <sect3 id="hd-op-search-config-syntax"> + <title>Introduo Sintaxe Bsica de Busca</title> + <para>Coloque os termos de busca separados por espaos. Por padro, a funo de busca +vai retornar resultados que coincidam com qualquer um dos termos de busca +(OR). Para buscar por todos os termos, separe-os por AND.</para> + <para>Voc pode usar caracteres curinga: '*' coincide com qualquer sequncia de +caracteres, enquanto '?' coincide com um nico caractere qualquer. O uso de +parnteses permite agrupar termos de busca, por exemplo '(Jesus OR esprito) +AND Deus'.</para> + <para>Para buscar texto que no seja o texto principal, entre com o tipo de texto +seguido de ':', e ento o termo de busca. Por exemplo, para procurar pelo +nmero Strong H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</para> + <para>Tipos de texto disponveis: + <table id="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"> + <title>Tipos de Busca</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Prefixo</entry> + <entry>Significado</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry>heading:</entry> + <entry>busca em cabealhos</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>footnote:</entry> + <entry>busca em rodaps</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>strong:</entry> + <entry>busca em Nmeros Strong</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>morph:</entry> + <entry>busca em cdigos morfolgicos</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table></para> + <para>&bibletime; usa o mdulo de busca da Lucene para realizar suas buscas. Ele +tem muitos recursos avanados, e voc pode ler mais sobre ele aqui: <ulink +url="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html">http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</ulink></para> + </sect3> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-search-results"> + <title>Resultados de busca</title> + <para>Aqui voc pode ver quantas instncias do termo de busca foram encontradas, +classificadas por obras. Clicando numa obra com o boto +<mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> do mouse permite voc copiar, salvar ou +imprimir todos os versculos encontrados numa obra de uma vez s. Isso tambm +funciona quando voc clica em uma ou mais referncias para copiar, salvar ou +imprimi-las. Clicando numa referncia em particular abre o versculo em +contexto na janela de visualizao abaixo.</para> + <tip> + <para>Arraste uma referncia e solte-a no smbolo de uma obra na Estante para abrir +a obra naquele versculo numa nova janela de leitura.</para> + </tip> + <tip> + <para>Arraste uma referncia e solte-a numa janela de leitura aberta, e ela ir +pular para aquele versculo.</para> + </tip> + <tip> + <para>Selecione referncias e arraste-as pela Estante para criar marcadores.</para> + </tip> + <sect3 id="hdbk-op-search-analysis"> + <title>Anlise do resultado de busca</title> + <para>Clique em <guibutton>Anlise de busca</guibutton> para abrir a anlise da +busca. Isso d uma simples anlise grfica do nmero de instncias onde o termo +de busca foi encontrado em cada livro da Bblia, e voc tambm pode salvar a +anlise.</para> + <screenshot> + <screeninfo>Caixa de dilogo Anlise de Busca</screeninfo> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="ss_searchanal.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </screenshot> + </sect3> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> + <title>O <guimenuitem>Gerenciador da Estante</guimenuitem></title> + <para>O <guimenuitem>Gerenciador da Estante</guimenuitem> uma ferramenta para +gerenciar sua Estante. Voc pode instalar novas obras em sua Estante, e +atualizar ou remover obras existentes da sua Estante. Acesse-o clicando em +<menuchoice> <guimenu>Configuraes</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Gerenciador da +Estante</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> no menu principal.</para> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"> + <title>Configurao do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</title> + <para>Aqui voc pode especificar onde o &bibletime; pode armazenar sua Estante do +disco rdigo. Voc pode at armazenar em mltiplos diretrios. O padro +"~/.sword/".</para> + <tip> + <para>Se voc tem um CD do Sword, mas no quer instalar todas as obras no disco +rgido, e sim us-las diretamente do CD, ento voc pode adicionar o caminho +para o CD como um dos caminhos da sua estante. Quando voc iniciar o +&bibletime;, ele mostrar todas as obras no CD se estiver presente.</para> + </tip> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"> + <title>Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</title> + <para>Com esse recurso, voc pode conectar a um repositrio de obras (chamado +"biblioteca"), e transferir uma ou mais obras para sua Estante local. Essas +bibliotecas podem ser locais (e.g. um CD do Sword), ou remota (e.g. o +repositrio online da Crosswire de mdulos Sword, ou outro site oferecendo +mdulos Sword). Voc pode gerenciar suas bibliotecas com <guibutton>Adicionar +biblioteca</guibutton> e <guibutton>Excluir biblioteca</guibutton>.</para> + <para>Para comear o processo de instalao ou atualizao, selecione uma biblioteca +qual voc queira conectar e um caminho de Estante local para instalar a(s) +obra(s). Ento clique em <guibutton>Conectar +biblioteca</guibutton>. &bibletime; ir varrer o contedo da biblioteca e +mostrar uma lista de obras que voc pode adicionar sua Estante, ou que voc j +tenha instalado, mas esto disponveis em uma nova verso na biblioteca, e +assim podem ser atualizadas. Ento voc pode marcar todas as obras que quiser +instalar ou atualizar, e clicar em<guibutton>Instalar +obras</guibutton>. Elas sero ento transferidas para a sua Estante.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"> + <title>Remover obra(s)</title> + <para>Esse recurso permite a voc excluir uma ou mais obras da sua Estante para +liberar espao em disco. Simplesmente marque os itens e clique em +<guibutton>Remover obras</guibutton>.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"> + <title>ndices de pesquisa</title> + <para>Essa opo permite a voc criar novos ndices de pesquisa e limpar arquivos de +ndice rfos de obras removidas.</para> + <tip> + If you are having problems with your search function, visit + this feature. + </tip> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-op-output"> + <title>Exportando e Imprimindo</title> + <para>Em muitos lugares, voc pode abrir um menu de contexto clicando com o boto +<mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> do mouse. Dependendo do contexto, ele +permitir a voc <guimenuitem>Selecionar</guimenuitem>, +<guimenuitem>Copiar</guimenuitem> (para a rea de transferncia), +<guimenuitem>Salvar</guimenuitem> ou <guimenuitem>Imprimir</guimenuitem> +texto. Isso funciona por exemplo, em janelas de leitura, quando voc clica no +texto normal ou na referncia de versculo, ou na pgina de resultado de +pesquisa quando voc clica sobre uma obra ou uma ou mais referncias de +versculo. bem simples, experimente.</para> + + <para>A impresso no &bibletime; bem bsica e includa somente como uma +utilidade. Se voc est compondo um documento ou apresentao contendo texto das +obras do &bibletime;, sugerimos que voc use uma das ferramentas de edio no +seu sistema para formatar seu documento, ao invs de imprimir do &bibletime; +diretamente.</para> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..77cbfaa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,1073 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-reference"> + <title>Referncia</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-menus"> + <title>Referncia do menu principal</title> + <para>Nessa seo voc pode encontrar descries detalhadas de todos os itens do menu +principal do &bibletime;. Eles so apresentados na mesma ordem em que +aparecem no &bibletime;, com todos os sub-itens listados sob o item ao qual +eles pertencem. Voc tambm pode ver a tecla de atalho para cada item; uma +listagem completa de todas as teclas de atalho pode ser encontrada <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-hotkeys">nessa seo</link>.</para> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + <title> + <guimenu>File</guimenu> + </title> + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_exit.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>File</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Fecha o &bibletime;.</action> &bibletime; ir perguntar se voc deseja +salvar mudanas no-salvas para o disco.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-view"> + <title> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + </title> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F5</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_window_fullscreen.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Fullscreen mode</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Alterna exibio em tela inteira.</action> Alterne essa chave para +maximizar a janela do &bibletime;.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F6</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show toolbar</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Alterna exibio da barra de ferramentas.</action> Alterne essa chave +para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Alterna exibio da Estante.</action> Alterne essa chave para exibir +ou ocultar a Estante no painel esquerdo. Isso pode ser til quando voc +precisa de mais espao para a Lupa.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Alterna exibio dos Marcadores.</action> Alterne essa chave para +exibir ou ocultar os Marcadores no painel esquerdo. Isso pode ser til quando +voc precisa de mais espao para a Lupa.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>View</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Alterna exibio da Lupa.</action> Alterne essa chave para exibir ou +ocultar a Lupa no painel esquerdo.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-search"> + <title> + <guimenu>Search</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Search in standard bible</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Abre o Dilogo de Busca para procurar somente na Bblia +padro</action>. Mais obras podem ser adicionadas no Dilogo de Busca. Uma +descrio mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada <link +linkend="hdbk-op-search">aqui</link>.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Abre o Dilogo de Busca para procurar em todas as +obras</action>. Obras podem ser adicionadas ou removidas no Dilogo de +Busca. Uma descrio mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada <link +linkend="hdbk-op-search">aqui</link>.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window"> + <title> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + </title> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Save session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Diretamente salva a sesso atual</action>. Essa ao ir abrir um menu +de contexto onde voc pode selecionar uma sesso existente para salvar. Ela +ser sobrescrita com sua sesso atual. Veja o prximo item sobre como salvar +para uma nova sesso.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Salva a sesso atual sob um novo nome</action>. Essa ao ir perguntar +por um novo nome para salvar a sesso.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Load session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Carrega uma sesso existente</action>. Essa ao ir abrir um menu de +contexto onde voc pode selecionar uma sesso existente para carregar.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Delete session</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Exclui uma sesso existente</action>. Essa ao ir abrir um menu de +contexto onde voc pode selecionar uma sesso existente para excluir.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Controla o comportamento de posicionamento das janelas</action>. No +menu de contexto que se abre, voc pode especificar se quer cuidar do +posicionamento voc mesmo (modo Manual) ou deixar que o &bibletime; cuide +para voc (modos Automticos, experimente).</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <!--- TODO add submen items here --> +<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_cascade.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Organiza em cascata todas as janelas abertas</action>. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_tile_vert.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Tile vertically</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Automaticamente divide verticalmente todas as janelas +abertas</action>. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_tile_horiz.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Tile horizontally</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Automaticamente divide horizontalmente todas as janelas +abertas</action>. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_fileclose.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Fecha todas as janelas abertas</action>.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> + <title> + <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_configure.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Settings</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Configure &bibletime;</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Abre o dilogo de configurao principal do &bibletime;</action>. Voc +pode mudar todo tipo de configuraes legais aqui para adaptar o &bibletime; +sua necessidade. Por favor veja <link linkend="hdbk-config-bt">essa +seo</link> para detalhes.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> + + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F4</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_configuresword.png" + format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Settings</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Abre um dilogo onde voc pode mudar sua configurao do Sword e +gerenciar sua Estante</action>. Por favor veja <link +linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">essa seo</link> para detalhes.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-help"> + <title> + <guimenu>Help</guimenu> + </title> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F1</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_contents2.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Abre o guia de usurio &bibletime;</action> que voc est lendo agora.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <shortcut> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F2</keycap> + </keycombo> + </shortcut> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_contents2.png" + format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>Bible Study Howto</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Abre um guia sobre como estudar a Bblia</action> A equipe do +&bibletime; espera que esse HowTo ir incentivar os leitores a estudar as +escrituras para ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo em particular foi +escolhido por no advocar por nenhuma doutrina denominacional em +particular. Ns esperamos que voc leia e estude as escrituras para entender o +que elas dizem. Se voc comear com a inteno de que deseja que o Senhor semeie +sua palavra em seu corao, Ele no ir desapont-lo.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu>Help</guimenu> + <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> + </menuchoice> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Abre uma janela com informaes do projeto &bibletime;</action> contm +informaes sobre a verso do software &bibletime;, contribuidores do projeto, +verso do software &sword;, verso do software &qt; e o contrato de licena.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect2> + </sect1> + + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-works"> + <title>Works reference</title> + <para> + In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open +works. + </para> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-reference-works-list"> + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_forward.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Scrolls forward through history. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_back.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Scrolls back through history. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_bible.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an installed bible. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_bible_add.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an additional bible. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Search in selected works. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_displayconfig.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Display configuration. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_commentary.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an installed commentary. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_commentary_add.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select additional commentary. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_sync.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_book.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select a book. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_lexicon.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an installed glossary or devotional. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + + <para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"> + <term> + <menuchoice> + <guimenu> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_lexicon_add.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject></guimenu> + </menuchoice> + </term> + + <listitem> + <para> + Select an additional glossary or devotional. + </para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"> + <title>ndice de teclas de atalho</title> + <para>Esse o ndice de todas as teclas de atalho e suas descries correspondentes +no livro de mo. As teclas de atalho esto ordenadas (mais ou menos) +alfabeticamente. Se voc deseja encontrar diretamente qual tecla de atalho um +menu tem, voc pode olhar no item em si no &bibletime; (pois ele sempre +mostra a tecla de atalho), ou voc pode olhar <link +linkend="hdbk-reference-menus">nessa seo</link>.</para> + <informaltable> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <colspec colname="hotkey" /> + <colspec colname="desc" /> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Tecla de atalho</entry> + <entry>Descrio</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Alt;Left</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Volta no histrico das janelas de leitura.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Alt;Right</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Avana no histrico das janelas de leitura.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;F</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Procurar</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Procurar na bblia +padro</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> equivalente; abre o dilogo de +busca para procurar na bblia padro.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;G</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de +posicionamento</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-dividir +verticalmente</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; alterna diviso +automtica de janelas. + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;H</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de +posicionamento</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-dividir +horizontalmente</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; alterna diviso +automtica de janelas.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;J</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de posicionamento +</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-cascata</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +equivalente; alterna cascateamento automtico de janelas.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;M</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de +posicionamento</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Modo manual</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> equivalente; alterna posicionamento manual das janelas.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;S</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Salvar como nova sesso</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> equivalente; salva layout atual como nova sesso.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;&Alt;W</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Fechar tudo</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> equivalente; fecha todas as janelas abertas.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;-</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Diminuir zoom. Diminui o tamanho da fonte das janelas de leitura.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;+</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Aumentar zoom. Aumenta o tamanho da fonte das janelas de leitura.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;A</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Selecionar tudo. Seleciona todo o texto na janela de leitura.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;C</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Copiar. Copia o texto selecionado para a rea de transferncia.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Procurar. Permite a voc buscar no texto de uma janela de leitura.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;G</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dividir verticalmente</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> equivalente. + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;H</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dividir horizontalmente</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> equivalente. + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;J</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascata</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</link> equivalente a janelas. + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Procurar</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Procurar nas obras +abertas</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> equivalente; abre o dilogo de +busca para procurar em todas as obras abertas.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;Q</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Arquivo</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sair</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> +</link> equivalente; fecha o &bibletime;.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>&Ctrl;W</keycap></keycombo> + </entry> + <entry>Fecha a janela atual.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F1</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mo</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mo.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F2</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy +Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o Howto do Estudo +Bblico.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F4</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> +<menuchoice> <guimenu>Configuraes</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Gerenciador da +Estante</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> equivalente; abre o Gerenciador +da Estante.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F8</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar Estante</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> equivalente; alterna exibio da Estante.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <keycombo action="simul"> + <keycap>F9</keycap> + </keycombo> + </entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <menuchoice> +<guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar lupa</guimenuitem> +</menuchoice> </link> equivalente; alterna exibio da lupa.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + </sect1> + +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c9058e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<chapter id="hdbk-term"> + <title>Iniciando &bibletime;</title> + <sect1 id="hdbk-start"> + <title>Como iniciar o &bibletime;</title> + <sect2 id="hdbk-start"> + <title>Iniciando &bibletime;</title> + <para>&bibletime; um arquivo executvel integrado ao desktop. Voc pode iniciaro +&bibletime; do menu de incio com esse cone: + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="i_bibletime.png" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + <textobject> + <phrase>cone do &bibletime;</phrase> + </textobject> + </mediaobject></para> + <para>&bibletime; pode ser iniciado de um terminal de prompt de comando. Para +iniciar o &bibletime;, abra uma janela do terminal e digite: + <screen>&bibletime;</screen></para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-start-otherwm"> + <title>Outros gerenciadores de janelas</title> + <para>&bibletime; pode ser usado com outros gerenciadores de janelas como Gnome, +Blackbox, Fluxbox, OpenBox ou Sawfish, contanto que as bibliotecas base +apropriadas j estejam instaladas no seu computador.</para> + </sect2> + <sect2 id="hdbk-start-custom"> + <title>Personalizao de incio</title> + <para>De um terminal voc pode usar o &bibletime; para abrir um versculo aleatrio +na bblia padro: + <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible + "<random>"</screen>Para abrir numa passagem como Joo 3:16, use: + <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "Joo 3:16"</screen>Voc tambm pode usar os nomes dos livros em seu idioma de nomes atual.</para> + </sect2> + </sect1> + <sect1 id="hdbk-startsequence"> + <title>Sequncia de incio</title> + <para>Ao iniciar o &bibletime;, voc pode ver as seguintes telas antes da janela +principal do &bibletime; abrir:</para> + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <interface>Bookshelf Manager</interface> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Modifica sua Estante.</action> Esse dilogo permite a voc modificar +sua Estante, adicionar ou excluir obras do seu sistema. S ser exibido se +nenhuma Estante padro for encontrada. Por favor veja <link +linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"> essa seo</link> para mais detalhes. Se +voc iniciar com uma Estante vazia, ser til para instalar pelo menos uma +Bblia, Comentrio, Lxico e um Livro para conhecer os recursos bsicos do +&bibletime; rapidamente.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term> + <interface>Configure &bibletime; dialog</interface> + </term> + <listitem> + <para> + <action>Customiza &bibletime;.</action> Esse dilogo permite adaptar +o&bibletime; s suas necessidades. Veja <link linkend="hdbk-config-bt">a +descrio detalhada</link> desse dilogo.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </sect1> +</chapter> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook new file mode 100644 index 0000000..05c9c5b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" + "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" +[ + <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'> + <!ENTITY sword '<application>Sword</application>'> + <!ENTITY kde '<application>KDE</application>'> + <!ENTITY qt '<application>Qt</application>'> + + <!ENTITY Shift 'Shift'> + <!ENTITY Ctrl 'Ctrl'> + <!ENTITY Alt 'Alt'> + + <!ENTITY hdbkchap1 SYSTEM "hdbk-intro.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap2 SYSTEM "hdbk-start.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap3 SYSTEM "hdbk-operation.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap4 SYSTEM "hdbk-config.docbook"> + <!ENTITY hdbkchap5 SYSTEM "hdbk-reference.docbook"> +]> +<book> +<bookinfo> + <title>O livro de mo do &bibletime;</title> + <authorgroup> + <author> + <firstname>Fred</firstname> + <surname>Saalbach</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Jeffrey</firstname> + <surname>Hoyt</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Martin</firstname> + <surname>Gruner</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Thomas</firstname> + <surname>Abthorpe</surname> + </author> + </authorgroup> + + <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> +<copyright> + <year>1999-2009</year> + <holder>a equipe &bibletime;</holder> + </copyright> + <legalnotice> + <para>O livro de mo do &bibletime; parte do &bibletime;.</para> + </legalnotice> + <date>2009-06</date> + <releaseinfo>2.2</releaseinfo> + <abstract> + <para>&bibletime; uma ferramenta de estudo da Bblia baseado no framework Sword.</para> + </abstract> + <keywordset> + <keyword>QT4</keyword> + <keyword>bibletime</keyword> + <keyword>sword</keyword> + <keyword>crosswire</keyword> + <keyword>help dialog</keyword> + </keywordset> +</bookinfo>&hdbkchap1; &hdbkchap2; &hdbkchap3; +&hdbkchap4; &hdbkchap5;</book> + +<!-- + +Local Variables: + +mode: sgml + +sgml-minimize-attributes:nil + +sgml-general-insert-case:lower + +sgml-indent-step:0 + +sgml-indent-data:nil + +End: + +--> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-config.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..406a77f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportando e Imprimindo"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referncia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dilogo de configurao do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <span class="guimenu">Display</span> + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> + <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> + <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Nessa seo voc vai encontrar uma viso geral de como configurar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, +que pode ser encontrado em <span class="guimenu">Configuraes</span> no menu principal.</p><div class="sect1" title="Dilogo de configurao do BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Dilogo de configurao do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p>A interface de usurio do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode ser personalizada de vrias +maneiras, dependendo das suas necessidades. Voc pode acessar o dilogo de +configurao selecionando <span class="guimenu">Configuraes</span> <span class="guimenuitem">Configurar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" title="Display"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Display</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>O comportamento de inicializao pode ser personalizado. Selecione uma dessas +opes: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Mostrar logo de inicializao</p></li></ul></div><p>Modelos de exibio definem o estilo do texto (cores, tamanho, etc.). H vrios +modelos internos disponveis. Se voc escolher um, ir ver uma pr-visualizao no +painel direito.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Languages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Aqui voc pode especificar que idioma deve ser usado para os livros +bblicos. Deixe-o no seu idioma nativo, se disponvel, e voc se sentir em +casa.</p><p>Por padro, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> usa a fonte padro do sistema. Voc pode sobrescrever +essa fonte se necessrio. Alguns idiomas requerem fontes especiais para serem +exibidos corretamente, e esse dilogo permite a voc especificar uma fonte +personalizada para cada idioma.</p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_configfonts.png" alt="Dilogo de Opes - fontes"><div class="caption"><p>O dilogo de Opes - Fontes.</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode agora usar todas as fontes suportadas. Se as obras que voc +deseja ver forem exibidas corretamente, nada precisa ser feito aqui. Se uma +obra somente mostra uma srie de pontos de interrogao (??????) or caixas +vazias, ento a fonte de exibio padro no contm os caracteres usados nessa +obra.</p><p>Para corrigir isso, escolha o idioma dessa obra no menu de seleo. Marque a +caixa Usar fonte personalizada. Ento selecione uma fonte. Por exemplo, uma +fonte que suporta muitos idiomas Code2000. Se nenhuma fonte instalada pode +exibir a obra em que voc est interessado, tente instalar o pacote de +localizao para esse idioma.</p><div class="sect3" title="Instalando fontes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-addfont"></a>Instalando fontes</h4></div></div></div><p>Instrues detalhadas de instalao de fontes esto fora do escopo desse livro de +mo. Para mais informaes, por favor verifique em <a class="ulink" href="http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html" target="_top"> Unicode +HOWTO</a>.</p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Se voc usar uma fonte pequena como Clearlyu (em torno de 22kb), <span class="application">BibleTime</span> +ir rodar mais rpido do que com uma fonte como <span class="trademark">Bitstream Cyberbit</span>® (em torno de 12Mb).</p></div></div><div class="sect3" title="Obtendo fontes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-ob-font"></a>Obtendo fontes</h4></div></div></div><p>Fontes podem ser obtidas de vrios lugares:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Sua distribuio *nix.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Pacotes de localizao da sua distribuio.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Uma instalao existente do <span class="trademark">Microsoft +Windows</span>® no mesmo computador.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Uma coleo de fontes, tais como as disponveis da Adobe ou Bitstream.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Colees de fontes online.</p></li></ul></div><p>Fontes Unicode suportam mais caracteres que outras fontes, e algumas dessas +fontes esto disponveis gratuitamente. Nenhuma da fontes disponveis incluem +todos os caracteres definidos no padro Unicode, ento voc pode querer usar +diferentes fontes para diferentes idiomas.</p><div class="table"><a name="hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 4.1. Fontes Unicode</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Fontes Unicode" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP" target="_top"> + Code2000</a> + </td><td>Talvez a melhor fonte Unicode gratuita, cobrindo uma vasta gama de +caracteres.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads" target="_top"> + SIL unicode fonts</a> + </td><td>Excelentes fontes Unicode do Instituto de Lingustica Summer.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/" target="_top"> + FreeFont</a> + </td><td>Uma nova iniciativa de fonte Unicode gratuita.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS" target="_top"> + Crosswire's font directory</a> + </td><td>Vrias fontes disponveis do site Ftp da Crosswire Bible Society.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.netscape.com/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/" target="_top"> + Bitstream CyberBit</a> + </td><td>Cobre quase toda a gama do Unicode, mas pode fazer o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ficar lento +por causa do seu tamanho.</td></tr><tr><td>Clearlyu</td><td>Includa em algumas distribuies. Contm Europeu, Grego, Hebreu e Tailands.</td></tr><tr><td> + <a class="ulink" href="http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/" target="_top"> + Caslon, Monospace, Cupola, Caliban</a> + </td><td>Cobertura parcial, ver informaes no site linkado.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Existem boas listas de fontes Unicode na net, como a feita por Christoph +Singer (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Fontes TrueType +UnicodeMulti-idiomas na Internet</a>), ou a por Alan Wood (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top">Faixas de caracteres +Unicode e fontes Unicodes que as suportam</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Desk"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Muitos recursos providos pelo backend do Sword podem agora ser +personalizados no <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Esses recursos esto documentados no prprio +dilogo. Voc tambm tem a possibilidade de especificar obras padres que devem +ser usadas quando nenhuma obra em particular especificada numa +referncia. Um exemplo: a Bblia padro usada para mostrar o contedo de +referncias cruzadas na Bblia. Quando voc passar por cima delas, a lupa vai +mostrar o contedo dos vesculos referidos, de acordo com a Bblia padro que +voc especificou.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="HotKeys"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"></a> + <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p>Teclas de atalho so comandos de tecla especiais que podem ser usados no +lugar de itens de menu e cones. Vrios comandos do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> tm teclas de +atalho pr-definidas (veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="ndice de teclas de atalho">esta +seo</a> para uma listagem completa). A maior parte dos comandos do +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode ser associado a teclas de atalho aqui. Isso muito til para +acessar rapidamente as funes que voc mais usa.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exportando e Imprimindo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 5. Referncia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-intro.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1134517 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 1. Introduo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Introduo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 1. Introduo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Capítulo 1. Introduo</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponveis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivao</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Sobre BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uma ferramenta de estudo bblico com suporte para diferentes +tipos de textos e idiomas. Mesmo grandes quantidades de obras so simples de +instalar e gerenciar. Ele foi feito sobre a biblioteca <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword" target="_top">Sword</a>, que prov a +funcionalidade de back-end para o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, tal como visualizar texto +bblico, pesquisar, etc. Sword o carro-chefe da <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> foi desenhado para ser usado com obras codificadas em um dos +formatos suportados pelo projeto Sword. Informaes completas sobre os +formatos de documentos suportados podem ser encontradas na <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> seo +dedesenvolvimento</a> do Projeto Sword, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" title="Obras disponveis"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Obras disponveis</h3></div></div></div><p>Mais de 200 documentos em 50 idiomas esto disponveis da <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>. Esto +inclusos: + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bblias</span></dt><dd><p>O texto completo da Bblia, com itens opcionais como os nmeros Strong, +cabealhos e/ou rodaps no texto. Bblias esto disponveis em muitos idiomas, e +incluem no somente verses modernas, mas tambm textos antigos como o Codex +Leningradensis ("WLC", hebraico), e a Septuaginta ("LXX", grego). Essa a +seo mais avanada na biblioteca do projeto Sword.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Livros</span></dt><dd><p>Livros disponveis incluindo "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", e +"Josephus: The Complete Works" (em ingls)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Comentrios</span></dt><dd><p>Comentrios disponveis incluindo clssicos como "Notas sobre a Bblia" de John +Wesley, o comentrio de Matthew Henry e o "Comentrio sobre Glatas" de +Lutero. Com o comentrio <span class="emphasis"><em>pessoal</em></span> voc pode <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Editando seu prprio comentrio"> gravar suas prprias notas pessoas</a> +nas sees da Bblia.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Devocionais dirios</span></dt><dd><p>Muitas pessoas apreciam essas pores dirias da palavra de Deus. Obras +disponveis incluem Daily Light on the Daily Path, e o Losungen (ingls).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lxicos/Dicionrios</span></dt><dd><p>Lxicos disponveis incluem: Cdigos de Anlise Morfolgicos de Robinson, Lxico +Hebraico de Brown-Driver-Briggs e a Enciclopdia da International Standard +Bible. Dicionrios disponveis incluem o Dicionrio Bblico Hebraico de Strong, +o Dicionrio Bblico Grego de Strong, Dicionrio Revisado da lngua Inglesa de +Webster 1913, Bblia em Tpicos de Nave.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Motivao"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivao</h3></div></div></div><p>Nosso desejo servir a Deus, e fazer nossa parte em ajudar outros a crescer +no seu relacionamento com Ele. Ns batalhamos para tornar isso um programa +poderoso e de qualidade, e ainda assim faz-lo simples e de operao +intuitiva. nosso desejo que Deus seja louvado, pois ele a origem de todas +as coisas boas.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Toda a boa ddiva e todo o dom perfeito vem do alto, descendo do Pai das +luzes, em quem no h mudana nem sombra de variao.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Tiago 1:17, ACF</span></td></tr></table></div><p>Deus o abenoe enquanto usa esse programa.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">O livro de mo do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f65fea7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>O Gerenciador da Estante</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operao do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportando e Imprimindo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operao do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></h2></div></div></div><p>O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span> uma ferramenta para +gerenciar sua Estante. Voc pode instalar novas obras em sua Estante, e +atualizar ou remover obras existentes da sua Estante. Acesse-o clicando em +<span class="guimenu">Configuraes</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da +Estante</span> no menu principal.</p><div class="sect2" title="Configurao do(s) caminho(s) da Estante"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Configurao do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</h3></div></div></div><p>Aqui voc pode especificar onde o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode armazenar sua Estante do +disco rdigo. Voc pode at armazenar em mltiplos diretrios. O padro +"~/.sword/".</p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Se voc tem um CD do Sword, mas no quer instalar todas as obras no disco +rgido, e sim us-las diretamente do CD, ento voc pode adicionar o caminho +para o CD como um dos caminhos da sua estante. Quando voc iniciar o +<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, ele mostrar todas as obras no CD se estiver presente.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Instalar/atualizar obra(s)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>Com esse recurso, voc pode conectar a um repositrio de obras (chamado +"biblioteca"), e transferir uma ou mais obras para sua Estante local. Essas +bibliotecas podem ser locais (e.g. um CD do Sword), ou remota (e.g. o +repositrio online da Crosswire de mdulos Sword, ou outro site oferecendo +mdulos Sword). Voc pode gerenciar suas bibliotecas com <span class="guibutton">Adicionar +biblioteca</span> e <span class="guibutton">Excluir biblioteca</span>.</p><p>Para comear o processo de instalao ou atualizao, selecione uma biblioteca +qual voc queira conectar e um caminho de Estante local para instalar a(s) +obra(s). Ento clique em <span class="guibutton">Conectar +biblioteca</span>. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ir varrer o contedo da biblioteca e +mostrar uma lista de obras que voc pode adicionar sua Estante, ou que voc j +tenha instalado, mas esto disponveis em uma nova verso na biblioteca, e +assim podem ser atualizadas. Ento voc pode marcar todas as obras que quiser +instalar ou atualizar, e clicar em<span class="guibutton">Instalar +obras</span>. Elas sero ento transferidas para a sua Estante.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Remover obra(s)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove"></a>Remover obra(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>Esse recurso permite a voc excluir uma ou mais obras da sua Estante para +liberar espao em disco. Simplesmente marque os itens e clique em +<span class="guibutton">Remover obras</span>.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="ndices de pesquisa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes"></a>ndices de pesquisa</h3></div></div></div><p>Essa opo permite a voc criar novos ndices de pesquisa e limpar arquivos de +ndice rfos de obras removidas.</p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3> + If you are having problems with your search function, visit + this feature. + </div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Buscando em obras </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exportando e Imprimindo</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-output.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f85529b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exportando e Imprimindo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operao do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exportando e Imprimindo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operao do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exportando e Imprimindo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exportando e Imprimindo</h2></div></div></div><p>Em muitos lugares, voc pode abrir um menu de contexto clicando com o boto +<span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse. Dependendo do contexto, ele +permitir a voc <span class="guimenuitem">Selecionar</span>, +<span class="guimenuitem">Copiar</span> (para a rea de transferncia), +<span class="guimenuitem">Salvar</span> ou <span class="guimenuitem">Imprimir</span> +texto. Isso funciona por exemplo, em janelas de leitura, quando voc clica no +texto normal ou na referncia de versculo, ou na pgina de resultado de +pesquisa quando voc clica sobre uma obra ou uma ou mais referncias de +versculo. bem simples, experimente.</p><p>A impresso no <span class="application">BibleTime</span> bem bsica e includa somente como uma +utilidade. Se voc est compondo um documento ou apresentao contendo texto das +obras do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, sugerimos que voc use uma das ferramentas de edio no +seu sistema para formatar seu documento, ao invs de imprimir do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> +diretamente.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-parts.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4a8eba1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Partes da janela de aplicao do BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operao do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operao do programa"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Partes da janela de aplicao do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operao do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Partes da janela de aplicao do BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Partes da janela de aplicao do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="A Estante de Livros"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>A Estante de Livros</h3></div></div></div><p>A Estante de Livros lista todas as obras instaladas, classificadas por +categoria e idioma. Ela tambm tem uma categoria chamada "Marcadores". Aqui +onde voc pode armazenar e acessar seus prprios marcadores.</p><div class="sect3" title="Lendo obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lendo obras</h4></div></div></div><p>Para abrir uma obra da estante para leitura, simplesmente clique com o +<span class="mousebutton">boto esquerdo do mouse</span> na categoria desejada +(Bblias, Comentrios, Lxicos, Livros, Devocionais ou Glossrios) para mostrar +seu contedo. Ento clique em uma das obras para abri-la para leitura. Uma +janela de leitura ir aparecer na rea da Mesa.</p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Arraste e solte obras aqui</p></div><p>Se voc est lendo uma certa obra, e quer abrir outra obra na passagem que est +lendo, voc pode usar um atalho. Simplesmente clique com o <span class="mousebutton">boto +esquerdo do mouse</span> na referncia do versculo/passagem (o cursor +muda para uma mo) e arraste-o para a Estante. Solte-o na obra que voc quer +abrir, e ele ser aberto pra leitura no local especificado. Voc tambm pode +arrastar uma referncia de versculo para uma janela de leitura j existente, e +ele vai para o local desejado.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Informao adicional sobre obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Informao adicional sobre obras</h4></div></div></div><p>Se voc clicar com o boto <span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse +nosmbolo de uma obra, voc ver um menu com opes adicionais relevantes para +essa obra. <span class="guimenuitem">"Sobre essa obra"</span> abre uma janela com +vrias informaes interessantes sobre a obra +selecionada. <span class="guimenuitem">"Destravar essa obra"</span> abre um +pequeno dilogo para documentos criptografados, onde voc pode colocar a chave +de liberao para acessar a obra. Para mais informaes sobre obras travadas, +veja <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> +essa pgina</a> no site da Crosswire Bible Society.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Buscando em obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Buscando em obras</h4></div></div></div><p>Voc pode buscar numa obra clicando com o boto +<span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse no seu smbolo e selecionando +<span class="guimenuitem">"Buscar em obra(s)"</span>. Pressionando Shift +eclicando em outras obras, voc pode selecionar mais de uma. Ento siga o +mesmo procedimento para abrir o dilogo de busca. Voc estar buscando em todos +esses documentos. Uma descrio completa da operao e dos recursos de busca +podem ser encontrados <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">aqui</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Trabalhando com marcadores"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Trabalhando com marcadores</h4></div></div></div><p> + + </p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Arraste e solte obras aqui</p></div><p> + + Clique com o boto <span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse na categoria +de marcadores da estante e selecione <span class="guimenuitem">"Criar nova +pasta"</span> para criar uma nova subpasta de marcadores. Voc pode +usar funes "arrastar e soltar" para arrastar referncias de versculos de +janelas de leitura ou de resultados de buscas, e para rearranjar os +marcadores entre pginas.</p><p>Voc tambm pode importar marcadores de outras pessoas ou exportar marcadores +para compartilh-los. Para fazer isso, abra o <span class="guimenu">menu de +contexto</span> da pasta do marcador como descrito acima, e selecione +<span class="guimenuitem">"Exportar marcadores"</span>. Isso ir trazer uma caixa +de dilogo para voc salvar a coleo de marcadores. Voc pode importar +marcadores de uma maneira similar.</p><p>Voc tambm pode clicar com o boto <span class="mousebutton">direito</span> em +pastas e marcadores para mudar seus nomes e descries.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="A Lupa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-mag"></a>A Lupa</h3></div></div></div><p>Essa pequena janela no canto inferior esquerdo do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> puramente +passiva. Quando seu cursor do mouse est localizado sobre algum texto com +informaes adicionais (ex. nmeros Strong), ento essa informao adicional +exibida na lupa, e no no texto em si. Experimente.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="A Mesa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk"></a>A Mesa</h3></div></div></div><p>A Mesa onde o trabalho real com <span class="application">BibleTime</span> acontece. Aqui voc pode abrir +obras da Estante, l-las, <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">procurar</a> +nelas, e at salvar suas anotaes no mdulo de comentrios pessoais (veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Editando seu prprio comentrio">abaixo</a>).</p><div class="sect3" title="Lendo obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-read"></a>Lendo obras</h4></div></div></div><p>Como ns <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open" title="Lendo obras">j vimos</a>, voc +pode abrir obras para simples leitura clicando sobre seu smbolo na Estante. +Uma janela de leitura ir abrir na rea da Mesa. Cada janela de leitura tem +uma barra de ferramentas. Ali voc pode encontrar ferramentas para navegar na +obra em que essa janela de leitura est conectada, assim como botes de +histrico como os que voc conhece no seu navegador.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Posicionamento da janela de leitura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-placement"></a>Posicionamento da janela de leitura</h4></div></div></div><p> claro, voc pode abrir vrias obras ao mesmo tempo. H muitas possibilidades +de posicionar as janelas de leitura na mesa. Por favor, veja o item +<span class="guimenu">Janela</span> no menu principal. Ali voc pode ver que voc pode +tanto controlar o posicionamento das janelas de leitura voc mesmo, ou fazer +com que o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> faa isso por voc. Para fazer isso, voc deve selecionar +um dos modos de posicionamento automtico disponveis em<span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de posicionamento</span>. Experimente, simples e funciona.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Editando seu prprio comentrio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-desk-write"></a>Editando seu prprio comentrio</h4></div></div></div><p>Para poder armazenar seus prprios comentrios sobre partes da Bblia, voc +precisa instalar uma certa obra da biblioteca da <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top">Crosswire Bible Society</a>. Essa obra +chama-se "Comentrio pessoal".</p><p>Se voc abrir o comentrio pessoal clicando no seu smbolo na Estante com o +boto <span class="mousebutton">esquerdo</span> do mouse, ele abre em modo de +leitura. Voc no poder edit-lo nesse modo. Se deseja escrever anotaes no +comentrio pessoal, voc deve abri-lo com o boto +<span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse e ento selecionar +<span class="guimenu">Editar essa obra</span> e ento ou <span class="guimenuitem">Texto +simples</span> (editor de cdigo fonte) ou +<span class="guimenuitem">HTML</span> (editor gui wysiwyg bsico).</p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Se <span class="guimenu">Editar essa obra</span> est +desativado, por favor, verifique se voc tem permisses de escrita para os +arquivos do comentrio pessoal.</p></div><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Arraste e solte obras aqui. Solte uma referncia de versculo e o texto do +versculo ser inserido.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 3. Operao do programa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Buscando em obras</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-search.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..80717ef --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Buscando em obras</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operao do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Partes da janela de aplicao do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Buscando em obras</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operao do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Buscando em obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Buscando em obras</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</h3></div></div></div><p>Voc pode procurar uma palavra ou frase na janela de leitura aberta (ex. o +captulo da bblia que estiver lendo) da mesma maneira que est acostumado em +outros programas. Isso pode ser feito clicando com o boto +<span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse e selecionando +<span class="guimenuitem">Procurar...</span>, ou usando a tecla de atalho<span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span>. Continue lendo para +aprender como voc pode procura em obras inteiras.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Acessando o dilogo de busca"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-access"></a>Acessando o dilogo de busca</h3></div></div></div><p>Voc pode buscar numa obra clicando com o boto +<span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse em seu smbolo na +<span class="guimenu">Estante</span> e selecionando <span class="guimenuitem">Buscar +na(s)obra(s)</span>. Segurando Shift ou Ctrl e clicando em outros +nomes de obra, voc pode selecionar mais de uma. Ento siga os mesmos +procedimentos para abrir o dilogo de busca. Voc estar buscando em todas +essas obras ao mesmo tempo.</p><p>Voc tambm pode acessar o dilogo de busca clicando em <span class="guimenu">Procurar</span> no menu principal, e selecionando +a entrada apropriada.</p><p>Uma terceira possibilidade para comear buscar clicar no smbolo de busca +numa janela de leitura aberta.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Configurao de pesquisa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config"></a>Configurao de pesquisa</h3></div></div></div><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchopts.png"></div></div><div class="sect3" title="Selecionando obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-config-works"></a>Selecionando obras</h4></div></div></div><p>No topo da aba de opes voc vai encontrar <span class="guibutton">Escolher</span> +(obras). Se voc gostaria de buscar em vrias obras, clique nesse boto e ser +oferecido um menu onde voc pode selecionar as obras nas quais deseja +procurar.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Usando Escopos de Busca"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-scope"></a>Usando Escopos de Busca</h4></div></div></div><p>Voc pode restringir o escopo da sua busca a certas partes da Bblia +selecionando um dos escopos pr-definidos da lista em <span class="guimenu">Escopo de +busca</span>. Voc pode definir suas prprias faixas de busca clicando no +boto <span class="guibutton">Configurar faixas</span>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Introduo Sintaxe Bsica de Busca"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax"></a>Introduo Sintaxe Bsica de Busca</h4></div></div></div><p>Coloque os termos de busca separados por espaos. Por padro, a funo de busca +vai retornar resultados que coincidam com qualquer um dos termos de busca +(OR). Para buscar por todos os termos, separe-os por AND.</p><p>Voc pode usar caracteres curinga: '*' coincide com qualquer sequncia de +caracteres, enquanto '?' coincide com um nico caractere qualquer. O uso de +parnteses permite agrupar termos de busca, por exemplo '(Jesus OR esprito) +AND Deus'.</p><p>Para buscar texto que no seja o texto principal, entre com o tipo de texto +seguido de ':', e ento o termo de busca. Por exemplo, para procurar pelo +nmero Strong H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.</p><p>Tipos de texto disponveis: + </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 3.1. Tipos de Busca</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Tipos de Busca" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Prefixo</th><th>Significado</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>heading:</td><td>busca em cabealhos</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>busca em rodaps</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>busca em Nmeros Strong</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>busca em cdigos morfolgicos</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> usa o mdulo de busca da Lucene para realizar suas buscas. Ele +tem muitos recursos avanados, e voc pode ler mais sobre ele aqui: <a class="ulink" href="http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html" target="_top">http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html</a></p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Resultados de busca"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-results"></a>Resultados de busca</h3></div></div></div><p>Aqui voc pode ver quantas instncias do termo de busca foram encontradas, +classificadas por obras. Clicando numa obra com o boto +<span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse permite voc copiar, salvar ou +imprimir todos os versculos encontrados numa obra de uma vez s. Isso tambm +funciona quando voc clica em uma ou mais referncias para copiar, salvar ou +imprimi-las. Clicando numa referncia em particular abre o versculo em +contexto na janela de visualizao abaixo.</p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Arraste uma referncia e solte-a no smbolo de uma obra na Estante para abrir +a obra naquele versculo numa nova janela de leitura.</p></div><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Arraste uma referncia e solte-a numa janela de leitura aberta, e ela ir +pular para aquele versculo.</p></div><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Selecione referncias e arraste-as pela Estante para criar marcadores.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Anlise do resultado de busca"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-analysis"></a>Anlise do resultado de busca</h4></div></div></div><p>Clique em <span class="guibutton">Anlise de busca</span> para abrir a anlise da +busca. Isso d uma simples anlise grfica do nmero de instncias onde o termo +de busca foi encontrado em cada livro da Bblia, e voc tambm pode salvar a +anlise.</p><div class="screenshot"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_searchanal.png"></div></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-op.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Partes da janela de aplicao do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..847dc17 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 3. Operao do programa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Sequncia de incio"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Partes da janela de aplicao do BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operao do programa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 3. Operao do programa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Capítulo 3. Operao do programa</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Viso geral do programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Partes da janela de aplicao do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Estante de Livros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Lupa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Mesa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando em obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acessando o dilogo de busca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configurao de pesquisa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de busca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurao do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remover obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">ndices de pesquisa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimindo</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Viso geral do programa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Viso geral do programa</h2></div></div></div><p> assim que parece uma tpica sesso do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>: + </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="ss_mainterms.png" alt="A janela de aplicao do BibleTime"></div><p> + Voc pode facilmente ver diferentes partes da aplicao. A janela superior +esquerda usada para abrir obras instaladas na aba Estante de Livros, e com +a aba Marcadores, voc pode gerenciar seus marcadores. A pequena janela +"Lupa" embaixo da Estante de Livros usada para mostrar informaes extras que +esto incorporadas nos documentos. Quando voc move o cursor sobre um marcador +de rodap, por exemplo, a Lupa vai mostrar o contedo real da nota de rodap. A +barra de ferramentas lhe d acesso rpido a importantes funes, e a mesa no +lado direito onde voc faz seu trabalho de verdade.</p><p>Vamos agora proceder olhando diferentes partes da aplicao individualmente.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sequncia de incio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Partes da janela de aplicao do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..899a2f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ndice de teclas de atalho</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referncia"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">ndice de teclas de atalho</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referncia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="ndice de teclas de atalho"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"></a>ndice de teclas de atalho</h2></div></div></div><p>Esse o ndice de todas as teclas de atalho e suas descries correspondentes +no livro de mo. As teclas de atalho esto ordenadas (mais ou menos) +alfabeticamente. Se voc deseja encontrar diretamente qual tecla de atalho um +menu tem, voc pode olhar no item em si no <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (pois ele sempre +mostra a tecla de atalho), ou voc pode olhar <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus" title="Referncia do menu principal">nessa seo</a>.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Tecla de atalho</th><th>Descrio</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>AltLeft</strong></span> + </td><td>Volta no histrico das janelas de leitura.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>AltRight</strong></span> + </td><td>Avana no histrico das janelas de leitura.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"> <span class="guimenu">Procurar</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Procurar na bblia +padro</span> </a> equivalente; abre o dilogo de +busca para procurar na bblia padro.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltG</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de +posicionamento</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-dividir +verticalmente</span> equivalente; alterna diviso +automtica de janelas. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltH</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de +posicionamento</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-dividir +horizontalmente</span> equivalente; alterna diviso +automtica de janelas.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltJ</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de posicionamento +</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-cascata</span> +equivalente; alterna cascateamento automtico de janelas.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltM</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de +posicionamento</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo manual</span> equivalente; alterna posicionamento manual das janelas.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Salvar como nova sesso</span> </a> equivalente; salva layout atual como nova sesso.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fechar tudo</span> </a> equivalente; fecha todas as janelas abertas.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl-</strong></span> + </td><td>Diminuir zoom. Diminui o tamanho da fonte das janelas de leitura.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+</strong></span> + </td><td>Aumentar zoom. Aumenta o tamanho da fonte das janelas de leitura.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlA</strong></span> + </td><td>Selecionar tudo. Seleciona todo o texto na janela de leitura.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlC</strong></span> + </td><td>Copiar. Copia o texto selecionado para a rea de transferncia.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlF</strong></span> + </td><td>Procurar. Permite a voc buscar no texto de uma janela de leitura.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"> <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Dividir verticalmente</span> </a> equivalente. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"> <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Dividir horizontalmente</span> </a> equivalente. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascata</span> +</a> equivalente a janelas. + </td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Procurar</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Procurar nas obras +abertas</span> </a> equivalente; abre o dilogo de +busca para procurar em todas as obras abertas.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"> <span class="guimenu">Arquivo</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sair</span> +</a> equivalente; fecha o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlW</strong></span> + </td><td>Fecha a janela atual.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Livro de mo</span> equivalente; abre o livro de mo.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> + </td><td> + <span class="guimenu">Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy +Howto</span> equivalente; abre o Howto do Estudo +Bblico.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"> +<span class="guimenu">Configuraes</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da +Estante</span> </a> equivalente; abre o Gerenciador +da Estante.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F8</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"> <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar Estante</span> </a> equivalente; alterna exibio da Estante.</td></tr><tr><td> + <span class="keycap"><strong>F9</strong></span> + </td><td> + <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"> <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar lupa</span> </a> equivalente; alterna exibio da lupa.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Works reference </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-works.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..564f920 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Works reference</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referncia"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referncia"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="ndice de teclas de atalho"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Works reference</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referncia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Works reference"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Works reference</h2></div></div></div><p> + In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open +works. + </p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-forward"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_forward.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Scrolls forward through history. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-back"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_back.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Scrolls back through history. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an installed bible. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectbible-add"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bible_add.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an additional bible. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Search in selected works. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_displayconfig.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Display configuration. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an installed commentary. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-selectcommentary-add"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_commentary_add.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select additional commentary. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-synch"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_sync.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_book.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select a book. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an installed glossary or devotional. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon-add"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_lexicon_add.png"></span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + Select an additional glossary or devotional. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-reference.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 5. Referncia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> ndice de teclas de atalho</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..05496f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 5. Referncia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Works reference"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referncia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 5. Referncia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Capítulo 5. Referncia</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Referncia do menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + <span class="guimenu">File</span> + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">ndice de teclas de atalho</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Referncia do menu principal"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Referncia do menu principal</h2></div></div></div><p>Nessa seo voc pode encontrar descries detalhadas de todos os itens do menu +principal do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Eles so apresentados na mesma ordem em que +aparecem no <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, com todos os sub-itens listados sob o item ao qual +eles pertencem. Voc tambm pode ver a tecla de atalho para cada item; uma +listagem completa de todas as teclas de atalho pode ser encontrada <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html" title="ndice de teclas de atalho">nessa seo</a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a> + <span class="guimenu">File</span> + </h3></div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlQ</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Fecha o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ir perguntar se voc deseja +salvar mudanas no-salvas para o disco.</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2" title="View"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fullscreen mode</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Alterna exibio em tela inteira.</span> Alterne essa chave para +maximizar a janela do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showtoolbar"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show toolbar</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Alterna exibio da barra de ferramentas.</span> Alterne essa chave +para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Alterna exibio da Estante.</span> Alterne essa chave para exibir +ou ocultar a Estante no painel esquerdo. Isso pode ser til quando voc +precisa de mais espao para a Lupa.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookmarks</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Alterna exibio dos Marcadores.</span> Alterne essa chave para +exibir ou ocultar os Marcadores no painel esquerdo. Isso pode ser til quando +voc precisa de mais espao para a Lupa.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Alterna exibio da Lupa.</span> Alterne essa chave para exibir ou +ocultar a Lupa no painel esquerdo.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Search"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltF</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Abre o Dilogo de Busca para procurar somente na Bblia +padro</span>. Mais obras podem ser adicionadas no Dilogo de Busca. Uma +descrio mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">aqui</a>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Abre o Dilogo de Busca para procurar em todas as +obras</span>. Obras podem ser adicionadas ou removidas no Dilogo de +Busca. Uma descrio mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">aqui</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save session</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Diretamente salva a sesso atual</span>. Essa ao ir abrir um menu +de contexto onde voc pode selecionar uma sesso existente para salvar. Ela +ser sobrescrita com sua sesso atual. Veja o prximo item sobre como salvar +para uma nova sesso.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltS</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Salva a sesso atual sob um novo nome</span>. Essa ao ir perguntar +por um novo nome para salvar a sesso.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load session</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Carrega uma sesso existente</span>. Essa ao ir abrir um menu de +contexto onde voc pode selecionar uma sesso existente para carregar.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete session</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Exclui uma sesso existente</span>. Essa ao ir abrir um menu de +contexto onde voc pode selecionar uma sesso existente para excluir.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement mode</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Controla o comportamento de posicionamento das janelas</span>. No +menu de contexto que se abre, voc pode especificar se quer cuidar do +posicionamento voc mesmo (modo Manual) ou deixar que o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> cuide +para voc (modos Automticos, experimente).</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlJ</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Organiza em cascata todas as janelas abertas</span>. + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlG</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Automaticamente divide verticalmente todas as janelas +abertas</span>. + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlH</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Automaticamente divide horizontalmente todas as janelas +abertas</span>. + </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlAltW</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Fecha todas as janelas abertas</span>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Settings"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Abre o dilogo de configurao principal do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>. Voc +pode mudar todo tipo de configuraes legais aqui para adaptar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> +sua necessidade. Por favor veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Dilogo de configurao do BibleTime">essa +seo</a> para detalhes.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Abre um dilogo onde voc pode mudar sua configurao do Sword e +gerenciar sua Estante</span>. Por favor veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante">essa seo</a> para detalhes.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Help"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + </h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Abre o guia de usurio <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> que voc est lendo agora.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu"> + <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bible Study Howto</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>) + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Abre um guia sobre como estudar a Bblia</span> A equipe do +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> espera que esse HowTo ir incentivar os leitores a estudar as +escrituras para ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo em particular foi +escolhido por no advocar por nenhuma doutrina denominacional em +particular. Ns esperamos que voc leia e estude as escrituras para entender o +que elas dizem. Se voc comear com a inteno de que deseja que o Senhor semeie +sua palavra em seu corao, Ele no ir desapont-lo.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term"> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">About</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Abre uma janela com informaes do projeto <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> contm +informaes sobre a verso do software <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, contribuidores do projeto, +verso do software <span class="application">Sword</span>, verso do software <span class="application">Qt</span> e o contrato de licena.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Works reference</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-startsequence.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7e0e8ae --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sequncia de incio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operao do programa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sequncia de incio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Sequncia de incio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-startsequence"></a>Sequncia de incio</h2></div></div></div><p>Ao iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, voc pode ver as seguintes telas antes da janela +principal do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> abrir:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Modifica sua Estante.</span> Esse dilogo permite a voc modificar +sua Estante, adicionar ou excluir obras do seu sistema. S ser exibido se +nenhuma Estante padro for encontrada. Por favor veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"> essa seo</a> para mais detalhes. Se +voc iniciar com uma Estante vazia, ser til para instalar pelo menos uma +Bblia, Comentrio, Lxico e um Livro para conhecer os recursos bsicos do +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> rapidamente.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"> + <span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span> + </span></dt><dd><p> + <span class="action">Customiza <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> Esse dilogo permite adaptar +o<span class="application">BibleTime</span> s suas necessidades. Veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Dilogo de configurao do BibleTime">a +descrio detalhada</a> desse dilogo.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="hdbk-term.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 3. Operao do programa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-term.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f79a71 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introduo"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-startsequence.html" title="Sequncia de incio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Outros gerenciadores de janelas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalizao de incio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Sequncia de incio</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Como iniciar o BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Iniciando BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> um arquivo executvel integrado ao desktop. Voc pode iniciaro +<span class="application">BibleTime</span> do menu de incio com esse cone: + </p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="i_bibletime.png" alt="cone do BibleTime"></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode ser iniciado de um terminal de prompt de comando. Para +iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, abra uma janela do terminal e digite: + </p><pre class="screen"><span class="application">BibleTime</span></pre></div><div class="sect2" title="Outros gerenciadores de janelas"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-otherwm"></a>Outros gerenciadores de janelas</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode ser usado com outros gerenciadores de janelas como Gnome, +Blackbox, Fluxbox, OpenBox ou Sawfish, contanto que as bibliotecas base +apropriadas j estejam instaladas no seu computador.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Personalizao de incio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Personalizao de incio</h3></div></div></div><p>De um terminal voc pode usar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> para abrir um versculo aleatrio +na bblia padro: + </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible + "<random>"</pre><p>Para abrir numa passagem como Joo 3:16, use: + </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "Joo 3:16"</pre><p>Voc tambm pode usar os nomes dos livros em seu idioma de nomes atual.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 1. Introduo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sequncia de incio</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/index.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a8caca --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>O livro de mo do BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime uma ferramenta de estudo da Bblia baseado no framework Sword."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introduo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">O livro de mo do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>O livro de mo do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2009 a equipe <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legal"><a name="id14837328"></a><p>O livro de mo do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> parte do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumo"><p class="title"><b>Resumo</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uma ferramenta de estudo da Bblia baseado no framework Sword.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduo</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponveis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivao</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Outros gerenciadores de janelas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalizao de incio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Sequncia de incio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operao do programa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Viso geral do programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Partes da janela de aplicao do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Estante de Livros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Lupa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Mesa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando em obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acessando o dilogo de busca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configurao de pesquisa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de busca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurao do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remover obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">ndices de pesquisa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimindo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dilogo de configurao do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display"> + <span class="guimenu">Display</span> + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages"> + <span class="guimenu">Languages</span> + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + <span class="guimenu">Desk</span> + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-hotkeys"> + <span class="guimenu">HotKeys</span> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-reference.html">5. Referncia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Referncia do menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file"> + <span class="guimenu">File</span> + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view"> + <span class="guimenu">View</span> + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search"> + <span class="guimenu">Search</span> + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window"> + <span class="guimenu">Window</span> + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings"> + <span class="guimenu">Settings</span> + </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help"> + <span class="guimenu">Help</span> + </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Works reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html">ndice de teclas de atalho</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista de Tabelas</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Tipos de Busca</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Fontes Unicode</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 1. Introduo</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index c27225a..b15bebc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Подходи към Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Подходи към Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Подходи към Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Подходи към Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Подходи към Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Подходи към Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слушане</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 „<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Четене</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 „<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]</span>“</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 „<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</span>“ -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 „<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Слушане"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слушане</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Четене"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Четене</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>“</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>“</span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>“ -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 „<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>“</span> +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запаметяване</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 „<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размисъл</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 „<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Запаметяване"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запаметяване</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Размисъл"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размисъл</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>“ +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>“</span> </p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html index ca2f0a8..e8e0dc2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does „<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“ mean? Does the +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“</span> mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Сега нека допълним нашия схематичен план с конкретни инструкции как да -избегнем грешното "вършите делата на правдата":</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone „<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>“ -today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основи на правилното интерпретиране </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Как да използваме конкорданс?</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Сега нека допълним нашия схематичен план с конкретни инструкции как да +избегнем грешното "вършите делата на правдата":</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>“</span> +today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основи на правилното интерпретиране </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Как да използваме конкорданс?</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 551fa4f..1c063d9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Съдържание</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво точно се казва? Какво се казва на оригиналния език? Внимавайте с -дефинициите. Не четете това, което не е написано!</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Съдържание"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Съдържание</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво точно се казва? Какво се казва на оригиналния език? Внимавайте с +дефинициите. Не четете това, което не е написано!</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Контекст"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Препратки</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво се казва в други стихове по тази тема? Бог никога не си противоречи, +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Препратки"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Препратки</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво се казва в други стихове по тази тема? Бог никога не си противоречи, така че нашето тълкувание трябва да може да издържи проверката на останалата част от Библията.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Начини за изучаване на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html index d15c045..7d5b34f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Начини за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Начини за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Начини за изучаване на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематично изучаване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изберете си определена тема и я следвайте, като използвате препратките или -конкорданс.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучаване на герои</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на живота на определен библейски герой. Например: живота на Йосиф -(Бит. 37-50)</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Изследване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на определен пасаж, параграф, глава или книга.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Подходи към Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основи на правилното интерпретиране</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Начини за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Начини за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Начини за изучаване на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Тематично изучаване"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематично изучаване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изберете си определена тема и я следвайте, като използвате препратките или +конкорданс.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Изучаване на герои"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучаване на герои</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на живота на определен библейски герой. Например: живота на Йосиф +(Бит. 37-50)</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Изследване"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Изследване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на определен пасаж, параграф, глава или книга.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Подходи към Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основи на правилното интерпретиране</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index da9c092..e0d8c99 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как да използваме конкорданс?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как да използваме конкорданс?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Как да използваме конкорданс?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>За да намерим определен стих</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана.</p></li><li><p>Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред</p></li><li><p>Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният...</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</p></li><li><p>„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>За да проследим тема </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как да използваме конкорданс?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как да използваме конкорданс?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Как да използваме конкорданс?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="За да намерим определен стих"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>За да намерим определен стих</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният...</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="За да проследим тема"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>За да проследим тема </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 „<span class="quote">Judge -not lest you be judged</span>“ and 1 Cor.2:15 „<span class="quote">He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</span>“ Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>“</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>“</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Намерете 1 Коринтяни 2:15 ............. 350</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Намерете 1 Коринтяни 2:15 ............. 350</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>За да разберем значенията на имената</h3></div></div></div><p>По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или -еврейски.</p><p>Потърсете тези имена и сравнете значенията им:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Навал</p></li><li><p>Авигея</p></li><li><p>Исус Навиев</p></li><li><p>Варава</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="За да разберем значенията на имената"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>За да разберем значенията на имената</h3></div></div></div><p>По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или +еврейски.</p><p>Потърсете тези имена и сравнете значенията им:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Навал</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Авигея</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Исус Навиев</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Варава</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html index 31a7611..5b4ae48 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Целта на изучаването</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Целта на изучаването"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Целта на изучаването</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said „<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“; just +said <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 039f2cd..6161344 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 75acb61..f3ba49f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Съвети</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Съвети</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Съвети</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Съвети</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Съвети</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Съвети"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Съвети</h2></div></div></div><p> 2 Тим. 2:15 казва: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Старай се да се представиш одобрен пред Бога работник, който няма от що да се срамува, като излагаш право словото на истината.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 966d811..8320a2f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която дарява свобода</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която дарява свобода</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, която дарява свобода</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която дарява свобода</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която дарява свобода</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, която дарява свобода</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Виждаме, & всеки вятър на учение..." Едно от нещата, в които изучаването на Библията ни помага, е че ни поставя на здравата основа на Истината, което означава, че няма лесно да бъдем "завличани".</p><p>"<span class="emphasis"><em>А Исус в отговор им рече: Заблуждавате се, като не знаете -писанията нито Божията сила.</em></span>" Мат. 22:29</p><p>Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Писанията</p></li><li><p>Божията сила </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е действена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга за духовното воюване</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +писанията нито Божията сила.</em></span>" Мат. 22:29</p><p>Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Писанията</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Божията сила </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е действена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга за духовното воюване</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html index f62089d..8404c3a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 2ce6365..2cd91af 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Новият Завет за една година: четете по една глава всеки работен ден.</p></li><li><p>Притчи за месец: четете по една глава от Притчи всеки ден (например главата, -съответстваща на датата)</p></li><li><p>Псалми за месец:четете по пет псалома всеки ден, като разликата между +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Новият Завет за една година: четете по една глава всеки работен ден.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Притчи за месец: четете по една глава от Притчи всеки ден (например главата, +съответстваща на датата)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Псалми за месец:четете по пет псалома всеки ден, като разликата между псалмите е поне 30 - например: на 20-ти прочетете псалом 20, 50, 80, 110 и -140.</p></li><li><p>Псалми и Притчи за 6 месеца: четете по една глава дневно.</p></li><li><p>Старият Завет без Псалми и Пртитчи за 2 години: ако четете по една глава +140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Псалми и Притчи за 6 месеца: четете по една глава дневно.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Старият Завет без Псалми и Пртитчи за 2 години: ако четете по една глава дневно, като пропуснете Псалми и Притчи, ще успеете да прочетете Стария Завет за 2 години и 2 седмици. </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 30def33..10eec5d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга за духовното воюване</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга за духовното воюване</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга за духовното воюване</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга за духовното воюване</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга за духовното воюване</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга за духовното воюване"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга за духовното воюване</h2></div></div></div><p> Еф. 6:10 дава представа за духовното ни всеоръжие.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.3. Духовната броня</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Духовната броня" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Въпрос</th><th>Отговор</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Колко от изброените предмети служат за защита?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Колко - за нападение?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Кое? </td><td>Словото - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която дарява свобода </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Съвети</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html index 9452f56..83f80e2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е действена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е действена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Книга, която е действена</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е действена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е действена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, която е действена"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Книга, която е действена</h2></div></div></div><p> С какво би ви помогнало изучаването на Библията? 1 Солунци 2:13 казва, че Библията "<span class="emphasis"><em>действува между вас, вярващите</em></span>". Нека разгледаме някои стихове и видим как Божието Слово действа. diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html index e862251..1116935 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Книга, която е уникална</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Книга, която е уникална"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Книга, която е уникална</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html index 299c2fb..8607391 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2.1</h3></div></div></div><p>В предишния урок обсъждахме Йоан 3:5 -<span class="emphasis"><em>"да се роди от вода и +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 2.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2.1</h3></div></div></div><p>В предишния урок обсъждахме Йоан 3:5 -<span class="emphasis"><em>"да се роди от вода и Дух"</em></span>. Какво общо има водата с разговора, съгласно контекста?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2.2</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 „<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“ has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 „<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</p></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2.3</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 „<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 2.2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2.2</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“</span> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 2.3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2.3</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>“. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"</span>“</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 3191131..b3a1e91 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking „<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“ but -„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“; later we can ask, -„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3.1</h3></div></div></div><p> „<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“ (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span> but +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“</span>; later we can ask, +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 3.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3.1</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 3.2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 9fa9775..311ad80 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4.1</h3></div></div></div><p>„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“ in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 4.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4.1</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, „<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 „<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>“</p><p>Deut.33:27 „<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</p><p> +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 4.2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>“</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</span></p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 „<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>“. W.M. said, „<span class="quote">By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>“</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>“. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird</span>“</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 8e72c94..62e9e71 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и -алегория</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +алегория</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Вярно ли е, че всяка притча е алегория?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5.1</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 5.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5.1</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>Истинско насилие над оригиналното значиение: на Бог не му се ще да защитава -правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморяват" и т.н.</p></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5.2</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморяват" и т.н.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 5.2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5.2</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html index 54634b2..e0544d3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV „<span class="quote">Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>“). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.</span>“</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 „<span class="quote">...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Препратки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Препратки"><b>Препратки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1.1</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Пример 1.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1.1</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 „<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</span>“</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of diff --git a/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html b/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html index 30636f5..972ff6a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/bg/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="bg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Авторски права © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Авторски права © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Авторски права"><a name="id14837305"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". </p><p> Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Резюме</b></p><p> + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Резюме"><p class="title"><b>Резюме</b></p><p> The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the Bible. </p><p> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 8377ac9..4b8c8e7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Slyšení</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 „<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Čtení</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 „<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]</span>“</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 „<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</span>“ -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 „<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Slyšení"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Slyšení</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Čtení"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Čtení</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>“</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>“</span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>“ -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 „<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>“</span> +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 „<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 „<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorování"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditování"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>“ +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>“</span> </p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 82b1491..a5a3131 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does „<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“ mean? Does the +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“</span> mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>A teď doplňte osnovu o konkrétní instrukce, jak se vyhnout špatným způsobům -praktikování spravedlnosti:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone „<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>“ -today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Základy správného výkladu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Jak používat konkordanci</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>A teď doplňte osnovu o konkrétní instrukce, jak se vyhnout špatným způsobům +praktikování spravedlnosti:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>“</span> +today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Základy správného výkladu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Jak používat konkordanci</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index ba734d8..2043f99 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Základy správného výkladu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Základy správného výkladu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Základy správného výkladu</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Obsah</h3></div></div></div><p>Co text říká? Co text říká v originálním jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na -definice. Nesnažte se "číst" něco, co text neříká.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Souvislosti</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Základy správného výkladu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Základy správného výkladu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Základy správného výkladu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Základy správného výkladu</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Obsah"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Obsah</h3></div></div></div><p>Co text říká? Co text říká v originálním jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na +definice. Nesnažte se "číst" něco, co text neříká.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Souvislosti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Souvislosti</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Odkazy</h3></div></div></div><p>Co říkají ostatní verše k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopře sám sebe, +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Odkazy"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Odkazy</h3></div></div></div><p>Co říkají ostatní verše k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopře sám sebe, proto naše interpretace musí obstát vzhledem ke zbytku Písma.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Typy studia Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html index 4576eaf..bcdc3ed 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Typy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Typy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Typy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Tématické studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Zvolí se určité téma a procházejí se místa, která o tématu mluví. Využívají -se přitom křížové odkazy a konkordance.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studium postavy</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium života biblické postavy, např. Josefa v Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium určité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Základy správného výkladu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Typy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Typy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Typy studia Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Typy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Tématické studium"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Tématické studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Zvolí se určité téma a procházejí se místa, která o tématu mluví. Využívají +se přitom křížové odkazy a konkordance.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studium postavy"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studium postavy</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium života biblické postavy, např. Josefa v Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Vysvětlující studium"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium určité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Základy správného výkladu</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index cb21dff..cc88897 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak používat konkordanci</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak používat konkordanci</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Jak používat konkordanci</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>K nalezení konkrétního verše</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné.</p></li><li><p>Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru).</p></li><li><p>Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</p></li><li><p>„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>K tématickému studiu </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak používat konkordanci</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak používat konkordanci</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Jak používat konkordanci"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Jak používat konkordanci</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="K nalezení konkrétního verše"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>K nalezení konkrétního verše</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="K tématickému studiu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>K tématickému studiu </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 „<span class="quote">Judge -not lest you be judged</span>“ and 1 Cor.2:15 „<span class="quote">He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</span>“ Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>“</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>“</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je číslo 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je číslo 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>K nalezení významu jmen</h3></div></div></div><p>Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině.</p><p>Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nábal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Jozue</p></li><li><p>Barnabáš</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="K nalezení významu jmen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>K nalezení významu jmen</h3></div></div></div><p>Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině.</p><p>Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nábal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jozue</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabáš</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html index 4085fe4..639f61e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorování</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditování</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Tématické studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studium postavy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Vysvětlující studium</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Základy správného výkladu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Obsah</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Souvislosti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Odkazy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Jak používat konkordanci</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">K nalezení konkrétního verše</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">K tématickému studiu </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">K nalezení významu jmen</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise +indicated</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorování</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditování</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Tématické studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studium postavy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Vysvětlující studium</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Základy správného výkladu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Obsah</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Souvislosti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Odkazy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Jak používat konkordanci</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">K nalezení konkrétního verše</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">K tématickému studiu </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">K nalezení významu jmen</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Proč přistupujeme k Bibli"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said „<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“; just +said <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 0496676..1aa560b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 59c5c5f..81d933a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Napomenutí</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Napomenutí</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Napomenutí</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Napomenutí</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Napomenutí</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Napomenutí"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Napomenutí</h2></div></div></div><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>"Usiluj [v ang. KJV 'Study'=studuj], aby ses mohl představit jako osvědčený před Bohem, dělník, který se nemá za co stydět a který správně vykládá slovo pravdy."</em></span> (2Tm 2,15) diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 7809a06..97d4266 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která osvobozuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která osvobozuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kniha, která osvobozuje</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která osvobozuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která osvobozuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kniha, která osvobozuje</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -9,4 +9,4 @@ slova.</p><p>Řecké slovo pro "vítr" v Ef 4,14 má význam <span class="emphas vítr</em></span>. <span class="emphasis"><em>abychom už nebyli nemluvňata zmítaná a unášená každým větrem učení...</em></span> Jedna z věcí, které nám studium Bible přináší, je zakořenění v pravdě, takže nemůžeme být jednoduše "odfouknuti".</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Ježíš jim však odpověděl: "Bloudíte [v ang. KJV: 'Ye do err' = -děláte chybu], protože neznáte Písma ani Boží moc."</em></span>Mt 22,29</p><p>Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Boží slovo</p></li><li><p>Boží moc </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která pracuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která bojuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +děláte chybu], protože neznáte Písma ani Boží moc."</em></span>Mt 22,29</p><p>Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Boží slovo</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Boží moc </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která pracuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která bojuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html index bef4c5b..8a096fe 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 37495ca..3322d7e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Nový Zákon za rok: čtěte jednu kapitolu denně, pět dní v týdnu.</p></li><li><p>Přísloví za měsíc: čtěte jednu kapitolu Přísloví denně, podle čísla dne v -měsíci.</p></li><li><p>Žalmy za měsíc: čtěte každý den pět Žalmů s odstupem třiceti čísel, -například pro 20. den čtěte Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140.</p></li><li><p>Žalmy a Přísloví za šest měsíců: čtěte od začátku do konce jednu kapitolu -denně.</p></li><li><p>Starý Zákon bez Žalmů a Přísloví za dva roky: když budete číst jednu +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nový Zákon za rok: čtěte jednu kapitolu denně, pět dní v týdnu.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Přísloví za měsíc: čtěte jednu kapitolu Přísloví denně, podle čísla dne v +měsíci.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Žalmy za měsíc: čtěte každý den pět Žalmů s odstupem třiceti čísel, +například pro 20. den čtěte Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Žalmy a Přísloví za šest měsíců: čtěte od začátku do konce jednu kapitolu +denně.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Starý Zákon bez Žalmů a Přísloví za dva roky: když budete číst jednu kapitolu denně a přeskočíte Žalmy a Přísloví, přečtete celý SZ za dva roky a dva týdny. </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 48cb471..35d0d62 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která bojuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která bojuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kniha, která bojuje</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která bojuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která bojuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kniha, která bojuje"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kniha, která bojuje</h2></div></div></div><p> V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden přehled naší duchovní zbroje.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 1.3. Duchovní zbroj</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Duchovní zbroj" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Otázka</th><th>Odpověď</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kolik popsaných částí zbroje slouží k obraně?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kolik je jich útočných?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Která (-é)? </td><td>Slovo - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která osvobozuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Napomenutí</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html index 7adc98e..5235f7e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která pracuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která pracuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kniha, která pracuje</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která pracuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která pracuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kniha, která pracuje"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kniha, která pracuje</h2></div></div></div><p> Co vám studium Bible přinese? 1Te 2,13 říká, že Bible je <span class="emphasis"><em>"slovo Boží, jež také působí ve vás věřících."</em></span> Popišme si, co všechno Slovo vykonává. diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html index b1aaf64..642b871 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Jedinečná kniha</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Jedinečná kniha"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Jedinečná kniha</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html index 572318f..0dc6a7a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Příklad 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Podívejme se na Jan 3,5: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Jestliže se někdo nenarodí z vody a z +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Příklad 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Příklad 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Podívejme se na Jan 3,5: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Jestliže se někdo nenarodí z vody a z Ducha</em></span>". Co znamená slovo voda v daném kontextu?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Příklad 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 „<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“ has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 „<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</p></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Přiklad 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 „<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Příklad 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“</span> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Přiklad 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Přiklad 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>“. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"</span>“</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 90c5f27..67caf28 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking „<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“ but -„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“; later we can ask, -„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Příklad 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> „<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“ (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span> but +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“</span>; later we can ask, +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Příklad 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Příklad 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Příklad 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Příklad 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 2e7d997..929ac62 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Příklad 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“ in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Příklad 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Příklad 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, „<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Příklad 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 „<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>“</p><p>Deut.33:27 „<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</p><p> +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Příklad 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>“</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</span></p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 „<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>“. W.M. said, „<span class="quote">By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>“</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>“. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird</span>“</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html index e9f4167..8e8d726 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a -alegorií</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +alegorií</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Je pravda, že každé podobenství je alegorií?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Příklad 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Příklad 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Příklad 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>Zcela znásilněný obraz - Bůh je neochotný bránit práva vdov, modlitebník jej -obtěžuje atd.</p></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Příklad 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +obtěžuje atd.</p></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Příklad 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html index 9e31536..eaeaebd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Příklad 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Příklad 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Příklad 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Přiklad 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Příklad 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Příklad 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Příklad 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Příklad 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Příklad 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Příklad 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Příklad 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Přiklad 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Příklad 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Příklad 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Příklad 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Příklad 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Příklad 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Příklad 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV „<span class="quote">Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>“). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.</span>“</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 „<span class="quote">...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Odkazy. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Odkazy"><b>Odkazy. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Příklad 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Příklad 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 „<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</span>“</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of diff --git a/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html b/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html index ce4bbc9..cd534f0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/cs/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak studovat Bibli</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Původní anglické znění: The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak studovat Bibli</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="cs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Jak studovat Bibli</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak studovat Bibli</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="Původní anglické znění: The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak studovat Bibli</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Jak studovat Bibli</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Právní doložka"><a name="id14837305"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". </p><p> Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Původní anglické znění:</b></p><p> + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Původní anglické znění:"><p class="title"><b>Původní anglické znění:</b></p><p> The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the Bible. </p><p> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 9f734e1..8b1cbed 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,24 +1,24 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hören</h3></div></div></div><p>Lukas 11,28 „<span class="quote">Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort -Gottes hören und es befolgen.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lesen</h3></div></div></div><p>Offenbarung 1,3 „<span class="quote">Selig, wer diese prophetischen Worte vorliest und wer +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Hören"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hören</h3></div></div></div><p>Lukas 11,28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort +Gottes hören und es befolgen.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Lesen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lesen</h3></div></div></div><p>Offenbarung 1,3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Selig, wer diese prophetischen Worte vorliest und wer sie hört und wer sich an das hält, was geschrieben ist; denn die Zeit ist -nahe.</span>“</p><p>1. Timotheus 4,13 „<span class="quote">Lies ihnen eifrig (aus der Schrift) vor, ermahne -und belehre sie, bis ich komme.</span>“ -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Apostelgeschichte 17,11 „<span class="quote">Diese waren freundlicher als die in +nahe.</span>“</span></p><p>1. Timotheus 4,13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Lies ihnen eifrig (aus der Schrift) vor, ermahne +und belehre sie, bis ich komme.</span>“</span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studium"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Apostelgeschichte 17,11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Diese waren freundlicher als die in Thessalonich; mit großer Bereitschaft nahmen sie das Wort auf und forschten Tag für Tag in den Schriften nach, ob sich dies wirklich so -verhielte.</span>“ -</p><p>2. Timotheus 2,15 „<span class="quote">Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich +verhielte.</span>“</span> +</p><p>2. Timotheus 2,15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich vor Gott zu bewähren als ein Arbeiter, der sich nicht zu schämen braucht, -als ein Mann, der offen und klar die wahre Lehre vertritt. </span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Auswendiglernen</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 119,11 „<span class="quote">Ich berge deinen Spruch im Herzen, damit ich gegen dich -nicht sündige.</span>“</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Nachdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 1,1-3 „<span class="quote">Wohl dem Mann, der nicht dem Rat der Frevler folgt, / +als ein Mann, der offen und klar die wahre Lehre vertritt. </span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Auswendiglernen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Auswendiglernen</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 119,11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ich berge deinen Spruch im Herzen, damit ich gegen dich +nicht sündige.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Nachdenken"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Nachdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 1,1-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Wohl dem Mann, der nicht dem Rat der Frevler folgt, / nicht auf dem Weg der Sünder geht, nicht im Kreis der Spötter sitzt, sondern Freude hat an der Weisung des Herrn, über seine Weisung nachsinnt bei Tag und bei Nacht. Er ist wie ein Baum, der an Wasserbächen gepflanzt ist, der zur rechten Zeit seine Frucht bringt und dessen Blätter nicht welken. Alles, -was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.</span>“ +was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.</span>“</span> </p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 0501ffb..2363571 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen</p></li></ol></div><p>Was bedeutet „<span class="quote">Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen</span>“? Gibt der Text +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen</p></li></ol></div><p>Was bedeutet <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen</span>“</span>? Gibt der Text irgendwelche Beispiele? Welcher Lebensbereich wird behandelt? <span class="emphasis"><em>Unsere Absichten!</em></span> Welche Unterüberschriften behandeln -diesen Gedanken?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Wenn Sie spenden</p></li><li><p>Wenn Sie fasten</p></li><li><p>Wenn Sie beten</p></li></ol></div><p>Füllen Sie jetzt die Übersicht mit spezifischen Anweisungen, wie man es -vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Wenn Sie spenden - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone „<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>“ -today?)</p></li><li><p>Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.</p></li><li><p>usw.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +diesen Gedanken?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Wenn Sie spenden</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Wenn Sie fasten</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Wenn Sie beten</p></li></ol></div><p>Füllen Sie jetzt die Übersicht mit spezifischen Anweisungen, wie man es +vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Wenn Sie spenden + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>“</span> +today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>usw.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 1996534..4dd921c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhalt</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Inhalt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhalt</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien Sie vorsichtig mit Definitionen. Lesen Sie nicht hinein, was nicht gesagt -wird.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Kontext</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heisst +wird.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Kontext"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Kontext</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heisst die Devise - der Abschnitt muss in der gesamten Struktur der benachbarten -Abschnitte und Bücher Sinn ergeben.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Querverweise</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott +Abschnitte und Bücher Sinn ergeben.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Querverweise"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Querverweise</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott widerspricht sich nicht, deshalb muss unsere Auslegung den Test durch andere Stellen bestehen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arten des Bibelstudiums </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html index 6946599..7cefdbe 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arten des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arten des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Arten des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Thematische Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter -Benutzung von Querverweisen oder einer Konkordanz.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Charakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in -1. Mose 37-50</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Textauszugsstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annäherung an Gottes Wort </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arten des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arten des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Arten des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Thematische Studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Thematische Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter +Benutzung von Querverweisen oder einer Konkordanz.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Charakterstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Charakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in +1. Mose 37-50</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Textauszugsstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Textauszugsstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annäherung an Gottes Wort </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 0055c64..a252a20 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses -heraus.</p></li><li><p>Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach.</p></li><li><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden.</p></li></ol></div><p>Finden Sie diese Verse: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</p></li><li><p>„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</p></li><li><p>Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Eine thematische Studie durchführen </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses +heraus.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden.</p></li></ol></div><p>Finden Sie diese Verse: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Eine thematische Studie durchführen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Eine thematische Studie durchführen </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</h3></div></div></div><p>Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Matthäus 7,1 „<span class="quote">Richtet -nicht, damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!</span>“ und 1. Korinther 2,15 -(Lutherbibel von 1545) „<span class="quote">Der Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von -niemand gerichtet.</span>“ entdecken würden? Vielleicht wurden hier zwei +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</h3></div></div></div><p>Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Matthäus 7,1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Richtet +nicht, damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!</span>“</span> und 1. Korinther 2,15 +(Lutherbibel von 1545) <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Der Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von +niemand gerichtet.</span>“</span> entdecken würden? Vielleicht wurden hier zwei verschiedene griechische Wörter benutzt, die beide mit "richten" -im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen ab jetzt Strongnummern). </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach.</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach.</p></li><li><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen ab jetzt Strongnummern). </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder -Hebräischen Namen finden.</p><p>Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Josua</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Die Bedeutung von Namen finden"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder +Hebräischen Namen finden.</p><p>Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Josua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html index 54736de..3b2f11b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said „<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“; just +said <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index efa0036..cefadc1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a continually-fresh way. -</p><p>2. Timotheus 3:16 erklärt <span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote">Denn alle Schrift, von Gott -eingegeben [wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].</span>“</em></span> Glauben Sie das? +</p><p>2. Timotheus 3:16 erklärt <span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Denn alle Schrift, von Gott +eingegeben [wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].</span>“</span></em></span> Glauben Sie das? Bevor Sie antworten, ziehen Sie Jesu' Einstellung bezüglich der Schrift in Betracht. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God @@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, -InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: <span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote">ist nütze zur Lehre, +InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: <span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">ist nütze zur Lehre, zur Zurechtweisung, zur Besserung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, dass der Mensch Gottes vollkommen sei, zu allem guten Werk -geschickt. </span>“</em></span> Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel +geschickt. </span>“</span></em></span> Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel wirklich Gottes Reden zu uns ist, wird die Folge daraus sein, dass sie unsere Autorität in allen Dingen des Glaubens und Wandels ist. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das arbeitet</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 7e168b9..6b6f90c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ermahnungen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: Einer für Alle"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ermahnungen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Ermahnungen</h2></div></div></div><p> -2. Thimotheus 2,15<span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote">Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ermahnungen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: „Einer für Alle“"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ermahnungen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ermahnungen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Ermahnungen</h2></div></div></div><p> +2. Thimotheus 2,15<span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu erweisen als einen rechtschaffenen und untadeligen Arbeiter, der das Wort -der Wahrheit recht austeilt.</span>“</em></span> +der Wahrheit recht austeilt.</span>“</span></em></span> </p><p> -Kollosser 3,16<span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote"> Laßt das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch +Kollosser 3,16<span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Laßt das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch wohnen: lehrt und ermahnt einander in aller Weisheit; mit Psalmen, Lobgesängen und geistlichen Liedern singt Gott dankbar in euren -Herzen. </span>“</em></span> +Herzen. </span>“</span></em></span> </p><p>Wen Sie in etwas reich sind, wie viel haben Sie dann davon? </p><p> Nicht wenig!</p><p> Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters @@ -14,4 +14,4 @@ of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: Einer für Alle</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index b8d1760..b0089bc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das befreit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das befreit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Ein Buch, das befreit</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das befreit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das befreit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Ein Buch, das befreit</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -10,6 +10,6 @@ einen <span class="emphasis"><em>gewaltsamen Wind</em></span>. <span class="emph nicht länger Kinder, hin- und hergeworfen von den Wellen und bewegt von jedem Wind der Lehre [...]</em></span>. Eine Sache, die das Studieren der Bibel in uns bewirkt ist ,dass sie uns in der Wahrheit verwurzelt, mit der -Folge, dass wir nicht leicht „<span class="quote">weggeblasen werden</span>“.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen, „<span class="quote">Ihr irrt, weil -ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft Gottes.</span>“</em></span> -Matthäus 22,29</p><p>Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Gottes Wort</p></li><li><p>Gottes Kraft </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das arbeitet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Folge, dass wir nicht leicht <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">weggeblasen werden</span>“</span>.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ihr irrt, weil +ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft Gottes.</span>“</span></em></span> +Matthäus 22,29</p><p>Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Gottes Wort</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gottes Kraft </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das arbeitet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html index 8519450..8c2c720 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: Einer für Alle</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: Einer für Alle</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Anhang: „<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: „Einer für Alle“</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Anhang: „Einer für Alle“"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 16f9a83..268a323 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: Einer für Alle"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: „Einer für Alle“"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage -die Woche.</p></li><li><p> Die Sprüche in einem Monat: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel der Sprüche, -dem aktuellen Tag des Monats entsprechend.</p></li><li><p>Die Psalmen in einem Monat: Lesen Sie täglich 5 Psalmen in einem Intervall +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage +die Woche.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> Die Sprüche in einem Monat: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel der Sprüche, +dem aktuellen Tag des Monats entsprechend.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Die Psalmen in einem Monat: Lesen Sie täglich 5 Psalmen in einem Intervall von 30, am 20. müssten Sie zum Beispiel die Psalmen 20,50,80,110 & 140 -lesen.</p></li><li><p>Psalme & Sprüche in 6 Monaten: Lesen Sie sich durch die Psalmen und -Sprüche mit einem Kapitel täglich.</p></li><li><p>Das alte Testament ohne Psalmen und Sprüchen in 2 Jahren: Wenn Sie täglich +lesen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalme & Sprüche in 6 Monaten: Lesen Sie sich durch die Psalmen und +Sprüche mit einem Kapitel täglich.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Das alte Testament ohne Psalmen und Sprüchen in 2 Jahren: Wenn Sie täglich ein Kapitel lesen und wenn sie die Psalmen und Sprüche auslassen, werden Sie das alte Testament in 2 Jahren und 2 Wochen durchlesen. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Anhang: Einer für Alle </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 974606e..631c1e4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</h2></div></div></div><p> Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.3. Geistliche Rüstung</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geistliche Rüstung" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Frage</th><th>Antwort</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Welche? </td><td>das Wort - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das befreit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ermahnungen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html index 1560282..48fe334 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</h2></div></div></div><p> Was wird das Studium der Bibel für sie tun? 1. Thessalonicher 2,14 sagt, -dass die Bibel <span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote"> auch wirkt in euch, die ihr -glaubet.</span>“ </em></span> Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift die Arbeit +dass die Bibel <span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> auch wirkt in euch, die ihr +glaubet.</span>“</span> </em></span> Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift die Arbeit nieder, die das Wort durchführt. </p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.2. Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referenz</th><th>Zweck</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Epheser 5,26 -</td><td>es reinigt -- „<span class="quote">[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im -Wort...</span>“ +</td><td>es reinigt -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im +Wort...</span>“</span> </td></tr><tr><td> Apostelgeschichte 20,32 </td><td> @@ -14,23 +14,23 @@ to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " </td></tr><tr><td> Römer 15,4 </td><td> -es ermutigt -- „<span class="quote">Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre +es ermutigt -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre geschrieben, damit wir durch Geduld und den Trost der Schrift Hoffnung -haben. </span>“ +haben. </span>“</span> </td></tr><tr><td> Römer 10,17 </td><td> -es gibt Glauben -- „<span class="quote">So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen -aber durch das Wort Christi.</span>“ +es gibt Glauben -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen +aber durch das Wort Christi.</span>“</span> </td></tr><tr><td> 1. Korinther 10,11 </td><td> -es warnt -- „<span class="quote"> Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber -geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]</span>“ +es warnt -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber +geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]</span>“</span> </td></tr><tr><td> Matthäus 4,4 </td><td> -Nahrung -- „<span class="quote">Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der +Nahrung -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein, sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus dem -Wort Gottes geht."</span>“ +Wort Gottes geht."</span>“</span> </td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das befreit</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html index 6d85d5a..7367c87 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: Einer für Alle</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html index 49e05d4..a224118 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Beispiel 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5 -<span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote">geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist</span>“</em></span> Im +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Beispiel 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Beispiel 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5 +<span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist</span>“</span></em></span> Im Bezug auf den Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Beispiel 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Korinther 14,34 „<span class="quote">[...] die Frauen [sollen] schweigen in der -Gemeindeversammlung</span>“ muss mit in den biblischen Zusammenheng von -1. Korinther 11,5 „<span class="quote">Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet -[...]</span>“ genommen werden.</p></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Beispiel 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 „<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Beispiel 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Korinther 14,34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">[...] die Frauen [sollen] schweigen in der +Gemeindeversammlung</span>“</span> muss mit in den biblischen Zusammenheng von +1. Korinther 11,5 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet +[...]</span>“</span> genommen werden.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Beispiel 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>“. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"</span>“</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 55cfbfe..8ae1421 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking „<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“ but -„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“; later we can ask, -„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Beispiel 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> „<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“ (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span> but +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“</span>; later we can ask, +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Beispiel 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Beispiel 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Beispiel 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Beispiel 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html index dc9bdf5..8927f1e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,24 +1,24 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der -Sprache</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +Sprache</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Beispiel 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>„<span class="quote">böses Auge</span>“ in Mt.6,23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Beispiel 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Beispiel 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">böses Auge</span>“</span> in Mt.6,23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, „<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Beispiel 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jes. 59:1 „<span class="quote">Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;</span>“</p><p>Deut.33:27 „<span class="quote"><span class="emphasis"><em> unter den ewigen Armen.</em></span></span>“</p><p> +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Beispiel 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jes. 59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;</span>“</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"><span class="emphasis"><em> unter den ewigen Armen.</em></span></span>“</span></p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 „<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>“. W.M. said, „<span class="quote">By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>“</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>“. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird</span>“</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html index eb4bbe5..7709d97 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen -einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen +einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</h2></div></div></div><p>Eine Allegorie ist <span class="emphasis"><em>eine Geschichte, in der jedes Element eine Bedeutung hat.</em></span></p><p>Jede Parabel ist eine Allegorie, wahr oder falsch?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Beispiel 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Beispiel 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Beispiel 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>Alle Arten von Gewalt geschehen in der Bedeutung: Gott ist widerwillig die -Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete "ärgern" Ihn, usw.</p></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Beispiel 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete "ärgern" Ihn, usw.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Beispiel 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html index 829f9c4..7449f2c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,29 +1,29 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Beispiel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Beispiel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Beispiel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Beispiel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV „<span class="quote">Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>“). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.</span>“</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 „<span class="quote">...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Bestimmung. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Querverweise. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Bestimmung"><b>Bestimmung. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Querverweise"><b>Querverweise. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Beispiel 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Beispiel 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -39,21 +39,21 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Beispiel 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Beispiel 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Querverweise für aleipho: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt 6,17 Du aber salbe dein Haar, wenn du fastest</p></li><li><p>Mk 16,1 [die Frauen] kauften wohlriechende Öle, um damit zum Grab zu gehen -und Jesus zu salben.</p></li><li><p>Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Öl und heilten sie.</p></li><li><p>Lk 7,38 Sie trocknete seine Füße mit ihrem Haar, küsste sie und salbte sie -mit dem Öl.</p></li><li><p>Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die Füße und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar.</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Querverweise für chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk 4,18 „<span class="quote">Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn der Herr hat mich +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Querverweise für aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt 6,17 Du aber salbe dein Haar, wenn du fastest</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk 16,1 [die Frauen] kauften wohlriechende Öle, um damit zum Grab zu gehen +und Jesus zu salben.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Öl und heilten sie.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk 7,38 Sie trocknete seine Füße mit ihrem Haar, küsste sie und salbte sie +mit dem Öl.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die Füße und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar.</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Querverweise für chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk 4,18 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn der Herr hat mich gesalbt. Er hat mich gesandt, damit ich den Armen eine gute Nachricht -bringe...</span>“</p></li><li><p>Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast</p></li><li><p>Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist -und mit Kraft</p></li><li><p>2Kor 1,21 Gott aber, ... der uns alle gesalbt hat, ...</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Was ist nun der Unterschied zwischen aleipho und chrio? Schauen Sie erneut +bringe...</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist +und mit Kraft</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2Kor 1,21 Gott aber, ... der uns alle gesalbt hat, ...</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Was ist nun der Unterschied zwischen aleipho und chrio? Schauen Sie erneut die Querverweise und die Definitionen an und sammeln Sie die Unterschiede: <span class="emphasis"><em>ALEIPHO IST PRAKTISCHE BENUTZUNG VON ÖL UND CHRIO IST DIE GEISTLICHE</em></span>.</p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of @@ -61,9 +61,9 @@ oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in Jesus' day. </p><p>Jetzt lasst uns das durch diese Wortstudie Gelernte auf Jakobus 5,14 -anwenden <span class="emphasis"><em>„<span class="quote">Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die +anwenden <span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die Ältesten der Gemeinde, dass sie über ihm beten und ihn salben mit Öl im -Namen des Herrn.</span>“</em></span> Ist hier „<span class="quote">salben</span>“ geistlich +Namen des Herrn.</span>“</span></em></span> Ist hier <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">salben</span>“</span> geistlich oder praktisch gemeint? Praktisch!</p><p> And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in diff --git a/docs/howto/de/html/index.html b/docs/howto/de/html/index.html index d271741..93a9181 100644 --- a/docs/howto/de/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/de/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Zusammenfassung The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="de"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="Zusammenfassung The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Rechtlicher Hinweis"><a name="id14837305"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". </p><p> Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p><p> + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Zusammenfassung"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p><p> The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the Bible. </p><p> @@ -15,6 +15,6 @@ guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: Einer für Alle</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Beispiel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Beispiel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Beispiel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Beispiel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Tabellenverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Geistliche Rüstung</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 61e504d..7781e32 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approaches to God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types of Bible Studies"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approaches to God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approaches to God's Word</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approaches to God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types of Bible Studies"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approaches to God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Approaches to God's Word"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approaches to God's Word</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hear</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and -observe it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Read</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</span>” -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Hear"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hear</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and +observe it.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Read"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Read</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</span>”</span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>”</span> +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling -accurately the word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorize</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not -sin against Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditate</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And +accurately the word of truth.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorize"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorize</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not +sin against Thee.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditate"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditate</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does not -wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” +wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>”</span> </p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html index b66c912..da88012 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself -if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area -of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong ways of practicing our -righteousness:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basics of Correct Interpretation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span> mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area +of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong ways of practicing our +righteousness:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”</span> today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basics of Correct Interpretation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 4c22833..63d2fa8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Basics of Correct Interpretation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types of Bible Studies"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basics of Correct Interpretation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basics of Correct Interpretation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Content</h3></div></div></div><p>What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful -with definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make -sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Cross-reference</h3></div></div></div><p>What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? God +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Basics of Correct Interpretation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types of Bible Studies"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basics of Correct Interpretation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basics of Correct Interpretation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Content"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Content</h3></div></div></div><p>What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful +with definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make +sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Cross-reference"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Cross-reference</h3></div></div></div><p>What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the test of other scriptures.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Types of Bible Studies </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html index bc68911..8568ac0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Types of Bible Studies</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types of Bible Studies</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types of Bible Studies</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Topical Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a -concordance.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Character Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in -Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Expository Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approaches to God's Word </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basics of Correct Interpretation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Types of Bible Studies</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types of Bible Studies</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Types of Bible Studies"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types of Bible Studies</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Topical Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Topical Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a +concordance.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Character Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Character Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in +Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Expository Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Expository Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approaches to God's Word </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basics of Correct Interpretation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index b47b383..782754e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>To Find a Particular Verse</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse.</p></li><li><p>Turn to this word alphabetically.</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>To Do a Topical Study </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="To Find a Particular Verse"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>To Find a Particular Verse</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn to this word alphabetically.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="To Do a Topical Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>To Do a Topical Study </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. -"redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 -“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in -English? (We're using Strong's from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. - Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the - OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>To Find Meanings of Names</h3></div></div></div><p>By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew.</p><p>Look up these names and write down their meaning:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Joshua</p></li><li><p>Barnabus</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +"redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge not lest you be judged</span>”</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 +<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</span>”</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in +English? (We're using Strong's from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. + Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the + OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="To Find Meanings of Names"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>To Find Meanings of Names</h3></div></div></div><p>By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew.</p><p>Look up these names and write down their meaning:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joshua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabus</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html index 507a4a8..a597db8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approaches to God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hear</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types of Bible Studies</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Character Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Expository Study</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basics of Correct Interpretation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Content</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Cross-reference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">To Find a Particular Verse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">To Do a Topical Study </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">To Find Meanings of Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approaches to God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hear</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types of Bible Studies</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Character Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Expository Study</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basics of Correct Interpretation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Content</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Cross-reference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">To Find a Particular Verse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">To Do a Topical Study </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">To Find Meanings of Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just so +said <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index c1b9e84..cad5945 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that God Breathed</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A Book that Works"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that God Breathed</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A Book that God Breathed</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that God Breathed</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A Book that Works"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that God Breathed</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Book that God Breathed"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A Book that God Breathed</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 733f148..8094df3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exhortations"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p> 2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</em></span>" </p><p> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index ee954ac..3b6737d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Liberates</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A Book that Works"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Liberates</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A Book that Liberates</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Liberates</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A Book that Works"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Liberates</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Book that Liberates"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A Book that Liberates</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to @@ -9,4 +9,4 @@ Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promice, specifica waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them, </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not -understanding the Scriptures, or the power of God.</em></span>"Mt.22:29</p><p>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>God's word</p></li><li><p>God's power </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Works </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Wars</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +understanding the Scriptures, or the power of God.</em></span>"Mt.22:29</p><p>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>God's word</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>God's power </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Works </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Wars</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html index f0fdfc3..9cb20fb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendix: "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix: "Once for -All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendix: "Once for +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendix: "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix: "Once for +All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendix: "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 70e1595..df3c360 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bible Reading -Programs</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bible Reading +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bible Reading +Programs</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a -week.</p></li><li><p>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, -corresponding to the day of the month.</p></li><li><p>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, -for instance on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</p></li><li><p>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs -one chapter per day.</p></li><li><p>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a +week.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, +corresponding to the day of the month.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, +for instance on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs +one chapter per day.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you will read the Old Testament in 2 years and 2 weeks. </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendix: "Once for All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 6ce331f..135f0e9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Wars</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A Book that Liberates"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Wars</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A Book that Wars</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Wars</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A Book that Liberates"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Wars</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Book that Wars"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A Book that Wars</h2></div></div></div><p> Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Spiritual Armor</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Spiritual Armor" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Answer</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>How many are offensive?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Which one(s)? </td><td>the word - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Liberates </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html index 1c54d1a..852df34 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Works</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A Book that God Breathed"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A Book that Liberates"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Works</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A Book that Works</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Works</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A Book that God Breathed"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A Book that Liberates"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Works</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Book that Works"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A Book that Works</h2></div></div></div><p> What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each scripture, write down the work the Word diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html index e040caa..c0af915 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A Book that God Breathed"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Book that is Unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A Book that God Breathed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A Book that Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A Book that Liberates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A Book that God Breathed"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Book that is Unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A Book that God Breathed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A Book that Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A Book that Liberates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Book that is Unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="A Book that is Unique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Book that is Unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: </p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Work</th><th>When Written</th><th>Earliest Copy</th><th>Time Lapse</th><th>Number of Copies</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>1300 years</td><td>8 diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html index b9ce9f9..12d99fb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical -context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical +context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If -confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Example 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the Spirit."</em></span> In context, what is +confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Example 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Example 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the Spirit."</em></span> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your -interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Example 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to be taken within the biblical -context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Example 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, +interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Example 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Example 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span> has to be taken within the biblical +context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Example 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of -Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the +Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again, diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 139157a..5b27bc5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but “<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. -We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span> but <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. +We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Example 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any par of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = -day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Example 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context +day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Example 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Example 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html index f81e743..6531964 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and -figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Example 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and +figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Example 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Example 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't -understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 +understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. -Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Example 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Example 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Example 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</span></p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same -rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>”. The Mormons +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same +rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 533ed34..7b369f0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get -our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Example 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one +our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Example 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Example 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect the rights of widows, prayer -"bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Example 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it +"bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Example 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Example 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html index 794ef4d..0f02e3d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Example 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Example 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Example 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Example 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Example 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Example 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Example 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Example 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says -this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no -prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; -by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are +this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no +prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; +by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the Scriptures, to -their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been -drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. -Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Cross-reference. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been +drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. +Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Cross-reference"><b>Cross-reference. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek - words may have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Example 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want + words may have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Example 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Example 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up @@ -22,13 +22,13 @@ influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only me up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This -is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated +is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main -verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the +verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me to preach [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in Jesus' day. diff --git a/docs/howto/en/html/index.html b/docs/howto/en/html/index.html index 924d009..b8d09c2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/en/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/en/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The Biblestudy HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>The Biblestudy HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The Biblestudy HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>The Biblestudy HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Legal Notice"><a name="id14837305"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". </p><p> Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p> + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p> The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the Bible. </p><p> It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 2a87481..b459b3a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,18 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Kuuleminen ja lukeminen tarjoavat kaukonäköisen kuvan +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Kuuleminen ja lukeminen tarjoavat kaukonäköisen kuvan kirjoituksista. Tutkiminen ja muistiinpaneminen tarjoavat mikroskooppisen kuvan kirjoituksista. Kirjoitusten mietiskely liittää kuulemisen, lukemisen, -tutkimisen ja muistiinpanemisen yhteen ja kiinnittää Sanan meidän mieliimme.</p><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Kuuntele</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 ”<span class="quote">Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja -seuraavat sitä.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lue</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 ”<span class="quote">Autuas se, joka tämän toisille lukee, autuaat ne, jotka -kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 ”<span class="quote">Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]</span>” -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tutki</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 17:11 ”<span class="quote">Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin +tutkimisen ja muistiinpanemisen yhteen ja kiinnittää Sanan meidän mieliimme.</p><div class="sect2" title="Kuuntele"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Kuuntele</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja +seuraavat sitä.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Lue"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lue</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Autuas se, joka tämän toisille lukee, autuaat ne, jotka +kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]</span>”</span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Tutki"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tutki</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 17:11 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin Tessalonikassa. He ottivat sanan halukkaasti vastaan ja tutkivat päivittäin -kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.</span>” -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 ”<span class="quote">Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä +kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.</span>”</span> +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden -sanaa oikein.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Paina mieleen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 ”<span class="quote">Minä talletan kaikki ohjeesi sydämeeni, etten rikkoisi -sinua vastaan.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Mietiskele</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 ”<span class="quote">Vaan löytää ilonsa Herran laista, tutkii sitä päivin ja +sanaa oikein.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Paina mieleen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Paina mieleen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Minä talletan kaikki ohjeesi sydämeeni, etten rikkoisi +sinua vastaan.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Mietiskele"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Mietiskele</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Vaan löytää ilonsa Herran laista, tutkii sitä päivin ja öin. Hän on kuin puu, vetten äärelle istutettu: se antaa hedelmän ajallaan, -eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.</span>” +eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.</span>”</span> </p><p>Navigaattorit kuvaavat tätä sanomalla, että peukalo voi koskettaa kaikkia sormia. Me voimme mietiskellä Sanaa kuten neljää ensimmäistä: mietiskely on avain ilmestykseen. Uuden kristityn tarvitsee kuulla ja lukea Raamattua diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 25e92d7..0b43a89 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</h2></div></div></div><p>Tutkikaamme yhdessä Matt 6:1-18. Lue jakeet itseksesi. Tarkastele ensin +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</h2></div></div></div><p>Tutkikaamme yhdessä Matt 6:1-18. Lue jakeet itseksesi. Tarkastele ensin avainjaetta, joka kokoaa koko tekstinkohdan. Oletko ymmärtänyt sen? Tarkista jae ottamalla erilaisia kohtia tekstistä ja kysymällä itseltäsi, sopivatko ne avainjakeen kanssa yhteen. Kun löydät avainjakeen, kirjoita se -roomalaisin numeroin Yksi paperillesi:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi</p></li></ol></div><p>Mitä tarkoittaa ”<span class="quote">hurskaiden tekojen esilletuominen</span>”? Antaako +roomalaisin numeroin Yksi paperillesi:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi</p></li></ol></div><p>Mitä tarkoittaa <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">hurskaiden tekojen esilletuominen</span>”</span>? Antaako tekstikohta yhtään esimerkkiä? Mihin elämämme alueisiin se kohdistuu? -<span class="emphasis"><em>Motiivimme!</em></span> Mihin osa-alueisiin tämä vie?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Kun annat</p></li><li><p>Kun paastoat</p></li><li><p>Kun rukoilet</p></li></ol></div><p>Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa -hurskauttamme:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Kun annat - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>älä ole äänekäs trumpetti. (kuinka joku voikaan ”<span class="quote">kuulostaa -trumpetilta</span>” tänäpäivänä?)</p></li><li><p>tee se salaisesti.</p></li><li><p>jne.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Motiivimme!</em></span> Mihin osa-alueisiin tämä vie?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Kun annat</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kun paastoat</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kun rukoilet</p></li></ol></div><p>Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa +hurskauttamme:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Kun annat + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>älä ole äänekäs trumpetti. (kuinka joku voikaan <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">kuulostaa +trumpetilta</span>”</span> tänäpäivänä?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>tee se salaisesti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>jne.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 3befaa1..664ebd6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Sisältö</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka -määrittelyissä. Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Asiayhteys</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä jakeet sanovat? "Asiayhteys on tärkein" on sääntö - +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Sisältö"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Sisältö</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka +määrittelyissä. Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Asiayhteys"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Asiayhteys</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä jakeet sanovat? "Asiayhteys on tärkein" on sääntö - tekstikohdan tulee olla sopusoinnussa koko tekstin rakenteen ja kirjan -kanssa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Ristiinviittaukset</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole +kanssa.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Ristiinviittaukset"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Ristiinviittaukset</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole itseään vastaan, tulkintamme tulee perustua kirjoitusten vertailulla muihin kirjoituksiin.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html index 65ecfe9..eeb4bd1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai -sanahakemistoa.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Henkilöiden tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Selittävä tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai +sanahakemistoa.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Henkilöiden tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Henkilöiden tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Selittävä tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Selittävä tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 5076edc..90804fd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Löydä erityinen jae</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.</p></li><li><p>Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.</p></li><li><p>Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.</p></li></ol></div><p>Etsi nämä jakeet: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>”<span class="quote">Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta</span>”</p></li><li><p>”<span class="quote">Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä</span>”</p></li><li><p>Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Tee aiheen tutkiminen </h3></div></div></div><p>Sanokaamme, että haluat tutkia sanaa "lunastus." Ensiksi sinun +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Löydä erityinen jae"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Löydä erityinen jae</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.</p></li></ol></div><p>Etsi nämä jakeet: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Tee aiheen tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Tee aiheen tutkiminen </h3></div></div></div><p>Sanokaamme, että haluat tutkia sanaa "lunastus." Ensiksi sinun tulisi katsoa sanaa sanaluettelosta ja katsoa siinä luetellut viittaukset. Sitten sinun tulisi katsoa liittyvät sanat ja niiden viittaukset. Esim. "lunastus, lunastettu, lunnaat," jopa -"ostaa" tai " ostettu." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Entä jos huomasit ristiriidan KJV:n jakeessa Matt. 7:1 ”<span class="quote">Älkää -tuomitko, ettei teitä tuomittaisi</span>” ja 1 Kor.2:15 ”<span class="quote">Hengellinen +"ostaa" tai " ostettu." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Entä jos huomasit ristiriidan KJV:n jakeessa Matt. 7:1 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Älkää +tuomitko, ettei teitä tuomittaisi</span>”</span> ja 1 Kor.2:15 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Hengellinen ihminen sen sijaan pystyy tutkimaan kaikkea, mutta häntä itseään ei kukaan -voi tutkia.</span>” Siellä on ehkä kaksi eri kreikankielistä sanaa, kumpikin -käännetty "tuomita" suomeksi? </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Katso "tuomio".</p></li><li><p>Etene lukua alas jakeen Matt.7:1 kohdalle. Oikealla on luku, 2919. Tämä luku -viittaa käytettyyn kreikkalaiseen sanaan. Kirjoita se ylös.</p></li><li><p>Nyt katso "tuomio".</p></li><li><p>Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Palaa kreikankieliseen sanakirjaan. (Muista, että olet Uudessa +voi tutkia.</span>”</span> Siellä on ehkä kaksi eri kreikankielistä sanaa, kumpikin +käännetty "tuomita" suomeksi? </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Katso "tuomio".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Etene lukua alas jakeen Matt.7:1 kohdalle. Oikealla on luku, 2919. Tämä luku +viittaa käytettyyn kreikkalaiseen sanaan. Kirjoita se ylös.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nyt katso "tuomio".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Palaa kreikankieliseen sanakirjaan. (Muista, että olet Uudessa Testamentissa. Kieli on Kreikka kun taas Vanha Testamentti on hepreaa.) -Vertaile 2919:n merkitystä ja 350:n merkitystä ja saat vastauksen! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Etsi nimien merkityksiä</h3></div></div></div><p>Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien -merkityksiä.</p><p>Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Joosua</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Vertaile 2919:n merkitystä ja 350:n merkitystä ja saat vastauksen! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Etsi nimien merkityksiä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Etsi nimien merkityksiä</h3></div></div></div><p>Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien +merkityksiä.</p><p>Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joosua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html index 63889e1..3a05289 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Te kyllä tutkitte kirjoituksia, koska luulette niistä löytävänne ikuisen elämän -- ja nehän juuri todistavat minusta. Mutta te ette tahdo tulla minun luokseni, että saisitte elämän.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Joh 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> -</p><p>Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat ”<span class="quote">Menemme -kehdon luo vauvan takia</span>”; juuri kuten Raamatun tutkimisessa, emme tee +</p><p>Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Menemme +kehdon luo vauvan takia</span>”</span>; juuri kuten Raamatun tutkimisessa, emme tee sitä sen itsensä takia mutta Jumalan työtoveruuden tähden. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Juutalaiset, joille Jeesus puhui [...] kuvittelivat, että kirjoitusten omistaminen oli yhtä hyvä asia kuin elämän omistaminen. Hillel piti tapana diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index ea7f4df..8b7d834 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Sanojen mukaan Jumala elää ja +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Sanojen mukaan Jumala elää ja toimii... </em></span>" Jeesus sanoi <span class="emphasis"><em>(Matt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>On kirjoitettu,Ei ihminen elä ainoastaan leivästä, vaan jokaisesta sanasta, joka lähtee Jumalan suusta.</em></span>" Kun luemme diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 5827098..1631367 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kehotus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kehotus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Kehotus</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kehotus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kehotus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kehotus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Kehotus</h2></div></div></div><p> 2 Tim.2:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden sanaa oikein.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index f03637b..77af04f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</h2></div></div></div><p> Joh.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Te opitte tuntemaan totuuden, ja totuus tekee teistä vapaita.</em></span>"Tämä on noteerattu itsessään. Onko tämä ehdollinen vai ehdoton lupaus? Toimiiko se kaikenlaisille tiedoille? Löydä vastaukset @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ ja petollisten ihmisten pelinappuloita...</em></span>"Yksi asia, minkä Raamatuntutkiminen tekee meille on, että se perustaa meitä totuuteen sillä seurauksella, ettemme ole helposti "tuulen vietäviä."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mutta Jeesus vastasi ja sanoi heille, </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Te kuljette eksyksissä, koska ette tunne pyhiä kirjoituksia ettekä Jumalan -voimaa.</em></span>"Matt.22:29</p><p>Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jumalan sana</p></li><li><p>Jumalan voima </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka toimii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka sotii</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +voimaa.</em></span>"Matt.22:29</p><p>Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Jumalan sana</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jumalan voima </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka toimii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka sotii</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html index 63002ba..9055ba6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 02041bd..b39e1a7 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</h2></div></div></div><p> Tässä on muutama helppo ohjelma, joilla voit lukea systemaattisesti +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</h2></div></div></div><p> Tässä on muutama helppo ohjelma, joilla voit lukea systemaattisesti Raamattuasi. Voit lukea enemmän kuin yhden kerrallaan, jos tahdot, esimerkiksi #1 ja #4, tai #2 ja #5. Vaihda ohjelmaa vuosi vuodelta pitääksesi sen tuoreena! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa.</p></li><li><p>Sananlaskut kuukaudessa: Lue yksi luku Sananlaskuja joka päivä vastatem -kuukaudenpäivää.</p></li><li><p>Psalmit yhdessä kuukaudessa: Lue 5 Psalmia 30:n päivän aikana, 20. kerralla -luet Psalmit 20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</p></li><li><p>Psalmit & Sananlaskut 6 kuukaudessa: Lue Psalmit ja Sananlaskut läpi -yksi luku päivässä.</p></li><li><p>Vanha Testamentti ilman Psalmeja & Sananlaskuja kahdessa vuodessa: Jos +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Sananlaskut kuukaudessa: Lue yksi luku Sananlaskuja joka päivä vastatem +kuukaudenpäivää.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalmit yhdessä kuukaudessa: Lue 5 Psalmia 30:n päivän aikana, 20. kerralla +luet Psalmit 20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalmit & Sananlaskut 6 kuukaudessa: Lue Psalmit ja Sananlaskut läpi +yksi luku päivässä.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vanha Testamentti ilman Psalmeja & Sananlaskuja kahdessa vuodessa: Jos luet yhden kappaleen päivässä Vanhaa Testamenttia ohittaen Psalmit & Sananlaskut, luet Vanhan Testamentin 2 vuodessa ja 2 viikossa.. </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Liite: "Kerran kaikille" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 9ce419b..ae974c0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka sotii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka sotii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kirja, joka sotii</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka sotii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka sotii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kirja, joka sotii"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kirja, joka sotii</h2></div></div></div><p> Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 1.3. Hengellinen sotavaruste</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Hengellinen sotavaruste" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Kysymys</th><th>Vastaus</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?</td><td>Yksi</td></tr><tr><td>Mikä niistä? </td><td>sana - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka vapahtaa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kehotus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html index 3f4d2b0..79f9247 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka toimii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka toimii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kirja, joka toimii</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka toimii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka toimii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kirja, joka toimii"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kirja, joka toimii</h2></div></div></div><p> Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee sinulle? 1 Tess.2:13 sanoo, että Raamattu "<span class="emphasis"><em>vaikuttaa teissä, jotka uskotte.</em></span>" Beside each scripture, write down the work the Word performs. Jokaisen kirjoituksen diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html index f53ae8c..f85c7f4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Jumalan Sanan ymmärtäminen on erittäin tärkeää kaikille niille, jotka +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Jumalan Sanan ymmärtäminen on erittäin tärkeää kaikille niille, jotka kutsuvat Jumalan nimeä. Raamatun tutkiminen on yksi ensisijaisista tavoista -oppia keskustelemaan Jumalan kanssa.</p><div class="sect1" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ainutlaatuinen kirja</h2></div></div></div><p>Raamatulla on oma perustansa monessa suhteessa. Se on ainutlaatuinen -seuraavissa asioissa:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +oppia keskustelemaan Jumalan kanssa.</p><div class="sect1" title="Ainutlaatuinen kirja"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ainutlaatuinen kirja</h2></div></div></div><p>Raamatulla on oma perustansa monessa suhteessa. Se on ainutlaatuinen +seuraavissa asioissa:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> suosittu. Raamattuja myydään Pohjois-Amerikassa enemmän kuin 500 miljoonalla dollarilla vuodessa. Raamattu on sekä kaikkien aikojen ja jokavuotinen best seller! -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> tekijät. Sen ovat kirjoittaneet 40 erilaisista ympäristöistä peräisin ollutta kirjoittajaa 1600 vuoden aikana, silti luetaan kuin sen olisi kirjoittanut yksi kirjoittaja. -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> säilyttäminen. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Ovatko Uuden Testamentin asiakirjat luotettavia?</em></span> vertailee Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoitusta muiden muinaisten tekstien kanssa: diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html index 8b2dde8..96dc118 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p>Tekstin tulkinta sopusoinnussa muiden tekstien kanssa. Mitä kukin jae sanoo? +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p>Tekstin tulkinta sopusoinnussa muiden tekstien kanssa. Mitä kukin jae sanoo? Mikä on luvun teema? Kirjan teema? Sopiiko tulkintasi näihin? Jos ei, se on virheelinen. Tavallisesti asiayhteys varustaa meidät tulkitsemaan tekstinkohdan oikein. Asiayhteys on avain. Jos tekstinkohdan tulkinnan -jälkeen jää vielä sekavuutta, meidän on katsottava eteenpäin.</p><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esimerkki 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Edellisellä tunnilla ajattelimme Joh.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"syntynyt vedestä ja +jälkeen jää vielä sekavuutta, meidän on katsottava eteenpäin.</p><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esimerkki 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Edellisellä tunnilla ajattelimme Joh.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"syntynyt vedestä ja Hengestä."</em></span> Mitä on keskustelussa oleva vesi tässä asiayhteydessään?</p><p>Vesikasteesta ei keskustella tässä, mikä on suuri muutos Juuesuksen ja Nikodeemuksen keskustelun aiheeseen. Tarkastele aiheen äkillistä muutosta. Johtolanka tulkinnastasi on suistunut raiteiltaan! Vesi on -näytevettä, "syntynyt vedestä" = luonnollinen syntymä.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esimerkki 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Kor.14:34 ”<span class="quote">Nainen vaietkoon seurakunnassa</span>” on otettu -raamatulliseen yhteyteen 1 Kor.11:5 ”<span class="quote">jokainen nainen [...] -rukoillessaan tai profetoidessaan [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esimerkki 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 2:38 ”<span class="quote">Pietari vastasi: "Kääntykää ja ottakaa itse kukin +näytevettä, "syntynyt vedestä" = luonnollinen syntymä.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esimerkki 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Kor.14:34 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Nainen vaietkoon seurakunnassa</span>”</span> on otettu +raamatulliseen yhteyteen 1 Kor.11:5 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">jokainen nainen [...] +rukoillessaan tai profetoidessaan [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esimerkki 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 2:38 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Pietari vastasi: "Kääntykää ja ottakaa itse kukin kaste Jeesuksen Kristuksen nimeen, jotta syntinne annettaisiin anteeksi -[...] " </span>”. Onko tämä opetus kasteesta uudestisyntymiselle? Jos +[...] " </span>”</span>. Onko tämä opetus kasteesta uudestisyntymiselle? Jos tämä olisi ainoa meillä oleva tekstien jae, me päättelisimme näin. Mutta selvän opetuksen valossa uudestisyntyminen tapahtuu uskolla Kristukseen. Meidän tulee tulkita se toisin. Pietari kehottaa hänen diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 3da14c9..235d8e8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p> -Emme kysy ensiksi ”<span class="quote">Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</span>” vaan ”<span class="quote">Mitä -se merkitsi alkuperäisille lukijoille?</span>”; myöhemmin voimme kysyä, -”<span class="quote">Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</span>”. Meidän tulee ottaa huomioon -kirjoittajan ja saajien historiallinen ja kuturellinen tausta.</p><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esimerkki 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> ”<span class="quote">3 päivää & 3 yötä</span>” (Matt.12:40) on johdattanut muutamia +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p> +Emme kysy ensiksi <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</span>”</span> vaan <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Mitä +se merkitsi alkuperäisille lukijoille?</span>”</span>; myöhemmin voimme kysyä, +<span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</span>”</span>. Meidän tulee ottaa huomioon +kirjoittajan ja saajien historiallinen ja kuturellinen tausta.</p><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esimerkki 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">3 päivää & 3 yötä</span>”</span> (Matt.12:40) on johdattanut muutamia "Keskiviikon ristiinnaulitsemisen teoriaan," erityisesti Armstrongismin kultissa. Kuinka Jeesus kuoli perjantaina iltapäivällä ja nousi ylös sunnuntaiaamuna kuten sanotaan "nousi ylös kolmantena päivänä" (Matt.16:21)? @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ tahansa päivän osa lasketaan koko päiväksi. Päivät alkaen klo 6 i.p. ja päättyen klo 6 i.p. Perjantaista klo 3 i.p. klo 6 i.p. = päivä 1. Perjantai klo 6 i.p. lauantaihin klo 6 i.p. = toinen päivä. Lauantaista klo 6 i.p. sunnuntaihin klo 5 i.p. on kolmas päivä. Kulttuurisidonnainen tulkinta -poistaa ongelman.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esimerkki 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Moos.15:7-21. Historiallinen asiayhteys on että Aabrahamin päivinä tehtiin +poistaa ongelman.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esimerkki 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Moos.15:7-21. Historiallinen asiayhteys on että Aabrahamin päivinä tehtiin sopimuksia halkaisemalla eläimet kahdeksi kappaleeksi ja sitten kävelemällä palojen välissä. Kumpikin osapuoli käveli välissä ottaen pantin. Pantin rikkipaloitteleminen tapahtuu niille, jos he eivät elä sopimuksen diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html index e8527db..db766d3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Antakaamme kirjaimellisen kielen olla kirjaimellista ja kuvaavan kielen olla -kuvaavaa. Ja katso sanontoja, joilla on erityinen merkitys.</p><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esimerkki 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>”<span class="quote">paha silmä</span>” Mt.6:23.</p><p>Sääntö 1, sanojen "evil" ja "eye" määritelmät - ei opastusta tässä. Sääntö +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Antakaamme kirjaimellisen kielen olla kirjaimellista ja kuvaavan kielen olla +kuvaavaa. Ja katso sanontoja, joilla on erityinen merkitys.</p><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esimerkki 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">”<span class="quote">paha silmä</span>”</span> Mt.6:23.</p><p>Sääntö 1, sanojen "evil" ja "eye" määritelmät - ei opastusta tässä. Sääntö 2, asiayhteys: sekoittaa meitä yhä enemmän. Ei näytä sopivan aiempaan ja jäljempään tekstiin! Tämän pitäisi näyttää meille, että emme ymmärrä -oikein!!</p><p>Meillä on tässä heprealainen sanonta, ”<span class="quote">evil -eye</span>”. Tarkastellaanpa tämän sanonnan muita merkityksiä: Mt.20:15 +oikein!!</p><p>Meillä on tässä heprealainen sanonta, <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">evil +eye</span>”</span>. Tarkastellaanpa tämän sanonnan muita merkityksiä: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>ja kai minä saan omallani tehdä mitä haluan? Katsotko sinä karsaasti [lit."evil"] sitä, että minä olen hyvä [lit. "jalo"]?</em></span>" Huomaamme, että "evil eye" on heprealainen sanonta olla kitsas tai kateellinen. Palaa nyt takaisin Matteuksen 6. lukuun ja huomaa kuinka tämä -ymmärtäminen sitoutuu niin täydellisesti yhteen asiayhteyden kanssa.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esimerkki 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 ”<span class="quote">Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;</span>”</p><p>5. Moos. 33:27 ”<span class="quote">Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat +ymmärtäminen sitoutuu niin täydellisesti yhteen asiayhteyden kanssa.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esimerkki 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;</span>”</span></p><p>5. Moos. 33:27 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat ikuiset käsivarret. Hän karkotti tieltäsi viholliset ja käski sinun hävittää -heidät.</span>”</p><p> +heidät.</span>”</span></p><p> Viittaamalla Jumalan ruumiinosiin mormonit todistavat, että Jumala oli kerran mies kuten me. Kun he ovat vakuuttaneet ihmiset siitä, he jatkavat opettamista, että me voimme tulla Jumaliksi juuri kuten Hän on! Hänen antamalla luennolla ryhmä vanhempia mormoneja haastoi Walter Martinin (<span class="emphasis"><em>Kulttien kuningaskunnan</em></span> tekijä) riitaan lukuisalla joukolla samanlaisia jakeita. Tohtori Martin pyysi mormoneja lukemaan yhden -tekstin lisää. Ps. 91:4 ”<span class="quote">Hän levittää siipensä yllesi, ja sinä olet +tekstin lisää. Ps. 91:4 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Hän levittää siipensä yllesi, ja sinä olet turvassa niiden alla. Hänen uskollisuutensa on sinulle muuri ja -kilpi.</span>”. W.M. sanoi, ”<span class="quote">Samalla tulkinnalla, jolla todistitte -Jumalan ihmiseksi, te todistitte, että hän on lintu.</span>”. Mormonien oli +kilpi.</span>”</span>. W.M. sanoi, <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Samalla tulkinnalla, jolla todistitte +Jumalan ihmiseksi, te todistitte, että hän on lintu.</span>”</span>. Mormonien oli naurettava huomatessaan heidän paikaknsa. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 02bdcce..7291a43 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan -välillä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +välillä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</h2></div></div></div><p>Vertauskuva on: <span class="emphasis"><em>Kertomus, jossa kullakin osalla on merkitys.</em></span></p><p>Jokainen kertomus on vertauskuva, tosi vai epätosi?</p><p>Jotkut vertaukset ovat vertauskuvia. Esimerkiksi vertaus riidankylväjästä on vertauskuva. Siemen on Jumalan Sana. Orjantappurat ovat huolia ja ahneutta, @@ -7,10 +7,10 @@ jne. Mutta suurin osa vertauksista ei ole vertauskuvia, mutta yksinkertaisia kertomuksia valaisemaan yhden näkökulman. On vaarallista tehdä opinkappaletta vertauksesta. Ne voivat olla monimutkaisia kaikkien asioiden sanomiseen. Meidän tulee selvittää opinkappale selvistä kirjoituksista, -jotka tuovat opin esille. Jos sen jälkeen vertaus havainnollistaa sen, hyvä.</p><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esimerkki 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus +jotka tuovat opin esille. Jos sen jälkeen vertaus havainnollistaa sen, hyvä.</p><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esimerkki 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus valaisee yhden läksyn: lannistumaton rukoilu. Jos me sijoitamme sen vertauskuvaan, mitä meillä on?</p><p>Kaikenlaisia vääryyksiä tapahtuu merkityksille. Jumala on halutun -puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esimerkki 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus väärästä huoneenhaltijasta Luuk 16:1-9. Mikä on kertomuksen +puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esimerkki 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus väärästä huoneenhaltijasta Luuk 16:1-9. Mikä on kertomuksen merkitys? Onko se vertauskuva? </p><p>Huoneenhaltijaa kunnioitetaan vain yhden asian tähden, hänen viekkautensa valmistautuessaan virasta erottamisen jälkeiseen aikaan. Mutta häntä ei kunnioiteta hänen epäeettisen käytöksen takia mestarinsa petkuttamisesta. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html index 4a543ad..4631e67 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esimerkki 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esimerkki 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV ”<span class="quote">Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 ”<span class="quote">...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>Kuinka etsimme tekstikohdan tarkoitettua merkitystä? Sanokaamme, että +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>Kuinka etsimme tekstikohdan tarkoitettua merkitystä? Sanokaamme, että huomiomme on kohdistettu jakeen osaan, jonka merkitys ei ole meille -selvä. Kuinka tutkimme sitä? Pidä kolme sääntöä muistissa:</p><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</h2></div></div></div><p>Mitä tarkempia voimme olla sanojen todellisen, alkuperäisen merkityksen +selvä. Kuinka tutkimme sitä? Pidä kolme sääntöä muistissa:</p><div class="section" title="Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</h2></div></div></div><p>Mitä tarkempia voimme olla sanojen todellisen, alkuperäisen merkityksen kanssa, sitä parempi tulkintamme on. Yritä löytää avainsanojen todellinen -merkitys näillä askelilla:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Määrittely. </b>Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta -Verbeille verbin aikamuoto on myös ratkaiseva.</p></li><li><p><b>Ristiinviittaukset. </b>Vertaa tekstejä tekstien kanssa. Näe, kuinka sama kreikankielinen tai +merkitys näillä askelilla:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Määrittely"><b>Määrittely. </b>Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta +Verbeille verbin aikamuoto on myös ratkaiseva.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Ristiinviittaukset"><b>Ristiinviittaukset. </b>Vertaa tekstejä tekstien kanssa. Näe, kuinka sama kreikankielinen tai hepreankielinen sana (ei englanninkielinen sana) on käytetty tekstissä, selvittää tai antaa uutta valaistusta määritelmään. Kuinka sama kirjoittaja käyttää tätä sanaa muualla? Muut kirjoittajat? Referenssityökalusi antavat @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ sinulle yhtä hyvin esimerkkejä sanan käytöstä muissa asiakirjoissa kuin Raamattussa. Miksi meidän pitää mennä alkukieleen, miksi englantilainen sana ei ole tarpeeksi hyvä? <span class="emphasis"><em>Koska useampi kreikankielinen sana voidaan kääntää samaksi englanninkieliseksi sanaksi, ja kreikankielisillä sanoilla -voi olla erilainen merkityksen vivahde.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esimerkki 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Joh.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Älä koske minuun"</em></span> (KJV) kuulostaa karkealta, +voi olla erilainen merkityksen vivahde.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esimerkki 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Joh.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Älä koske minuun"</em></span> (KJV) kuulostaa karkealta, eikö vain? Kuulostaa siltä, että Jeesus ei halunnut tulla kosketetuksi nyt kun hän on Hengessä, että Hän on pyhä tai jotain sellaista. Mutta tämä ei näytä oikealta. Niinpä lue se Spiros Zodhiatesin kirjoittamasta kirjasta' @@ -40,17 +40,17 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Esimerkki 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jaak. 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Vanhimmatvoidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Esimerkki 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jaak. 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Vanhimmatvoidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan</em></span>. Mitä on tämä voitelu?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Ristiviittaukset sanalle aleipho: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Matt.6:17 Kun sinä paastoat, voitele hiuksesi</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [naiset] ostivat tuoksuöljyä mennäkseen voitelemaan Hänet.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 Ja he...voitelivat monta sairasta ja paransivat heidät.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] suuteli Hänen jalkojaan ja voiteli ne tuoksuöljyllä</p></li><li><p>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] voiteli Jeesuksen jalat, ja kuivasi ne hiuksillaan</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Sanan chrio ristiviittaukset: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 ”<span class="quote">Herran Henki on minun ylläni, sillä hän on voidelut minut -julistamaan [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut</p></li><li><p>Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Mikä ero on sanoilla aleipho ja chrio? Katso jälleen ristiviittausta ja +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Ristiviittaukset sanalle aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Matt.6:17 Kun sinä paastoat, voitele hiuksesi</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [naiset] ostivat tuoksuöljyä mennäkseen voitelemaan Hänet.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 Ja he...voitelivat monta sairasta ja paransivat heidät.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] suuteli Hänen jalkojaan ja voiteli ne tuoksuöljyllä</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] voiteli Jeesuksen jalat, ja kuivasi ne hiuksillaan</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Sanan chrio ristiviittaukset: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Herran Henki on minun ylläni, sillä hän on voidelut minut +julistamaan [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Mikä ero on sanoilla aleipho ja chrio? Katso jälleen ristiviittausta ja määritelmää, ja selvitä ero: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" on öljyn jokapäiväinen käyttö ja "chrio" on hengellinen</em></span></p><p>Öljyn jokapäiväisen käytön kuvaus (joskin sanaa ei käytetä) siihen aikaan kun laupias samarialainen huolehti ryöstäjien lyömän miehen hän kaatoi öljyä diff --git a/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html b/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html index 97d3fda..383e50b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/fi/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Abstrakti The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="fi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="Abstrakti The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Oikeudellinen ilmoitus"><a name="id14837305"></a><p> Tämän asiakirjan alkuperäinen kirjoittaja on Mr. Bob Harman ja se on lisensioitu "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike" -lisenssillä. </p><p> Tekstien lainausmerkit ovat peräisin uudesta amerikkalaisesta standardi-Raamatusta, jos ei muuta ole sanottu - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakti</b></p><p> + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstrakti"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakti</b></p><p> The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the Bible. </p><p> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index e43bc4c..62779e3 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,18 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Écouter</h3></div></div></div><p>Luc 11:28 <span class="emphasis"><em>" Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et -qui la gardent !"</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lire</h3></div></div></div><p>Apocalypse 1:3 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Écouter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Écouter</h3></div></div></div><p>Luc 11:28 <span class="emphasis"><em>" Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et +qui la gardent !"</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Lire"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lire</h3></div></div></div><p>Apocalypse 1:3 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les paroles de la prophétie..."</em></span></p><p>1 Timothée.4:13 <span class="emphasis"><em>"appliques toi à la lecture [des Écritures]..."</em></span> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Étude</h3></div></div></div><p>Actes 17:11 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Étude"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Étude</h3></div></div></div><p>Actes 17:11 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux de Thessalonique; ils reçurent la parole avec beaucoup d'empressement, et ils examinaient chaque jour les Écritures, pour voir si ce qu'on leur disait était exact."</em></span> </p><p>2 Timothée.2:15 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Efforces toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter devant Dieu comme un homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui -dispense droitement la parole de la vérité."</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Mémoriser</h3></div></div></div><p>Psaumes.119:11 <span class="emphasis"><em>" Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, Afin de ne pas -pécher contre toi."</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Méditer</h3></div></div></div><p>Psaumes.1:2-3 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de +dispense droitement la parole de la vérité."</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Mémoriser"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Mémoriser</h3></div></div></div><p>Psaumes.119:11 <span class="emphasis"><em>" Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, Afin de ne pas +pécher contre toi."</em></span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Méditer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Méditer</h3></div></div></div><p>Psaumes.1:2-3 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de l'Éternel, Et qui la médite jour et nuit! Il est comme un arbre planté près d'un courant d'eau, Qui donne son fruit en sa saison, Et dont le feuillage ne se flétrit point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit."</em></span> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 1086b7f..438c412 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus</p></li></ol></div><p>Que signifie "pratiquez votre justice" ? Est-ce que le passage donne des +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus</p></li></ol></div><p>Que signifie "pratiquez votre justice" ? Est-ce que le passage donne des exemples ? Quel aspect de nos vies est concerné ? Nos motivations ! -Qu'est-ce que les passages secondaires développent dans ce sens ?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Quand tu fais l'aumône</p></li><li><p>Quand tu jeûnes</p></li><li><p>Quand tu pries</p></li></ol></div><p>Maintenant, complétons notre ébauche avec les instructions permettant -d'éviter les mauvaises façon de pratiquer notre justice :</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Quand tu fais l'aumône - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone « <span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span> » -today?)</p></li><li><p>que ton aumône se fasse en secret.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases d'une juste interprétation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Qu'est-ce que les passages secondaires développent dans ce sens ?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quand tu fais l'aumône</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quand tu jeûnes</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quand tu pries</p></li></ol></div><p>Maintenant, complétons notre ébauche avec les instructions permettant +d'éviter les mauvaises façon de pratiquer notre justice :</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quand tu fais l'aumône + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span> »</span> +today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>que ton aumône se fasse en secret.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases d'une juste interprétation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 156f6d9..52fd8e1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases d'une juste interprétation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases d'une juste interprétation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases d'une juste interprétation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenu</h3></div></div></div><p>Qu'est ce que cela signifie ? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases d'une juste interprétation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases d'une juste interprétation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases d'une juste interprétation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Contenu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenu</h3></div></div></div><p>Qu'est ce que cela signifie ? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte original ? Attention aux définitions. Ne lui faites pas dire ce que ça ne -signifie pas.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexte</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les versets précédents et suivants ? "le contexte est roi" est la +signifie pas.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Contexte"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexte</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les versets précédents et suivants ? "le contexte est roi" est la règle -- le passage doit garder son sens parmis la structure du passage -entier et du livre.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Références croisées</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les verset à propos de ce thème à travers l'ensemble de la Bible +entier et du livre.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Références croisées"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Références croisées</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les verset à propos de ce thème à travers l'ensemble de la Bible ? Dieu ne se contredit pas, donc notre interprétation doit rester cohérente face aux autres Écritures.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Types d'études bibliques </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html index 7f3402d..7a2cadc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Types d'études bibliques</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types d'études bibliques</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types d'études bibliques</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Étude thématique</h3></div></div></div><p>Choisir un thème et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Étude de personnage</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans -Genèse 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Étude expositoire</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approche de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases d'une juste interprétation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Types d'études bibliques</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types d'études bibliques</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Types d'études bibliques"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types d'études bibliques</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Étude thématique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Étude thématique</h3></div></div></div><p>Choisir un thème et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Étude de personnage"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Étude de personnage</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans +Genèse 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Étude expositoire"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Étude expositoire</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approche de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases d'une juste interprétation</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index f343ec3..9555802 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Pour rechercher un verset particulier</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Sélectionner un mot clef ou un mot plus inusité de ce verset.</p></li><li><p>Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique</p></li><li><p>Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché.</p></li></ol></div><p>Trouver ces versets : -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>« <span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span> »</p></li><li><p>« <span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span> »</p></li><li><p>L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Pour faire une étude thématique </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Pour rechercher un verset particulier"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Pour rechercher un verset particulier</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Sélectionner un mot clef ou un mot plus inusité de ce verset.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché.</p></li></ol></div><p>Trouver ces versets : +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span> »</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">« <span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span> »</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Pour faire une étude thématique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Pour faire une étude thématique </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</h3></div></div></div><p>Ne trouveriez vous pas une contradiction entre les versets Matthieu 7:1 "Ne +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</h3></div></div></div><p>Ne trouveriez vous pas une contradiction entre les versets Matthieu 7:1 "Ne jugez point, afin que vous ne soyez point jugés." et 1 Cor.2:15 "L'homme spirituel, au contraire, juge de tout..."? Peut-être y a-t-il deux mots grecs différents, tous deux traduits par "juger" en français ? (à partir de -maintenant, nous activons l'affichage des numéros Strongs) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Recherche du mot "jugés".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Maintenant, recherchez le mot "juge".</p></li><li><p>Allez voir en 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +maintenant, nous activons l'affichage des numéros Strongs) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Recherche du mot "jugés".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Maintenant, recherchez le mot "juge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Allez voir en 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Pour trouver la signification des noms</h3></div></div></div><p>À l'aide de la même méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des -nom dans les dictionnaires grecs ou hébreux.</p><p>Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigaïl</p></li><li><p>Josué</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Pour trouver la signification des noms"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Pour trouver la signification des noms</h3></div></div></div><p>À l'aide de la même méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des +nom dans les dictionnaires grecs ou hébreux.</p><p>Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigaïl</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Josué</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html index 5315a68..b5b2feb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Matthieu 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots grecs ou hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said « <span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span> »; just +said <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span> »</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index bb47ceb..752fd92 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 522f836..28d30b9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>les exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">les exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>les exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>les exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">les exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="les exhortations"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>les exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p> 2 Timothée 2:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Efforces toi de te présenter devant Dieu comme un homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui dispense droitement la parole de la vérité.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 051f319..e186efc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui libère</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui libère</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un livre qui libère</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui libère</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui libère</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un livre qui libère"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un livre qui libère</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -13,4 +13,4 @@ ancrer dans la vérité, ce qui a pour conséquence que nous ne serons pas facilement "emportés".</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em> Jésus leur répondit : </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Vous êtes dans l'erreur, parce que vous ne comprenez ni les Écritures, ni la puissance de Dieu.</em></span>"Matthieu.22:29</p><p>Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour être préservés de -l'erreur ?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>La Parole de Dieu</p></li><li><p>La puissance de Dieu </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui agit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui combat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +l'erreur ?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>La Parole de Dieu</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La puissance de Dieu </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui agit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui combat</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html index ef9115b..b3a82b1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="les exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="les exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index b0914da..4b90696 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine.</p></li><li><p>Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des proverbes par jour, -correspondant au jour dans le mois.</p></li><li><p>Les Psaumes en un mois : lire 5 Psaumes par intervals de 30 jour, par +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des proverbes par jour, +correspondant au jour dans le mois.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Les Psaumes en un mois : lire 5 Psaumes par intervals de 30 jour, par exemple le vingtième jour du mois, lire les psaumes 20, 50, 80, 110 & -140.</p></li><li><p>Psaumes & proverbes en 6 mois : lire dans les psaumes et les proverbes -un chapitre par jour.</p></li><li><p>Ancien Testament sans les psaumes & proverbes en deux ans : si vous +140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psaumes & proverbes en 6 mois : lire dans les psaumes et les proverbes +un chapitre par jour.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ancien Testament sans les psaumes & proverbes en deux ans : si vous lisez un chapitre par jour de l'Ancien Testament excepté les psaumes & proverbes, vous aurez lu l'Ancien Testament en 2 ans et 2 semaines. </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 04874ca..b9597f8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui combat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="les exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui combat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un livre qui combat</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui combat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="les exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui combat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un livre qui combat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un livre qui combat</h2></div></div></div><p> Eph 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 1.3. L'armure spirituelle</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="L'armure spirituelle" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Réponse</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Combien sont offensives ?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>La (les) quelle(s) ? </td><td>La Parole - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui libère </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> les exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html index 9bbf9bd..fd63a63 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui agit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui agit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un livre qui agit</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui agit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui agit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un livre qui agit"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un livre qui agit</h2></div></div></div><p> Que l'étude de la Bible va-t-elle vous apporter ? 1 Thessaloniciens 2:13 affirme que la Bible "<span class="emphasis"><em>...agit en vous qui croyez.</em></span>" À coté de chaque verset, l'ouvrage accomplit par la Parole est écrit. diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html index 1641044..7df906b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libère</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libère</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un livre unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Un livre unique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un livre unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html index 708c7a2..cb25d1d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemple 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Dans une leçon précédente, nous avons considéré Jean 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"...naît +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Exemple 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemple 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Dans une leçon précédente, nous avons considéré Jean 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"...naît d'eau et d'Esprit..."</em></span> D'après le contexte, quelle est l'eau dont on parle ici ?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemple 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Corinthiens 14:34 <span class="emphasis"><em>"que les femmes se taisent dans les +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemple 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Corinthiens 14:34 <span class="emphasis"><em>"que les femmes se taisent dans les assemblées"</em></span> doit être considéré dans le contexte biblique de 1 Corinthiens 11:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Toute femme [...] qui prie ou qui -prophétise..."</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemple 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 « <span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +prophétise..."</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemple 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span> ». Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"</span> »</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 476212b..e73698f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking « <span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span> » but -« <span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span> »; later we can ask, -« <span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span> ». We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemple 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> « <span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span> » (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span> »</span> but +<span class="quote">« <span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span> »</span>; later we can ask, +<span class="quote">« <span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span> »</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Exemple 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemple 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span> »</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemple 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemple 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html index c4e8bf2..3534557 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemple 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>« <span class="quote">oeil en mauvais état</span> » dans Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Exemple 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemple 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">« <span class="quote">oeil en mauvais état</span> »</span> dans Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, « <span class="quote">evil eye</span> ». Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">evil eye</span> »</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemple 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 « <span class="quote">Non, la main de l'Eternel n'est pas trop courte</span> »</p><p>Deut.33:27 « <span class="quote">Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite.</span> »</p><p> +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemple 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Non, la main de l'Eternel n'est pas trop courte</span> »</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite.</span> »</span></p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 « <span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span> ». W.M. said, « <span class="quote">By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span> »</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span> ». The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird</span> »</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html index a707a69..42be882 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une -parabole et une allégorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +parabole et une allégorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</h2></div></div></div><p>Une allégorie est : <span class="emphasis"><em>Une histoire où chaque élément à une signification.</em></span></p><p>Chaque parabole est une allégorie, vrai ou faux ?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemple 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Exemple 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemple 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>Tout un éventail de brutalités se font jour : Dieu est peu disposé à -protéger les droits des veuves, les prières "L'embêtent", etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemple 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +protéger les droits des veuves, les prières "L'embêtent", etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemple 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html index abba70a..1705d62 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique : Comment utiliser un index"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Règle 2 - interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemple 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemple 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV « <span class="quote">Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span> »). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.</span> »</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 « <span class="quote">...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span> »</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span> »</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Définition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Références croisées. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Définition"><b>Définition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Références croisées"><b>Références croisées. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemple 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemple 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemple 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemple 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Références croisées d'alelpho : - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 Mais quand tu jeûnes, parfume ta tête</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [les femmes] achetèrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV : -"oindre"] Jésus.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 (...) ils oignaient d'huile beaucoup de malades et les guérissaient.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] les [ses pieds] baisa, et les oignit de parfum. </p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Marie, (...) oignit les pieds de Jésus, et elle lui essuya les pieds -avec ses cheveux</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Références croisées de chrio - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 « <span class="quote">L'Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, Parce qu'il m'a oint pour -annoncer [...]</span> »</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Quelle est alors la différence entre aleipho et chrio ? En retournant aux +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Références croisées d'alelpho : + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 Mais quand tu jeûnes, parfume ta tête</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [les femmes] achetèrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV : +"oindre"] Jésus.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 (...) ils oignaient d'huile beaucoup de malades et les guérissaient.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] les [ses pieds] baisa, et les oignit de parfum. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Marie, (...) oignit les pieds de Jésus, et elle lui essuya les pieds +avec ses cheveux</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Références croisées de chrio + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">L'Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, Parce qu'il m'a oint pour +annoncer [...]</span> »</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Quelle est alors la différence entre aleipho et chrio ? En retournant aux références croisées et aux définitions et en faisant la synthèse des différences : ALEIPHO DÉSIGNE L'USAGE PRATIQUE DE L'HUILE ET CHRIO L'USAGE SPIRITUEL</p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of diff --git a/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html b/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html index d09b8c0..68f7378 100644 --- a/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/fr/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Résumé The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tutoriel d'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="fr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545542"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="Résumé The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tutoriel d'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Note légale"><a name="id14837306"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". </p><p> Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Résumé</b></p><p> + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Résumé"><p class="title"><b>Résumé</b></p><p> The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the Bible. </p><p> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index f6ad442..dba6084 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</h2></div></div></div><p>Hallgatni és olvasni az igét csak egy távlati nézetet ad, míg tanulmányozni +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</h2></div></div></div><p>Hallgatni és olvasni az igét csak egy távlati nézetet ad, míg tanulmányozni és memorizálni azt már mikroszkopikus betekintést enged az Írásba. Elmélkedni az írásokon együtt jelenti a hallást, olvasást, -tanulmányozást és memorizálást, és ez ragasztja az Igét az elménkbe.</p><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hallgatni</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 „<span class="quote">Sőt inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét, -és megtartják azt.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Olvasni</h3></div></div></div><p>Jel.1:3 „<span class="quote">Boldog, a ki olvassa, és a kik hallgatják e prófétálásnak -beszédeit [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 „<span class="quote">legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]</span>” -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tanulmányozni</h3></div></div></div><p>ApCsel 17:11 „<span class="quote">Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a +tanulmányozást és memorizálást, és ez ragasztja az Igét az elménkbe.</p><div class="sect2" title="Hallgatni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hallgatni</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Sőt inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét, +és megtartják azt.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Olvasni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Olvasni</h3></div></div></div><p>Jel.1:3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Boldog, a ki olvassa, és a kik hallgatják e prófétálásnak +beszédeit [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]</span>”</span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Tanulmányozni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tanulmányozni</h3></div></div></div><p>ApCsel 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a Thessalonikabelieknél, úgymint kik bevevék az ígét teljes készséggel, -naponként tudakozva az írásokat, ha úgy vannak-é ezek.</span>” -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 „<span class="quote">Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint +naponként tudakozva az írásokat, ha úgy vannak-é ezek.</span>”</span> +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az igazságnak -beszédét.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizálni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt.119:11 „<span class="quote">Szívembe rejtettem a te beszédedet, hogy ne vétkezzem -ellened.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Elmélkedni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt. 1:2-3 „<span class="quote">Hanem az Úr törvényében van gyönyörűsége, és az ő +beszédét.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorizálni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizálni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt.119:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Szívembe rejtettem a te beszédedet, hogy ne vétkezzem +ellened.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Elmélkedni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Elmélkedni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt. 1:2-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Hanem az Úr törvényében van gyönyörűsége, és az ő törvényéről gondolkodik éjjel és nappal. És olyan lesz, mint a folyóvizek mellé ültetett fa, a mely idejekorán megadja gyümölcsét, és levele nem -hervad el; és minden munkájában jó szerencsés lészen.</span>” +hervad el; és minden munkájában jó szerencsés lészen.</span>”</span> </p><p>A Navigátorok ezt ahhoz hasonlították, hogy ahogyan a hüvelykujj képes megérinteni a többi ujjat, úgy mi is tudunk elmélkedni az Igéről miközben bármelyiket gyakoroljuk az előző négy közül. Az elmélkedés elengedhetetlen diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html index db4729f..4ab342b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</h2></div></div></div><p>Tanulmányozzuk együtt Mt.6:1-18. Olvassa el magának, először megkeresve a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</h2></div></div></div><p>Tanulmányozzuk együtt Mt.6:1-18. Olvassa el magának, először megkeresve a kulcsverset, azt a verset, ami összefoglalja az egész szakaszt. Amikor -megtalálta, írjon mellé egy római egyest (I):</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok</p></li></ol></div><p>Mit jelent a „<span class="quote">kegyesség gyakorlása</span>”? Ad erre a szakasz példát? +megtalálta, írjon mellé egy római egyest (I):</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok</p></li></ol></div><p>Mit jelent a <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">kegyesség gyakorlása</span>”</span>? Ad erre a szakasz példát? Az életünk mely területének lett ez címezve? <span class="emphasis"><em>A -motivációnknak!</em></span> Gyűjtse ki a témaköröket, mit fejlesztenek?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Amikor adsz</p></li><li><p>Amikor böjtölsz</p></li><li><p>Amikor imádkozol</p></li></ol></div><p>Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerülje el a rossz -módját a kegyesség gyakorlásának:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Amikor adsz - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>ne kürtöltess. (hogyan „<span class="quote">kürtöltethet</span>” bárki manapság?)</p></li><li><p>titokban csináld.</p></li><li><p>stb.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A helyes értelmezés alapjai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +motivációnknak!</em></span> Gyűjtse ki a témaköröket, mit fejlesztenek?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Amikor adsz</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Amikor böjtölsz</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Amikor imádkozol</p></li></ol></div><p>Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerülje el a rossz +módját a kegyesség gyakorlásának:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Amikor adsz + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>ne kürtöltess. (hogyan <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">kürtöltethet</span>”</span> bárki manapság?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>titokban csináld.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>stb.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A helyes értelmezés alapjai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index ca63ee8..2582fe8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Tartalom</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a -meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Szövegkörnyezet</h3></div></div></div><p>A környezetében lévő versek mit mondanak? " Szövegkörnyezet a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Tartalom"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Tartalom</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a +meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Szövegkörnyezet"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Szövegkörnyezet</h3></div></div></div><p>A környezetében lévő versek mit mondanak? " Szövegkörnyezet a király" ez a szabály -- a rész értelmének egyeznie kell a teljes -szakasszal és könyvvel.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Kereszthivatkozások</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent +szakasszal és könyvvel.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Kereszthivatkozások"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Kereszthivatkozások</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent önmagának, ezért a mi értelmezésünket kell alávetnünk más igeszakaszok tesztjének.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html index 6408254..b7e50e9 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Témák tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy -szószedetek alapján.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterek tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy bibliai személy életének tanulmányozása, például József élete az -1Móz. 37-50 szerint.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Megismerő tanulmányozás</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A helyes értelmezés alapjai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Témák tanulmányozása"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Témák tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy +szószedetek alapján.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Karakterek tanulmányozása"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterek tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy bibliai személy életének tanulmányozása, például József élete az +1Móz. 37-50 szerint.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Megismerő tanulmányozás"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Megismerő tanulmányozás</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A helyes értelmezés alapjai</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 2605473..048c023 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Megtalálni a pontos verset</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből.</p></li><li><p>Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére</p></li><li><p>Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset.</p></li></ol></div><p>Keresse meg ezeket: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>„<span class="quote">Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek</span>”</p></li><li><p>„<span class="quote">Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. </span>”</p></li><li><p>A gazdag ember és Lázár története.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </h3></div></div></div><p>Mondjuk tanulmányozni szeretné a "megváltás" jelentését. Először +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Megtalálni a pontos verset"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Megtalálni a pontos verset</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset.</p></li></ol></div><p>Keresse meg ezeket: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. </span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A gazdag ember és Lázár története.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Téma szerinti tanulmányozás"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </h3></div></div></div><p>Mondjuk tanulmányozni szeretné a "megváltás" jelentését. Először nézzen körül a konkordanciában, és nézze meg a hivatkozásokat amiket felsorol. Azután keresse meg a szavakat és a hivatkozásaikat, melyek még ide vannak sorolva, például "megvált, megváltott, váltságdíj" és még a -"vásárol" vagy "megvette". </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</h3></div></div></div><p>Mi történik akkor, ha ellentmondást észlel a Mt. 7:1„<span class="quote">Ne ítéljetek, -hogy ne ítéltessetek!</span>” és az 1 Kor.2.15 „<span class="quote">A lelki ember azonban -mindent megítél</span>” között? Lehet, hogy itt két különböző görög szó van, +"vásárol" vagy "megvette". </p></div><div class="sect2" title="A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</h3></div></div></div><p>Mi történik akkor, ha ellentmondást észlel a Mt. 7:1<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ne ítéljetek, +hogy ne ítéltessetek!</span>”</span> és az 1 Kor.2.15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">A lelki ember azonban +mindent megítél</span>”</span> között? Lehet, hogy itt két különböző görög szó van, amit ugyanúgy "ítél" szóval fordíthatunk magyarra? (A Strong's -Görög és Héber szótárat használjuk a továbbiakban.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Keresse meg az "ítél" szót</p></li><li><p>Menjen a Mt. 7:1 bejegyzéseihez. A helyes szám a 2919. Ez az alkalmazott -görög szó hivatkozási száma. Írja le.</p></li><li><p>Most keresse ki a "megítél" szót.</p></li><li><p>Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Lapozzunk a görög szótárhoz. (Emlékezzünk, az Újszövetség eredeti nyelve a +Görög és Héber szótárat használjuk a továbbiakban.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Keresse meg az "ítél" szót</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Menjen a Mt. 7:1 bejegyzéseihez. A helyes szám a 2919. Ez az alkalmazott +görög szó hivatkozási száma. Írja le.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Most keresse ki a "megítél" szót.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lapozzunk a görög szótárhoz. (Emlékezzünk, az Újszövetség eredeti nyelve a görög, míg az Ószövetségé a héber.) Hasonlítsuk össze a 2919 és a 350 számú -szavak jelentését, és megvan a válasz! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</h3></div></div></div><p>Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy -héberben.</p><p>Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nábál</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Józsué</p></li><li><p>Barnabás</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +szavak jelentését, és megvan a válasz! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Nevek jelentésének megkeresése"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</h3></div></div></div><p>Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy +héberben.</p><p>Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nábál</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Józsué</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabás</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html index 0c64177..b02a288 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Tudakozzátok az írásokat, mert azt hiszitek, hogy azokban van a ti örök életetek; és ezek azok, a melyek bizonyságot tesznek rólam; És nem akartok hozzám jőni, hogy életetek legyen!</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>A fő indítéka ennek a könyvnek, hogy elvezessen Hozzá. Luther mondta: -„<span class="quote"> Csak azért megyünk a bölcsőhöz, hogy ringassuk a babát</span>”; de a +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Csak azért megyünk a bölcsőhöz, hogy ringassuk a babát</span>”</span>; de a Biblia tanulmányozását mi nem a magunk ringatásáért végezzük, hanem az Istennel való szövetségért. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>A zsidók, akiknek Jézus beszélt [...] ha birtokolni az Írást, ugyanannyi, diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 0ec1437..fb74781 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Zsid. 4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Isten igéje élő és +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Zsid. 4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Isten igéje élő és ható... </em></span> " Jézus mondta<span class="emphasis"><em> (Mt. 4:4)</em></span><span class="emphasis"><em> Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, hanem minden igével, amely Isten szájából származik.</em></span> Amikor olvassuk a Bibliát, Isten diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index d89539d..bad0b5f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bátorítás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A könyv, amely harcol"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bátorítás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Bátorítás</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bátorítás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A könyv, amely harcol"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bátorítás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Bátorítás"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Bátorítás</h2></div></div></div><p> 2 Tim. 2:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em> Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az igazságnak beszédét.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 85dbf6f..67a502e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv ami megszabadít</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A könyv, amely harcol"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv ami megszabadít</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A könyv ami megszabadít</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv ami megszabadít</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A könyv, amely harcol"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv ami megszabadít</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A könyv ami megszabadít</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn. 8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>És megismeritek az igazságot, és az igazság szabadokká tesz titeket.</em></span>" Ezt az igét önmagában is szokták idézni. Feltételes, vagy feltétel nélküli az ígéret? Használni kell a tudás @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ vagyunk a tanítások akármi szelétől...</em></span>" Egyik dolog, amit az Ig tanulmányozása tesz értünk az az, hogy az igazságra alapozva nem leszünk könnyen "elfújhatók."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>De Jézus így válaszolt és mondta nekik,</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>Tévelyegtek, mivelhogy nem ismeritek sem az írásokat, sem az -Istennek hatalmát.</em></span>" Mt. 22:29</p><p>Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Isten igéje</p></li><li><p>Isten hatalma </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amely cselekszik </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amely harcol</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Istennek hatalmát.</em></span>" Mt. 22:29</p><p>Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Isten igéje</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Isten hatalma </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amely cselekszik </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amely harcol</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html index 462b9ec..1d8521a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Bátorítás"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Az igazságot Isten kezdeményezésének véglegességéről Krisztusban egy szó +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Bátorítás"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Az igazságot Isten kezdeményezésének véglegességéről Krisztusban egy szó hordozza a görög Újszövetségben, nevezetesen a <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> és az <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span> határozószó. Ezt úgy fordítják: diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index b2a5934..6e3deb0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</h2></div></div></div><p> Itt található néhány egyszerű leírás, melynek segítségével rendszerszerűen +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</h2></div></div></div><p> Itt található néhány egyszerű leírás, melynek segítségével rendszerszerűen olvashatja a Bibliát. Mehet egyszerre több alapján is, ha akarja, például #1 és a #4 program, vagy a #2 és az #5 együtt. Változtassa a programját évről évre, hogy friss legyen az Ige! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy -héten.</p></li><li><p>Példabeszédek egy hónap alatt: olvasson egy fejezetet egy nap, dátumnak -megfelelően.</p></li><li><p>Zsoltárok egy hónap alatt: olvasson 5 zsoltárt naponta, 30 naponként, -például 20 -án olvassa a 20. 50. 80. 110. 140. zsoltárt.</p></li><li><p>Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek 6 hónap alatt: olvassa át a Zsoltárokat és a -Példabeszédeket egy fejezetenként, naponta.</p></li><li><p>Ószövetség Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek nélkül 2 év alatt: ha egy fejezetet +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy +héten.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Példabeszédek egy hónap alatt: olvasson egy fejezetet egy nap, dátumnak +megfelelően.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Zsoltárok egy hónap alatt: olvasson 5 zsoltárt naponta, 30 naponként, +például 20 -án olvassa a 20. 50. 80. 110. 140. zsoltárt.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek 6 hónap alatt: olvassa át a Zsoltárokat és a +Példabeszédeket egy fejezetenként, naponta.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ószövetség Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek nélkül 2 év alatt: ha egy fejezetet olvas naponta sz Ószövetségből, kihagyva a Zsoltárokat és a Példabeszédeket, sikerül teljesen elolvasni 2 év és 2 hét alatt. </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 3e28d2c..214ad7b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amely harcol</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Bátorítás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely harcol</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A könyv, amely harcol</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amely harcol</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Bátorítás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely harcol</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A könyv, amely harcol"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A könyv, amely harcol</h2></div></div></div><p> Ef. 6:10-18 képet mutat a szellemi fegyverzetünkről.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>1.3. táblázat - Szellemi páncél</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Szellemi páncél" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Kérdés</th><th>Válasz</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Mennyi védelmi fegyver van felsorolva?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Mennyi támadó?</td><td>Egy</td></tr><tr><td>Melyik(ek)? </td><td>az ige - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">réma</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv ami megszabadít </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bátorítás</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html index a7c396d..93e0b91 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amely cselekszik</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely cselekszik</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A könyv, amely cselekszik</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amely cselekszik</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely cselekszik</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A könyv, amely cselekszik</h2></div></div></div><p> Mit tesz önért a Biblia tanulmányozás? 1 Thess. 2:13 mondja, hogy "<span class="emphasis"><em>annak ereje munkálkodik is bennetek, akik hisztek.</em></span>" Minden írás mellé jegyezze le, mi az amit az Ige cselekszik. diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html index 810e099..e6d4930 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A könyv, amely harcol</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Bátorítás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Isten szavának megértése nagyon fontos mindazoknak, akik segítségük hívják +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A könyv, amely harcol</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Bátorítás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Isten szavának megértése nagyon fontos mindazoknak, akik segítségük hívják Isten nevét. A Biblia tanulmányozása egyike az elsődleges módoknak, hogy -megtanuljunk kommunikálni Istennel.</p><div class="sect1" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</h2></div></div></div><p>A Biblia több tekintetben is egyedülálló. Páratlan a:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +megtanuljunk kommunikálni Istennel.</p><div class="sect1" title="A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</h2></div></div></div><p>A Biblia több tekintetben is egyedülálló. Páratlan a:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> népszerűségében. Csak az Egyesült Államokban több, mint 500 millió dollárt hoznak az eladások évente. A Biblia egyszerre minden idők és minden év bestsellere! -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> szerzőségében. Több, mint 1600 év alatt íródott, különböző háttérrel rendelkező 40 különböző szerzőtől, mégis úgy olvassák, mintha egy írta volna. -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> fennmaradásában. F.F. Bruce <span class="emphasis"><em> Megbízhatóak az Újszövetség dokumentumai?</em></span> műve összehasonlítja az Újszövetség kéziratait más ősi iratokkal: diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html index 2af262d..19f1e2b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</h2></div></div></div><p>Értelmezze az írást az írással való harmóniájában. Mit mondanak a versek? Mi +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</h2></div></div></div><p>Értelmezze az írást az írással való harmóniájában. Mit mondanak a versek? Mi a fejezet témája? a könyvé? Az ön értelmezése egyezik vele? Ha nem, az baj. Általában a szövegkörnyezet megad mindent ami szükséges a szakasz helyes értelmezéséhez. A szövegkörnyezet a kulcs. Ha ellentmondás marad bennünk, miután megpróbáltuk értelmezni a szöveget a szövegkörnyezetében, -tovább kell keresnünk.</p><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>2A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Az előző leckében tekintettük meg a Jn. 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"születik víztől és +tovább kell keresnünk.</p><div class="section" title="2A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>2A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Az előző leckében tekintettük meg a Jn. 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"születik víztől és Lélektől"</em></span> igét. A szövekgörnyezetben mi az a víz, amit itt jelez?</p><p>Nem a vízkeresztség kérdéséről beszél itt, ami nagy váltás lenne arról a témáról, amiről Jézus és Nikodémus beszél. tekintsünk el a hirtelen témaváltástól, mert ez jelezheti, hogy az értelmezés félresiklott! A víz a -magzatvíz, "születni víztől" = természetes születés.</p></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>2B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Kor. 14:34 „<span class="quote"> A ti asszonyaitok hallgassanak a -gyülekezetekben,</span>” együtt vizsgálandó az 1 Kor. 11:5-tel „<span class="quote">Minden -asszony pedig, [...] imádkozik avagy prófétál, [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>2C példa</h3></div></div></div><p>ApCsel 2:38 „<span class="quote"> Péter pedig monda nékik: "Térjetek meg és +magzatvíz, "születni víztől" = természetes születés.</p></div><div class="section" title="2B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>2B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Kor. 14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> A ti asszonyaitok hallgassanak a +gyülekezetekben,</span>”</span> együtt vizsgálandó az 1 Kor. 11:5-tel <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Minden +asszony pedig, [...] imádkozik avagy prófétál, [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="2C példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>2C példa</h3></div></div></div><p>ApCsel 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Péter pedig monda nékik: "Térjetek meg és keresztelkedjetek meg mindnyájan a Jézus Krisztusnak nevében a bűnöknek -bocsánatjára; "</span>”. Ez a rész a bemerítés/keresztelés általi +bocsánatjára; "</span>”</span>. Ez a rész a bemerítés/keresztelés általi újjászületésről szól? Ha ez az egyetlen igerész állna rendelkezésünkre, levonhatnánk ezt a következtetést. Ám a tiszta tanítás fényében máshol az újjászületés Krisztusban való hit által történik meg, ahogy máskülönben diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 9caadfe..2d21d75 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</h2></div></div></div><p> -Először ne azt kérdezzük „<span class="quote"> Mit jelent ez számomra</span>”, hanem -„<span class="quote">Mit jelentett ez az eredeti olvasói számára?</span>” Csak ez után -tegyük fel a kérdést: „<span class="quote">Mit jelent ez számomra?</span>” Be kell -tekintenünk a szerző és hallgatósága történelmi és kulturális hátterébe.</p><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>3A példa</h3></div></div></div><p> „<span class="quote">Három nap és három éjjel</span>” (Mt. 12:40) vezethetett egyeseket a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</h2></div></div></div><p> +Először ne azt kérdezzük <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Mit jelent ez számomra</span>”</span>, hanem +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Mit jelentett ez az eredeti olvasói számára?</span>”</span> Csak ez után +tegyük fel a kérdést: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Mit jelent ez számomra?</span>”</span> Be kell +tekintenünk a szerző és hallgatósága történelmi és kulturális hátterébe.</p><div class="section" title="3A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>3A példa</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Három nap és három éjjel</span>”</span> (Mt. 12:40) vezethetett egyeseket a "Szerdai keresztre feszítés elmélete" kigondolására, pl. az Armstrong kultusz követőit. Hogyan halhatott meg Jézus péntek délután, és támadhatott fel vasárnap reggel, vagyis "harmadnapon feltámadni" (Mt. 16:21)? A "három" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ vizesvödör van ott, igaz, egyik félig tele). Ugyanígy a zsidók a megkezdett napszakokat is teljes napként számolták, és a napok este 6-kor kezdődtek, és este 6-kor végződtek. Így péntek délután 3-6 : első nap. Péntek este 6 -tól szombat este 6 -ig : második nap, szombat este 6 -tól vasárnap reggel 5-ig a -harmadik nap. A kulturális környezet megértése megkímélhet a bajoktól.</p></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>3B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Móz. 15:7-21. Ábrahám idejében az állatok kettéhasítása, majd a részek +harmadik nap. A kulturális környezet megértése megkímélhet a bajoktól.</p></div><div class="section" title="3B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>3B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Móz. 15:7-21. Ábrahám idejében az állatok kettéhasítása, majd a részek között áthaladás megszokott módja volt a szövetségek megkötésének. Mindegyik fél átsétált a részek között zálogát adva, hogy ugyanez történjen vele is, ha nem a szövetség szerint él. Ám ebben az esetben csak az Úr sétált diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 3d16ab1..11bec7f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</h2></div></div></div><p>A szó szerinti nyelvet szó szerint, a jelképes nyelvet jelképesként kell +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</h2></div></div></div><p>A szó szerinti nyelvet szó szerint, a jelképes nyelvet jelképesként kell értelmezni. Figyelnünk kell a kifejezésekre, melyeknek speciális jelentésük -is lehet.</p><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>4A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>„<span class="quote">gonosz szem</span>” Mt. 6:23-ban</p><p>1.szabály a "gonosz" és a "szem" jelentése nem segít most. 2. szabály, +is lehet.</p><div class="section" title="4A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>4A példa</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">gonosz szem</span>”</span> Mt. 6:23-ban</p><p>1.szabály a "gonosz" és a "szem" jelentése nem segít most. 2. szabály, szövegkörnyezet: még jobban összezavar bennünket, nem illik sem az előtte lévő, sem a következő részekhez, ez arra figyelmeztet, hogy nem helyesen -értelmezünk!</p><p>Amit itt láthatunk, az egy héber kifejezés, „<span class="quote">gonosz -szem</span>”. Keressük meg, máshol hogyan használják ezt a kifejezést: +értelmezünk!</p><p>Amit itt láthatunk, az egy héber kifejezés, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">gonosz +szem</span>”</span>. Keressük meg, máshol hogyan használják ezt a kifejezést: Mt. 20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Avagy nem szabad-é nékem a magaméval azt tennem, amit akarok? avagy a te szemed azért gonosz, mert én jó vagyok?</em></span>" Itt azt láthatjuk, hogy ez a kifejezés a fukar és irigy. Menjünk vissza Mt. 6 -hoz, és jegyezzük meg, hogy ez az értelmezés hogyan kapcsolja össze a -szöveget.</p></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>4B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Ésa. 59:1 „<span class="quote"> Ímé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze,</span>”</p><p>5 Móz. 33:27 „<span class="quote">alant vannak örökkévaló karjai;</span>”</p><p> +szöveget.</p></div><div class="section" title="4B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>4B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Ésa. 59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Ímé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze,</span>”</span></p><p>5 Móz. 33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">alant vannak örökkévaló karjai;</span>”</span></p><p> A testrészekre hivatkozást az Utolsó Napok Szentjei használják arra, hogy bemutassák, hogy Isten egykoron olyan ember volt, mint mi vagyunk. Egyszer meggyőztek embereket, hogy menjenek és tanítsák azt, hogy Isten lehet @@ -17,9 +17,9 @@ belőlünk, mint Ő! Egy előadáson, amelyet ők tartottak, egy c elöljáró kihívta Walter Martint (a <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span> szerzője) egy hasonló versek listájával. Dr. Martin ekkor megkérte a Mormonokat, hogy csak egy verset olvassanak még hozzá: Zsolt. 91:4 -„<span class="quote">Tollaival fedez be téged, és szárnyai alatt lészen oltalmad;</span>” -W.M azt mondta ekkor: „<span class="quote">ugyanezen értelmezési szabályok alapján -bebizonyítható, hogy Ő madár</span>”. A Mormonok nevetésben törtek ki, amint +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Tollaival fedez be téged, és szárnyai alatt lészen oltalmad;</span>”</span> +W.M azt mondta ekkor: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">ugyanezen értelmezési szabályok alapján +bebizonyítható, hogy Ő madár</span>”</span>. A Mormonok nevetésben törtek ki, amint megértették az álláspontjuk nevetségességét. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 7e13598..1391133 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az -allegória közt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +allegória közt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt</h2></div></div></div><p>Az allegória: <span class="emphasis"><em> történet, melyben minden elemnek külön jelentése van.</em></span></p><p>Minden példázat egyben allegória is, igaz, vagy hamis?</p><p>Néhány példázat allegória, például a magvető példázata allegória: a magok Isten igéi, a bozótok az aggódás, kapzsiság stb. Mégis a legtöbb példázat nem allegória, hanem egyszerűen csak olyan történet, ami illusztrálja a mondanivalót. Veszélyes lehet tanokat kidolgozni a példázatok alapján, összezavarhatnak. A tiszta írás alapján kell kidolgoznunk a véleményünket, -ha egy példázat alátámasztja, az csak jó.</p><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>5A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Az özvegyasszony és a hamis bíró példázata a Lk.18:1-8 szerint. Ez a +ha egy példázat alátámasztja, az csak jó.</p><div class="section" title="5A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>5A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Az özvegyasszony és a hamis bíró példázata a Lk.18:1-8 szerint. Ez a történet egy dolgot tanít: merészségre az imában. Ha ezt allegóriaként tekintjük, mit kapunk?</p><p>Egy sor durva dolog jön az értelmezésbe: Isten vonakodva védi az özvegyek -jogait, az ima "bosszantja" Őt, stb.</p></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>5B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>A hűtlen sáfár példázata (Lk.16:1-9.), ez vajon allegória? </p><p>A sáfárt egy dolog vezette: a ravaszsága, hogy mit tegyen akkor, amikor már +jogait, az ima "bosszantja" Őt, stb.</p></div><div class="section" title="5B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>5B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>A hűtlen sáfár példázata (Lk.16:1-9.), ez vajon allegória? </p><p>A sáfárt egy dolog vezette: a ravaszsága, hogy mit tegyen akkor, amikor már nem lesz az. De nem tanácsolta a saját etikátlan magatartását, a gazdája becsapását. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html index 50e75b4..7c43ef1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">1A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">1B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">2A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">2B példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">2C példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">3A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">3B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">4A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">4B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">1A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">1B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">2A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">2B példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">2C példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">3A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">3B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">4A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">4B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">5A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">5B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Már tanultunk a hármas szabályról: jelentés, környezet, kereszthivatkozás. Most szeretnénk ezt kiterjeszteni a bibliai hermeneutikába való rövid bevezetéssel, aminek a célja, hogy felfedezzük az eredeti szerző szándékának jelentését (és a Szerzőét !). Míg a szakaszok alkalmazása sok lehet, addig értelmezésüket tekintve csak egy a helyes. Maga az írás mondja, hogy egyetlen szó sem támad az igében saját magyarázatból (2 -Pét. 1:20 „<span class="quote"> Tudván először azt, hogy az írásban egy prófétai szó sem -támad saját magyarázatból.</span>”). Bizonyos szabályok segítenek a helyes +Pét. 1:20 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Tudván először azt, hogy az írásban egy prófétai szó sem +támad saját magyarázatból.</span>”</span>). Bizonyos szabályok segítenek a helyes megértés felfedezése felé, ezeknek a szabályoknak a mellőzése az emberek számára csak a sok bajt hozta, maguknak és követőiknek is. 2 Pét. 3: 16 -„<span class="quote">a melyekben vannak némely nehezen érthető dolgok, a miket a +<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">a melyekben vannak némely nehezen érthető dolgok, a miket a tudatlanok és állhatatlanok elcsűrnek-csavarnak, mint egyéb írásokat is, a -magok vesztére.</span>”</p><p>Hogyan fedezhetjük akkor fel az eredeti jelentést? Mondjuk fordítson +magok vesztére.</span>”</span></p><p>Hogyan fedezhetjük akkor fel az eredeti jelentést? Mondjuk fordítson figyelmet arra a versre, amely nem tiszta önnek. Hogyan tanulmányozza? -Jegyezze meg ezeket a szabályokat:</p><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</h2></div></div></div><p>Legprecízebbek akkor lehetünk, ha az egzakt eredeti jelentését vesszük a +Jegyezze meg ezeket a szabályokat:</p><div class="section" title="1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</h2></div></div></div><p>Legprecízebbek akkor lehetünk, ha az egzakt eredeti jelentését vesszük a szavaknak. Próbálja meg a szavak eredeti jelentését megtalálni a következő -lépések követésével:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definíció. </b>Keresse meg a meghatározást a görög vagy héber szótárban. Az igéknél az -igeidő is döntő fontosságú.</p></li><li><p><b>Kereszthivatkozások. </b>Hasonlítsa össze az Írást az Írással. Figyelje meg, hogy ugyanaz a görög +lépések követésével:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definíció"><b>Definíció. </b>Keresse meg a meghatározást a görög vagy héber szótárban. Az igéknél az +igeidő is döntő fontosságú.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Kereszthivatkozások"><b>Kereszthivatkozások. </b>Hasonlítsa össze az Írást az Írással. Figyelje meg, hogy ugyanaz a görög vagy héber szó (nem a magyar fordítás) előfordulásai tisztázhatják, vagy új megvilágításba helyezhetik a meghatározást. Ugyanaz a szerző hogyan használta a szót máshol? Más szerzők? A hivatkozási segédletek adhatnak még @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ használta a szót máshol? Más szerzők? A hivatkozási segédletek adhatnak még is. Miért kell nekünk eredeti nyelven is megnéznünk, miért nem elég a magyar? <span class="emphasis"><em>Azért mert több görög szónak lehet ugyanaz a magyar fordítása, és a görög szavaknak lehetnek eltérő jelentésárnyalata -is.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>1A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn. 20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Ne érints"</em></span> keményen hangzik, nem? Úgy +is.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="1A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>1A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn. 20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Ne érints"</em></span> keményen hangzik, nem? Úgy hangzik, mintha Jézus nem akarta volna, hogy érintsék most, hogy feltámadt, mintha túl szent, vagy ilyesmi lenne. Ám ez korántsem helyes feltevés, nézzünk utána Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ valamit/valakit, hatást gyakorolva rá... Megkülönböztetendő a pselaphao a pim jelentését: Present Imperative Active: "Aktív beszéd, utasítást adhat valaminek a jövőbeli megcselekvésére, tagadó módban valamilyen cselekedet befejezésére." Ez itt egy negatív parancs, vagyis felszólítás arra, hogy -fejeződjön be valami, ami éppen történik. Vagyis mit találtunk? </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>1B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Jakab 5:14 ben olvashatjuk: <span class="emphasis"><em>Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és +fejeződjön be valami, ami éppen történik. Vagyis mit találtunk? </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="1B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>1B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Jakab 5:14 ben olvashatjuk: <span class="emphasis"><em>Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és imádkozzanak felette, megkenvén őt olajjal az Úrnak nevében.</em></span> Mi ez a megkenés?</p><p>Az aleipho (218) - "beolajozni" (Strong's szótár), de van egy másik szó is amit a "megken" szóval fordíthatunk, ez a chrio (5548) - "bekenni, @@ -44,14 +44,14 @@ bedörzsölni olajjal, hivatalra, vagy vallási szolgálatra felszentelni" (Strong's). Mivel ez ige, vizsgáljuk meg az igeidőt is, "apta" befejezett melléknévi igenév, ami egyszerű cselekményre utal, az igéhez való viszonya szerint, ha átmeneti a kapcsolat, akkor arra utal, hogy a mondaton belüli -főigét megelőzően a cselekmény befejeződött" (Zodiathes 851.o)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Az aleipho kereszthivatkozásai: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bőjtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet</p></li><li><p>Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék -őt.</p></li><li><p>Mk 6:13 és olajjal sok beteget megkennek és meggyógyítnak vala.</p></li><li><p>Lk. 7:38 [...] csókolgatá az ő lábait, és megkené drága kenettel.</p></li><li><p>Jn. 12:3 Mária [...] megkené a Jézus lábait, és megtörlé annak lábait a -saját hajával; a ház pedig megtelék a kenet illatával.</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Chrio kereszthivatkozásai: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk. 4:28 „<span class="quote">Az Úrnak lelke van én rajtam, mivelhogy felkent engem, hogy -a szegényeknek az evangyéliomot hirdessem [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>ApCsel 4:27 [...] egybegyűltek a te szent Fiad, a Jézus ellen, a kit -felkentél, [...]</p></li><li><p>ApCsel 10:38 A názáreti Jézust, mint kené fel őt az Isten Szent Lélekkel és -hatalommal, </p></li><li><p>2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az;</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Vagyis mi a különbség az aleipho és a chrio között? Tekintsen vissza a +főigét megelőzően a cselekmény befejeződött" (Zodiathes 851.o)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Az aleipho kereszthivatkozásai: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bőjtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék +őt.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk 6:13 és olajjal sok beteget megkennek és meggyógyítnak vala.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk. 7:38 [...] csókolgatá az ő lábait, és megkené drága kenettel.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn. 12:3 Mária [...] megkené a Jézus lábait, és megtörlé annak lábait a +saját hajával; a ház pedig megtelék a kenet illatával.</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Chrio kereszthivatkozásai: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk. 4:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Az Úrnak lelke van én rajtam, mivelhogy felkent engem, hogy +a szegényeknek az evangyéliomot hirdessem [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ApCsel 4:27 [...] egybegyűltek a te szent Fiad, a Jézus ellen, a kit +felkentél, [...]</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ApCsel 10:38 A názáreti Jézust, mint kené fel őt az Isten Szent Lélekkel és +hatalommal, </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az;</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Vagyis mi a különbség az aleipho és a chrio között? Tekintsen vissza a kereszthivatkozásokra és definíciókra és foglaljuk össze a különbséget: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" az olaj gyakorlati használata, "chrio" pedig a szellemi</em></span></p><p>Egy példázat (bár a szó nincs használva) az olaj gyakorlati használatáról diff --git a/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html b/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html index 8b5543f..0db91ae 100644 --- a/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/hu/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content='Vázlat A Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát egy vezérfonal a biblia tanulmányozásához A BibleTime csapat reménysége, hogy ez a "hogyan" provokálja olvasóit az írások tanulmányozására, hogy meglássák, mit is mondanak. Ez a különleges útmutató azért lett kiválasztva, mert vigyáz arra, hogy ne támogasson semmilyen egyedi felekezeti tanítást. Azt javasoljuk, olvassa és tanulmányozza az írásokat, hogy a mondandójukat megértse. Ha úgy kezd hozzá, hogy kívánja, hogy az Úr vesse szavát az ön szívébe, Ő nem fog csalódást okozni.'><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="hu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Harman</span>, <span class="firstname">Bob</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span>, <span class="firstname"></span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> csapat (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content='Vázlat A Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát egy vezérfonal a biblia tanulmányozásához A BibleTime csapat reménysége, hogy ez a "hogyan" provokálja olvasóit az írások tanulmányozására, hogy meglássák, mit is mondanak. Ez a különleges útmutató azért lett kiválasztva, mert vigyáz arra, hogy ne támogasson semmilyen egyedi felekezeti tanítást. Azt javasoljuk, olvassa és tanulmányozza az írásokat, hogy a mondandójukat megértse. Ha úgy kezd hozzá, hogy kívánja, hogy az Úr vesse szavát az ön szívébe, Ő nem fog csalódást okozni.'><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Harman</span>, <span class="firstname">Bob</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span>, <span class="firstname"></span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> csapat (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Jogi közlemény"><a name="id14837305"></a><p> Ezt a dokumentumot eredetileg Mr. Bob Harman készítette, és a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike" felhasználási feltételei szerint licenszelte. A magyar fordítást Novák Géza készítette. </p><p> Az idézetek a Károli Gáspár -féle Bibliából származnak, kivéve a külön jelzettek. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Vázlat</b></p><p> + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Vázlat"><p class="title"><b>Vázlat</b></p><p> A <span class="application">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</span> egy vezérfonal a biblia tanulmányozásához </p><p> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index e519f76..404e0f0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approcci alla parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approcci alla parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approcci alla parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approcci alla parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approcci alla parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approcci alla parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>L'ascolto</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 «<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.</span>»</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>La lettura</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 «<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]</span>»</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 «<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</span>» -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 «<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="L'ascolto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>L'ascolto</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="La lettura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>La lettura</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>»</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>»</span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>» -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 «<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>»</span> +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.</span>»</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizzazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 «<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.</span>»</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 «<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorizzazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizzazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>» +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>»</span> </p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 4337cff..df69a0e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le basi di una interpretazione corretta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le basi di una interpretazione corretta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does «<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>» mean? Does the +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>»</span> mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di -praticare le tue buone opere:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone «<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>» -today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di +praticare le tue buone opere:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>»</span> +today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 4a12674..47a25a8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenuto</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle -definizioni! Non leggere quello che non �detto.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contesto</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Le basi di una interpretazione corretta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Contenuto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenuto</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle +definizioni! Non leggere quello che non �detto.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Contesto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contesto</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referenze</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa dicono altri versi su questo argomento nel resto della bibbia? La +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Referenze"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referenze</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa dicono altri versi su questo argomento nel resto della bibbia? La parola di Dio non �contradittoria in se stessa, per questo la nostra interpretazione deve subire la prova di altre scritture.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipi di studio della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html index 9627170..bf95cbf 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le basi di una interpretazione corretta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipi di studio della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Studio tematico</h3></div></div></div><p>Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o -una concordanza.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studio di una personaggio</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio della vita di una personaggio biblico. Per esempio: La vita di -Giuseppe in Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Esposizione</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approcci alla parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le basi di una interpretazione corretta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tipi di studio della bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipi di studio della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Studio tematico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Studio tematico</h3></div></div></div><p>Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o +una concordanza.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studio di una personaggio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studio di una personaggio</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio della vita di una personaggio biblico. Per esempio: La vita di +Giuseppe in Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Esposizione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Esposizione</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approcci alla parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 5e46fc9..29efacb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Trovare un particolare versetto</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.</p></li><li><p>Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.</p></li><li><p>Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finch�trovi il tuo versetto.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>«<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>»</p></li><li><p>«<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>»</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fare uno studio tematico </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Trovare un particolare versetto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Trovare un particolare versetto</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finch�trovi il tuo versetto.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Fare uno studio tematico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fare uno studio tematico </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 «<span class="quote">Judge -not lest you be judged</span>» and 1 Cor.2:15 «<span class="quote">He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</span>» Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>»</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>»</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Trovare i significati dei nomi</h3></div></div></div><p>Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in greco o -ebraico.</p><p>Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Joshua</p></li><li><p>Barnabus</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Trovare i significati dei nomi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Trovare i significati dei nomi</h3></div></div></div><p>Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in greco o +ebraico.</p><p>Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joshua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabus</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html index 1723b17..9c03909 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di una personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un particolare versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno studio tematico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i significati dei nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di una personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un particolare versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno studio tematico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i significati dei nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said «<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>»; just +said <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>»</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 09167f7..36d1d39 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro ispirato da Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che funziona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro ispirato da Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un libro ispirato da Dio</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro ispirato da Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che funziona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro ispirato da Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro ispirato da Dio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un libro ispirato da Dio</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index c707b67..5aa19b0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Esortazioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro che da battaglia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: Una volta per tutte"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Esortazioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Esortazioni</h2></div></div></div><p> -2 Tm 2,15 <span class="emphasis"><em>«<span class="quote">Sforzati di presentarti davanti a Dio come un +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Esortazioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro che da battaglia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Esortazioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Esortazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Esortazioni</h2></div></div></div><p> +2 Tm 2,15 <span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Sforzati di presentarti davanti a Dio come un uomo degno di approvazione, un lavoratore che non ha di che vergognarsi, uno -scrupoloso dispensatore della parola della verità.</span>»</em></span> +scrupoloso dispensatore della parola della verità.</span>»</span></em></span> </p><p> -Col 3,16 <span class="emphasis"><em>«<span class="quote">La parola di Cristo dimori tra voi +Col 3,16 <span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">La parola di Cristo dimori tra voi abbondantemente; ammaestratevi e ammonitevi con ogni sapienza, cantando a Dio di cuore e con gratitudine salmi, inni e cantici -spirituali.</span>»</em></span> +spirituali.</span>»</span></em></span> </p><p>Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete? </p><p> Non poco!</p><p> Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters @@ -14,4 +14,4 @@ of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</em></span>" -</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che da battaglia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendice: Una volta per tutte</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che da battaglia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index 92c449d..c4319ec 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che rende liberi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che funziona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro che da battaglia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che rende liberi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un libro che rende liberi</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che rende liberi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che funziona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro che da battaglia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che rende liberi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro che rende liberi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un libro che rende liberi</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ sballottati dalle onde e portati qua e là da qualsiasi vento di dottrina saremo radicati nella verità col risultato che non saremo facilmente "soffiati via."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>E Gesù rispose loro: </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Voi vi ingannate, non conoscendo né le Scritture, né la potenza di Dio.</em></span>"Mt 22,29</p><p>Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati -dall'errore?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>La parola di Dio</p></li><li><p>La forza di Dio </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che funziona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che da battaglia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +dall'errore?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>La parola di Dio</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La forza di Dio </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che funziona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che da battaglia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html index 1c188e1..4c740e0 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendice: Una volta per tutte</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice: Una volta per tutte</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendice: «<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 64653aa..4569476 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: Una volta per tutte"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Nuovo Testamento in un anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla -settimana.</p></li><li><p>Proverbi in un mese: leggi un capitolo dei Proverbi, corrispondente al -giorno del mese, ogni giorno.</p></li><li><p>Salmi in un mese: leggi 5 salmi all'intervallo di 30 ogni giorno, per -esempio: il 20 leggi Sal 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</p></li><li><p>Salmi e Proverbi in 6 mesi: leggi i Salmi e i Proverbi un capitolo al -giorno.</p></li><li><p>Antico testamento senza Salmi e Proverbi in 2 anni: Se leggi un capitolo al +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nuovo Testamento in un anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla +settimana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Proverbi in un mese: leggi un capitolo dei Proverbi, corrispondente al +giorno del mese, ogni giorno.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmi in un mese: leggi 5 salmi all'intervallo di 30 ogni giorno, per +esempio: il 20 leggi Sal 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmi e Proverbi in 6 mesi: leggi i Salmi e i Proverbi un capitolo al +giorno.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Antico testamento senza Salmi e Proverbi in 2 anni: Se leggi un capitolo al giorno dall'antico testamento, tralasciando Salmi e Proverbi, riuscirai a leggere l'antico testamento in 2 anni e 2 settimane. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendice: Una volta per tutte </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 3851460..b90a2cb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che da battaglia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende liberi"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che da battaglia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un libro che da battaglia</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che da battaglia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende liberi"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che da battaglia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro che da battaglia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un libro che da battaglia</h2></div></div></div><p> Ef 6,10-18 è un immagine del nostro armamento spirituale.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 1.3. Armamento spirituale</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armamento spirituale" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Domanda</th><th>Risposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quante sono offensive?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Quale? </td><td>La parola - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che rende liberi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Esortazioni</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html index 8487100..84d220a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che funziona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro ispirato da Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende liberi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che funziona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un libro che funziona</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che funziona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro ispirato da Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende liberi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che funziona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro che funziona"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un libro che funziona</h2></div></div></div><p> Quale sarà l'effetto dello studio della Bibbia per te? 1 Ts 2,13 dice che la bibbia "<span class="emphasis"><em>opera in voi che credete.</em></span>" Accanto ad ogni scrittura, inserisci l'opera che la parola compie. diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html index b330521..877afed 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro ispirato da Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro eccezionale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro che da battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: Una volta per tutte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro ispirato da Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro eccezionale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro che da battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un libro eccezionale</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Un libro eccezionale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un libro eccezionale</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html index f41e734..320746d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esempio 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In una lezione precedente, abbiamo parlato di Gv.3:5 "<span class="emphasis"><em>nato d'acqua +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Esempio 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esempio 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In una lezione precedente, abbiamo parlato di Gv.3:5 "<span class="emphasis"><em>nato d'acqua e di Spirito.</em></span>" Nel contesto, qual è l'acqua si cui si discute?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esempio 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 «<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>» has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 «<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>»</p></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esempio 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 «<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esempio 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>»</span> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>»</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esempio 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>». Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"</span>»</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 01c64a5..08d8950 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking «<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>» but -«<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>»; later we can ask, -«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>». We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esempio 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> «<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>» (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span> but +<span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>»</span>; later we can ask, +<span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Esempio 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esempio 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>»</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esempio 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esempio 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html index d3b22fe..da7ab13 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esempio 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>» in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Esempio 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esempio 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, «<span class="quote">evil eye</span>». Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esempio 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 «<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>»</p><p>Deut.33:27 «<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>»</p><p> +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esempio 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>»</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>»</span></p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 «<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>». W.M. said, «<span class="quote">By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>»</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>». The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird</span>»</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html index c796650..b71255e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una -parabola e un'allegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +parabola e un'allegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Ogni parabola è un'allegoria, giusto o sbagliato?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esempio 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Esempio 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esempio 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>Tutti i tipi di violenza raggiungono lo scopo: Dio esita a proteggere i -diriti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esempio 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +diriti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esempio 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html index c8b9c0b..150cb65 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esempio 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esempio 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV «<span class="quote">Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>»). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.</span>»</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 «<span class="quote">...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>»</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>»</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Referenze. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Referenze"><b>Referenze. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esempio 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esempio 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 «<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</span>»</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of diff --git a/docs/howto/it/html/index.html b/docs/howto/it/html/index.html index 26aa343..22e2301 100644 --- a/docs/howto/it/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/it/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="it"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legale"><a name="id14837305"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". </p><p> Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p> + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p> The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the Bible. </p><p> @@ -15,5 +15,5 @@ guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro eccezionale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro che da battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: Una volta per tutte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di una personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un particolare versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno studio tematico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i significati dei nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro eccezionale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro che da battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione �di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di una personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le basi di una interpretazione corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un particolare versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno studio tematico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il senso della parola in greco e ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i significati dei nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle prole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esempio 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esempio 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista delle tabelle</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Paragone di manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri testi antichi.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i cristiani?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armamento spirituale</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 1. L'importanza della parola di Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 4229391..a92ec40 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>들음(Hear)</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>읽음(Read)</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</span>” -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>공부</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="들음(Hear)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>들음(Hear)</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="읽음(Read)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>읽음(Read)</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>”</span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="공부"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>공부</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>”</span> +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>암송(Memorize)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>묵상(Meditate)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="암송(Memorize)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>암송(Memorize)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="묵상(Meditate)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>묵상(Meditate)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>”</span> </p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 19ff65c..8f9e0dc 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span> mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>우리의 의를 연습하는 잘못된 방법들을 피할 수 있는 방법들로 아웃라인을 채우십시오:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” -today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바른 해석의 기본 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>우리의 의를 연습하는 잘못된 방법들을 피할 수 있는 방법들로 아웃라인을 채우십시오:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”</span> +today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바른 해석의 기본 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index c6dd38a..95c49cd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바른 해석의 기본</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바른 해석의 기본</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>바른 해석의 기본</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>내용(Content)</h3></div></div></div><p>말하고 있는바가 무엇인가? 원어에서는 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 정의에 주의하라. 그것이 말하고 있지 않은바대로 해석하지마라.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>문맥(Context)</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바른 해석의 기본</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바른 해석의 기본</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="바른 해석의 기본"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>바른 해석의 기본</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="내용(Content)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>내용(Content)</h3></div></div></div><p>말하고 있는바가 무엇인가? 원어에서는 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 정의에 주의하라. 그것이 말하고 있지 않은바대로 해석하지마라.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="문맥(Context)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>문맥(Context)</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>겹참조(Cross-reference)</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 다른 부분에서는 이 주제에 관하여 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 하나님은 스스로 모순되지 않으신 분입니다. 그래서 우리의 해석은 다른 +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="겹참조(Cross-reference)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>겹참조(Cross-reference)</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 다른 부분에서는 이 주제에 관하여 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 하나님은 스스로 모순되지 않으신 분입니다. 그래서 우리의 해석은 다른 말씀에 비춰봐서도 바로 설 수 있어야 합니다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">성경공부의 유형들 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html index c0377bd..b4e692d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1 +1 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>성경공부의 유형들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">성경공부의 유형들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>성경공부의 유형들</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>주제별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 주제(Topic)를 정한뒤, 겹참조와 색인을 참조하여 주제에 맞게 공부한다.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>인물별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부한다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 선택하여 공부한다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 바른 해석의 기본</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>성경공부의 유형들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">성경공부의 유형들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="성경공부의 유형들"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>성경공부의 유형들</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="주제별 성경공부"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>주제별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 주제(Topic)를 정한뒤, 겹참조와 색인을 참조하여 주제에 맞게 공부한다.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="인물별 성경공부"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>인물별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부한다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="설명적인(Expository) 성경공부"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 선택하여 공부한다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 바른 해석의 기본</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index fc872eb..1e53577 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>특정 구절 찾기</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>문장의 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 뽑는다.</p></li><li><p>가나다(알파벳) 순으로 정리한다.</p></li><li><p>필요한 구절을 찾을때까지 리스트를 따라내려가본다.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>주제별 성경공부 하기 </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="특정 구절 찾기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>특정 구절 찾기</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>문장의 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 뽑는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>가나다(알파벳) 순으로 정리한다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>필요한 구절을 찾을때까지 리스트를 따라내려가본다.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="주제별 성경공부 하기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>주제별 성경공부 하기 </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge -not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>”</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>”</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>고전 2:15로 가보자. 번호는 350이다.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>고전 2:15로 가보자. 번호는 350이다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>이름의 의미들을 찾기</h3></div></div></div><p>헬라어나 히브리어의 이름의 의미를 찾았던 방식과 같다. </p><p>이 이름들을 확인하고 의미들을 적어넣는다.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>나발(Nabal)</p></li><li><p>아비가일(Abigail)</p></li><li><p>여호수아(Joshua)</p></li><li><p>바나바(Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="이름의 의미들을 찾기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>이름의 의미들을 찾기</h3></div></div></div><p>헬라어나 히브리어의 이름의 의미를 찾았던 방식과 같다. </p><p>이 이름들을 확인하고 의미들을 적어넣는다.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>나발(Nabal)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>아비가일(Abigail)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>여호수아(Joshua)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>바나바(Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html index 9a8c1f1..878a5ca 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기 </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기 </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +said <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 50edbd3..ceab65b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 84f9d02..f390bcd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>권면(Exhortations)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">권면(Exhortations)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>권면(Exhortations)</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>권면(Exhortations)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">권면(Exhortations)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="권면(Exhortations)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>권면(Exhortations)</h2></div></div></div><p> 딤후 2:15 (KJV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>네가 진리의 말씀을 옳게 분변하여 부끄러울 것이 없는 일군으로 인정된 자로 자신을 하나님 앞에 드리기를 힘쓰라.</em></span>" </p><p> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index daaaa9e..96e19c2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>자유케하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">자유케하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>자유케하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>자유케하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">자유케하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="자유케하는 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>자유케하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -8,4 +8,4 @@ Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>이것은 조건적 바람</em></span>이다. "<span class="emphasis"><em>결과적으로 우리는 더이상 교리들의 모든 바람에 이리저리로 흔들리는 어린아이와 같아서는 안된다...</em></span>"성경을 공부하면 우리가 얻게 되는 유익중 한가지는, 우리가 쉽게 "바람에 흔들리지" 않도록 우리의 믿음을 진리안에 굳건하게 한다는 것이다.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>너희가 성경도 하나님의 능력도 알지 못하는고로[KJV -Ye do err] 오해하였도다.</em></span>"마 22:29</p><p>오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>하나님의 말씀</p></li><li><p>하나님의 능력 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">역사하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 영적전쟁을 하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Ye do err] 오해하였도다.</em></span>"마 22:29</p><p>오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>하나님의 말씀</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>하나님의 능력 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">역사하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 영적전쟁을 하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html index b46b9fd..8a1e380 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 9b74b2d..17eef26 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>일년에 신약 일독하기: 주 5일간 하루에 한장씩 읽는다.</p></li><li><p>한달에 잠언 일독하기: 한달간 매일 그날의 날짜에 해당하는 잠언 한장씩을 읽는다.</p></li><li><p>한달에 시편 일독하기: 20일에는 20, 50, 80, 110, 140편을 읽는 식으로, 매일 (30단위로) 5장의 시편을 읽는다.</p></li><li><p>6개월에 시편 & 잠언 일독하기: 매일 시편과 잠언을 한장씩 읽는다.</p></li><li><p>2년에 시편과 잠언을 제외한 구약 일독하기: 구약을 하루에 한장씩 읽는다면, 2년하고 2주동안에 (시편과 잠언을 제외한) 구약을 통독할 +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>일년에 신약 일독하기: 주 5일간 하루에 한장씩 읽는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>한달에 잠언 일독하기: 한달간 매일 그날의 날짜에 해당하는 잠언 한장씩을 읽는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>한달에 시편 일독하기: 20일에는 20, 50, 80, 110, 140편을 읽는 식으로, 매일 (30단위로) 5장의 시편을 읽는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>6개월에 시편 & 잠언 일독하기: 매일 시편과 잠언을 한장씩 읽는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2년에 시편과 잠언을 제외한 구약 일독하기: 구약을 하루에 한장씩 읽는다면, 2년하고 2주동안에 (시편과 잠언을 제외한) 구약을 통독할 수 있다. </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">부가(Appendix): "Once for All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html index f2899b3..6518357 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>영적전쟁을 하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">영적전쟁을 하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>영적전쟁을 하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>영적전쟁을 하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">영적전쟁을 하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>영적전쟁을 하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> 엡 6:10-18은 우리의 영적 무장에 관해 보여준다.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.3. 영적인 무기</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="영적인 무기" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>물음</th><th>답</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>리스트의 무기 중 몇 가지가 방어용인가?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>몇 가지가 공격용인가?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>어떤 것인가? </td><td>말씀 - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">레마(rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">자유케하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 권면(Exhortations)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html index 135cac8..5cee503 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>역사하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">역사하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>역사하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>역사하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">역사하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="역사하는 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>역사하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p> 성경을 공부하는 것이 어떤 도움이 되는가? 살전 2:13에서 말씀하기를 "<span class="emphasis"><em>말씀이 또한 너희 믿는 자 속에서 역사하느니라.</em></span>" 그밖의 다른 말씀들도, 말씀이 역사하는 것에 관해 기록하고 있다. </p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.2. 성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>참조(Reference)</th><th>역사하는 것(Action)</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>엡 5:26 diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html index e22f792..3ea6bb4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>특별한(Unique) 책</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="특별한(Unique) 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>특별한(Unique) 책</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html index 5d286ce..a0593e8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>예 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered 요 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="예 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>예 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered 요 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the Spirit."</em></span> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>예 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>예 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="예 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>예 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="예 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>예 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 031a5ce..677ca36 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but -“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, -“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>예 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span> but +<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask, +<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="예 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>예 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>예 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="예 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>예 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html index df3e791..367b6d5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>예 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="예 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>예 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>예 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="예 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>예 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</span></p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html index ea0537b..418db87 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a -parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Every parable is an allegory, 참인가 거짓인가?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>예 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="예 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>예 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect -the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>예 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="예 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>예 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html index 8501407..c4e4b22 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">예 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">예 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>겹참조(Cross-reference). </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="겹참조(Cross-reference)"><b>겹참조(Cross-reference). </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>예 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="예 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>예 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of diff --git a/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html b/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html index 1094640..4a97b3a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/ko/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바이블스터디 하우투</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="개요 The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바이블스터디 하우투</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="ko"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>바이블스터디 하우투</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">저작권 © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바이블스터디 하우투</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="개요 The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바이블스터디 하우투</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>바이블스터디 하우투</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">저작권 © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="법적 공지"><a name="id14837305"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". </p><p> Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>개요</b></p><p> + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="개요"><p class="title"><b>개요</b></p><p> The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the Bible. </p><p> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index 7e8e0d6..feb9380 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Horen</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 “<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lezen</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 “<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]</span>”</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 “<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</span>” -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Bestuderen</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 “<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Horen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Horen</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Lezen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lezen</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>”</span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Bestuderen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Bestuderen</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>” -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 “<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>”</span> +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memoriseren </h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 “<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Overdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 “<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memoriseren"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memoriseren </h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Overdenken"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Overdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>” +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>”</span> </p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html index b12cc2c..0e4d7ba 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does “<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>” mean? Does the +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span> mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde -manieren van in praktijk brengen van je gerechtigheid kunt voorkomen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” -today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde +manieren van in praktijk brengen van je gerechtigheid kunt voorkomen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”</span> +today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index c3eaedc..82ebc63 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhoud</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met -definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Inhoud"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhoud</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met +definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Tekstverwijzingen</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Tekstverwijzingen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Tekstverwijzingen</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de bijbel? God spreekt zichzelf niet tegen, dus zal onze interpretatie de test van vergelijking met ander schriftgedeelten moeten kunnen doorstaan.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html index 97bf803..c42331c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Onderwerp-studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van -tekstverwijzingen of door een concordantie te gebruiken.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van het leven van een persoon in de bijbel, bijvoorbeeld het -leven van Jozef in Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Onderwerp-studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Onderwerp-studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van +tekstverwijzingen of door een concordantie te gebruiken.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Karakterstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van het leven van een persoon in de bijbel, bijvoorbeeld het +leven van Jozef in Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 65e6f52..cb4dc2b 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Om een bepaald vers te vinden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.</p></li><li><p>Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.</p></li><li><p>Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Om een bepaald vers te vinden"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Om een bepaald vers te vinden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden hebt.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Om een onderwerp-studie doen </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Om een onderwerp-studie doen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Om een onderwerp-studie doen </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 “<span class="quote">Judge -not lest you be judged</span>” and 1 Cor.2:15 “<span class="quote">He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</span>” Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>”</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>”</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</h3></div></div></div><p>Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of -Hebreews vinden.</p><p>Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Jozua</p></li><li><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</h3></div></div></div><p>Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of +Hebreews vinden.</p><p>Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jozua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html index 1368e3b..7c77030 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just +said <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 186c3cf..618382d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En boek met de adem van God</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En boek met de adem van God</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>En boek met de adem van God</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En boek met de adem van God</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En boek met de adem van God</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En boek met de adem van God"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>En boek met de adem van God</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 4467d4e..9b5d53c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vermaningen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vermaningen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Vermaningen</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vermaningen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vermaningen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Vermaningen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Vermaningen</h2></div></div></div><p> 2 Tim 2:15 (SV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Benaarstig u, om uzelven Gode beproefd voor te stellen, een arbeider, die niet beschaamd wordt, die het Woord der waarheid recht snijdt.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index bb50519..8396cdf 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een bevrijdend boek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een bevrijdend boek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Een bevrijdend boek</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een bevrijdend boek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een bevrijdend boek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Een bevrijdend boek"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Een bevrijdend boek</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -11,4 +11,4 @@ onmondig, op en neder, heen en weder geslingerd onder invloed van allerlei wind van leer...</em></span>"Een ding dat bijbelstudie voor ons doet, is dat het ons een vaste grond geeft in de waarheid, met als resultaat dat we niet zo eenvoudig "weggeblazen" worden.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Jezus antwoordde en zeide tot hen: Gij dwaalt, want gij kent de -Schriften niet noch de kracht Gods.</em></span>" Matt.22:29</p><p>Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Gods woord</p></li><li><p>Gods kracht </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat werkt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat strijdt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Schriften niet noch de kracht Gods.</em></span>" Matt.22:29</p><p>Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Gods woord</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gods kracht </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat werkt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat strijdt</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html index f211383..b52f76d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 25d7e66..a5908a8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per -week.</p></li><li><p>Spreuken in een maand: lees elke dag een hoofdstuk uit Spreuken, -overeenkomstig de dag van de maand.</p></li><li><p>De Psalmen in een maand: lees 5 Psalmen per dag, met een interval van -30. Lees bijvoorbeel op de 20e Ps. 20, 50, 80, 110 & 140.</p></li><li><p>Psalmen & Spreuken in 6 maanden: lees Psalmen en Spreuken door, elke dag -een hoofdstuk.</p></li><li><p>Het Oude Testament (zonder Psalmen & Spreuken) in 2 jaar: als je van het +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per +week.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Spreuken in een maand: lees elke dag een hoofdstuk uit Spreuken, +overeenkomstig de dag van de maand.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>De Psalmen in een maand: lees 5 Psalmen per dag, met een interval van +30. Lees bijvoorbeel op de 20e Ps. 20, 50, 80, 110 & 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalmen & Spreuken in 6 maanden: lees Psalmen en Spreuken door, elke dag +een hoofdstuk.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Het Oude Testament (zonder Psalmen & Spreuken) in 2 jaar: als je van het Oute Testament elke dag een hoofdstuk leest, en daarbij Psalmen en Spreuken overslaat, lees je het Oude Testament in 2 jaar en 2 weken. </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html index e10d8cf..033e163 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat strijdt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat strijdt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Een boek dat strijdt</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat strijdt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat strijdt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Een boek dat strijdt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Een boek dat strijdt</h2></div></div></div><p> Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.3. Geestelijke wapenrusting</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geestelijke wapenrusting" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Vraag</th><th>Antwoord</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>En hoeveel aanvalswapens?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Welke? </td><td>het woord - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een bevrijdend boek </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vermaningen</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html index 3cacb79..4a6cbda 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat werkt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat werkt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Een boek dat werkt</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat werkt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat werkt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Een boek dat werkt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Een boek dat werkt</h2></div></div></div><p> Wat doet bijbelstudie met je? 1 Thess.2:13 zegt dat de bijbel "<span class="emphasis"><em>werkzaam is in u, die gelooft</em></span>" Schrijf naast elk schriftgedeelte, het werk dat het Woord doet. diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html index 09827ec..ff903b2 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Een uniek boek</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Een uniek boek"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Een uniek boek</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html index 1c37c50..cfe7c56 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,18 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Voorbeeld 2A </h3></div></div></div><p>In een voorgaande les behandelden we Joh.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"geboren ...uit water +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Voorbeeld 2A </h3></div></div></div><p>In een voorgaande les behandelden we Joh.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"geboren ...uit water en geest."</em></span> Wat is volgens de context het water waarover het hier gaat?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Voorbeeld 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 “<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>” has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 “<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Voorbeeld 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Voorbeeld 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Voorbeeld 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index d05a023..04b3239 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but -“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, -“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span> but +<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask, +<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Example 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Voorbeeld 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Voorbeeld 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 6bf0b3a..ef0dfed 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Voorbeeld 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>” in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Voorbeeld 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Voorbeeld 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 “<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</p><p>Deut.33:27 “<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</p><p> +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Voorbeeld 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</span></p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 00aa785..a60c4a1 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een -gelijkenis en een allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een +gelijkenis en een allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Elke gelijkenis is een allegorie. Is dat juist of onjuist?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Voorbeeld 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Voorbeeld 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>De betekenis wordt op allerlei manieren geweld aangedaan: God is onwillig om -de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.</p></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Voorbeeld 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.</p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Voorbeeld 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html index eca625c..9393c00 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,30 +1,30 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Voorbeeld 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Voorbeeld 2A </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Voorbeeld 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Voorbeeld 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Voorbeeld 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Voorbeeld 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Voorbeeld 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Voorbeeld 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Voorbeeld 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Tekstverwijzingen. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Tekstverwijzingen"><b>Tekstverwijzingen. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Voorbeeld 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Voorbeeld 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -40,18 +40,18 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 “<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of diff --git a/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html b/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html index cf9e010..d461aa6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/nl/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijbelstudie HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Overzicht The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijbelstudie HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="nl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Bijbelstudie HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijbelstudie HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="Overzicht The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijbelstudie HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Bijbelstudie HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Bericht"><a name="id14837305"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". </p><p> Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Overzicht</b></p><p> + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Overzicht"><p class="title"><b>Overzicht</b></p><p> The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the Bible. </p><p> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-basics.docbook index 3b2ceef..ef9e667 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-basics.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-basics.docbook @@ -3,25 +3,23 @@ <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose"> <title>Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da BÃblia</title> <para> -<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal -life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come -to Me, that you may have life.</para> +<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>Examinais as Escrituras, porque julgais ter nelas a vida eterna; e são elas +que dão testemunho de mim; mas não quereis vir a mim para terdes vida.</para> </blockquote> </para> -<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just -so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. +<para>O principal propósito do livro é trazer até nós a Pessoa. Martinho Lutero +disse <quote>nós vamos ao berço somente por causa do bebê</quote>, então no +estudo bÃblico nós não o fazemos por nós mesmo, mas pelo relacionamento com +Deus. </para> <blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo o Controverso</emphasis>, Editora InterVarsity 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution> -<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously -deceived. [...]</para> +<para>Os judeus com quem Jesus falou.... imaginaram que possuir as Escrituras era +o mesmo que possuir a vida. Hillel dizia, "Aquele que tomou para si as +palavras do Torah, tomou para si a vida e o mundo que há de vir." Seus +estudos eram um fim em si mesmos. Com isto estavam magoados e decepcionados</para> <para>Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas apenas se isso te levar a Jesus Cristo. Quando a BÃblia é lida, é necessário que haja um ávido desejo de que assim possamos conhecer a Cristo.</para> @@ -29,10 +27,10 @@ que haja um ávido desejo de que assim possamos conhecer a Cristo.</para> </sect1> <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</title> -<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the -scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</para> +<para>Ouvir e ler provêem uma visão telescópica das escrituras enquanto o estudo e +a memorização provêem uma visão microscópica da escritura. A meditação nas +escrituras unem o ouvir, o ler, o estudar e o memorizar e fixa a palavra em +nossas mentes.</para> <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Ouvir</title> <para>Lc 11.28 <quote>Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a @@ -68,11 +66,12 @@ escarnecedores; antes tem seu prazer na lei do Senhor, e na sua lei medita de dia e noite. </quote> </para> -<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para> +<para>Os navegadores ilustravam isso dizendo que assim como o polegar pode tocar +todos os dedos, nós podemos meditar na Palavra como fazemos com qualquer dos +quatro primeiros. Meditação é a chave para a revelação. Um cristão novo +precisa ouvir e ler a Biblia mais do que ele precisa estudar e +memorizá-la. Isso para que ele se torne familiar com toda a mensagem da +BÃblia.</para> </sect2> </sect1> @@ -112,11 +111,11 @@ outras escrituras.</para> </sect1> <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</title> -<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</para> +<para>Vamos estudar juntos Mt. 6.1-18. Leia você mesmo, primeiro procurando pelo +versÃculo-chave, o versÃculo que resume toda a passagem. Acha que encontrou? +Teste-o pegando diversas partes na passagem e perguntando a você mesmo se +está relacionado com o versÃculo-chave escolhido. Quando achar, escreva-o +numerando-o com o numero um em algarismo romano:</para> <orderedlist numeration="upperroman"> <listitem><para>Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado</para></listitem> @@ -138,9 +137,8 @@ maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações:</para> <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha"> <listitem><para>Quando você oferta <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha"> - <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> -today?)</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>faça-o em secreto</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>não faça tocar a trombeta (como hoje alguem <quote>toca a trombeta</quote>?)</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>faça-o em secreto.</para></listitem> <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem> </orderedlist></para> </listitem> @@ -151,26 +149,26 @@ today?)</para></listitem> <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Para encontrar um versÃculo particular</title> <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versÃculo</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versÃculo</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versÃculo.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versÃculo.</para></listitem> </orderedlist> <para>Encontre esses versÃculos: <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem> - <listitem><para>A história do rico e de Lázaro</para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>Fiéis são as feridas dum amigo</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><quote>Nós somos embaixadores de Cristo</quote></para></listitem> + <listitem><para>A história do rico e de Lázaro.</para></listitem> </orderedlist> </para> </sect2> <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </title> -<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </para> +<para>Digamos que você quer fazer um estudo sobre a palavra +"redenção". Primeiro procure essa palavra na concordância e +procure as referencias listadas para ela. Então você pode procurar palavras +relacionadas e referencias listadas a partir dela, ex: "remir, remido, +resgate," até "comprar" ou "comprado." </para> </sect2> @@ -182,14 +180,14 @@ sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas traduzidas como "julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong a partir daqui). </para> <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> - <listitem><para>Procure "julgar" </para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Agora procure "julgado"</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Procure "julgar".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Desca até a coluna das entradas de Mt 7.1. A direita existe um número, +2919. Essa é a referencia para a palavra grega usada. Anote-a.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Agora procure "julgado".</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Vá ao dicionário de Grego (lembre, você está no Novo Testamento, entà o a +lÃngua é o grego, enquanto no Antigo Testamento é o hebraico). Compare o +significado de 2919 com o significado de 350 e você terá a resposta! </para></listitem> </orderedlist> </sect2> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook index 0ea56b1..c7e174d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook @@ -1,29 +1,30 @@ <chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Importância da Palavra de Deus</title> -<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</para> +<para>Entender a palavra de Deus é muito importante para todo aquele que clama o +nome de Deus. Estudar a BÃblia é uma das principais formas que nós +aprendemos a nos comunicar com Deus.</para> <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Um Livro que é Único</title> -<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para> +<para>A BÃblia não tem comparação em vários aspectos. Ela é unica em:</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para> -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! +Popularidade. Biblias vendem na América do Norte mais de US$500 milhões por +ano. A BÃblia é tanto o best-seller de todos os tempos quanto ano-a-ano! </para> </listitem> <listitem> <para> -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. +Autoria. Ela foi escrita em um perÃodo de 1600 anos por 40 diferentes +autores em diferentes ocasiões, contudo é lida como se tivesse sido escrita +por uma única pessoa. </para> </listitem> <listitem> <para> -preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents -Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: +Preservação. F. F. Burce em <emphasis>Os documentos do Novo Testamento são +confiáveis?</emphasis> compara os manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros +textos antigos: </para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> @@ -63,50 +64,49 @@ texts: <entry>40 D.C. - 100 D.C.</entry><entry>130 D.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 D.C. Manuscritos completos</entry> <entry>30 - 310 anos</entry><entry>5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim </entry></row> </tbody></tgroup></table> -<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the -New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri -containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para> -<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> -p. 25-26</attribution><para>"Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em +<para>Existem dez copias de Caesar's <emphasis>Gallaic War</emphasis>, a mais nova +foi copiada 900 anos depois que Caesar escreveu o original, etc. Para o Novo +Testamento nós temos manuscritos completos datando 350 D.C., papiro contendo +a maior parte do Novo Testamento de 200 D.C. e fragmentos do evangelho de +João de 130 D.C. Quantos manuscritos nós temos para comparar uns com os +outros? 5.000 em grego e 10.000 em Latim! </para> +<blockquote><attribution>Critica textual, F. J. A. Hort, "O Novo Testamento no Grego Original", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citado em <emphasis>Questões da Vida</emphasis> +p. 25-26</attribution><para>"Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas." </para></blockquote> </sect1> <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</title> -<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and -active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> -"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every -word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>" -As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. +<para><emphasis>Hb 4.12</emphasis>"<emphasis>Porque a palavra de Deus é viva e +eficaz...</emphasis>" Jesus disse <emphasis>(Mt 4.4)</emphasis>, +"<emphasis>Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o homem, mas de toda palavra +que sai da boca de Deus</emphasis>". Enquanto lemos a BÃblia, o EspÃrito de +Deus está conosco para falar a nossos corações de uma forma sempre nova. </para> <para>2 Tm 3.16 declara "<emphasis>Toda Escritura é divinamente inspirada</emphasis>". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder, considere a atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras. </para> <blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo o Controverso</emphasis>, Editora -InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God -said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well -did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 -Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality -of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... +InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>Ele se referiu aos autores humanos, mas tinha certeza de que por trás deles +havia um único divino Autor. Ele podia igualmente dizer 'Moisés disse' ou +'Deus disse' (Mc 7.10). Ele pode citar um comentário do narrador em Genesis +2.24 como uma declaração do Próprio Criador (Mt 19.4-5). Do mesmo modo, ele +disse, 'Bem profetizou IsaÃas acerca de vós, hipócritas, como está escrito:' +quando Ele se referia a uma fala direta do Senhor Deus (Mc 7.6 & Is +29.13). É de Jesus mesmo que os autores do Novo Testamento haviam ganhado +convicção da dupla autoria das Escrituras. Para eles era verdade tanto dizer +'Havendo Deus antigamente falado muitas vezes, e de muitas maneiras, aos +pais, pelos profetas' (Hb 1.1) quanto dizer que 'os homens da parte de Deus +falaram movidos pelo EspÃrito Santo' (2 Pe 1.21). Deus não falou de uma +forma que apagasse a personalidade do autor humano, nem os homens escreveram +de uma forma que corrompesse a Palavra do Autor divino. Deus falou. Homens +falaram. Nenhum dos dois prejudicou o outro... </para> <para> -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief -reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote> +Essa, então, era a visão de Cristo a respeito das Escrituras. O testemunho +deles era o testemunho de Deus. O testemunho da BÃblia era o testemunho de +Deus. E a principal razão pela qual os cristãos acreditam na origem divina +da BÃblia é que o próprio Jesus Cristo acreditava nisso. </para></blockquote> <para>2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, "<emphasis>e proveitosa para ensinar, para repreender, para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; para que o homem de Deus seja @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ ela será nossa autoridade em toda questão de fé e conduta. </para> <para> O que o Estudo BÃblico pode fazer por você? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a BÃblia "<emphasis>opera em vós que credes</emphasis>". Do lado de cada escritura, -escreva o que a Palavra faz: +escreva o que a Palavra faz. </para> <table id="h2-importance-results-table"> <title>O que o Estudo BÃblico faz para os cristãos?</title> @@ -143,8 +143,8 @@ palavra" At 20.32 </entry> <entry> -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +edificação -- "...e à palavra da sua graça, à quele que é poderoso para vos +edificar e dar herança entre todos os que são santificados" </entry> </row> <row> @@ -193,12 +193,12 @@ homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus" <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Um Livro que Liberta</title> <para> -Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... </emphasis>"</para> +Jo 8.32 "<emphasis>e conhecereis a verdade, e a verdade vos +libertará</emphasis>" Isso normalmente é citado sozinho. Essa é uma promessa +incodicional? Ela se aplica a todo o tipo de conhecimento? Encontramos a +resposta examinando a primeira parte da frase, no v. 31 "<emphasis>Se vós +permanecerdes na minha palavra, verdadeiramente sois Meus +discÃpulos...</emphasis>"</para> <para>Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da verdade da Palavra de Deus.</para> @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ verdade da Palavra de Deus.</para> <emphasis>vento violento</emphasis>. "<emphasis> para que não mais sejamos meninos, inconstantes, levados ao redor por todo vento de doutrina...</emphasis>". Uma coisa que estudar a BÃblia faz por nós é nos -firmar na verdade, que não nos deixará sermos "levados ao redor". </para> +firmar na verdade, que não nos deixará sermos "levados ao redor".</para> <para><emphasis>"Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as Escrituras nem o poder de Deus"</emphasis> Mt 22.29</para> @@ -251,41 +251,41 @@ espirituais, louvando a Deus com gratidão em vossos corações" Não só um pouquinho!</para> <para> -Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters -of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is -endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</emphasis>" +Ec 12.11 "<emphasis>As palavras dos sábios são como aguilhões; e como pregos +bem fixados são as palavras coligidas dos mestres, as quais foram dadas pelo +único Pastor. Além disso, filho meu, sê avisado. De fazer muitos livros não +há fim; e o muito estudar é enfado da carne.</emphasis>" </para> </sect1> <sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</title> <blockquote> <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo o Controverso,</emphasis>Editora -InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed -by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and -<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the -Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done -as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para> -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola -scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola -gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para> +InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>A verdade a respeito do objetivo da iniciativa de Deus em Cristo é +expressada em uma palavra presente no Testamento Grego, principalmente o +advérbio <foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> e +<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. É comumente traduzida na Versão +Autorizada como "De uma vez por todas". É usada no sentido de "o que foi +feito com validade perpétua, não necessitando de repetição" e é usada no +Novo Testamento, tanto em revelação e redenção. Portanto Judas refere-se a +fé que foi de uma vez por todas entregue aos santos (Judas 3), e Romanos +diz, "<emphasis>Porque morrendo, ele morreu para o pecado de uma vez por +todas</emphasis>" (Rm 6.10, veja também 1Pe 3.18; Hb 9.26-28). </para> <para> +Portanto, nós podemos dizer que Deus falou de uma vez por todas e Cristo +sofreu de uma vez por todas. Isto sifnifica que a revelação Cristã e a +redenção Cristã são indistinguÃveis no Cristo completo. Nada pode ser +adicionado sem ser depreciador de Cristo. Estas são as rochas em que a +Reforma Protestante foi baseada -- Deus revelou a Palavra sem a adição das +tradições humanas e Cristo terminou o trabalho sem adição de méritos +humanos. As principais palavras dos Reformadores foram<foreignphrase>sola +scriptura</foreignphrase> para nossa autoridade e <foreignphrase>sola +gratia</foreignphrase> para nossa salvação.</para> </blockquote> </sect1> -<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura BÃblica</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do -more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! +<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura BÃblica</title> <para> Aqui estão alguns programas fáceis para sistematicamente ler a sua +BÃblia. Você pode fazer mais de um ao mesmo tempo se você quiser, por +exemplo #1 com #4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programada de ano para ano para +mantê-lo atualizado! </para> <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> <listitem><para>Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capÃtulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.</para></listitem> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook index 2b9648e..db5040d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook @@ -1,89 +1,92 @@ -<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Regas de Interpretação BÃblica (Hermeneutica)</title> -<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We -want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose -goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one -interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing -this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the -correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para> +<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Regas de Interpretação BÃblica (Hermenêutica)</title> +<para>Nós já aprendemos sobre o "CCR" - Conteúdo, Contexto e Referencias +Cruzadas. Nós queremos expandir isso examinando brevemente a hermeneutica +bÃblica, cujo objetivo é descobrir o significado pretendido pelo autor +original (e Autor!). Enquanto muitas aplicações da passagem são válidas, +somente uma interpretação é válida. A escritura mesmo diz isso dizendo que +nenhuma escritura é de particular interpretação (2 Pe 1.20 <quote>sabendo +primeiramente isto: que nenhuma profecia da Escritura é de particular +interpretação</quote>) Certas regras são úteis para descobrimos o +significado correto, ignorando essas regras pessoas trouxeram vários +problemas para si e para seus seguidores. 2 Pe 3.16 <quote>...nas quais há +pontos difÃceis de entender, que os indoutos e inconstantes torcem, como o +fazem também com as outras Escrituras, para sua própria perdição</quote></para> -<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say -your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para> +<para>Como nós descobrimos o significado pretendido para uma passagem? Digamos que +nossa atenção voltou-se para um versÃculo particular, cujo significado não é +claro para você. Como você o estuda? Tenha essas regras em mente:</para> -<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</title> -<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</para> +<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</title> +<para>Quanto mais preciso nós conseguirmos ser com o exato significado original da +palavra, melhor será nossa interpretação. Procure achar o exato significado +das palavras chave seguindo os seguintes passos:</para> <orderedlist> <listitem> <formalpara><title>Definição</title> - <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</para> + <para>Procure a definição em um dicionário de Grego ou Hebraico. Para verbos, a +conjugação do verbo também é crucial.</para> </formalpara> </listitem> <listitem> <formalpara><title>Referencia Cruzada</title> - <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word -(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light -on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other -authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para> + <para>Compare escritura com escritura. Vendo como a mesma palavra grega ou +hebraica (não a palavra em português) é usada na escritura pode ajudar a +esclarecer ou trazer alguma luz sobre a definição. Como o mesmo autor usou +essa palavra em outros lugares? Outros autores? A sua ferramenta de +referência deve te dar usos da palavra em documentos não-bÃblicos +também. Porque nós vamos para as lÃnguas originais, porque português não é +bom o suficiente? <emphasis>Porque mais de uma palavra grega pode ser +traduzida para a mesma palavra em português, e as palavras gregas podem ter +significados diferentes.</emphasis></para> </formalpara> </listitem> </orderedlist> <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Exemplo 1A</title> -<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? -Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up -in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New -Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> +<para>Jo 20.17 <emphasis>"Deixa de me tocar"</emphasis> parece áspero, não? Parece +que Jesus não queria ser tocado agora que ele havia ressucitado, que ele era +muito santo ou algo do gênero. Mas não é bem isso, procuremos isso em +<emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis>, de Spiros +Zodhiates (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para> -<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." -The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from -pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of -something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right -after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may -indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous -or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing -something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para> +<para>Definição: Indo até João 20.17, abaixo da palavra "tocar" nós vemos +"pim680". As letras são um código para a parte da frase e o numero refere-se +à referencia do dicionário de Strong. Vejamos a definição +(pág. 879). "680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Refere-se ao manuseio de +um objeto para exercer uma influencia modificadora sobre ele... Distinto de +pselaphao (5584), que significa somente tocar a superfice de algo". Agora +vejamos "pim". Os códigos da gramática em Zodhiates ficam depois de +Apocalipse, na pág 849 nós vemos que "pim" significa "presente imperativo +ativo (80)". Na pág. 857, "Presente Imperativo. Na voz ativa pode indicar um +comando para fazer alguma coisa ou alguma coisa no futuro que envolve ação +contÃnua ou repetida ou, quando negado, um comando para parar de fazer +alguma coisa". Esse é um comendo negativo, então é para parar de fazer +alguma coisa que já está ocorrendo. Então, o que encontramos?</para> <para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para> </section> <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Exemplo 1B</title> -<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para> -<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another -Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The -aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para> +<para>Em Tiago 5.14, <emphasis>"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da +igreja, e estes orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do +Senhor"</emphasis>. Que unção é essa?</para> +<para>Definição de aleipho (218) - "passar oléo em" (Strong's); mas também existe +outra palavra grega traduzida como "unção", chrio (5548) - "espalhar ou +esfregar oléo em, ex: para consagrar para um cargo ou função religiosa" +(Strong's). Como é um verbo, considere também a conjugação, "apta" passado +participativo aoristo. "O passado paticipativo aoristo expressa uma ação +simples, ao contrário de uma ação contÃnua... quando o relacionamento com o +verbo principal é temporal, normalmente significa ação anterior ao verbo +principal" (Zodhiates, p 851).</para> <itemizedlist> <listitem><para>Referencia Cruzada para aleipho: <orderedlist> <listitem><para>Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo.</para></listitem> <listitem><para>Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e -os curavam</para></listitem> +os curavam.</para></listitem> <listitem><para>Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pés e ungia-os com o bálsamo</para></listitem> <listitem><para>Jo 12.3 Então Maria, [...] ungiu os pés de Jesus, e os enxugou com os seus cabelos</para></listitem> @@ -104,44 +107,45 @@ Deus</para></listitem> <para>Então qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referencia cruzada e as definições e note a diferença: <emphasis>"Aleipho" é o uso prático -de óleo e "Chrio" é o uso espiritual</emphasis>.</para> +de óleo e "Chrio" é o uso espiritual</emphasis></para> -<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of -oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. +<para>Uma ilustração (embora a palavra não seja usada) do uso prático de óleo +naquele tempo: quando o bom samaritano cuidou do homem espancado por ladrões +ele passou óleo e vinho nas feridas. Então, óleo tinha um uso medicinal nos +tempos de Jesus. </para> <para>Agora vamos aplicar o que nós acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14 <emphasis>"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da igreja, e estes orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do Senhor"</emphasis>. Essa unção é espiritual ou prática? Prática!</para> <para> -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated -"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is -saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! +A conjugação do verbo no grego, o passado participativo aoristo, seria +melhor traduzido como "tendo ungido", então, a ordem é para ungir primeiro, +então orar ("no nome do Senhor" refere-se a oração, não à unção). Tiago 5 +está dizendo que os anciãos devem dar à pessoa doente medicina e então orar +por ela no nome do Senhor. Isso expressa um belo balanço entre o prático e o +espiritual em nosso Deus! </para> </section> </section> <section id="h2-rules-context"> <title>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bÃblico</title> -<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</para> +<para>Interprete a escritura em harmonia com o resto da escritura. O que os versos +vizinhos dizem? Qual o tema do capÃtulo? do livro? A sua interpretação se +adapta a isso? Se não, ela é imperfeita. Normalmente, o contexto fornece o +que nós precisamos para interpretar corretamente a pssagem. Contexo é a +chave. Se a confusão persistir quanto ao significado depois que nós +interpretamos o texto em seu contexto então veremos mais adiante.</para> <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Exemplo 2A</title> <para>Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 <emphasis>"nascer da água e do EspÃrito"</emphasis>. Nesse contexto, qual é a água em questão aqui?</para> -<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden -change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para> +<para>Batismo em água não está em discussão aqui, logo seria uma grande mudança do +tema que estava sendo discutido entre Jesus e Nicodemos. Procure por uma +troca de tema repentina, e pode ser uma indicação que a sua interpretação +está errada! A água é o lÃquido amniotico, "nascer da água" = nascimento +natural.</para> </section> <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Exemplo 2B</title> <para>1 Co 14.34 <quote>as mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</quote> deve ser @@ -149,15 +153,16 @@ considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 <quote>Mas toda mulher que ora ou profetiza....</quote></para> </section> <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Exemplo 2C</title> -<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? +<para>Atos 2.38 <quote>Pedro então lhes respondeu: "Arrependei-vos, e cada um +de vós seja batizado em nome de Jesus Cristo, para remissão de vossos +pecados..."</quote> está ensinando regenração pelo batismo? Se esse +fosse o único versÃculo que a escritura tivesse, nós poderÃamos concluir +isso. Mas à luz do claro ensinamento que a regeneração acontece pela fé em +Cristo, nós quemos que interpretar de outra forma. Pedro está pedindo o +batismo como uma forma de seus ouvintes responderem ao evangelho. Se o +batismo fosse o caminho para o novo nascimento, como Paulo poderia ter +escrito 1 Co 1.17 <emphasis>"Porque Cristo não me enviou para batizar, mas +para pregar o evangelho"</emphasis>? </para> </section> </section> @@ -165,50 +170,51 @@ did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>? <section id="h2-rules-hcontest"> <title>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</title> <para> -At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but -<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, -<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para> +Nós não começamos perguntando <quote>O que isso significa para mim?</quote>, +mas <quote>O que isso significou para os leitores originais?</quote>; depois +nós podemos nos perguntar <quote>O que isso significa para mim?</quote>. Nós +devemos levar em conta o contexo histórico e cultural do autor e dos +destinatários.</para> -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Exemplo 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help -explain the apparent contradiction.</para> -<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, -as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets -of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</para> +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Exemplo 3A</title><para> <quote>3 dias e 3 noites</quote> (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a "Teoria +da Cruxificação na Quarta-Feira". Como Jesus poderia morrer na sexta-feira à +tarde e ressucitar domingo de manhã ainda "que ao terceiro dia +ressuscitasse" (Mt 16.21)? O significado exato de "três" ou "dias" não +ajudam a explicar essa aparente contradição.</para> +<para>Nós precisamo de um detalhe histórico: Os judeus contavam qualquer parte de +um dia como um dia completo, assim como nós contamos baldes d'água (se +existem seis baldes e meio de água, nós dizemos que existem sete baldes, +mesmo que um deles não esteja completamente cheio). Então, para os judeus, +qualquer parte do dia contava como um dia completo, e os dias começavam as +6h e terminavam à s 18h. Sexta de 15h até 18h = dia 1. Sexta 18h até Sábado +18h = dia 2. Sábado 18h até Domingo lá pelas 5h = dia 3. Interpretar o texto +no contexto cultural ajuda-nos a livramo-nos de erros.</para> </section> -<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Exemplo 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then -walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that -dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</para> +<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Exemplo 3B</title><para>Gn 15.7-21. O contexto histórico de cortar animais em dois e passar andando +entre as medates era a forma normal de firmar um contrato nos dias de +Abraão. Ambas as partes andavam juntas, prometendo que o desmembramento +podia acontecer à eles se eles deixassem sua parte no contrato. Mas no caso, +somente Deus passou, fazendo um contrato unilateral.</para> </section> </section> <section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</title> -<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para> +<para>Deixe linguagem literal ser literal e linguagem figurada ser figurada. E +observe as expressões que tem significados especiais.</para> <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Exemplo 4A</title> -<para><quote>olhos maus</quote> em Mt 6.23</para> -<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para> -<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do -what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because -I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> +<para><quote>olhos maus</quote> em Mt 6.23.</para> +<para>Regra 1, definição de "mau" e "olho" - nada que ajude aqui. +Regra 2, contexto: parece que apenas nos confunde mais. Parece que não +combina com nada do que vem antes ou depois! Isso deve nos indicar que nós +não estamos entendendo corretamente!!!</para> +<para>O que nós temos aqui é uma expressão em Hebraico, <quote>olho +mau</quote>. Vejamos outros usos dessa expressão: Mt 20.15: <emphasis>"Não +me é lÃcito fazer o que quero do que é meu? Ou é mau o teu olho porque eu +sou bom?"</emphasis> Nós descobrimos que um "olho mau" em Hebraico é uma +expressão para ser mesquinho ou invejoso. Agora voltemos para Mt 6 e notemos +como esse significado se encaixa perfeitamente no contexto.</para> </section> <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Exemplo 4B</title> @@ -216,17 +222,17 @@ notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para> <para>Dt 33.27 <quote>O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços eternos</quote></para> <para> -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they -go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was -giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of -interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. +Referencias à partes de corpo de Deus são usados pelos Santos dos Ultimos +Dias para provar que Deus já foi homem um dia. Uma vez que eles convencem as +pessoas disso, eles continuam ensinando que nós também nos podemos tornar +deuses como Ele é! Em uma leitura que eles dão, um grupo de anciãos mórmons +desafiaram Walter Martin (autor de Reino dos Cultos) com uma lista de +versÃculos como esses. Dr. Martin então pediu aos mórmons que lessem mais um +versÃculo, Sl 91.4 <emphasis>"Ele te cobre com as suas penas, e debaixo das +suas asas encontras refúgio"</emphasis>. W. M. disse "pelas mesmas regras de +interpretação que vocês usaram para provar que Deus era um homem, vocês +também provam que ele era um pássaro". Os mormons tiveram que rir, já que +eles perceberam que estavam numa posição ridÃcula. </para> </section> </section> @@ -237,26 +243,27 @@ parábola e uma alegoria</title> significado</emphasis></para> <para>Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?</para> -<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an -allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para> +<para>Algumas parábolas são alegorias, por exemplo, a parábola do semeador é uma +alegoria: a semente é a palavra de Deus, os espinhos são medos e avareza, +etc. Mas várias parábolas não são alegorias mas simplesmente histórias para +ilustrar um ponto. É perigoso obter nossas doutrinas a partir de parábolas; +elas podem ser torcidas para dizer todo o tipo de coisas. Nós precisamos +fazer as nossas doutrinas de escrituras claras. Então, se uma parábola a +ilustra, ótimo.</para> <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Exemplo 5A</title> -<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story -illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, -what do we have?</para> +<para>A parábola da viúva e o juiz injusto em Lc 18.1-8. Essa história ilustra uma +lição: ousadia na oração. Se nós a considerarmos como uma alegoria, o que +nós teremos?</para> <para>Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc.</para></section> <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Exemplo 5B</title> -<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? </para> -<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para> +<para>A parábola do mordomo injusto em Lc 16.1-9. O que essa parábola significa? +Ela é uma alegoria? </para> +<para>O mordomo é elogiado por uma única coisa, sua sagacidade em usar o que ele +tinha que preparar para quando ele não tivesse. Mas ele não estava sendo +elogiado por seu comportamento não-ético enganando o seu mestre. </para> </section> </section> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook index 48ef931..c606694 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS --> <copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> - <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder> + <holder>Time do &bibletime;, (info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright> <legalnotice> @@ -40,8 +40,9 @@ url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike"</link>. </para> <para> - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. + Citações das Escrituras no original em inglês são da New American Standard +Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Atualizada de Almeida (Por +AA). </para> </legalnotice> @@ -49,16 +50,16 @@ indicated. <title>Resumo</title> <para> - The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the -Bible. + O <application>Estudo BÃblico HowTo</application> é um guia para estudo da +BÃblia. </para> <para> - It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study -guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures -to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. + A esperança do time do &bibletime; é que esse HowTo incentive os leitores a +estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo particular +foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional em +particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender +o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o Senhor +mostre sua Palavra em seu coração ele não desapontará você. </para> </abstract> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index d107bdc..818fe76 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,21 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study -and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the -scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Ouvir</h3></div></div></div><p>Lc 11.28 “<span class="quote">Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a -palavra de Deus, e a observam.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Ler</h3></div></div></div><p>Ap 1.3 “<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado aquele que lê e bem-aventurados os que ouvem as -palavras desta profecia.. </span>”</p><p>1 Tm 4.13 “<span class="quote">aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino</span>” -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Estudo</h3></div></div></div><p>At 17.11 “<span class="quote">Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><p>Ouvir e ler provêem uma visão telescópica das escrituras enquanto o estudo e +a memorização provêem uma visão microscópica da escritura. A meditação nas +escrituras unem o ouvir, o ler, o estudar e o memorizar e fixa a palavra em +nossas mentes.</p><div class="sect2" title="Ouvir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Ouvir</h3></div></div></div><p>Lc 11.28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a +palavra de Deus, e a observam.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Ler"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Ler</h3></div></div></div><p>Ap 1.3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado aquele que lê e bem-aventurados os que ouvem as +palavras desta profecia.. </span>”</span></p><p>1 Tm 4.13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino</span>”</span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Estudo</h3></div></div></div><p>At 17.11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque receberam a palavra com toda avidez, examinando diariamente as Escrituras -para ver se estas coisas eram assim. </span>” -</p><p>2 Tm 2.15 “<span class="quote">Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro +para ver se estas coisas eram assim. </span>”</span> +</p><p>2 Tm 2.15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da -verdade.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 119.11 “<span class="quote">Escondi a tua palavra no meu coração, para não pecar contra -ti.</span>”</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 1.2-3 “<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado o homem que não anda segundo o conselho dos +verdade.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorizar"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 119.11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Escondi a tua palavra no meu coração, para não pecar contra +ti.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditar"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 1.2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado o homem que não anda segundo o conselho dos ímpios, nem se detém no caminho dos pecadores, nem se assenta na roda dos escarnecedores; antes tem seu prazer na lei do Senhor, e na sua lei medita -de dia e noite. </span>” -</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the -fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. -Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read -the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they -become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +de dia e noite. </span>”</span> +</p><p>Os navegadores ilustravam isso dizendo que assim como o polegar pode tocar +todos os dedos, nós podemos meditar na Palavra como fazemos com qualquer dos +quatro primeiros. Meditação é a chave para a revelação. Um cristão novo +precisa ouvir e ler a Biblia mais do que ele precisa estudar e +memorizá-la. Isso para que ele se torne familiar com toda a mensagem da +Bíblia.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-expository.html index 27d77ee..3527d1f 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Como usar uma concordância"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the -key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? -Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if -they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado</p></li></ol></div><p>O que “<span class="quote">fazer as vossas boas obras</span>” significa? A passagem dá +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Como usar uma concordância"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Vamos estudar juntos Mt. 6.1-18. Leia você mesmo, primeiro procurando pelo +versículo-chave, o versículo que resume toda a passagem. Acha que encontrou? +Teste-o pegando diversas partes na passagem e perguntando a você mesmo se +está relacionado com o versículo-chave escolhido. Quando achar, escreva-o +numerando-o com o numero um em algarismo romano:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado</p></li></ol></div><p>O que <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">fazer as vossas boas obras</span>”</span> significa? A passagem dá algum exemplo? Qual área de nossas vidas está sendo endereçada? -<span class="emphasis"><em>Nossas motivações!</em></span> Que tópicos desenvolvem isso?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Quando você oferta</p></li><li><p>Quando você jejua</p></li><li><p>Quando você ora</p></li></ol></div><p>Agora preencha o esquema com intruções específicas sobre como evitar -maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>Quando você oferta - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone “<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>” -today?)</p></li><li><p>faça-o em secreto</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases da Interpretação Correta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Como usar uma concordância</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Nossas motivações!</em></span> Que tópicos desenvolvem isso?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quando você oferta</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando você jejua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando você ora</p></li></ol></div><p>Agora preencha o esquema com intruções específicas sobre como evitar +maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quando você oferta + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>não faça tocar a trombeta (como hoje alguem <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">toca a trombeta</span>”</span>?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>faça-o em secreto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases da Interpretação Correta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Como usar uma concordância</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index 6db902c..fb784a8 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases da Interpretação Correta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases da Interpretação Correta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases da Interpretação Correta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Conteúdo</h3></div></div></div><p>O que ele diz? O que diz na língua original? Tome cuidado com -definições. Não leia o que não é dito.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexto</h3></div></div></div><p>O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é muito +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases da Interpretação Correta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases da Interpretação Correta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases da Interpretação Correta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Conteúdo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Conteúdo</h3></div></div></div><p>O que ele diz? O que diz na língua original? Tome cuidado com +definições. Não leia o que não é dito.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Contexto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexto</h3></div></div></div><p>O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é muito importante" -- A passagem precisa fazer sentido na estrutura de toda a -passagem e livro.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referencia Cruzada</h3></div></div></div><p>O que outros versículos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da Bíblia? Deus +passagem e livro.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Referencia Cruzada"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referencia Cruzada</h3></div></div></div><p>O que outros versículos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da Bíblia? Deus não se contradiz, entào nossa interpretação precisa passar pelo teste de outras escrituras.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-types.html index d4bd4a7..94dc6bb 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Estudo de Tópicos</h3></div></div></div><p>Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma -concordância.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Estudo de Personagem</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando a vida de um personagem da Bíblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Estudo Expositivo</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capítulo ou livro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases da Interpretação Correta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudo de Tópicos"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Estudo de Tópicos</h3></div></div></div><p>Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma +concordância.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudo de Personagem"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Estudo de Personagem</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando a vida de um personagem da Bíblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudo Expositivo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Estudo Expositivo</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capítulo ou livro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases da Interpretação Correta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 7b65383..b11e382 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Como usar uma concordância</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Como usar uma concordância</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Como usar uma concordância</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Para encontrar um versículo particular</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo</p></li><li><p>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente</p></li><li><p>Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo</p></li></ol></div><p>Encontre esses versículos: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</p></li><li><p>“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</p></li><li><p>A história do rico e de Lázaro</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First -you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed -for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for -them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>Como encontramos uma contradição na Edição Revista e Atualizada de Almeida -entre Mt 7.1 “<span class="quote">Não julgueis para que não sejais julgados</span>” e 1 Co -2.15 “<span class="quote">Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as coisas</span>”. Talvez +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Como usar uma concordância</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Como usar uma concordância</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Como usar uma concordância"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Como usar uma concordância</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Para encontrar um versículo particular"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Para encontrar um versículo particular</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo.</p></li></ol></div><p>Encontre esses versículos: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Fiéis são as feridas dum amigo</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Nós somos embaixadores de Cristo</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A história do rico e de Lázaro.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </h3></div></div></div><p>Digamos que você quer fazer um estudo sobre a palavra +"redenção". Primeiro procure essa palavra na concordância e +procure as referencias listadas para ela. Então você pode procurar palavras +relacionadas e referencias listadas a partir dela, ex: "remir, remido, +resgate," até "comprar" ou "comprado." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>Como encontramos uma contradição na Edição Revista e Atualizada de Almeida +entre Mt 7.1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Não julgueis para que não sejais julgados</span>”</span> e 1 Co +2.15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as coisas</span>”</span>. Talvez sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas traduzidas como "julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong a partir -daqui). </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Procure "julgar" </p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Agora procure "julgado"</p></li><li><p>Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so -the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Encontre o significado dos nomes</h3></div></div></div><p>Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego -ou hebraico.</p><p>Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Nabal</p></li><li><p>Abigail</p></li><li><p>Josué</p></li><li><p>Barnabé</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +daqui). </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Procure "julgar".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Desca até a coluna das entradas de Mt 7.1. A direita existe um número, +2919. Essa é a referencia para a palavra grega usada. Anote-a.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Agora procure "julgado".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vá ao dicionário de Grego (lembre, você está no Novo Testamento, entào a +língua é o grego, enquanto no Antigo Testamento é o hebraico). Compare o +significado de 2919 com o significado de 350 e você terá a resposta! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Encontre o significado dos nomes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Encontre o significado dos nomes</h3></div></div></div><p>Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego +ou hebraico.</p><p>Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Josué</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabé</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics.html index c837a4a..db2541d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,16 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia Cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Como usar uma concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</h2></div></div></div><p> -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal -life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come -to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> -</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said “<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”; just -so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with -God. -</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was -tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten -to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to -come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously -deceived. [...]</p><p>Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia Cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Como usar uma concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</h2></div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Examinais as Escrituras, porque julgais ter nelas a vida eterna; e são elas +que dão testemunho de mim; mas não quereis vir a mim para terdes vida.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> +</p><p>O principal propósito do livro é trazer até nós a Pessoa. Martinho Lutero +disse <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">nós vamos ao berço somente por causa do bebê</span>”</span>, então no +estudo bíblico nós não o fazemos por nós mesmo, mas pelo relacionamento com +Deus. +</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Os judeus com quem Jesus falou.... imaginaram que possuir as Escrituras era +o mesmo que possuir a vida. Hillel dizia, "Aquele que tomou para si as +palavras do Torah, tomou para si a vida e o mundo que há de vir." Seus +estudos eram um fim em si mesmos. Com isto estavam magoados e decepcionados</p><p>Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas apenas se isso te levar a Jesus Cristo. Quando a Bíblia é lida, é necessário que haja um ávido desejo de que assim possamos conhecer a Cristo.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso</em></span>, Editora InterVarsity 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index b8c4792..5cf2d66 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,30 +1,29 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and -active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> -"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every -word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" -As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a -continually-fresh way. +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Hb 4.12</em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Porque a palavra de Deus é viva e +eficaz...</em></span>" Jesus disse <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt 4.4)</em></span>, +"<span class="emphasis"><em>Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o homem, mas de toda palavra +que sai da boca de Deus</em></span>". Enquanto lemos a Bíblia, o Espírito de +Deus está conosco para falar a nossos corações de uma forma sempre nova. </p><p>2 Tm 3.16 declara "<span class="emphasis"><em>Toda Escritura é divinamente inspirada</em></span>". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder, considere a -atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them -all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God -said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as -an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well -did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went -on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). -It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their -conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as -true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) -as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 -Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality -of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word -of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed -to detract from the other. ... +atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Ele se referiu aos autores humanos, mas tinha certeza de que por trás deles +havia um único divino Autor. Ele podia igualmente dizer 'Moisés disse' ou +'Deus disse' (Mc 7.10). Ele pode citar um comentário do narrador em Genesis +2.24 como uma declaração do Próprio Criador (Mt 19.4-5). Do mesmo modo, ele +disse, 'Bem profetizou Isaías acerca de vós, hipócritas, como está escrito:' +quando Ele se referia a uma fala direta do Senhor Deus (Mc 7.6 & Is +29.13). É de Jesus mesmo que os autores do Novo Testamento haviam ganhado +convicção da dupla autoria das Escrituras. Para eles era verdade tanto dizer +'Havendo Deus antigamente falado muitas vezes, e de muitas maneiras, aos +pais, pelos profetas' (Hb 1.1) quanto dizer que 'os homens da parte de Deus +falaram movidos pelo Espírito Santo' (2 Pe 1.21). Deus não falou de uma +forma que apagasse a personalidade do autor humano, nem os homens escreveram +de uma forma que corrompesse a Palavra do Autor divino. Deus falou. Homens +falaram. Nenhum dos dois prejudicou o outro... </p><p> -This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's -witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief -reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that -Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso</em></span>, Editora +Essa, então, era a visão de Cristo a respeito das Escrituras. O testemunho +deles era o testemunho de Deus. O testemunho da Bíblia era o testemunho de +Deus. E a principal razão pela qual os cristãos acreditam na origem divina +da Bíblia é que o próprio Jesus Cristo acreditava nisso. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso</em></span>, Editora InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, "<span class="emphasis"><em>e proveitosa para ensinar, para repreender, para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; para que o homem de Deus seja perfeito, e perfeitamente preparado para toda boa obra</em></span>". Se nós diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 12f423c..51ac30c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exortações</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exortações</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exortações</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exortações</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exortações</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exortações"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exortações</h2></div></div></div><p> 2 Tm 2.15 "Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da verdade" </p><p> @@ -7,9 +7,8 @@ ensinai-vos e admoestai-vos uns aos outros, com salmos, hinos e cânticos espirituais, louvando a Deus com gratidão em vossos corações" </p><p>Se você é rico em alguma coisa, quanto disso você tem? </p><p> Não só um pouquinho!</p><p> -Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters -of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one -Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is -endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the -body.</em></span>" +Ec 12.11 "<span class="emphasis"><em>As palavras dos sábios são como aguilhões; e como pregos +bem fixados são as palavras coligidas dos mestres, as quais foram dadas pelo +único Pastor. Além disso, filho meu, sê avisado. De fazer muitos livros não +há fim; e o muito estudar é enfado da carne.</em></span>" </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Luta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index f0d316f..9edf186 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Liberta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Liberta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Um Livro que Liberta</h2></div></div></div><p> -Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make -you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a -conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of -knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in -v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of -Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Liberta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Liberta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro que Liberta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Um Livro que Liberta</h2></div></div></div><p> +Jo 8.32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>e conhecereis a verdade, e a verdade vos +libertará</em></span>" Isso normalmente é citado sozinho. Essa é uma promessa +incodicional? Ela se aplica a todo o tipo de conhecimento? Encontramos a +resposta examinando a primeira parte da frase, no v. 31 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Se vós +permanecerdes na minha palavra, verdadeiramente sois Meus +discípulos...</em></span>"</p><p>Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da verdade da Palavra de Deus.</p><p>A palavra grega para "vento" usada em Efésios 4,14 significa um <span class="emphasis"><em>vento violento</em></span>. "<span class="emphasis"><em> para que não mais sejamos meninos, inconstantes, levados ao redor por todo vento de doutrina...</em></span>". Uma coisa que estudar a Bíblia faz por nós é nos -firmar na verdade, que não nos deixará sermos "levados ao redor". </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>"Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as -Escrituras nem o poder de Deus"</em></span> Mt 22.29</p><p>Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Palavra de Deus</p></li><li><p>Poder de Deus </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Funciona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Luta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +firmar na verdade, que não nos deixará sermos "levados ao redor".</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>"Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as +Escrituras nem o poder de Deus"</em></span> Mt 22.29</p><p>Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Palavra de Deus</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Poder de Deus </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Funciona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Luta</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-once.html index a76f357..919d31a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed -by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and -<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the -Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done -as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in -the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith -which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, -"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see -also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p> -Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered -once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian -redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to -either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on -which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the -addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition -of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola -gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso,</em></span>Editora +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>A verdade a respeito do objetivo da iniciativa de Deus em Cristo é +expressada em uma palavra presente no Testamento Grego, principalmente o +advérbio <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> e +<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. É comumente traduzida na Versão +Autorizada como "De uma vez por todas". É usada no sentido de "o que foi +feito com validade perpétua, não necessitando de repetição" e é usada no +Novo Testamento, tanto em revelação e redenção. Portanto Judas refere-se a +fé que foi de uma vez por todas entregue aos santos (Judas 3), e Romanos +diz, "<span class="emphasis"><em>Porque morrendo, ele morreu para o pecado de uma vez por +todas</em></span>" (Rm 6.10, veja também 1Pe 3.18; Hb 9.26-28). </p><p> +Portanto, nós podemos dizer que Deus falou de uma vez por todas e Cristo +sofreu de uma vez por todas. Isto sifnifica que a revelação Cristã e a +redenção Cristã são indistinguíveis no Cristo completo. Nada pode ser +adicionado sem ser depreciador de Cristo. Estas são as rochas em que a +Reforma Protestante foi baseada -- Deus revelou a Palavra sem a adição das +tradições humanas e Cristo terminou o trabalho sem adição de méritos +humanos. As principais palavras dos Reformadores foram<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +scriptura</em></span> para nossa autoridade e <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola +gratia</em></span> para nossa salvação.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso,</em></span>Editora InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exortações </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 49924a0..3c928ec 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,10 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do -more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with -#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.</p></li><li><p>Provérbios em um Mês: leia um capítulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente -ao dia do mês.</p></li><li><p>Salmos em um mês: leia 5 salmos com intervalo de 30 entre eles por dia. Por -exemplo, no vigésimo. dia você lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</p></li><li><p>Salmos e Provérbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provérbios, um capítulo por -dia.</p></li><li><p>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos e Provérbios em 2 anos: se você ler um capítulo +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</h2></div></div></div><p> Aqui estão alguns programas fáceis para sistematicamente ler a sua +Bíblia. Você pode fazer mais de um ao mesmo tempo se você quiser, por +exemplo #1 com #4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programada de ano para ano para +mantê-lo atualizado! +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Provérbios em um Mês: leia um capítulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente +ao dia do mês.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmos em um mês: leia 5 salmos com intervalo de 30 entre eles por dia. Por +exemplo, no vigésimo. dia você lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmos e Provérbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provérbios, um capítulo por +dia.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos e Provérbios em 2 anos: se você ler um capítulo por dia do Antigo Testamento, pulando Salmos e Provérbios, você lerá o Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas. </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-wars.html index 0282719..da0cb88 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Luta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Luta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Um Livro que Luta</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Luta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Luta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro que Luta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Um Livro que Luta</h2></div></div></div><p> Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.3. Armadura Espiritual</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armadura Espiritual" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pergunta</th><th>Resposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quantas das armas listas são para defesa?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quantas são para atacar?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Qual? </td><td>a palavra - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Liberta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exortações</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-works.html index 8b15cc5..cc4d7fe 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Funciona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Funciona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Um Livro que Funciona</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Funciona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Funciona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro que Funciona"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Um Livro que Funciona</h2></div></div></div><p> O que o Estudo Bíblico pode fazer por você? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a Bíblia "<span class="emphasis"><em>opera em vós que credes</em></span>". Do lado de cada escritura, -escreva o que a Palavra faz: +escreva o que a Palavra faz. </p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.2. O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referência</th><th>Ação</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5.25 </td><td>santificação -- "..., tendo-a purificado com a lavagem da água, pela palavra" </td></tr><tr><td> At 20.32 </td><td> -builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and -to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. " +edificação -- "...e à palavra da sua graça, àquele que é poderoso para vos +edificar e dar herança entre todos os que são santificados" </td></tr><tr><td> Rm 15.4 </td><td> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance.html index c899c43..a9f6f06 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,26 +1,27 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's -name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Um Livro que é Único</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> -popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per -year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li><p> -authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different -authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li><p> -preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents -Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient -texts: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Entender a palavra de Deus é muito importante para todo aquele que clama o +nome de Deus. Estudar a Bíblia é uma das principais formas que nós +aprendemos a nos comunicar com Deus.</p><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro que é Único"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Um Livro que é Único</h2></div></div></div><p>A Bíblia não tem comparação em vários aspectos. Ela é unica em:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> +Popularidade. Biblias vendem na América do Norte mais de US$500 milhões por +ano. A Bíblia é tanto o best-seller de todos os tempos quanto ano-a-ano! +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> +Autoria. Ela foi escrita em um período de 1600 anos por 40 diferentes +autores em diferentes ocasiões, contudo é lida como se tivesse sido escrita +por uma única pessoa. +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> +Preservação. F. F. Burce em <span class="emphasis"><em>Os documentos do Novo Testamento são +confiáveis?</em></span> compara os manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros +textos antigos: </p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.1. Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Texto</th><th>Quando foi Escrito</th><th>Cópia mais recente</th><th>Diferença de Tempo</th><th>Número de Cópias</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>1300 anos</td><td>8 </td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 D.C.</td><td>1100 D.C.</td><td>1000 anos</td><td>20 </td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>950 anos</td><td>10 </td></tr><tr><td>Livy's <span class="emphasis"><em>História Romana</em></span></td><td>59 A.C. - 17 D.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>900 anos</td><td>20 </td></tr><tr><td>Novo Testamento</td><td>40 D.C. - 100 D.C.</td><td>130 D.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 D.C. Manuscritos completos</td><td>30 - 310 anos</td><td>5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim -</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest -of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the -New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri -containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's -gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each -other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em -absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek", -vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> -p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Estudo Bíblico HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Existem dez copias de Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallaic War</em></span>, a mais nova +foi copiada 900 anos depois que Caesar escreveu o original, etc. Para o Novo +Testamento nós temos manuscritos completos datando 350 D.C., papiro contendo +a maior parte do Novo Testamento de 200 D.C. e fragmentos do evangelho de +João de 130 D.C. Quantos manuscritos nós temos para comparar uns com os +outros? 5.000 em grego e 10.000 em Latim! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em +absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Critica textual, F. J. A. Hort, "O Novo Testamento no Grego Original", +vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citado em <span class="emphasis"><em>Questões da Vida</em></span> +p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Estudo Bíblico HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-context.html index 34bbc37..78a5925 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,21 +1,23 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on -each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your -interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context -supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. -If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemplo 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"nascer da água e do -Espírito"</em></span>. Nesse contexto, qual é a água em questão aqui?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from -the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden -change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemplo 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Co 14.34 “<span class="quote">as mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</span>” deve ser -considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 “<span class="quote">Mas toda mulher que ora ou -profetiza....</span>”</p></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemplo 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 “<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you -be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>”. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was -the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in -the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith -in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a -way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway -to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ -did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>? -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interprete a escritura em harmonia com o resto da escritura. O que os versos +vizinhos dizem? Qual o tema do capítulo? do livro? A sua interpretação se +adapta a isso? Se não, ela é imperfeita. Normalmente, o contexto fornece o +que nós precisamos para interpretar corretamente a pssagem. Contexo é a +chave. Se a confusão persistir quanto ao significado depois que nós +interpretamos o texto em seu contexto então veremos mais adiante.</p><div class="section" title="Exemplo 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemplo 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"nascer da água e do +Espírito"</em></span>. Nesse contexto, qual é a água em questão aqui?</p><p>Batismo em água não está em discussão aqui, logo seria uma grande mudança do +tema que estava sendo discutido entre Jesus e Nicodemos. Procure por uma +troca de tema repentina, e pode ser uma indicação que a sua interpretação +está errada! A água é o líquido amniotico, "nascer da água" = nascimento +natural.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemplo 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Co 14.34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">as mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</span>”</span> deve ser +considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Mas toda mulher que ora ou +profetiza....</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemplo 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Atos 2.38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Pedro então lhes respondeu: "Arrependei-vos, e cada um +de vós seja batizado em nome de Jesus Cristo, para remissão de vossos +pecados..."</span>”</span> está ensinando regenração pelo batismo? Se esse +fosse o único versículo que a escritura tivesse, nós poderíamos concluir +isso. Mas à luz do claro ensinamento que a regeneração acontece pela fé em +Cristo, nós quemos que interpretar de outra forma. Pedro está pedindo o +batismo como uma forma de seus ouvintes responderem ao evangelho. Se o +batismo fosse o caminho para o novo nascimento, como Paulo poderia ter +escrito 1 Co 1.17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Porque Cristo não me enviou para batizar, mas +para pregar o evangelho"</em></span>? +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 8243d09..715f8d6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking “<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>” but -“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”; later we can ask, -“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”. We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> “<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>” (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up -with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How -could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised -on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help -explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, -as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets -of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only -partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full -day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 -p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to -Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemplo 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then -walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in -Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that -dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of -the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral -covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</h2></div></div></div><p> +Nós não começamos perguntando <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">O que isso significa para mim?</span>”</span>, +mas <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">O que isso significou para os leitores originais?</span>”</span>; depois +nós podemos nos perguntar <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">O que isso significa para mim?</span>”</span>. Nós +devemos levar em conta o contexo histórico e cultural do autor e dos +destinatários.</p><div class="section" title="Exemplo 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 dias e 3 noites</span>”</span> (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a "Teoria +da Cruxificação na Quarta-Feira". Como Jesus poderia morrer na sexta-feira à +tarde e ressucitar domingo de manhã ainda "que ao terceiro dia +ressuscitasse" (Mt 16.21)? O significado exato de "três" ou "dias" não +ajudam a explicar essa aparente contradição.</p><p>Nós precisamo de um detalhe histórico: Os judeus contavam qualquer parte de +um dia como um dia completo, assim como nós contamos baldes d'água (se +existem seis baldes e meio de água, nós dizemos que existem sete baldes, +mesmo que um deles não esteja completamente cheio). Então, para os judeus, +qualquer parte do dia contava como um dia completo, e os dias começavam as +6h e terminavam às 18h. Sexta de 15h até 18h = dia 1. Sexta 18h até Sábado +18h = dia 2. Sábado 18h até Domingo lá pelas 5h = dia 3. Interpretar o texto +no contexto cultural ajuda-nos a livramo-nos de erros.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemplo 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gn 15.7-21. O contexto histórico de cortar animais em dois e passar andando +entre as medates era a forma normal de firmar um contrato nos dias de +Abraão. Ambas as partes andavam juntas, prometendo que o desmembramento +podia acontecer à eles se eles deixassem sua parte no contrato. Mas no caso, +somente Deus passou, fazendo um contrato unilateral.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 64e7208..a27fd38 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,23 +1,24 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemplo 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote">olhos maus</span>” em Mt 6.23</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: -seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, “<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”. Let's look up -other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do -what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because -I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" -is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemplo 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is 59.1 “<span class="quote">Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida</span>”</p><p>Dt 33.27 “<span class="quote">O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços -eternos</span>”</p><p> -References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that -God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they -go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was -giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of -<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses -like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 “<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>”. W.M. said, “<span class="quote">By the same rules of -interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>”. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the -ridiculousness of their position. +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</h2></div></div></div><p>Deixe linguagem literal ser literal e linguagem figurada ser figurada. E +observe as expressões que tem significados especiais.</p><div class="section" title="Exemplo 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemplo 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">olhos maus</span>”</span> em Mt 6.23.</p><p>Regra 1, definição de "mau" e "olho" - nada que ajude aqui. +Regra 2, contexto: parece que apenas nos confunde mais. Parece que não +combina com nada do que vem antes ou depois! Isso deve nos indicar que nós +não estamos entendendo corretamente!!!</p><p>O que nós temos aqui é uma expressão em Hebraico, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">olho +mau</span>”</span>. Vejamos outros usos dessa expressão: Mt 20.15: <span class="emphasis"><em>"Não +me é lícito fazer o que quero do que é meu? Ou é mau o teu olho porque eu +sou bom?"</em></span> Nós descobrimos que um "olho mau" em Hebraico é uma +expressão para ser mesquinho ou invejoso. Agora voltemos para Mt 6 e notemos +como esse significado se encaixa perfeitamente no contexto.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemplo 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is 59.1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida</span>”</span></p><p>Dt 33.27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços +eternos</span>”</span></p><p> +Referencias à partes de corpo de Deus são usados pelos Santos dos Ultimos +Dias para provar que Deus já foi homem um dia. Uma vez que eles convencem as +pessoas disso, eles continuam ensinando que nós também nos podemos tornar +deuses como Ele é! Em uma leitura que eles dão, um grupo de anciãos mórmons +desafiaram Walter Martin (autor de Reino dos Cultos) com uma lista de +versículos como esses. Dr. Martin então pediu aos mórmons que lessem mais um +versículo, Sl 91.4 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Ele te cobre com as suas penas, e debaixo das +suas asas encontras refúgio"</em></span>. W. M. disse "pelas mesmas regras de +interpretação que vocês usaram para provar que Deus era um homem, vocês +também provam que ele era um pássaro". Os mormons tiveram que rir, já que +eles perceberam que estavam numa posição ridícula. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-parables.html index 834a3d1..ed13cd6 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,15 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma -parábola e uma alegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +parábola e uma alegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</h2></div></div></div><p>Uma alegoria é: <span class="emphasis"><em>uma história onde cada elemento tem um -significado</em></span></p><p>Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an -allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, -etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate -one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be -twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemplo 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story -illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, -what do we have?</p><p>Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para -proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc.</p></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemplo 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of -the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he -had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended -for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +significado</em></span></p><p>Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?</p><p>Algumas parábolas são alegorias, por exemplo, a parábola do semeador é uma +alegoria: a semente é a palavra de Deus, os espinhos são medos e avareza, +etc. Mas várias parábolas não são alegorias mas simplesmente histórias para +ilustrar um ponto. É perigoso obter nossas doutrinas a partir de parábolas; +elas podem ser torcidas para dizer todo o tipo de coisas. Nós precisamos +fazer as nossas doutrinas de escrituras claras. Então, se uma parábola a +ilustra, ótimo.</p><div class="section" title="Exemplo 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemplo 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>A parábola da viúva e o juiz injusto em Lc 18.1-8. Essa história ilustra uma +lição: ousadia na oração. Se nós a considerarmos como uma alegoria, o que +nós teremos?</p><p>Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para +proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemplo 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>A parábola do mordomo injusto em Lc 16.1-9. O que essa parábola significa? +Ela é uma alegoria? </p><p>O mordomo é elogiado por uma única coisa, sua sagacidade em usar o que ele +tinha que preparar para quando ele não tivesse. Mas ele não estava sendo +elogiado por seu comportamento não-ético enganando o seu mestre. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules.html index 9ab4638..41b6c51 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,70 +1,73 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Como usar uma concordância"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma -parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We -want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose -goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and -Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one -interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV “<span class="quote">Knowing -this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>”). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the -correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 “<span class="quote">...in which are some -things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say -your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the -better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definição. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Referencia Cruzada. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word -(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light -on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other -authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical -documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why -isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek -word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemplo 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? -Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He -is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up -in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New -Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." -The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to -Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). -"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an -object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from -pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of -something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right -after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative -active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may -indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous -or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing -something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemplo 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is -sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another -Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, -i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since -it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The -aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous -action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Referencia Cruzada para aleipho: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça</p></li><li><p>Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo</p></li><li><p>Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e -os curavam</p></li><li><p>Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pés e ungia-os com o bálsamo</p></li><li><p>Jo 12.3 Então Maria, [...] ungiu os pés de Jesus, e os enxugou com os seus -cabelos</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Referencia Cruzada de chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lc 4.18 “<span class="quote"> O Espírito do Senhor está sobre mim, porquanto me ungiu para -anunciar boas novas aos pobres [...]</span>”</p></li><li><p>At 4.27 [...] Servo Jesus, ao qual ungiste [...]</p></li><li><p>At 10.28 como Deus o ungiu com o Espírito Santo e com poder</p></li><li><p>2 Co 1.21 Mas aquele que nos confirma convosco em Cristo, e nos ungiu, é +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Como usar uma concordância"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma +parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Nós já aprendemos sobre o "CCR" - Conteúdo, Contexto e Referencias +Cruzadas. Nós queremos expandir isso examinando brevemente a hermeneutica +bíblica, cujo objetivo é descobrir o significado pretendido pelo autor +original (e Autor!). Enquanto muitas aplicações da passagem são válidas, +somente uma interpretação é válida. A escritura mesmo diz isso dizendo que +nenhuma escritura é de particular interpretação (2 Pe 1.20 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sabendo +primeiramente isto: que nenhuma profecia da Escritura é de particular +interpretação</span>”</span>) Certas regras são úteis para descobrimos o +significado correto, ignorando essas regras pessoas trouxeram vários +problemas para si e para seus seguidores. 2 Pe 3.16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...nas quais há +pontos difíceis de entender, que os indoutos e inconstantes torcem, como o +fazem também com as outras Escrituras, para sua própria perdição</span>”</span></p><p>Como nós descobrimos o significado pretendido para uma passagem? Digamos que +nossa atenção voltou-se para um versículo particular, cujo significado não é +claro para você. Como você o estuda? Tenha essas regras em mente:</p><div class="section" title="Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</h2></div></div></div><p>Quanto mais preciso nós conseguirmos ser com o exato significado original da +palavra, melhor será nossa interpretação. Procure achar o exato significado +das palavras chave seguindo os seguintes passos:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definição"><b>Definição. </b>Procure a definição em um dicionário de Grego ou Hebraico. Para verbos, a +conjugação do verbo também é crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Referencia Cruzada"><b>Referencia Cruzada. </b>Compare escritura com escritura. Vendo como a mesma palavra grega ou +hebraica (não a palavra em português) é usada na escritura pode ajudar a +esclarecer ou trazer alguma luz sobre a definição. Como o mesmo autor usou +essa palavra em outros lugares? Outros autores? A sua ferramenta de +referência deve te dar usos da palavra em documentos não-bíblicos +também. Porque nós vamos para as línguas originais, porque português não é +bom o suficiente? <span class="emphasis"><em>Porque mais de uma palavra grega pode ser +traduzida para a mesma palavra em português, e as palavras gregas podem ter +significados diferentes.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemplo 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jo 20.17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Deixa de me tocar"</em></span> parece áspero, não? Parece +que Jesus não queria ser tocado agora que ele havia ressucitado, que ele era +muito santo ou algo do gênero. Mas não é bem isso, procuremos isso em +<span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span>, de Spiros +Zodhiates (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definição: Indo até João 20.17, abaixo da palavra "tocar" nós vemos +"pim680". As letras são um código para a parte da frase e o numero refere-se +à referencia do dicionário de Strong. Vejamos a definição +(pág. 879). "680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Refere-se ao manuseio de +um objeto para exercer uma influencia modificadora sobre ele... Distinto de +pselaphao (5584), que significa somente tocar a superfice de algo". Agora +vejamos "pim". Os códigos da gramática em Zodhiates ficam depois de +Apocalipse, na pág 849 nós vemos que "pim" significa "presente imperativo +ativo (80)". Na pág. 857, "Presente Imperativo. Na voz ativa pode indicar um +comando para fazer alguma coisa ou alguma coisa no futuro que envolve ação +contínua ou repetida ou, quando negado, um comando para parar de fazer +alguma coisa". Esse é um comendo negativo, então é para parar de fazer +alguma coisa que já está ocorrendo. Então, o que encontramos?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemplo 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>Em Tiago 5.14, <span class="emphasis"><em>"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da +igreja, e estes orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do +Senhor"</em></span>. Que unção é essa?</p><p>Definição de aleipho (218) - "passar oléo em" (Strong's); mas também existe +outra palavra grega traduzida como "unção", chrio (5548) - "espalhar ou +esfregar oléo em, ex: para consagrar para um cargo ou função religiosa" +(Strong's). Como é um verbo, considere também a conjugação, "apta" passado +participativo aoristo. "O passado paticipativo aoristo expressa uma ação +simples, ao contrário de uma ação contínua... quando o relacionamento com o +verbo principal é temporal, normalmente significa ação anterior ao verbo +principal" (Zodhiates, p 851).</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Referencia Cruzada para aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e +os curavam.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pés e ungia-os com o bálsamo</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jo 12.3 Então Maria, [...] ungiu os pés de Jesus, e os enxugou com os seus +cabelos</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Referencia Cruzada de chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lc 4.18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> O Espírito do Senhor está sobre mim, porquanto me ungiu para +anunciar boas novas aos pobres [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>At 4.27 [...] Servo Jesus, ao qual ungiste [...]</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>At 10.28 como Deus o ungiu com o Espírito Santo e com poder</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Co 1.21 Mas aquele que nos confirma convosco em Cristo, e nos ungiu, é Deus</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Então qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referencia cruzada e as definições e note a diferença: <span class="emphasis"><em>"Aleipho" é o uso prático -de óleo e "Chrio" é o uso espiritual</em></span>.</p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of -oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by -robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in -Jesus' day. +de óleo e "Chrio" é o uso espiritual</em></span></p><p>Uma ilustração (embora a palavra não seja usada) do uso prático de óleo +naquele tempo: quando o bom samaritano cuidou do homem espancado por ladrões +ele passou óleo e vinho nas feridas. Então, óleo tinha um uso medicinal nos +tempos de Jesus. </p><p>Agora vamos aplicar o que nós acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da igreja, e estes orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do Senhor"</em></span>. Essa unção é espiritual ou prática? Prática!</p><p> -And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated -"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in -the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is -saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him -in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of -practical and spiritual in our God! +A conjugação do verbo no grego, o passado participativo aoristo, seria +melhor traduzido como "tendo ungido", então, a ordem é para ungir primeiro, +então orar ("no nome do Senhor" refere-se a oração, não à unção). Tiago 5 +está dizendo que os anciãos devem dar à pessoa doente medicina e então orar +por ela no nome do Senhor. Isso expressa um belo balanço entre o prático e o +espiritual em nosso Deus! </p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Como usar uma concordância </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/index.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/index.html index aff6785..5ffec2c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/index.html @@ -1,19 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Resumo The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Estudo Bíblico HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="pt-br"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="Resumo O Estudo Bíblico HowTo é um guia para estudo da Bíblia. A esperança do time do BibleTime é que esse HowTo incentive os leitores a estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo particular foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional em particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o Senhor mostre sua Palavra em seu coração ele não desapontará você."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Estudo Bíblico HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 Time do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legal"><a name="id14837305"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". </p><p> - Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise -indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Resumo</b></p><p> - The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the -Bible. + Citações das Escrituras no original em inglês são da New American Standard +Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Atualizada de Almeida (Por +AA). + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumo"><p class="title"><b>Resumo</b></p><p> + O <span class="application">Estudo Bíblico HowTo</span> é um guia para estudo da +Bíblia. </p><p> - It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the -readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study -guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular -denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures -to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to -have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you. - </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia Cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Como usar uma concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermeneutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma + A esperança do time do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> é que esse HowTo incentive os leitores a +estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo particular +foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional em +particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender +o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o Senhor +mostre sua Palavra em seu coração ele não desapontará você. + </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso prósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia Cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Como usar uma concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista de Tabelas</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armadura Espiritual</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html index dacb598..aeec26d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-approaches.html @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приближение к Слову Божьему</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приближение к Слову Божьему</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Приближение к Слову Божьему</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приближение к Слову Божьему</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приближение к Слову Божьему</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Приближение к Слову Божьему</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and -cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слышать</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 «<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe -it.</span>»</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Читать</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 «<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this -prophecy [...]</span>»</p><p>1 Tim.4:13 «<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture -[...]</span>» -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Изучать</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 «<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in +cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Слышать"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слышать</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe +it.</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Читать"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Читать</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this +prophecy [...]</span>»</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture +[...]</span>»</span> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Изучать"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Изучать</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the -Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>» -</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 «<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to +Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>»</span> +</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the -word of truth.</span>»</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запоминать</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 «<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against -Thee.</span>»</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размышлять</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 «<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he +word of truth.</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Запоминать"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запоминать</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against +Thee.</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Размышлять"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размышлять</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does -not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>» +not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>»</span> </p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html index a83128b..5d3e3dd 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-expository.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as -Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="I"><li><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does «<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>» mean? Does the +Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>»</span> mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? -<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give</p></li><li><p>When you fast</p></li><li><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Теперь заполните конспект особыми инструкциями о том, как избежать неверных -путей проявления своей праведности:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>When you give - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="a"><li><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone «<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>» -today?)</p></li><li><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основы правильного истолкования </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Теперь заполните конспект особыми инструкциями о том, как избежать неверных +путей проявления своей праведности:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>»</span> +today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основы правильного истолкования </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html index ee6b97a..f294910 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основы правильного истолкования</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основы правильного истолкования</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основы правильного истолкования</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Содержание</h3></div></div></div><p>Что это значит? Что это значит на языке оригинала? Будьте осторожны со -значениями слов. Не ищите в них того, о чём они не говорят.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основы правильного истолкования</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основы правильного истолкования</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Основы правильного истолкования"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основы правильного истолкования</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Содержание"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Содержание</h3></div></div></div><p>Что это значит? Что это значит на языке оригинала? Будьте осторожны со +значениями слов. Не ищите в них того, о чём они не говорят.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Контекст"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and -book.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Перекрёстные ссылки</h3></div></div></div><p>Что говорят об этой теме другие стихи во всей Библии? Бог не противоречит +book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Перекрёстные ссылки"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Перекрёстные ссылки</h3></div></div></div><p>Что говорят об этой теме другие стихи во всей Библии? Бог не противоречит Себе, поэтому наше истолкование должно выдержать проверку других мест Писания. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Типы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html index 638825a..cd7f1e5 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-types.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Типы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Типы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Типы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематическое изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Выберите определённую тему и исследуйте её, используя перекрёстные ссылки -или симфонию.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучение действующих лиц</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приближение к Слову Божьему </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основы правильного истолкования</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Типы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Типы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Типы изучения Библии"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Типы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Тематическое изучение"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематическое изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Выберите определённую тему и исследуйте её, используя перекрёстные ссылки +или симфонию.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Изучение действующих лиц"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучение действующих лиц</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Экспозиционное изучение"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приближение к Слову Божьему </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основы правильного истолкования</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html index 3d59ac7..4c20b40 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Чтобы найти определённый стих </h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе.</p></li><li><p>Найдите это слово по алфавиту.</p></li><li><p>Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>«<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>»</p></li><li><p>«<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>»</p></li><li><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Чтобы найти определённый стих"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Чтобы найти определённый стих </h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Найдите это слово по алфавиту.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or -"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 «<span class="quote">Judge -not lest you be judged</span>» and 1 Cor.2:15 «<span class="quote">He that is spiritual -judgeth all things.</span>» Maybe there are two different Greek words here, +"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Judge +not lest you be judged</span>»</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">He that is spiritual +judgeth all things.</span>»</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's -from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. -This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li><p>Найдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so +from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. +This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Найдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 -with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Чтобы найти значения имён</h3></div></div></div><p>Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в греческом или еврейском -языке.</p><p>Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Навал (Nabal)</p></li><li><p>Авигея (Abigail)</p></li><li><p>Иисус Навин (Joshua)</p></li><li><p>Варнава (Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Чтобы найти значения имён"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Чтобы найти значения имён</h3></div></div></div><p>Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в греческом или еврейском +языке.</p><p>Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Навал (Nabal)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Авигея (Abigail)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Иисус Навин (Joshua)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Варнава (Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html index 457a194..ef3f299 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-basics.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </h2></div></div></div><p> </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p> </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther -said «<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>»; just +said <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>»</span>; just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html index 7c17054..77d5077 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-breathed.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>" diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html index 075ff3a..7a1744a 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Увещевания</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Увещевания</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Увещевания</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Увещевания</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Увещевания</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Увещевания"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Увещевания</h2></div></div></div><p> 2 Тим.2:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Старайся представить себя Богу достойным, делателем неукоризненным, верно преподающим слово истины.</em></span>" </p><p> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html index b45617c..7c8dc7c 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-liberates.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая освобождает</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая освобождает</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, которая освобождает</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая освобождает</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая освобождает</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, которая освобождает"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, которая освобождает</h2></div></div></div><p> Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of @@ -9,4 +9,4 @@ Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Как види&# ветер.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>Дабы мы не были более младенцами, колеблющимися и увлекающимися всяким ветром учения...</em></span>" Изучение Библии даёт нам укорениться в истине, и как результат --- нас будет не просто "сдуть". </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Иисус сказал им в ответ: </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>заблуждаетесь, не -зная Писаний, ни силы Божией</em></span>" Мтф.22:29.</p><p>Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Божье Слово</p></li><li><p>Божья Сила </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Действенная Книга </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая воюет</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +зная Писаний, ни силы Божией</em></span>" Мтф.22:29.</p><p>Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Божье Слово</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Божья Сила </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Действенная Книга </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая воюет</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html index 4c34cf8..de485ea 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-once.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html index 4035bd3..f5d5688 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-supplement.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh! -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Новый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю.</p></li><li><p>Притчи за месяц: читайте одну главу Притч каждый день, соответственно числу -месяца.</p></li><li><p>Псалмы за месяц: читайте 5 Псалмов с интервалом 30 каждый день, например -20-го числа вы читаете Пс.20, 50, 80, 110 и 140.</p></li><li><p>Псалмы и Притчи за 6 месяцев: читайте по порядку Псалмы и Притчи по одной -главе в день.</p></li><li><p>Ветхий Завет без Псалмов и Притч за 2 года: если вы будете читать одну главу +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Новый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Притчи за месяц: читайте одну главу Притч каждый день, соответственно числу +месяца.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Псалмы за месяц: читайте 5 Псалмов с интервалом 30 каждый день, например +20-го числа вы читаете Пс.20, 50, 80, 110 и 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Псалмы и Притчи за 6 месяцев: читайте по порядку Псалмы и Притчи по одной +главе в день.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ветхий Завет без Псалмов и Притч за 2 года: если вы будете читать одну главу в день из Ветхого Завета, пропуская Псалмы и Притчи, то вы прочтёте Ветхий Завет за 2 года и 2 недели. </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приложение: "Однажды для всех" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html index c33f434..7acd0e4 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-wars.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая воюет</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая воюет</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга, которая воюет</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая воюет</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая воюет</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, которая воюет"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга, которая воюет</h2></div></div></div><p> В Еф.6:10-18 есть описание нашего духовного оружия.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.3. Духовное оружие</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Духовное оружие" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Вопрос</th><th>Ответ</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Сколько из перечисленного оружия используется для защиты?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Сколько для нападения?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Какое? </td><td>слово - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">рхема (rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая освобождает </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Увещевания</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html index 849e41e..9407533 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Действенная Книга</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Действенная Книга</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Действенная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Действенная Книга</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Действенная Книга</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Действенная Книга"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Действенная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p> Что вам даст изучение Библии? В 1 Фес. 2:13 говорится, что Библия "<span class="emphasis"><em>действует в вас, верующих.</em></span>" Рядом с каждым отрывком, запишите действие, которое производит Слово. diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html index 9db3f46..2465f49 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-importance.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to -communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Уникальная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Уникальная Книга"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Уникальная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p> popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller! -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one. -</p></li><li><p> +</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts: diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html index 9f8f419..1832764 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-context.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text -within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2А</h3></div></div></div><p>В предыдущем уроке мы рассматривали Ин.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"рождённый от воды и +within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 2А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2А</h3></div></div></div><p>В предыдущем уроке мы рассматривали Ин.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"рождённый от воды и Духа".</em></span> В контексте, что такое вода, о которой говорится здесь?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been -derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2Б</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 «<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>» has to -be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 «<span class="quote">every woman [...] -while praying or prophesying [...]</span>»</p></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2В</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 «<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you +derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 2Б"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2Б</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>»</span> has to +be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">every woman [...] +while praying or prophesying [...]</span>»</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 2В"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2В</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins -[...]"</span>». Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was +[...]"</span>»</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html index 3df1231..b5e8b4e 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</h2></div></div></div><p> -At first we are not asking «<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>» but -«<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>»; later we can ask, -«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>». We have to take into account the -historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3А</h3></div></div></div><p> «<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>» (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</h2></div></div></div><p> +At first we are not asking <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span> but +<span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>»</span>; later we can ask, +<span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span>. We have to take into account the +historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 3А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3А</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>»</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps -us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then +us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 3Б"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html index 9090e6d..b4e8408 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-normal.html @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And -watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4А</h3></div></div></div><p>«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>» in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And +watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 4А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4А</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before -and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, «<span class="quote">evil eye</span>». Let's look up +and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and -notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 «<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>»</p><p>Deut.33:27 «<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>»</p><p> +notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 4Б"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>»</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>»</span></p><p> References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: -Ps.91:4 «<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings -shalt thou trust</span>». W.M. said, «<span class="quote">By the same rules of +Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings +shalt thou trust</span>»</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He -is a bird</span>». The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the +is a bird</span>»</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html index d455321..7397d05 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules-parables.html @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Каждая притча является аллегорией, верно или нет?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear -scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5А</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story +scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 5А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5А</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>Её значение подвергается различным искажениям: Бог не желает защищать права -вдов, молитвы "досаждают" Ему, и т.д.</p></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5Б</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of +вдов, молитвы "досаждают" Ему, и т.д.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 5Б"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5Б</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html index ee9966a..25c506d 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/h2-rules.html @@ -1,27 +1,27 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no -scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV «<span class="quote">Knowing +scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private -interpretation.</span>»). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the +interpretation.</span>»</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on -themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 «<span class="quote">...in which are some +themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they -do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>»</p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say +do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>»</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not -clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the +clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key -words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb -tense is also crucial.</p></li><li><p><b>Перекрёстные ссылки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word +words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb +tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Перекрёстные ссылки"><b>Перекрёстные ссылки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may -have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1А</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? +have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Пример 1А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1А</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New @@ -37,18 +37,18 @@ active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something -that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is +that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually -signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Cross-references for aleipho: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing -them.</p></li><li><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li><p>Cross-references of chrio: - </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Lk.4:18 «<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me -to preach [...]</span>»</p></li><li><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the +signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing +them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me +to preach [...]</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of diff --git a/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html b/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html index 7ed009a..6a01b36 100644 --- a/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html +++ b/docs/howto/ru/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как изучать Библию</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.0"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как изучать Библию</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" lang="ru"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id11527980"></a>Как изучать Библию</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><a name="id11545541"></a><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как изучать Библию</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как изучать Библию</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Как изучать Библию"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Как изучать Библию</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Авторские права"><a name="id14837305"></a><p> This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under the terms of the license "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike". </p><p> Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated. - </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Резюме</b></p><p> + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Резюме"><p class="title"><b>Резюме</b></p><p> The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the Bible. </p><p> |